Vivid™ E9/Vivid™ E7
Proprietary Service Manual
ADVANCED SERVICE DOCUMENTATION.
COPYRIGHT GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY.
GE CONFIDENTIAL. UNLICENSED USE BY NON-GE
PARTIES IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
Part Number: GA091999
Revision: 8
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Important Precautions
TRANSLATION POLICY
-
i
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
ii
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
iii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
iv
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
v
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
vi
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
vii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
viii
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
ix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
x
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
xi
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
xii
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In
Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by
a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be
reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the
contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim
for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY
All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the
equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of
electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE personnel. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers.
All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable
electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS
If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the
GE Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type, manual title, part
number, revision number, page number and suggestion details.
Mail the information to:
Service Documentation,
GE Vingmed Ultrasound AS
P.O.Box: 141
NO 3191 HORTEN
NORWAY
GE employees should use Post-Market Quality Management (PQM) to report service documentation
issues.
SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.
For a complete review of all safety requirements, see Section 1-4 "Safety considerations" on page 1-16.
-
xiii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEGAL NOTES
The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without
prior written permission of GE.
GE makes no representations or warranties with respect to the information herein. In addition, the
information is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of
this document. Nevertheless, GE assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions or any damages,
including special or consequential, resulting from the use of this information. GE will issue updates to
this information periodically, as needed. If there are any questions regarding the information contained
in this manual, please contact your GE Representative.
PROPRIETARY TO GE
Permission to use this Advanced Service Software and related documentation (herein called the
material) by persons other than GE employees is provided only under an Advanced Service Package
License relating specifically to this Proprietary Material. This is a different agreement from the one under
which operating and basic service software is licensed. A license to use operating or basic service
software does not extend to or cover this software or related documentation.
If you are a GE employee or a customer who has entered into such a license agreement with GE to use
this proprietary software, you are authorized to use this Material according to the conditions stated in
your license agreement.
However, you do not have the permission of GE to alter, decompose or reverse-assemble the software,
and unless you are a GE employee, you may not copy the Material. The Material is protected by
Copyright and Trade Secret laws; the violation of which can result in civil damages and criminal
prosecution.
If you are not party to such a license agreement or a GE Employee, you must exit this Material now.
TRADEMARKS
All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.
COPYRIGHTS
© 2008 and 2010 - 2013 and 2016 by General Electric Company. All Rights Reserved.
xiv
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Revision History
REVISION
DATE
REASON FOR CHANGE
1
2008-NOV-20
Initial release of manual.
2
2010-APR-30
Updated for BT’10 release.
3
2011-MAR-01
Updated per BT’11-M4 release of product.
4
2011-SEP-15
Updated per BT’12 release.
5
2012-DEC-10
Updated with changes after the Rev. 4 release of the manual.
6
2013-SEP-13
Updated per XDclear (software v113) release. Added VIVID E7 information in the manual.
Added information for:
7
- Vivid E9 Vet
2013-NOV-21
- Usb Flash Drive (UFD) as replacement for software and manual CDs and DVDs.
- New FRU parts
• Updated for introduction of new notified body (new number on the CE mark).
8
2016-JAN-27
• Updated ‘Translation Policy’ (language disclaimers).
• Added/updated spare parts (FRUs) in Chapter 9.
List of Effected Pages
Pages
Revision
Pages
Revision
Pages
Revision
Title Page
8
4-1 to 4-82
8
9-1 to 9-160
8
i to xvi
8
5-1 to 5-138
8
10-1 to 10-40
8
1-1 to 1-54
8
6-1 to 6-22
8
Back Cover
N/A
2-1 to 2-14
8
7-1 to 7-172
8
3-1 to 3-114
8
8-1 to 8-450
8
Please verify that you are using the latest revision of this document. Information pertaining to this document is maintained on ePDM (GE
Healthcare electronic Product Data Management). If you need to know the latest revision, contact your distributor, local GE Sales Representative
or in the USA call the GE Ultrasound Clinical Answer Center at 1 800 682 5327 or 1 262 524 5698.
-
xv
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
This page left blank to facilitate double-sided printing.
xvi
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Service manual overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Contents in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Typical users of the “Basic” Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
Typical users of the Proprietary Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
VIVID E9 models covered by this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 4
VIVID E7 models covered by this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 6
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Overview of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound scanners . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
History - hardware/software versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
History - peripherals/software versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
FRUs for Back End Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
History - supported probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 9
How to turn the scanner ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 9
How to check for hardware/software version and installed options . .1 - 9
Purpose of the operator manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 9
Important conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Conventions used in this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Model designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Safety precaution messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Standard hazard icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 11
Product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 12
Safety considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Human safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Mechanical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 19
Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21
Table of Contents
xvii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Safe practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21
Labels locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 22
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 22
Labels on Front of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 22
Label on Rear of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 23
Label on Upper OP Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 24
Labels on Front Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 24
Labels on top of Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 24
Labels near Connectors on Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 25
Labels on DVD Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 26
Label for External Connectors, IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 27
Labels at AC Mains Inlet and Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 28
Label on Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 29
Label, General Info - XDclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 29
Label, General Info - BT’12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 34
Label, General Info - BT’11/BT’10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 37
Label, General Info - BT’09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 40
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 41
Label on Side Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 44
Label on the BEP6’s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 45
Label on the BEP5’s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 46
Label, Disassembly Nester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 47
Dangerous procedure warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 48
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 49
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 50
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 51
What is EMC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 51
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 51
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 51
Customer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 52
Contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 52
System manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 53
xviii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 2
Site preparations
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
General console requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Console environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the unit is very cold or hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanners . . . . .
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical requirements for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inrush current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit power plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power stability requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMI limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMI prevention/abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probes environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time and manpower requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-9
Facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchaser responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Desirable features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimal floor plan suggestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suggested Floor Plan, VE9/VE7 and EchoPAC in Same Room . . . . . . . .
Networking setup requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stand alone scanner (without network connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scanner connected to hospital’s network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InSite Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of the DICOM network function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DICOM option setup requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 - 10
2 - 10
2 - 10
2 - 11
2 - 12
2 - 12
2 - 12
2 - 13
2 - 13
2 - 13
2 - 13
2 - 13
2 - 13
-
xix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 3
System setup
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Setup reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Average setup time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Setup warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Receiving and unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Receiving and unpacking warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Receiving the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5
The Tilt & Shock indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5
Examine all packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 6
Damage in transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 7
If Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 7
If Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 8
Unpacking Vivid E9/Vivid E7 from the Carton Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Transportation Box Label on the Carton Box . . . .3 - 9
Uncrating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Packing materials for the Carton Box - recycling information . . . . . .3 - 14
Unpacking VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 16
VIVID E9 Transportation Box Label for the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . .3 - 16
Unpack the VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 17
Packing materials for the Wooden Box - recycling information . . . . .3 - 19
Preparing for setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
Verify Customer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
Physical inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
EMI protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
Completing the setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
System specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
System requirements verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Physical dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Mass with monitor and peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Acoustic noise level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 22
xx
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verification of the system’s voltage setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections on the I/O Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect USB Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections on the Patient I/O panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect Heart Microphone (Phono) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect Pulse Pressure Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Connecting Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect a probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disconnect a probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect AC (mains) Power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch ON the AC Power to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Complete power down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 22
3 - 22
3 - 24
3 - 24
3 - 24
3 - 25
3 - 25
3 - 25
3 - 25
3 - 26
3 - 26
3 - 27
3 - 27
3 - 28
3 - 28
3 - 29
3 - 30
3 - 32
3 - 33
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select System Settings screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enter Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Date and time adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select User Interface Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Online Manual Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Screen setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Video Format, PAL or NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alphanumeric Keyboard configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVR (Option) Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approved Internal Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB . . . . . . . . . .
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to
Ethernet (TCP/IP Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 35
3 - 35
3 - 35
3 - 35
3 - 35
3 - 36
3 - 36
3 - 37
3 - 38
3 - 39
3 - 40
3 - 41
3 - 41
3 - 41
3 - 41
3 - 42
3 - 42
3 - 43
3 - 43
3 - 44
3 - 45
3 - 45
3 - 45
3 - 45
-
3 - 46
xxi
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 46
Available Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 46
Software Options Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Software Option installation introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Installing a Software Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Remote Check and Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 48
Connectivity overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Stand-alone Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
“Sneaker Net” environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to
an EchoPAC PC Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to
a DICOM Server on a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Connectivity setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Select TCP/IP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 51
Changing the AE Title and/or Port Number (Port No.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 52
DHCP setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 53
Set the Remote Archive’s Network Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 56
Save the New Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 57
Setup connection to a DICOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 58
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 58
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 58
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . .3 - 59
Verify the Network Connection to a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 65
Verify the Connection to a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 65
DICOM Storage setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 67
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 68
DICOM SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 74
Export configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 76
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 76
Setup on the Remote Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 76
Configurable Remote Path User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 77
Display the Dataflow screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 78
Export to Excel - configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 79
Export to MPEGVue configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 80
eVue setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 81
Create a new dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 82
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 82
Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 83
xxii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations - Log on as ADM (software v112.1.3 and later) . . . . .
Preparations - Log on with a Service Dongle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To create a new dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create new dataflow with
Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create new dataflow with Worklist and DICOM Storage . . . . . . . . .
Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Query/Retrieve Setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Query/Retrieve Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If Retrieve is failing … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapping of parameters from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to DICOM . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient Information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination List screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Worklist Search screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual Export to DICOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 83
3 - 83
3 - 84
3 - 86
3 - 87
3 - 88
3 - 88
3 - 88
3 - 88
3 - 92
3 - 94
3 - 95
3 - 95
3 - 95
3 - 96
3 - 97
3 - 98
3 - 99
Disk Management setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Destination Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Removable Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set Remote Path for Disk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup on the Remote Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Remote Path User on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 100
3 - 100
3 - 100
3 - 100
3 - 101
3 - 101
3 - 101
InSite ExC setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Configuration - InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prerequisites for InSite ExC setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 for Network InSite Checkout . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create an Insite permanent user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 102
3 - 102
3 - 102
3 - 102
3 - 102
3 - 103
3 - 103
3 - 108
3 - 109
Options Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stereo vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color Video Printer setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations for installing the CP30DW for the first time . . . . . . . . .
Generic installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer Software Driver installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 110
3 - 110
3 - 110
3 - 110
3 - 110
3 - 110
3 - 111
-
xxiii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 112
USB Flash Drive (UFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 112
Software and documentation on UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 112
Setup paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 113
Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 113
User’s Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 113
Product Locator Installation Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 114
xxiv
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 4
General procedures and Functional checks
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
General procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power ON/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connect AC (mains) Power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn Unit ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Complete Power Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top Console position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To raise/lower the Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To unlock the Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To lock the Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To move the floating Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually releasing the XY Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving the Top Console up or down when Power is OFF . . . . . . . .
LCD Monitor position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To unlock the LCD monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To lock the LCD monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Key (Dongle, HASP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit to Windows Desktop from the Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removable Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Archiving and Loading Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Presets from removable media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download / Upload of System Presets via InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retrieving the system presets via InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting files from the Questra Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uploading Presets to the Preset Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server . . .
Restoring Vivid E9/Vivid E7 system presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation and Setup Procedures for Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving and Transporting the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-8
4-9
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 12
4 - 13
4 - 14
4 - 14
4 - 14
4 - 15
4 - 17
4 - 18
4 - 18
4 - 18
4 - 18
4 - 19
4 - 19
4 - 23
4 - 26
4 - 28
4 - 31
4 - 34
4 - 37
4 - 37
4 - 37
4 - 38
-
xxv
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
The Casters (Wheels) control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 38
To prepare the unit to be moved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 38
To ensure safety while moving the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 39
Transporting the unit by vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 39
At the new location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 39
Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 40
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 40
Connectivity — Dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 41
Connectivity — Additional Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 42
Connectivity — Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 43
Connectivity — Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 43
Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 44
System — Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 46
System — Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 46
About — System Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
About — Firmware Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
About — HW Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
About — Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
Admin — Disk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 48
Admin — Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 48
Admin — Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 49
Admin — Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 49
Admin — System Admin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 50
Service screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 51
Cleaning the Trackball from the outside (OP-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 52
Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 54
Remove the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 55
Clean the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 56
Install the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 57
Install the Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 57
Test the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 57
4V-D Field Failure Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 58
Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Basic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 61
Operator Panel (OP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 61
Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 62
Touch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 63
Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 63
xxvi
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Test Phantoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2D Mode (B mode) Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the 2D mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the M Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Color 2D Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the Color 2D Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Color M Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the Color M Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the PW/CW Doppler Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the TVI Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe/Connectors Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECG Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECG Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cineloop Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust the Cineloop controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back End Processor checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peripheral checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows Print Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup and Test a Printer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View the Windows Printer Queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVR checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn OFF Power to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Functions Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
4 - 63
4 - 63
4 - 63
4 - 64
4 - 65
4 - 66
4 - 66
4 - 66
4 - 66
4 - 67
4 - 67
4 - 67
4 - 67
4 - 67
4 - 68
4 - 68
4 - 69
4 - 69
4 - 69
4 - 69
4 - 70
4 - 70
4 - 70
4 - 70
4 - 71
4 - 72
4 - 72
4 - 72
4 - 72
4 - 72
4 - 73
4 - 73
4 - 73
4 - 73
4 - 74
4 - 74
4 - 74
4 - 74
4 - 74
4 - 74
4 - 75
4 - 75
4 - 76
4 - 77
4 - 78
4 - 78
xxvii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Casters (Wheels), Brakes and Direction Lock Checks . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 78
Application Turnover Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 79
Software Configuration Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 79
Power supply test & adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 80
Power Supply Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 80
Power Supply Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 80
Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 81
xxviii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 5
Components and functions (theory)
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
VIVID E9 models covered by this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4
Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Disk Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-6
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Dataflow concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stand-alone Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
“Sneaker net” environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to an EchoPAC PC workstation .
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and a DICOM server in a network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dataflow naming convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dataflow examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Predefined Dataflows and Additional Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Dataflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a New Dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage . .
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-9
5 - 12
5 - 13
5 - 14
InSite ExC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InSite ExC Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InSite ExC Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiating a Request for Service (RFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Request for Service (ARFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 15
5 - 15
5 - 15
5 - 16
5 - 17
5 - 18
-
xxix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
InSite ExC Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 19
Exiting InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 19
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 21
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 22
Signal flow overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 23
System configuration and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
The electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 interconnection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 25
Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
2D-Mode (B-Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Octave Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
M-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Color Doppler Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Color Flow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Power Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Tissue Velocity Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Pulsed (PW) Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
4D Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Transporting Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Top Console description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
Top Console’s location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
Connection between the Top Console and
the rest of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
The XYZ mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 31
The XY Locking mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 31
Top Console block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 33
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 33
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 34
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 34
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 34
LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 35
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 35
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 35
xxx
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel (Control Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 35
5 - 35
5 - 36
5 - 36
5 - 37
5 - 38
5 - 39
5 - 39
5 - 39
Main Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
Main Console description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
Air Flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Flow components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 41
5 - 41
5 - 41
5 - 41
5 - 41
Casters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 42
Front End Processor (FEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End Card Rack general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End Processor cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FEP’s Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Pulser voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bidirectional signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses, jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter and Receiver subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter signal path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phased and Linear Array probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver signal path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter Board (GTX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input TX (Pulser) voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
5 - 43
5 - 43
5 - 43
5 - 43
5 - 44
5 - 45
5 - 45
5 - 45
5 - 45
5 - 45
5 - 45
5 - 45
5 - 46
5 - 46
5 - 48
5 - 48
5 - 49
5 - 50
5 - 50
5 - 52
5 - 53
5 - 53
5 - 54
5 - 54
5 - 54
xxxi
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 54
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 54
DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 54
Other switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 54
LEDs on the GTX-192 board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
LEDs on the GTX-64 board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 56
Test points on the GTX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 57
Relay Board (RLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 59
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 59
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
Input DC Voltages: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 62
Test points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 62
Receiver Board (GRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 63
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 63
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 64
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 65
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 65
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 65
LEDs on the GRX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 65
Test points on the GRX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 65
Front Plane boards (XD BUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 67
Fuses, Jumpers, Dip-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 67
Digital Receiver board (DRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 68
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 68
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 69
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 70
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 70
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 70
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 70
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 70
LEDs on the DRX board - the Nathan field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 71
LEDs on the DRX board - the GDIF status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 72
Test points on the DRX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 72
Troubleshooting hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 73
Front End Interface Board (GFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 74
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 74
xxxii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs on the GFI board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test points on the GFI board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FEP Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 76
5 - 76
5 - 76
5 - 76
5 - 77
5 - 77
5 - 77
5 - 77
5 - 78
5 - 78
5 - 79
5 - 79
5 - 79
5 - 79
5 - 79
5 - 79
5 - 79
5 - 80
5 - 80
Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Flow and Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPU/Back End Processor (BEP) - block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The EMC Enclosure House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside the EMC Enclosure House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top view comparison BEP5 - BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 Face, Top and Rear connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP5 Face and Top connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SATA distribution - BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use of Expansion Slots on BEP6 Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use of Expansion Slots on BEP5 Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIOS Beep Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bi-directional signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs on the BEP5/BEP6 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 81
5 - 81
5 - 81
5 - 81
5 - 81
5 - 82
5 - 83
5 - 84
5 - 84
5 - 84
5 - 85
5 - 86
5 - 88
5 - 89
5 - 90
5 - 91
5 - 91
5 - 92
5 - 92
5 - 92
5 - 93
5 - 94
5 - 95
5 - 95
5 - 95
-
xxxiii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the BEP6’s Side Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 96
LEDs on the BEP5’s face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 97
BEP Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 98
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 98
BEP6 Power Board Assembly Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 98
BEP5 Power Supply Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 99
Location in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 99
Location in the BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 100
Input Voltage (BEP6 / BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 100
Input Signals (BEP6 / BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 100
Bi-directional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 100
Output Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
LEDs on BEP6 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
LEDs on BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 102
Test Points on BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 103
IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 104
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 104
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 104
Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 104
Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 104
Signals on BEP6 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 105
Signals on BEP5 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 106
LEDs on the BEP5 Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 107
Graphics Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Other Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Dip Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Internal Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Hard Disk Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110
Main Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110
Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 112
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 112
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 113
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 113
xxxiv
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current limiter, over-voltage protection and
temperature watch-dog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIP-Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Up Sequence Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Breaker to ON position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel has been pressed . . . .
Power On Sequence (button push), detailed sequence . . . . . . . . .
BEP Power-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Down Sequence description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forced Power Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 114
5 - 114
5 - 114
5 - 114
5 - 114
5 - 115
5 - 115
5 - 115
5 - 117
5 - 119
5 - 119
5 - 120
5 - 120
5 - 120
5 - 121
5 - 121
DC Surveillance overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 122
Input and Output (I/O) modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O (Physio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O - inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O - outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dip Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP5 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 123
5 - 123
5 - 123
5 - 123
5 - 123
5 - 124
5 - 125
5 - 125
5 - 126
5 - 126
5 - 126
5 - 126
5 - 127
5 - 127
5 - 128
5 - 128
5 - 128
5 - 129
5 - 129
5 - 129
5 - 130
5 - 130
5 - 130
Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 131
Internal peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 131
-
xxxv
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DVD Drive (Option on XDclear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 131
Digital Video Stream Recorder (DVR (Option)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 131
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 131
External peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
External Color Printer (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
USB Flash Drive (USB Flash Card) (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
USB Hard Drive with RAID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
Network printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
Cables for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 134
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 134
Product manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 135
User documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 135
Service documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 135
GE Service / Proprietary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 135
Common Service Desktop overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
iLinq Interactive Platform Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Web Server/Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Contact GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Interactive Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Global Service User Interface (GSUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Internationalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Service Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Access / Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 138
Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 after diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 138
xxxvi
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 6
Service adjustments
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Power Supply adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
LCD Monitor adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Review Test Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced LCD adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Review Test Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2
6-2
6-2
6-2
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-4
Test the LCD Arm and LCD Monitor range of motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5
Backlight adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing the Main LCD and Touch Screen Backlight Adjustments . . . . .
Backlight and Blue Tint Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust LCD Brightness and Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-8
Main Monitor and Touch Screen - Setup and Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select the Display Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification of the monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main LCD Screen Resolution and Color Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Touch Screen Resolution and Color Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 - 11
6 - 11
6 - 12
6 - 12
6 - 13
Touch Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
DC Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to do a Front End Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End Alignment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
6 - 15
6 - 15
6 - 15
6 - 15
xxxvii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Operator Panel XY movement - principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Release the XY Lock and XY Brake (manually) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Adjusting the XY Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 17
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism and Adjustment . . . . .6 - 18
XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 18
XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 19
Using the Park Lock Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 21
Adjusting the Z mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 21
Direction Lock and Brake adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 22
Adjust time-out for DICOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 22
xxxviii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 7
Diagnostics / troubleshooting
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
Service Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
Service Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
Special Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSCAN Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trackball issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High System Temperature Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset the BEP from a Hang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Release the Top Console when power is unavailable . . . . . . . . . .
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-5
Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shortcut Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMI Prevention/Abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Image Artifacts Caused by Front End Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back End Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Halt Errors - Lock ups or Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . .
CD/DVD Drive Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Image CD/DVD not read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Video on LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrong Key Activated on the Touch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incorrect System Time when Daylight Savings Time changes . . . .
Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Touch Panel . . . . . .
Touch Panel Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Image or Patient Data Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-7
7-7
7-8
7-8
7-9
7-9
7-9
7-9
7 - 10
7 - 10
7 - 10
7 - 10
7 - 10
7 - 11
7 - 11
7 - 11
7 - 11
7 - 11
7 - 11
-
xxxix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Network Connectivity Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
First Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
Cannot connect to anything via the network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
No Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
No Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 13
System Pings and Verifies OK, but does NOT Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 13
Work-around procedure for connecting Vivid E9 to ImageVault v4.x . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 14
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 14
Connectivity Work-around - Image Vault v4.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15
Affected Dataflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15
Limitations / Implications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15
Configure Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the work around . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 16
Reverse configuration on Vivid E9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 17
InSite ExC troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Wrong System ID in InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Basic Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 19
Gathering Troubleshooting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Collect Vital System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Collect a Trouble Image with Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 21
Advanced log options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 21
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 22
Screen Captures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Purpose of this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Ctrl+PrintScreen shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
To Capture a Screen Image Using the Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Virtual Console Observation (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 28
Purpose of this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 28
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 28
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 29
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 29
How Customer Enables Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 33
Customer Enables VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 34
xl
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Server History Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics Window Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Utility Freezes Up/Times Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Symptom Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics - Common Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics - PC (BEP) Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset PC Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics - Non-Interactive Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Essential Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Disk Surface Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Disk Quick Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCIBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Video Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAM Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics - Interactive Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mouse (Trackball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP Interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics - Service Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRLY Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Board Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tx Power Supply Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPS Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bayBIRD Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
7 - 35
7 - 35
7 - 35
7 - 36
7 - 37
7 - 38
7 - 40
7 - 43
7 - 44
7 - 54
7 - 54
7 - 55
7 - 56
7 - 56
7 - 57
7 - 57
7 - 58
7 - 59
7 - 60
7 - 61
7 - 62
7 - 63
7 - 64
7 - 65
7 - 65
7 - 66
7 - 66
7 - 67
7 - 68
7 - 69
7 - 69
7 - 70
7 - 70
7 - 74
7 - 76
7 - 79
7 - 81
7 - 82
7 - 85
7 - 89
7 - 91
7 - 94
7 - 95
7 - 95
7 - 96
xli
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 97
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 98
Software Options Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 98
InSite ExC Agent Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 99
Utilities - Common Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 100
Event Log Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 100
Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 102
Disk Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 103
IP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 104
Network Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 105
Windows Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 106
User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 107
Shared Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 108
System Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 109
Disk Defragmenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 110
Gather Logs Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 111
Image Viewer Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 112
Image Compress & Delete Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 113
Scanner Documentation Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 114
Distinct Network Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 115
Virtual Console Observation (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 116
Telnet Server Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 117
Utilities - Scanner Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 118
Dicom Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 118
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 119
PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 120
Exit From Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 120
Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 After Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 120
Motor Controller Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 121
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 123
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 123
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 123
System Doesn’t Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 124
The ON/OFF Button is Dark (No Amber Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 124
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 124
Back End Processor (BEP) Boot Up Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 134
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 135
Intermittent ‘No Boot’ with old Main Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 137
No Response from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 - It locks up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 137
Unable to scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 138
Trackball troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 139
Monitor (Main LCD) troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 141
xlii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Intermittent Blank,
but functional (responsive) Upper Panel – Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower OP Panel contact point cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locating DRX Boards with CRC Error in ‘logfile.txt’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Lock is not working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Brake Motors Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z Movement fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Difficult to lock and release the alphanumeric keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Device(s) stopped working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peripheral Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this subsection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Printer troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD/DVD Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Harddrive Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Connection to the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Contact with EchoPAC PC,
but Network Connection Seems OK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database Startup Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DICOM Related Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Response from DICOM Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Images Remain in Spooler with Retry or Failed Status . . . . . . . . . .
Images Exit Spooler, But Do Not Display on Destination . . . . . . . .
Images Not Sorted Into the Single pt Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i13L probe is not recognized on VIVID E9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M5S-D probe, GE-3MIX, serial numbers below 1697 . . . . . . . . . . .
TEE probe message: “Scan-plane angle is inaccurate” . . . . . . . . . .
TEE Probe Temperature Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Temperature Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVR Issue (BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMI Prevention/abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Different Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Different System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Different Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disconnect External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of Types of Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise Picked up from the Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
7 - 142
7 - 142
7 - 144
7 - 145
7 - 145
7 - 145
7 - 146
7 - 147
7 - 147
7 - 148
7 - 148
7 - 149
7 - 150
7 - 151
7 - 152
7 - 152
7 - 153
7 - 154
7 - 155
7 - 155
7 - 155
7 - 155
7 - 155
7 - 156
7 - 156
7 - 156
7 - 156
7 - 157
7 - 158
7 - 158
7 - 159
7 - 159
7 - 159
7 - 160
7 - 161
7 - 162
7 - 162
7 - 162
7 - 163
7 - 163
7 - 163
7 - 163
xliii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noise Received via the External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Doppler Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Intermittent Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
“Motor Boat” Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Self Generated Noise
(Noise Generated Inside the Vivid E9/Vivid E7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Heat Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Hardware Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Investigate the Type of Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 165
Power Cable Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 165
Noise in 2D Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 166
Noisy Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 167
Noise in Color Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 168
Noise in Doppler Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 169
Excessive Noise Lines when the cursor is placed straight down . . .7 - 169
How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 170
xliv
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 8
Replacement procedures
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Warnings and important information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower - When two persons are needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-3
8-5
8-5
8-6
Definitions of Left, Right, Front and Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7
Loading / Reloading the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models versus software requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VIVID E9 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . .
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer provided prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools provided with the Ultrasound scanner at delivery
or after an upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Management - moving all images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backing up the Patient Archive and System Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to load or reload the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reloading the Software from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Software Reload from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Software Reload from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate software reload from the Common Service Desktop . . . . . .
Initiate software reload from the Recovery Console . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading the software from USB Flash Drive (UFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the System Software (only for BEP6 / BEPY3) . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Application Software (all BEPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Latest Microsoft Software Patches (all BEPs) . . . . . .
Installing the Translated User Manuals from UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the MV Option Software from UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-9
8-9
8 - 11
8 - 11
8 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 13
8 - 13
8 - 14
8 - 15
8 - 16
8 - 16
8 - 16
8 - 16
8 - 17
8 - 19
8 - 21
8 - 21
8 - 24
8 - 26
8 - 27
8 - 27
xlv
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Software - from DVD/CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 28
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 28
Preparations for software loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 28
Boot from the System Software DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 29
Selecting installation (A, B or R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 30
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) . . . . . . . . . .8 - 31
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 44
Loading Software Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 49
Loading the Software - via InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 49
Verify the BIOS version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 49
Upgrade the BIOS version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 49
The BIOS Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 49
Setup after Software loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 50
Verifications after the software has been re-loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 51
Printer Driver Reload (from Remote) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Printer Driver Reload Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 56
Replacing Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 57
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 57
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 57
Covers and Bumpers overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 58
Side Covers replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Side Covers removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Side Covers installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 62
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 62
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 62
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 63
Top Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 64
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 64
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 64
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 64
Top Cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 65
Top Cover installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 66
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 66
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 66
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 67
Side Bumpers Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 68
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 68
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 68
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 68
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 68
xlvi
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Side Bumpers removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Bumpers installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot Rest Bumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot Rest Bumper removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot Rest Bumper installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plate Connectors w/Guide replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plate Connectors w/Guide removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plate Connectors w/Guide installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8 - 68
8 - 68
8 - 69
8 - 69
8 - 69
8 - 70
8 - 70
8 - 70
8 - 70
8 - 71
8 - 72
8 - 72
8 - 72
8 - 72
8 - 73
8 - 73
8 - 73
8 - 73
8 - 74
8 - 74
8 - 74
8 - 75
8 - 75
8 - 76
8 - 76
8 - 76
8 - 76
8 - 76
8 - 77
8 - 77
8 - 78
8 - 78
8 - 78
8 - 78
8 - 78
8 - 79
8 - 79
8 - 79
8 - 80
8 - 80
8 - 81
8 - 81
8 - 81
8 - 81
8 - 82
8 - 83
8 - 84
xlvii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 84
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 84
Door, I/O Panel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Remove the I/O Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Install the I/O Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Cable Hooks replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 88
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 88
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 88
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 88
Cable Hook removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 89
Cable Hook installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Rear Bumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 91
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 91
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 91
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 91
Rear Bumper removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Rear Bumper installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 93
Rear Handle replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 94
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 94
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 94
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 94
Rear Handle removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 95
Rear Handle installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 95
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 95
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 95
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 96
Printer Filler Storage replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 97
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 97
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 97
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 97
Printer Filler Storage removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 97
Printer Filler Storage installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 97
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 98
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 98
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 98
xlviii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Column Cover Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Column Cover Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Column Cover Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Cable Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Cable Cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Cable Cover installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors removal procedure . . . . . . . . . .
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors installation procedure . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulkhead Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Bulkhead Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Bulkhead Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bumper Boss Z Outer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Bumper Boss Z Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Bumper Boss Z Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 99
8 - 99
8 - 99
8 - 99
8 - 100
8 - 101
8 - 101
8 - 101
8 - 102
8 - 103
8 - 103
8 - 103
8 - 103
8 - 104
8 - 105
8 - 105
8 - 105
8 - 106
8 - 107
8 - 107
8 - 107
8 - 107
8 - 107
8 - 109
8 - 109
8 - 109
8 - 110
8 - 111
8 - 111
8 - 111
8 - 111
8 - 112
8 - 113
8 - 113
8 - 114
8 - 114
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 115
8 - 116
Top Console Parts Replacement Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 117
-
xlix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 117
LCD Monitor and LCD Arm parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Replacing the 17” LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Remove the 17” LCD Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 119
Disconnect the 17” LCD Monitor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 119
Remove the 17” LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 120
Install the 17” LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 121
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 122
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 122
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 123
Replacing the 19” LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Remove the 19” LCD Monitor Cables Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 125
Disconnect the 19” LCD Monitor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 126
Remove the 19” LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 127
Install the 19” LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 128
Install the Monitor Cables Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 129
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 129
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 129
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 130
Replacing the LCD Arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Disconnect the cables from the Bulkhead board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 132
Remove the LCD Arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 132
Install the LCD Arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 133
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 134
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 134
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 135
Replacing the LCD Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 136
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 136
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 136
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 136
Remove the LCD Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 137
Install the LCD Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 140
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 142
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 142
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 142
l
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Mount Lock replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Mount Lock removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Mount Lock installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17” LCD Firmware Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrade Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change the Drive Letter on the memory stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Serial Communication to the Main Monitor
with SerialOSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error message displayed with Cfgworkbench tool
when new firmware is uploaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 143
8 - 143
8 - 143
8 - 143
8 - 144
8 - 144
8 - 144
8 - 145
8 - 146
8 - 146
8 - 146
8 - 147
8 - 154
8 - 155
Upper Operator Panel parts replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Upper Operator Panel/Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Frame w/LCD and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Frame w/LCD and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Frame w/LCD and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Main Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Main Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Controller Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 158
8 - 158
8 - 158
8 - 159
8 - 159
8 - 159
8 - 160
8 - 161
8 - 163
8 - 166
8 - 166
8 - 166
8 - 167
8 - 167
8 - 167
8 - 167
8 - 168
8 - 170
8 - 171
8 - 171
8 - 172
8 - 172
8 - 172
8 - 172
8 - 174
8 - 176
8 - 176
8 - 177
-
8 - 155
8 - 156
li
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 177
USB Connector Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 178
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 178
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 178
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 178
USB Connector Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 180
USB Connector Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 180
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 180
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 182
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 182
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 182
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 182
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable removal procedure . . . . . . .8 - 184
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable installation procedure . . . . .8 - 184
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 184
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 185
Upper Bezel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Upper Bezel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Upper Bezel installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 187
Frame UI Upper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 188
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 188
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 188
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 188
Remove the Frame UI Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 189
Install the Frame UI Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 189
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 190
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 190
Options Holder / Left or Right Support replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 191
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 191
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 191
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 191
Options Holder removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 192
Options Holder installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 192
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 192
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 193
Lower Operator Panel Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 194
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 194
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 194
Knobs for Encoders and Slidepots replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 194
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 194
lii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knobs for Encoders and Slidepots removal procedure . . . . . . . . . .
Knobs for Encoders and Slidepots installation procedure . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Operator Panel, Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Read and Follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Operator Panel, Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Operator Panel, Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encoder Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encoder Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encoder Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower Switch Board with Elastomer replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower Switch Board with Elastomer removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower Switch Board with Elastomer installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower Bezel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Lower Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Lower Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8 - 194
8 - 194
8 - 194
8 - 195
8 - 195
8 - 196
8 - 197
8 - 197
8 - 197
8 - 197
8 - 197
8 - 198
8 - 200
8 - 200
8 - 201
8 - 201
8 - 202
8 - 202
8 - 202
8 - 202
8 - 203
8 - 204
8 - 204
8 - 205
8 - 206
8 - 206
8 - 206
8 - 206
8 - 207
8 - 207
8 - 207
8 - 208
8 - 209
8 - 209
8 - 209
8 - 209
8 - 210
8 - 211
8 - 211
8 - 211
8 - 212
8 - 212
8 - 212
8 - 213
8 - 213
8 - 214
8 - 214
liii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 215
Lower Frame Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Lower Frame Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 218
Lower Frame Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 219
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 219
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 219
Operator Panel Cable Kit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 220
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 220
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 220
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 220
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 221
Disconnect the Trackball USB Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 222
Install the Trackball USB Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 222
Disconnect the USB Video Board Flex Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 222
Install the USB Video Board Flex Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 222
Disconnect the HV Inverter Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 222
Install the HV Inverter Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 223
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 223
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 224
Convert ‘old style’ OP Lower to ‘new style’ OP Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 225
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 225
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 225
A/N Keyboard parts replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Replacing the Alpha-Numeric Keyboard Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 228
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 228
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 228
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 228
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 228
Alphanumeric Keyboard Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . .8 - 229
Alphanumeric Keyboard assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . .8 - 230
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 230
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 230
Replacing the A/N Keyboard or the A/N Keyboard Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 231
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 231
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 231
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 231
Disassemble the A/N Keyboard and the A/N Keyboard Enclosure . .8 - 232
Assemble the A/N Keyboard and the A/N Keyboard Enclosure . . . .8 - 233
Wagon AN Drawer Sheet Met. Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 235
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 235
liv
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wagon AN Drawer Sheet Met. Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wagon AN Drawer Sheet Met. Assy installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Rail Assy replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Rail Assy removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Rail Assy installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 235
8 - 235
8 - 236
8 - 236
8 - 236
8 - 237
8 - 238
8 - 238
8 - 238
8 - 238
8 - 239
8 - 239
8 - 239
8 - 240
Other Top Console Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Bulkhead Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Bulkhead Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Bulkhead Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulkhead, Plate, Extended replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Bulkhead Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the Bulkhead Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Cable Hook Twin replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Cable Hook, Twin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 241
8 - 241
8 - 241
8 - 242
8 - 242
8 - 242
8 - 242
8 - 243
8 - 243
8 - 243
8 - 243
8 - 244
8 - 245
8 - 245
8 - 245
8 - 245
8 - 247
8 - 247
8 - 247
8 - 248
8 - 249
8 - 249
8 - 249
8 - 249
8 - 250
8 - 250
8 - 250
8 - 251
8 - 252
8 - 252
8 - 252
8 - 252
-
lv
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Install the Cable Hook, Twin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 252
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 252
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 253
Non-Magnetic Touch Latch replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Non-Magnetic Touch Latch removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Non-Magnetic Touch Latch installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 255
Handle, Left Top / Handle Right Top, replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Handle Left Top / Handle Right Top removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Handle Left Top / Handle Right Top installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 258
Palm Rest ASSY replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 259
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 259
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 259
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 259
Palm Rest ASSY removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Palm Rest ASSY installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Replacing the Probe Holder Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 262
Replacing the Gel Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 263
Up-Down Button Board (Buttons Frame UI Assy) replacement . . . . . . . . .8 - 264
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 264
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 264
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 265
XYZ Buttons removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 265
XYZ Buttons installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 265
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 266
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 266
Button IF Board Assy replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 267
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 267
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 267
lvi
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Button IF Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Button IF Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 267
8 - 268
8 - 268
8 - 268
8 - 269
Replacing XYZ Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Mechanism removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Mechanism installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Brake Assy replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY-Brake Assy removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY-Brake Assy installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Park Lock replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Park Lock removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XY Park Lock installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z-Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z-Mechanism removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z-Mechanism installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Gear Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Gear Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 270
8 - 270
8 - 270
8 - 270
8 - 270
8 - 270
8 - 271
8 - 272
8 - 273
8 - 273
8 - 273
8 - 274
8 - 274
8 - 274
8 - 274
8 - 275
8 - 277
8 - 277
8 - 277
8 - 278
8 - 278
8 - 278
8 - 278
8 - 278
8 - 278
8 - 279
8 - 279
8 - 279
8 - 280
8 - 280
8 - 280
8 - 280
8 - 282
8 - 283
8 - 283
8 - 283
8 - 284
8 - 284
8 - 284
8 - 284
8 - 285
-
lvii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Drive Gear Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 285
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
XYZ Control Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 287
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 287
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 287
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 287
XYZ Control Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 288
XYZ Control Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 288
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 288
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 289
Main Console parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Rear Filter and “handle type” Bottom Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Remove and clean the filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 291
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 294
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 294
Rear Air Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 295
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 295
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 295
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 295
Filter removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 295
Filter installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Bottom “nylon strip” Air Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 297
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 297
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 297
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 297
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 297
Filter removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 298
Filter Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 298
Filter installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 298
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 298
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 299
Fan Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 300
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 300
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 300
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 300
Fan Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 301
Fan Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 301
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 302
lviii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Fan Screen and Fan Screen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove the Fan Screen and Fan Screen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install the new Fan Screen and Fan Screen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Cable installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subwoofer replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub Woofer removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub woofer installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Casters replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Handle replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Covers replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back End parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 302
8 - 303
8 - 303
8 - 303
8 - 304
8 - 304
8 - 305
8 - 305
8 - 305
8 - 305
8 - 306
8 - 307
8 - 308
8 - 308
8 - 309
8 - 309
8 - 309
8 - 309
8 - 310
8 - 311
8 - 311
8 - 311
8 - 311
8 - 312
8 - 312
8 - 312
8 - 312
8 - 312
8 - 312
8 - 312
Casters and Brakes replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Casters replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Casters removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Casters installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Casters replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 313
8 - 313
8 - 313
8 - 314
8 - 314
8 - 314
8 - 314
8 - 315
8 - 316
8 - 316
8 - 316
8 - 317
8 - 317
8 - 317
8 - 317
-
lix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Front Casters removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 318
Front Casters installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Pedal Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Pedal Mechanism removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 321
Pedal Mechanism installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 321
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 321
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 322
Brake Pedal replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 323
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 323
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 323
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 323
Brake Pedal removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 323
Brake Pedal installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 324
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 324
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 324
Pedal Release replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 324
Pedal Dir Lock replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 324
Front End Processor (FEP) / Card Cage parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
Front End parts overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 326
Front End (FEP) Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 329
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 329
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 329
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 329
FEP Cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 330
FEP Cover installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 331
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 331
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 331
Front Plane / XD BUS replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 332
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 332
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 332
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 333
Front Plane Boards removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 334
Front Plane Cards installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 336
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 336
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 336
Relay Board (RLY) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 337
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 337
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 337
lx
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Board (GRX) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRX Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRX Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter Board (GTX) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GTX Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GTX Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Receiver Board (DRX) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRX Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRX Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GFI Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GFI Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GFI Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collect error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Card Rack replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vivid E9 Card Rack removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8 - 338
8 - 339
8 - 339
8 - 339
8 - 339
8 - 340
8 - 341
8 - 341
8 - 341
8 - 342
8 - 343
8 - 343
8 - 343
8 - 343
8 - 344
8 - 345
8 - 345
8 - 345
8 - 345
8 - 346
8 - 348
8 - 348
8 - 348
8 - 348
8 - 349
8 - 349
8 - 349
8 - 350
8 - 351
8 - 351
8 - 351
8 - 351
8 - 352
8 - 352
8 - 352
8 - 352
8 - 353
8 - 353
8 - 353
8 - 354
8 - 354
8 - 354
8 - 355
8 - 355
8 - 355
8 - 355
8 - 357
lxi
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9 Card Rack installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 358
Programming Backplane Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 359
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 361
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 362
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 362
Back End Processor (BEP) parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 363
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 363
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 363
Back End Processor parts overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 364
Back End Processor (BEP) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 365
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 365
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 365
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 365
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 365
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 366
Back End Processor (BEP) removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 367
Prepeare the new BEP for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 369
Back End Processor (BEP) installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 370
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 371
Verification after HDD or BEP replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 371
Functional Checks after BEP parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 371
Back End Processor Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Remove BEP6 Power Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 373
Install the BEP6 Power Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 374
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 374
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 374
Remove BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 375
Install BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 376
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 376
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 376
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 377
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 377
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 377
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 377
BEP6 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 379
BEP6 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 380
BEP5 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 381
BEP5 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 382
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 382
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 382
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 382
Graphics Adapter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 383
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 383
lxii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations - BEP5/BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Graphics Adapter from the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Graphics Adapter in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Video Bypass Board in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Video Bypass Board in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Graphics Adapter from the BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables for the Prolink Add2 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables for the ATI FireGL V7200 card - BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables for the Nvidia Quadro FX1800 /
Nvidia Quadro 2000D - BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Graphics Adapter in the BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Board Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP Front Module replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Module removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Module installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Video Stream Recorder (DVR) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 Fan replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back End Processor Fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back End Processor Fan installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP Power In Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP Power In Cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP Power In Cable installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SATA Jumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SATA Jumper removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SATA Jumper installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8 - 383
8 - 384
8 - 384
8 - 384
8 - 385
8 - 386
8 - 387
8 - 389
8 - 389
8 - 390
8 - 391
8 - 391
8 - 392
8 - 393
8 - 393
8 - 394
8 - 394
8 - 394
8 - 395
8 - 395
8 - 395
8 - 395
8 - 396
8 - 397
8 - 397
8 - 397
8 - 398
8 - 398
8 - 399
8 - 399
8 - 399
8 - 400
8 - 400
8 - 401
8 - 401
8 - 402
8 - 402
8 - 402
8 - 402
8 - 403
8 - 403
8 - 404
8 - 404
8 - 404
8 - 404
8 - 404
lxiii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Patient I/O Interface Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 405
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 405
Patient I/O Interface Cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 405
Patient I/O Interface Cable installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
Video Jumper (Flex) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
Video Jumper (Flex) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
Video Jumper (Flex) installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
DVI to Samtec Jumper (Flex) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
DVI to Samtec Jumper (Flex) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
DVI to Samtec Jumper (Flex) installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 409
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 409
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MBD replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MBD removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MBD installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410
DVI Flex Main Yggdrasil replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
DVI Flex Main Yggdrasil removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
DVI Flex Main Yggdrasil installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
DVR Audio cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 412
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 412
DVR Audio cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 412
DVR Audio cable installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 412
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 412
BEP6 to GFI and Card Rack Backplane Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 413
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 413
BEP6 to GFI and Card Rack Backplane Cable removal . . . . . . . . . .8 - 414
BEP6 to GFI and Card Rack Backplane Cable installation . . . . . . . .8 - 414
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 414
Main Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 415
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 415
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 415
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 415
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 415
Main Power Supply removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 417
Main Power Supply installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 418
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 418
Collect error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 418
lxiv
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 419
I/O Modules replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O module removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patient I/O installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side I/O Board Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 Side I/O Board Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 Side I/O Board Assembly installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP5 I/O Board Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP5 I/O Board Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 420
8 - 420
8 - 420
8 - 420
8 - 420
8 - 420
8 - 420
8 - 421
8 - 421
8 - 422
8 - 423
8 - 423
8 - 424
8 - 424
8 - 424
8 - 424
8 - 425
8 - 426
8 - 426
8 - 427
8 - 428
8 - 428
8 - 428
Peripherals replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVD R/W drive replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVD R/W drive removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVD R/W drive installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Video Recorder (DVR) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 - Digital Video Recorder removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP5 - Digital Video Recorder removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 - Digital Video Recorder installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 429
8 - 429
8 - 429
8 - 429
8 - 430
8 - 430
8 - 430
8 - 430
8 - 431
8 - 431
8 - 431
8 - 432
8 - 433
8 - 433
8 - 433
8 - 433
8 - 434
8 - 435
8 - 436
8 - 437
-
lxv
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP5 - Digital Video Recorder installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 439
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 439
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 442
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 442
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 442
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 442
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer removal procedure . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
BW Printer Filler Storage Box removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer installation procedure . . . . . . .8 - 443
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
External Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
External USB Storage Drive w/RAID replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
USB Flash Card replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Removing the USB Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Installing the USB Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Color Video Printer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Color Video Printer removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Color Video Printer installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 446
Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 447
LCD Monitor Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 447
Main Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 447
OP Cable Kit replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 447
BEP6 Internal Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 447
GFI PCIe Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 448
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 448
Remove the GFI PCIe Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 448
Install the GFI PCIe Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 448
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 449
Verification - Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 450
Service Dispatch Debriefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 450
lxvi
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 9
Renewal parts
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Definitions of Left, Right, Front and Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2
List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3
Parts list groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
VIVID E9 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 9
Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XDclear Software (Application Software Version 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software on UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Software used for XDclear (BT’13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Software used for XDclear (BT’13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Patches and Miscellaneous Software
used for XDclear (BT’13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BT’12 Software (Application Software Version 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Software used for BT’12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Software used for BT’12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Patches and Miscellaneous Software used for BT’12 . . .
BT’11 Software (Application Software Version 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Software used for BT’11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Software used for BT’11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Patches used for BT’11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Software used for BT’11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BT’09 Software (Application software v108.x.x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Software and Application Software used for BT’09 . . . . . . .
Software Patches and Miscellaneous Software used for BT’09 . . .
9 - 10
9 - 10
9 - 10
9 - 10
9 - 11
9 - 12
9 - 12
9 - 14
9 - 14
9 - 15
9 - 16
9 - 18
9 - 18
9 - 19
9 - 20
9 - 22
9 - 23
9 - 23
9 - 24
Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 25
Top Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Monitor parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Panel (OP) parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP-6 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
9 - 30
9 - 30
9 - 30
9 - 32
9 - 32
lxvii
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
OP-5 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 34
OP-4 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 36
OP-3 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 38
OP-2 specific parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 41
OP 1 specific parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 43
Top Console PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 45
Trackball parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 48
Operator Panel Cable Kit for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and Logiq E9 . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 50
Button Kits and Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 52
Alphanumeric (AN) Keyboard parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 59
AN Keyboard Keysonic KSK-5001 U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 59
Keyboard - 1st version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 61
Common Top Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 64
XYZ parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 72
Main Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 74
Casters (Wheels) parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 76
Front End Processor (FEP) Card Rack parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 78
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT’12 and XDclear (BT’13) with 2D . . . .9 - 78
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT’11/BT’12 with 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 79
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT’11, BT’12 and XDclear
with 4D Expert Option (BT13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 81
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT’11/BT’12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 82
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT’09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 84
Back End Processor (BEP) Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 86
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 86
BEP6 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 86
BEP5 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 88
Main Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 91
I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 92
Peripherals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 93
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 93
Peripherals Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 93
DVD drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 93
Printer, Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 94
Printers, External - USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 94
Printers, Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 95
Digital Video Stream Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 97
lxviii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
USB Flash Drive (UFD) for data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 97
USB Hard Drive with RAID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 98
USB Hard Drive 2TB with RAID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 99
Mains Power Cables - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
Internal Cables - Vivid E9/Vivid E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top Console Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XYZ Controller cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Power Supply cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End Processor (FEP) cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back End Processor (BEP) cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP6 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEP5 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peripherals Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 - 101
9 - 101
9 - 101
9 - 104
9 - 106
9 - 108
9 - 109
9 - 110
9 - 110
9 - 110
9 - 117
9 - 121
ECG cables - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 123
Labels Vivid E9/Vivid E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 125
Physio TX Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 126
Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 127
Probe Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 129
Probe Service Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 129
Other Probe Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 130
Options - Vivid E9/Vivid E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 - XDclear, application software v113 . . . . . . .
Options - VIVID E9 - BT’12, application software v112.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options - VIVID E9 - BT’11, application software v110.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options - VIVID E9 - BT’09, application software v108.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 - 131
9 - 131
9 - 134
9 - 136
9 - 137
Kits - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrade kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 - 138
9 - 138
9 - 139
9 - 143
9 - 144
Product Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 145
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 145
-
lxix
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product manuals for VIVID E9 with XDclear, S/W v113.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 146
Product manuals for VIVID E7 with XDclear, S/W v113.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 148
Product manuals for BT’12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 149
Product manuals for BT’11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 151
Product manuals for BT’09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 153
Probes Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 155
6VT-D Probe Care Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 155
6T/6T-RS/6Tc/6Tc-RS/6Tv/9T/9T-RS Probe Care Cards . . . . . . . . .9 - 155
TEE Probes user manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 156
TEE Probe Accessories user manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 157
Intraoperative Probes User’s Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 158
Packing parts for reshipment of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 159
lxx
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 10
Care & maintenance
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic maintenance inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 - 1
10 - 1
10 - 1
10 - 1
10 - 2
Why do maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Keeping records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Quality assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Maintenance task schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
How often should maintenance tasks be performed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
Tools required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
Special tools, supplies and equipment used for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 6
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preliminary checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peripheral/option checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mains cable inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional diagnostic checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View the logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Filter cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe related checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic probe care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning and disinfecting probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning TEE probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disinfecting probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 - 7
10 - 7
10 - 8
10 - 8
10 - 9
10 - 9
10 - 9
10 - 9
10 - 10
10 - 11
10 - 11
10 - 12
10 - 13
10 - 13
10 - 13
10 - 14
10 - 14
10 - 15
10 - 17
Using a Phantom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 19
Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Test Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leakage Current Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
10 - 20
10 - 20
10 - 21
10 - 22
lxxi
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 24
Grounding Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 25
Chassis Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 26
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 26
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 27
Data sheet for enclosure/chassis leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 28
Isolated patient lead (source) leakage–lead to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 29
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 29
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 30
Isolated patient lead (source) leakage–lead to lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 31
Lead to lead leakage test record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 31
Isolated patient lead (sink) leakage-isolation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 32
Isolated lead (sink) leakage test record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 32
Probe leakage current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 33
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 33
Generic procedure on probe leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 34
Mains on applied part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 37
When there's too much leakage current … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Chassis Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Probe Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Peripheral Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Still Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
New Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
ECG Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Ultrasound Equipment Quality Check (EQC and IQC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 40
lxxii
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 1
Introduction
Section 1-1
Overview
1-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7. The service
provider must read and understand all the information presented here before installing or servicing a
unit.
1-1-2
Contents in this chapter
1-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2
Service manual overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3
Important conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-4
Safety considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-5
Labels locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-6
Dangerous procedure warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
1-7
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
1-8
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
1-9
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
1-10
Customer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-2
Service manual overview
The service manual provides installation and service information for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound
scanning unit. It is divided in 10 chapters as shown below, in Table 1-1 "Contents in this service manual"
on page 1-2.
1-2-1
1-2-2
Contents in this section
1-2-1
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2-2
Contents in this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2-3
Typical users of the “Basic” Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2-4
Typical users of the Proprietary Service Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2-5
VIVID E9 models covered by this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-2-6
VIVID E7 models covered by this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-2-7
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Contents in this manual
The service manual is divided into ten chapters.
In the beginning of the manual, before chapter 1, you will find the language policy for GE’s service
documentation, legal information, a revision overview and the Table of Contents (TOC).
An Index has been included after chapter 10.
Table 1-1
Contents in this service manual
CHAPTER
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1
Introduction
Contains a content summary and warnings.
2
Site preparations
Contains pre-installation requirements for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3
System setup
Contains installation procedure with installation checklist.
General procedures and Functional
checks
Contains functional checks that must be performed as part of the
installation, or as required during servicing and periodic
maintenance.
Components and functions (theory)
Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the
electronics.
Service adjustments
Contains instructions on how to make any available adjustments to
the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Diagnostics / troubleshooting
Provides procedures for running and diagnostic or related routines
for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Replacement procedures
Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all
changeable FRU.
9
Renewal parts
Contains a complete list of replacement parts for Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
10
Care & maintenance
Provides periodic maintenance procedures for Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
N/A
Index
A quick way to the topic you’re looking for.
4
5
6
7
8
1-2
CHAPTER TITLE
Section 1-2 - Service manual overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-2-3
1-2-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Typical users of the “Basic” Service Manual
•
Service Personnel (setup, maintenance, etc.)
•
Hospital’s Service Personnel
•
Architectural Planners/Installation Planners (some parts of Chapter 2 - Site preparations)
Typical users of the Proprietary Service Manual
•
GE Service Personnel (setup, maintenance, etc.)
•
GE Online Center Personnel
•
Licensed Hospital's Service Providers
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-2-5
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 models covered by this manual
Table 1-2
MODEL
NUMBER
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility sheet 1 of 3
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
DESCRIPTION
BACK END
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
GB200063 or
GA200824
Vivid
E9
with
XDclear
4D
Expert
Option
GB000070
17 inch LCD (100-230V)
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
GB200001
MLA16,
BEP6 w/4D
4D TEE
backplane,
Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option
GB000080
192 RX channels
19 inch LCD (100-230V)
and one TX card
with 192 channels
GB000075
v104.3.5
v113.0 or higher
N/A
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
v104.3.3
(or higher)
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
GB200001
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
v104.3.3
(or higher)
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 17 inch LCD
(100-230V)
GB000085 Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 19 inch LCD
(100-230V)
GB200062 or
GA200804
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration VE9 Card Rack
GB000090
Complete w. MLA4
17 inch Monitor (100-230V)
GB000095
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration
19 inch Monitor (100-230V)
GB200001
BEP6 w/4D
GB200003
GA000940
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 17” LCD
GB200063 or
GA200824
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16,
4D TEE
backplane,
192 RX channels
and one TX card
with 192 channels
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
GA000950
- 19” LCD
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia Quadro
2000D
GA200890
BEP6 w/4D
GB200003
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia Quadro
2000D
GA200890
BEP w/4D Nvidia
1-4
Section 1-2 - Service manual overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-2
MODEL
NUMBER
GB000040
GB000050
GA000945
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
Configuration - 17” LCD
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
BEP6 wo/4D
GB200062 or
GA200804
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
VE9 Card Rack
GA200900
Complete w. MLA4 BEP5 wo/4D
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000955 Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 19” LCD
GA200900
BEP5 wo/4D
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v110.1.12
BEP6 w/4D
GA200890 or
GA200800
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 17” LCD
v104.3.x
v110.1.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
GA200824 or
GB200063
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16,
4D TEE backplane
and
192 RX channels
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 19” LCD
v112.1.0 or higher
v104.3.x
GB200001
GA000815
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
v113.x
GB200002
GA000810
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
v113.x
GB200002
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
Configuration - 19” LCD
Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 17” LCD
BACK END
PROCESSOR
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GB200001
BEP6 w/4D
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
Chapter 1 - Introduction
v113.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v110.0.x
v104.3.x
v110.1.12
v104.3.2
v110.1.x
v113.x
v104.3.2
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v110.0.x
1-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-2
MODEL
NUMBER
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000830 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 17” LCD
GA200900 or
GA200805
v110.1.12
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
VE9 Card Rack
GB200002
Complete w. MLA4
BEP6 wo/4D
v104.3.x
GA000835 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 19” LCD
GA200900 or
GA200805
BEP5 wo/4D
GA200035
NOTE:
1-2-6
v110.1.12
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v113.x
v110.0.x
v113.x
GA200890,
GA200800 or
5145000-10
BEP5 w/4D
v104.0.x
v108.x.x
v113.x
NOTE!
Hardware
update or box
(console) swap
required.
When not otherwise specified, the contents in this manual applies to all VIVID E9 models.
VIVID E7 models covered by this manual
Table 1-3
MODEL
NUMBER
v113.x
v110.0.x
GA200744
GA000100 VIVID E9, 100-230 VAC (with 4D)
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
v104.3.x
BEP5 wo/4D
GA200804 or
GB200062
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
VIVID E7 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration
GB200062
- 17 inch LCD
GB200002
VE9 Card Rack
BEP6 wo/4D
GB000100 VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration Complete w. MLA4
- 19 inch LCD
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
GB000099
NOTE:
1-6
v104.3.5
v113.0 or higher
When not otherwise specified, the contents in this manual applies to all VIVID E7 models.
Section 1-2 - Service manual overview
v113.x
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-2-7
1-2-7-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product description
Contents in this sub-section
1-2-7-1
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-2-7-2
Overview of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound scanners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-3
History - hardware/software versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-4
History - peripherals/software versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-5
FRUs for Back End Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-6
History - supported probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-2-7-7
How to turn the scanner ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-2-7-8
How to check for hardware/software version and installed options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-2-7-9
Purpose of the operator manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-2-7-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Overview of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound scanners
The VIVID E9 and VIVID E7 ultrasound scanners are high performance digital ultrasound imaging
systems with total data management.
The system provides image generation in 4D (VIVID E9 Expert), 2D (B) Mode, Color Doppler, Power
Doppler (Angio), M-Mode, Color M-Mode, PW and CW Doppler spectra, Tissue Velocity imaging,
Advanced Strain and Contrast applications. The fully digital architecture of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 unit
allows optimal usage of all scanning modes and probe types, throughout the full spectrum of operating
frequencies.
Signal flow from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End, and then over to the Back End Processor
and finally to the monitor and peripherals.
System configuration is stored on the hard drive in the Back End Processor.
All necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.
Figure 1-1 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 major components
MAIN MONITOR
UPPER PANEL
WITH STEREO LOUDSPEAKERS
AND TOUCH MONITOR
OPERATOR PANEL
ALPHANUMERIC
KEYBOARD
DVD PLAYER
DVD RECORDER
B/W VIDEO PRINTER
DOPPLER (PEDOF) CONNECTOR
PATIENT I/O
PROBE CONNECTORS
BRAKE PEDALS
1-2-7-3
History - hardware/software versions
Please refer to Section 9-6 "Software overview" on page 9-10.
1-2-7-4
History - peripherals/software versions
Please refer to Section 9-16 "Peripherals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-93.
1-2-7-5
FRUs for Back End Processor
Please refer to Section 9-13 "Back End Processor (BEP) Spare Parts" on page 9-86.
1-8
Section 1-2 - Service manual overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-2-7-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
History - supported probes
Please refer to Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
1-2-7-7
1-2-7-8
1-2-7-9
How to turn the scanner ON and OFF
•
To turn the scanner ON see: 4-2-3 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page 4-4.
•
To turn the scanner OFF see: 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
How to check for hardware/software version and installed options
•
To verify the hardware versions on the boards, please refer to Section 9-5 "Vivid E9/Vivid E7
models and hardware/software compatibility" on page 9-7
•
Please refer to 4-4-1 "Software Configuration Checks" on page 4-79 to check the software versions
on local software on the boards.
•
Please refer to Section 4-3 "Functional checks" on page 4-60 to check for installed options.
Purpose of the operator manual(s)
The operator manuals should be fully read and understood before operating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
The online versions of the operator manuals are available via the Help function on Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s
operator panel.
The translated online user manuals are available on a CD-ROM or on a USB Flash Drive (UFD)
delivered with the system. They are also available on the Common Documentation Library (CDL) for
downloading.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-3
Important conventions
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-2-1
Contents in this section
1-3-1
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-3-2
Conventions used in this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-3-3
Standard hazard icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-3-4
Product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Conventions used in this book
Model designations
This manual covers the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanners listed in 1-2-5 "VIVID E9 models covered by this
manual" on page 1-4.
1-3-2-2
Icons
Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they will reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels and
conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter.
1-3-2-3
Safety precaution messages
Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service
information. The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary
message. Known or potential hazards to personal are labeled in one of three ways:
•
DANGER
•
WARNING
•
CAUTION
When a hazard is present that can cause property damage, but has absolutely no personal injury risk,
a NOTICE is used.
DANGER
DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL
CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
WARNING
WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
CAUTION CAUTION IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL OR CAN CAUSE
MINOR PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE POSSIBLE.
NOTICE Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no
personal injury risk.
Example: Disk drive may crash.
NOTE:
Notes are used to provide important information about an item or a procedure.
NOTE:
Be sure to read the notes; the information contained in a note can often save you time or effort.
1 - 10
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-3-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Standard hazard icons
Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point
contained within a triangle,
as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several different graphical icons (symbols) may be
used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause harm. Even if a symbol
isn’t used in this manual, it may be included for your reference.
Table 1-4
Standard hazard icons
ELECTRICAL
MECHANICAL
RADIATION
LASER
HEAT
PINCH
LASER
LIGHT
OR
Some others icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed.
Table 1-5
Standard Icons that indicates that a special procedure is to be used
AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY
TAG AND LOCK OUT
WEAR EYE PROTECTION
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
OR
HAND PROTECTION
FOOT PROTECTION
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons
The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information
provided on the equipment.
Table 1-6
Product icons sheet 1 of 4
LABEL/SYMBOL
Identification and Rating Plate
Type/Class Label
PURPOSE/MEANING
- Manufacturer's name and address
- Date of manufacture
- Model and serial numbers
- Electrical ratings
LOCATION
Rear of console near power inlet
Used to indicate the degree of safety or
protection.
Rear of console
Equipment Type BF (man in the box
symbol) IEC 878-02-03 indicates B Type
equipment having a floating applied part.
Probe connectors including Doppler probe
connector
Equipment Type CF (heart in the box
Probe connectors and ECG connector.
symbol) IEC 878-02-05 indicates
equipment having a floating applied part On newer systems also on the rear of the
having a degree of protection suitable for system.
direct cardiac contact.
DEFIBRILLATOR-PROOF TYPE CF
EQUIPMENT.
Device Listing/Certification Labels
Laboratory logo or labels denoting
conformance with industry safety
standards such as UL or IEC.
At the ECG connector on front of system.
Rear of console
“CAUTION - This unit weighs … Special
care must be used to avoid …”
This precaution is intended to prevent
injury that may result if one person attempt On the console where easily seen during
transport
to move the unit considerable distances or
on an incline due to the weight of the unit.
Do not push Vivid E9/Vivid E7 sideways
when casters are in break position.
Instability may occur.
“DANGER - Risk of explosion used in…” The system is not designed for use with
flammable anesthetic gases.
1 - 12
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
Both sides of Top Console
Rear of console
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (cont’d) sheet 2 of 4
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
The system is not designed for use with
flammable anesthetic gases.
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 SCANNERS
Rear of console
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 SCANNERS
“TESTED AND PRODUCTION
MONITORED BY TUV PRODUCT
SERVICE NRTL WITH RESPECT TO
ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE AND
MECHANICAL HAZARDS ONLY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601-1 AND
CAN/CSA C22.2 NO.601.1”
(Introduced 1. January 2016.)
LOCATION
This unit carries the CE mark.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 unit complies with
regulatory requirements of the European
Directive 93/ 42/EEC concerning medical
devices.
It also complies with emission limits for a
Group 1, Class B Medical Device as stated
in EN 60601-1-2
(IEC 60601-1-2).
REAR OF CONSOLE ON Vivid E9/
Vivid E7
REAR OF CONSOLE
This unit carries the CE mark.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 unit complies with
regulatory requirements of the European
Directive 93/ 42/EEC concerning medical
devices.
(Used before 1. January 2016.)
REAR OF CONSOLE
It also complies with emission limits for a
Group 1, Class B Medical Device as stated
in EN 60601-1-2
(IEC 60601-1-2).
“CAUTION” The equilateral triangle is
usually used in combination with other
symbols to advise or warn the user.
VARIOUS
“ATTENTION - Consult accompanying
documents”
is intended to alert the user to refer to the
operator manual or other instructions
when complete information cannot be
provided on the label.
VARIOUS
“CAUTION - Dangerous voltage”
(the lightning flash with arrowhead in
equilateral triangle) is used to indicate
electric shock hazards.
VARIOUS
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (cont’d) sheet 3 of 4
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
“PINCH POINT”
Indicates moving parts that may cause
injury (such as LCD arm)
“Mains OFF”
Indicates the power off position of the
mains power switch.
VARIOUS
REAR OF SYSTEM ADJACENT TO
MAINS SWITCH
“Mains ON”
Indicates the Power ON position of the
mains power switch.
“ON” Indicates the power on position of the
power switch.
Rear of system
CAUTION
THE ON/OFF BUTTON ON THE
OPERATOR PANEL DOES NOT
ISOLATE MAINS SUPPLY
On/off button
CAUTION
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN USING THE ON/
OFF BUTTON DOES NOT DISCONNECT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 FROM MAINS
VOLTAGE.
Operating Panel
For disconnecting Vivid E9/Vivid E7 from
mains voltage after system shutdown,
please set the circuit breaker close to the
mains inlet to OFF as described in
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
1 - 14
“Protective Earth”
Indicates the protective earth (grounding)
terminal.
USED SEVERAL PLACES INSIDE THE
SCANNER.
“Equipotential”
Indicates the terminal to be used for
connecting equipotential conductors when
interconnecting (grounding) with other
equipment as described in IEC60601-1.
REAR OF CONSOLE
This symbol indicates that waste electrical
and electronic equipment must not be
disposed of as unsorted municipal waste
and must be collected separately. Please
contact an authorized representative of
the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your
equipment.
REAR OF CONSOLE
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (cont’d) sheet 4 of 4
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
This product consists of devices that may
contain mercury, which must be recycled
or disposed of in accordance with local,
state, or country laws. (Within this system,
the backlight lamps in the monitor display,
contain mercury.)
REAR OF LCD Monitor
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-4
Safety considerations
1-4-1
1-4-2
Contents in this section
1-4-1
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-3
Human safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-4
Mechanical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
1-4-5
Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Introduction
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of
this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this
manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.
1-4-3
NOTE:
Human safety
•
Operating personnel must not remove the system covers.
•
Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only.
•
Only personnel who have participated in a Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Training Seminar are authorized to
service the equipment.
•
Local laws may restrict this device for sale or use by or on the order of a physician.
For VIVID E9 Vet, local laws may restrict this device for sale or use by or on the order of a
veterinarian.
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING VIVID E9/VIVID E7, SOME
METAL SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD
IF TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.
WARNING
BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED ACCESS TO CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FIELD,
PLACING PEOPLE IN AWKWARD POSITIONS, GE HAS LIMITED THE LIFTING WEIGHT
FOR ONE PERSON IN THE FIELD TO 16 KG (35 LBS). ANYTHING OVER 16 KG (35 LBS)
REQUIRES 2 PEOPLE.
WARNING
HAVE TWO PEOPLE AVAILABLE TO DELIVER AND UNPACK THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE UNIT CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE BY
ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.
1 - 16
Section 1-4 - Safety considerations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Human safety (cont’d)
WARNING
WHEN THE TOP CONSOLE IS IN ITS LOCKED POSITION, THE GAS SHOCK IS
COMPRESSED AND STORES MECHANICAL ENERGY.
DURING NORMAL OPERATION THE TOP CONSOLE, THE WEIGHT OF THE MONITOR
AND THE MECHANICAL FORCE OF THE GAS SHOCK ARE IN BALANCE. TAKE CARE
IF/WHEN YOU ACTIVATE THIS GAS SHOCK.
PERSONAL INJURY CAN OCCUR AFTER THE PANEL IS REMOVED AND THE SHOCK
PRESSURE IS RELEASED. TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REPAIR THE ELEVATION
ASSEMBLY.
WARNING
USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.
WARNING
EXPLOSION WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE. OPERATION
OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A
DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.
WARNING
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT
BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, ONLY
INSTALL GE APPROVED PARTS. DO NOT PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED
MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
ENSURE THAT THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM IS TURNED OFF AND UNPLUGGED
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE
NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/
OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
ULTRASOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS MAY BE ENERGIZED. ALWAYS REFER TO
THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM'S PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL FOR LOTO
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, VIVID E9/VIVID E7 MUST BE TURNED OFF AND
DISCONNECTED FROM POWER SOURCE.
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE
NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/
OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
ULTRASOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS MAY BE ENERGIZED. ALWAYS REFER TO
THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM'S SERVICE MANUAL FOR LOTO WARNINGS AND
CAUTIONS.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Human safety (cont’d)
WARNING
BEWARE OF POSSIBLE SHARP EDGES ON ALL MECHANICAL PARTS.
IF SHARP EDGES ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE APPROPRIATE PPE SHOULD BE USED
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.
WARNING
TILTING THE CONSOLE REQUIRES TWO PEOPLE IN ORDER TO AVOID INJURY TO
SERVICE PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
WEAR ALL PPE INCLUDING GLOVES AS INDICATED IN THE CHEMICAL MSDS.
1 - 18
Section 1-4 - Safety considerations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-4-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical safety
WARNING
WHILE THE SOFTWARE INSTALL PROCEDURE IS DESIGNED TO PRESERVE DATA,
YOU SHOULD SAVE ANY PATIENT DATA, IMAGES, SYSTEM SETUPS TO A UFD, A
DVD OR TO HARDCOPY BEFORE DOING A SOFTWARE UPGRADE.
WARNING
PRIOR TO ELEVATING SCANNER, VERIFY THAT THE KEYBOARD IS LOCKED IN ITS
LOWEST POSITION. VERIFY THAT THE FRONT BRAKE IS LOCKED AND THE
SCANNER IS UNABLE TO SWIWEL. VERIFY THAT THE REAR BRAKES ARE IN THE
LOCKED POSITION.
WARNING
WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE, USE
EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER.
WARNING
ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN
EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND
PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DO NOT USE A DAMAGED OR
DEFECTIVE PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN
SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
WARNING
NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR. EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK, IT
MAY BE DAMAGED.
WARNING
THE SYSTEM SHOULD NOT BE MOVED WITH THE OPERATING PANEL EXTENDED.
POSITION THE OPERATING PANEL IN ITS CENTERED AND LOCKED POSITION.
LOWER THE OPERATING PANEL AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE BEFORE MOVING THE
SYSTEM.
WARNING
REMEMBER: IF THE FRONT CASTER SWIVEL LOCK IS ENGAGED FOR
TRANSPORTATION, PRESSING THE RELEASE PEDAL ONCE DISENGAGES THE
SWIVEL LOCK. YOU MUST DEPRESS THE RELEASE PEDAL A SECOND TIME TO
ENGAGE THE BRAKE.
CAUTION BEFORE YOU MOVE OR TRANSPORT THE SYSTEM, MAKE SURE TO LOCK THE LCD MONITOR
ARM FIRMLY AND FLIP DOWN THE MONITOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
CAUTION ALWAYS LOCK THE TOP CONSOLE (OPERATOR PANEL) IN ITS PARKING (LOCKED)
POSITION BEFORE MOVING THE SCANNER AROUND.
CAUTION TO AVOID INJURY WHEN YOU MOVE THE LCD MONITOR AND THE MONITOR ARM, DO NOT
PUT YOUR FINGER, HAND, OR OBJECT ON THE JOINT OF THE MONITOR OR THE MONITOR
ARM.
CAUTION ENSURE THAT NOBODY TOUCH THE CONSOLE ARM/FROGLEG WHEN MOVING THE
OPERATOR PANEL.
CAUTION DO NOT MOVE THE UNIT IF THE OPERATOR PANEL IS IN UNLOCKED POSITION.
CAUTION KEEP THE HEAT VENTING HOLES ON THE MONITOR UNOBSTRUCTED TO AVOID
OVERHEATING OF THE MONITOR.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-4-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical safety (cont’d)
CAUTION Vivid E9/Vivid E7 WEIGHS 128 KG (283 LB.) OR MORE, DEPENDING ON INSTALLED
PERIPHERALS, WHEN READY FOR USE. CARE MUST BE USED WHEN MOVING IT OR
REPLACING ITS PARTS. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE PRECAUTIONS LISTED BELOW COULD
RESULT IN INJURY, UNCONTROLLED MOTION AND COSTLY DAMAGE.
ALWAYS:
- BE SURE THE PATHWAY IS CLEAR.
- USE SLOW, CAREFUL MOTIONS.
- USE TWO PEOPLE WHEN MOVING ON INCLINES OR LIFTING MORE THAN 16 KG (35 LBS).
CAUTION DO NOT TRANSPORT VIVID E9/VIVID E7 IN A VEHICLE WITHOUT LOCKING THE CASTERS
(WHEELS) AND SECURING IT AS DESCRIBED IN 4-2-16-4 "Transporting the unit by vehicle" on
page 4-39.
-
CAUTION USE PROTECTIVE GLASSES DURING DRILLING, FILING AND DURING ALL OTHER WORK
WHERE EYES NEED PROTECTION.
CAUTION USE SAFETY SHOES WHEN DOING WORK WHERE THERE IS ANY CHANCE OF FOOT
DAMAGE.
CAUTION USE PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN DRILLING AND CUTTING.
NOTICE Be careful not to pinch any of the cables.
NOTE:
1 - 20
Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle, see 4-2-16-4 "Transporting
the unit by vehicle" on page 4-39.
Section 1-4 - Safety considerations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-4-5
1-4-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical safety
Safe practices
Follow these guidelines to minimize shock hazards whenever you are using the scanner;
WARNING
1-4-5-2
•
The equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground.
•
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged
into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground.
•
The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment.
•
Both the system power cable and the power connector must meet international electrical standards.
CONNECTING A VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SCANNER TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL
MOST LIKELY DESTROY IT.
Probes
Follow these guidelines before connecting a probe to the scanner:
•
Inspect the probe prior to each use for damage or degradation to the:
-
housing
-
cable strain relief
-
lens
-
seal
-
connector pins
-
locking mechanism
•
Do not use a damaged or defective probe.
•
Never immerse the probe connector or adapter into any liquid.
•
The system has more than one type of probe port. Use the appropriate probe port designed for the
probe you are connecting.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-5
Labels locations
1-5-1
1-5-2
Contents in this section
1-5-1
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-5-2
Labels on Front of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-5-3
Label on Rear of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1-5-4
Label on Upper OP Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-5-5
Labels on Front Handle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-5-6
Labels on top of Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-5-7
Labels near Connectors on Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
1-5-8
Labels on DVD Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
1-5-9
Label for External Connectors, IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1-5-10
Labels at AC Mains Inlet and Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
1-5-11
Label on Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1-5-12
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
1-5-14
Label on the BEP6’s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
1-5-15
Label on the BEP5’s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
1-5-16
Label, Disassembly Nester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Labels on Front of LCD Monitor
Table 1-7
Labels on Front of LCD Monitor
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
LABEL GE LOGO (“MEAT BALL”)
XDCLEAR LABEL
1 - 22
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Rear of LCD Monitor
Table 1-8
Label on Rear of LCD Monitor
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
LABEL, LCD MERCURY_RATING
(Used on 17 inch monitor for Vivid E9 - GA000100)
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 23
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Upper OP Panel
Table 1-9
Label on Upper OP Panel
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, GOLD,
UPPER OP PANEL (Used on VIVID E9 with 4D Expert
option)
VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, BRONZE,
UPPER OP PANEL
(Used on VIVID E9 with 2D)
VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, PERIWINKLE,
UPPER OP PANEL
(Used on VIVID E9 Pro)
VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, UPPER OP PANEL, SILVER
(Used on VIVID E9 BT’09)
1-5-5
Labels on Front Handle
None.
1-5-6
Labels on top of Console
Table 1-10
Labels on top of Console
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
LABEL WARNING
Do not push Vivid E9/Vivid E7 sideways when casters are
in brakeage position. Instability may occur.
LABELS ON BOTH SIDES
OF SCANNER.
1 - 24
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Labels near Connectors on Front
Table 1-11
Labels near Connectors on Front
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
5166825 rev2
Label, Front Panel
Label, Patient IO
DEFIBRILLATOR-PROOF TYPE CF
EQUIPMENT.
GA314321-01
Label, Probe Connectors
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 25
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Labels near Connectors on Front (cont’d)
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label, Doppler (Pedof) Connector
Vivid E9 Doppler port label - China
For BT’12 and later.
1-5-8
Labels on DVD Units
Table 1-12
Labels on DVD units
DESCRIPTION
Label, DVD
Label, DVR Digital Video Recorder
1 - 26
ILLUSTRATION
DVD
DVR Digital Video Recorder
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GA314383-01
GA314384-01
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label for External Connectors, IO Board
Table 1-13
Label for External Connectors, IO Board
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
!
Label for External Connectors, IO Board
L
R
5180173 rev1
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 27
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Labels at AC Mains Inlet and Circuit Breaker
Table 1-14
DESCRIPTION
Labels on AC Power Supply (Main Power Supply)
ILLUSTRATION
Label, AC Controller
Label, System Part Number
and Power Rating
Label, System Serial Number and
manufacturing week/year.
1 - 28
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Rear Cover
1-5-11-1
Label, General Info - XDclear
Table 1-15
DESCRIPTION
Label, General Info - XDclear sheet 1 of 4
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - XDclear
(International)
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(International)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(International)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(International)
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-15
DESCRIPTION
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - XDclear (cont’d) sheet 2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT13
Brazil
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info - BT’12 / BT13
Brazil
Label, General Info - XDclear
(China)
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(China)
1 - 30
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-15
DESCRIPTION
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - XDclear (cont’d) sheet 3 of 4
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - XDclear
(Japan)
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(Japan)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(Korea)
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info - XDclear
(Korea)
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 31
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-15
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - XDclear (cont’d) sheet 4 of 4
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’13
(Mexico)
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info - BT’12/BT’13
(Mexico)
Label, General Info Vivid E7 Pro BT’13
(China)
(Introduced 1. JAN. 2016)
Label, General Info Vivid E7 Pro BT’13
(China)
1 - 32
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-11-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - XDclear (cont’d)
Table 1-16
DESCRIPTION
Label, VIVID E9 Vet
ILLUSTRATION
Vet label for VIVID E9.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 33
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-11-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’12
Table 1-17
DESCRIPTION
Label, General Info - BT’12 sheet 1 of 3
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’12
(International)
(Introduced MAR. 2013)
Label, General Info - BT’12
(International)
(Introduced JUN. 2012)
Label, General Info - BT’12
(International)
Additional Label - Argentina
1 - 34
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-17
DESCRIPTION
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’12 (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’12
Brazil
Label, General Info - BT’12
China
Label, General Info - BT’12
Mexico
Label, General Info - BT’12
Korean
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 35
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-17
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’12 (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’12
Korean
Label, General Info - BT’11 and BT’12
(Importer: Alkan Medical, Egypt)
Label, General Info - BT’11 and BT’12
(Importer: GE Medical Systems, Egypt)
1 - 36
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-11-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’11/BT’10
Table 1-18
Label, General Info - BT’11/BT’10 sheet 1 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’11
(International)
(Introduced SEP 2010)
Label, General Info - BT’11
(International)
(Introduced AUG 2010)
Label, General Info - BT’11
(International)
Label, General Info - BT’11 and BT’12
(Used before 01. January 2016)
(Importer: Alkan Medical, Egypt)
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 37
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-18
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’11/BT’10 (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’11 and BT’12
(Used before 01. January 2016)
(Importer: GE Medical Systems, Egypt)
Label, General Info - BT’12
Korean
Label, General Info - BT’11
Korean
Used after June 1, 2012
Label, General Info - BT’11
Korean
Used before June 1, 2012.
1 - 38
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-18
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’11/BT’10 (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’11 and BT’12
(Egypt)
Label, General Info - BT’10
Chinese
Label, General Info - BT’10
Chinese
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 39
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-11-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, General Info - BT’09
Table 1-19
DESCRIPTION
Label on Rear Cover
ILLUSTRATION
Label, General Info - BT’09
International
Label, General Info - BT’09
Chinese
Label, General Info - BT’09
Korean
1 - 40
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-12
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions
Table 1-20
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions sheet 1 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Label on Rear Cover.
Follow instructions for use.
Read and understand all instructions in the User's
Manual before attempting to use the ultrasound unit.
“CAUTION - Dangerous voltage”
(the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral
triangle) is used to indicate electric shock hazards.
“ATTENTION - Consult accompanying
documents”
is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator
manual or other instructions when complete
information cannot be provided on the label.
The system is not designed for use with flammable
anesthetic gases.
This precaution is intended to prevent injury that
may result if one person attempt to move the unit
considerable distances or on an incline due to the
weight of the unit.
OR
“CAUTION - This unit weighs… Special care must be used to avoid…”
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 41
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-20
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 SCANNERS
“TESTED AND PRODUCTION MONITORED BY
TUV PRODUCT SERVICE NRTL WITH RESPECT
TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE AND
MECHANICAL HAZARDS ONLY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601-1 AND CAN/CSA
C22.2 NO.601.1”
VIVID E9 SCANNERS
“TESTED AND PRODUCTION MONITORED BY
TUV PRODUCT SERVICE NRTL WITH RESPECT
TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE AND
MECHANICAL HAZARDS ONLY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601-1 AND CAN/CSA
C22.2 NO.601.1”
GOST
This symbol indicates that waste electrical and
electronic equipment must not be disposed of as
unsorted municipal waste and must be collected
separately. Please contact an authorized
representative of the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
1 - 42
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-20
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
This unit carries the CE mark.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 unit complies with regulatory
requirements of the European Directive 93/ 42/EEC
concerning medical devices.
(Introduced 1. January 2016.)
It also complies with emission limits for a Group 1,
Class B Medical Device as stated in EN 60601-1-2
(IEC 60601-1-2).
(Used before 1. January 2016.)
GROUP 1 Class A
(Some units produced in 2010 are Class B).
CAUTION
United States law restricts this device to sale or use
by or on the order of a physician.
CLASS I
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit is a Class I
device, type CF, according to Sub-clause 14 of
IEC60601-1 (1988).
TYPE CF
Equipment Type CF (heart in the box symbol) IEC
878-02-05 indicates equipment having a floating
applied part having a degree of protection suitable
for direct cardiac contact.
MANUFACTURER
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 43
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on Side Covers
Table 1-21
DESCRIPTION
Label, Vet on Side Covers
ILLUSTRATION
Vet labels on Side Covers.
1 - 44
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-14
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on the BEP6’s door
Figure 1-2 Label on the BEP6’s door
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 45
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-15
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label on the BEP5’s door
Figure 1-3 Label on the BEP5’s door
1 - 46
Section 1-5 - Labels locations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
1-5-16
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Label, Disassembly Nester
This label is located on the outside of the Front End Rack’s cover (inside unit).
Figure 1-4 Label, Disassembly Nester
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 47
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-6
Dangerous procedure warnings
Warnings, such as the example below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this
manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING VIVID E9/VIVID E7, SOME
METAL SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD
IF TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.
WARNING
EXPLOSION WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE. OPERATION
OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A
DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.
WARNING
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT
BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, ONLY
INSTALL GE APPROVED PARTS. DO NOT PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED
MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.
1 - 48
Section 1-6 - Dangerous procedure warnings
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-7
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements
Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements (USA) or local Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring
you are in total control of the AC power plug at all times during the service process.
To apply Lockout/Tagout (LOTO):
1.) Plan and prepare for shutdown.
2.) Shutdown the equipment.
3.) Isolate the equipment.
4.) Apply Lockout/Tagout Devices.
5.) Control all stored and residual energy.
6.) Verify isolation.
All potentially hazardous stored or residual energy is relieved.
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 49
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-8
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts
Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.
GE Healtcare policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior
to shipment. GE Healtcare employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/
equipment have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part
or equipment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils
or an ultrasound probe).
The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry, as well as the
people who will receive or open this package.
NOTE:
The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that “items that were saturated and/or
dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended
for use in patient care” are “regulated medical waste” for transportation purposes and must be
transported as a hazardous material.
NOTE:
The USER/SERVICE staff should dispose of all the waste properly, per federal, state, and local
waste disposal regulations.
The Ultrasound system is not meant to be used for long-term storage of patient data or images. The
user is responsible for the data on the system and a regular backup is highly recommended.
If the system is sent for repair, please ensure that any patient information is backed up and erased from
the system before shipping. It is always possible during system failure and repair to lose patient data.
GE is not responsible for the loss of this data.
If PHI (Patient Healthcare Information) data needs to be sent to GE employees for service purposes,
GE will ascertain agreement from the customer. Patient information shall only be transferred by
approved service processes, tools and devices restricting access, protecting or encrypting data where
required, and providing traceability in the form of paper or electronic documents at each stage of the
procedure while maintaining compliance with cross-border restrictions of patient information transfers.
1 - 50
Section 1-8 - Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-9
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
1-9-1
What is EMC?
Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic
environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other
equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility
results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or
when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This interference is often
referred to as radio–frequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through
space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy,
EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and
disturbances in the electrical power supply.
1-9-2
Compliance
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity
from electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and power line transient
requirements.
Applicable standards are: 47CFR Part 18, IEC60601–1–2:2001.
NOTE:
1-9-3
For CE Compliance, it is critical that all covers, screws, shielding, gaskets, mesh, clamps, are
in good condition, installed tightly without skew or stress. Proper installation following all
comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL
FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED BEFORE MAKING
CONTACT.
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 51
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-10
Customer assistance
1-10-1
Contact information
If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the user manual, or if you
require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource, as
listed below.
Before you call, identify the following information, and acquire image (Alt+D) to send to the Customer
Care team:
NOTE:
1 - 52
•
System ID serial number.
•
Software version.
•
Date and time of occurrence.
•
Sequence of events leading to issue.
•
Is the issue repeatable?
•
Imaging mode, probe, preset/application.
•
Media brand, speed, capacity, type.
•
Save secondary image capture, cine loop, 4D multi-volume loop.
•
Detailed description of any problem encountered.
•
Where applicable, save the appropriate log files. Remember to save the log files for each day on a
separate media, labelled accordingly.
Restart the application before resuming clinical scanning.
Section 1-10 - Customer assistance
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 1-22:
1-10-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance
System manufacturer
Table 1-23
MANUFACTURER
System manufacturer
PHONE NUMBER
FAX NUMBER
+47 3302 1100
+47 3302 1350
GE VINGMED ULTRASOUND A/S
STRANDPROMENADEN 45
P.O. BOX 141
NO-3191 HORTEN
NORWAY
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1 - 53
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
This page left blank to facilitate double-sided printing.
1 - 54
Section 1-10 - Customer assistance
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 2
Site preparations
Section 2-1
Overview
2-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the setup of a Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit.
2-1-2
Contents in this chapter
2-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-2
General console requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-3
Facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2-2
General console requirements
2-2-1
Contents in this section
2-2-2
2-2-1
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2-2
Console environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2-3
Electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-2-4
EMI limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-2-5
Probes environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-2-6
Time and manpower requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Console environmental requirements
2-2-2-1
If the unit is very cold or hot
When unpacking the Ultrasound system, allow the temperature of the Ultrasound system to stabilize
before powering up. The following table describes guidelines for reaching operational temperatures
from storage or transport temperatures.
CAUTION IF THE UNIT IS VERY COLD OR HOT, DO NOT TURN ON ITS POWER UNTIL IT HAS HAD A
CHANCE TO ACCLIMATE TO ITS OPERATING ENVIRONMENT.
Table 2-1
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Acclimate Time
oC
-40
-35
-30
-25
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
o
F
-40
-31
-22
-13
-4
5
14
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
95
104
113
122
131
140
149
158
Hrs
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2-2
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-2-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Environmental specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanners
Temperature Limits:
•
Operation:
10 to 35 ºC (50 to 95 ºF)
•
Storage and Transport:
-20 to 60 ºC (-4 to 140 ºF)
Humidity Limits:
•
Operation:
30 - 60% rH non-condensing
•
Storage and Transport:
30 - 95% rH non-condensing
Air Pressure Limits:
•
Operation:
700-1060 hPa
•
Storage and Transport:
700-1060 hPa
Heat Dissipation:
•
2-2-2-3
3800 BTU/h
Cooling
The cooling requirement for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanner with monitor and on board peripherals, is up
to 3800 BTU/h. This figure does not include cooling needed for lights, people, or other equipment in the
room. Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU/h demand on the cooling system.
2-2-2-4
Lighting
Bright light is needed for system installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient
comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting
system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and dimmers can be a source
of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible
interference.
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-3
2-2-3-1
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical requirements
General requirements
GE requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound
equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will function on voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using
220 volt power in North America, then a center tapped power source is required.
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
NOTE:
2-4
Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the
main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical requirements for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
In the table below, the electrical specifications for VIVID E9 and VIVID E7 includes monitor and on board
peripherals.
Table 2-2
PART NUMBER
Electrical specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
POWER
TOLERANCES CONSUMPTION FREQUENCY
XDclear (S/W v113.x)
GB000070
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 17 inch LCD
GB000080
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 19 inch LCD
GB000075
Vivid E9 2D 17 inch LCD
GB000085
Vivid E9 2D 19 inch LCD
GB000090
Vivid E9 Pro configuration 17 inch LCD
GB000095
Vivid E9 Pro configuration 19 inch LCD
GB000099
Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 17'
GB000100
Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 19'
GA000940
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 17” LCD
GA000950
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 19” LCD
GA000945
Vivid E9 2D - 17” LCD
GA000955
Vivid E9 2D - 19” LCD
GB000040
Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 17” LCD
GB000050
Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 19” LCD
GA000810
VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 17” LCD
GA000815
VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 19” LCD
GA000830
VIVID E9 2D - 17” LCD
GA000835
VIVID E9 2D - 19” LCD
GA000100
VIVID E9 (with 4D) - v108.x.x
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
BT’12
BT’11
BT’09
The current drain will vary depending on the mains voltage.
•
At 230 VAC the current may be up to 5 A.
•
At 100 VAC the current may be up to 12 A.
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-3-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Inrush current
During power on, an inrush circuit will prevent the current from increasing above the stated values.
Table 2-3
2-2-3-4
Inrush current at different mains voltages
VOLTAGE
50 Hz
60 Hz
264 VAC
13 A
12 A
220 VAC
9A
11 A
110 VAC
5.5 A
6A
90 VAC
6A
5A
Site circuit breaker
CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCUR. THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7 SCANNER REQUIRES A DEDICATED
SINGLE BRANCH CIRCUIT. TO AVOID CIRCUIT OVERLOAD AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF
CRITICAL CARE EQUIPMENT, MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT HAVE ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT
OPERATING ON THE SAME CIRCUIT.
It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the unit be readily accessible.
2-2-3-5
Site power outlets
A dedicated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords. Other outlets
adequate for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also
be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the unit. Electrical installation must meet all current local, state, and
national electrical codes.
2-2-3-6
Unit power plug
If the unit arrives without a power plug, or with the wrong plug, you must contact your GE dealer or the
installation engineer must supply what is locally required.
2-2-3-7
Power stability requirements
Voltage drop-out
Max 10 ms.
Power transients (all applications)
Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including
line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.
2-6
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
EMI limitations
Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transients in the air or wiring. They also generate EMI. The Vivid E9/Vivid E7
complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation.
Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed.
Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect. These
sources include:
•
medical lasers,
•
scanners,
•
cauterizing guns,
•
computers,
•
monitors,
•
fans,
•
gel warmers,
•
microwave ovens,
•
light dimmers
•
mobile phones
•
in-house wireless phones (DECT phones)
•
wireless computer keyboard and mouse
•
air conditioning system
•
High Frequency (HF) surgery equipment
•
general AC/DC adapters
The presence of a broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference.
See Table 2-4 on page 2-8 for EMI Prevention tips.
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
EMI prevention/abatement
Table 2-4
EMI prevention/abatement
EMI RULE
DETAILS
•
Keep the unit at least 5 meters (15 feet) away from other EMI sources.
Be aware of RF sources
•
Special shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high
frequency, high powered radio or video broadcast signals.
Ground the Ultrasound
system
•
Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images.
•
Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet.
•
After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.
•
Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end.
•
Install the Card Rack Cover over the Card Rack.
Install all screws, RF
gaskets, covers, cores
Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound
signals.
Replace broken RF gaskets
Do not place labels where
RF gaskets touch metal
•
If more than 20% or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken, replace the gasket.
•
Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed.
Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. otherwise, the gap created will permit RF
leakage. or, if a label has been found in such a position, move the label.
•
Use GE specified harnesses
•
and peripherals
Take care with cellular
phones
Also, cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is
specified.
Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts.
Properly dress peripheral
cables
2-2-5
The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding.
•
Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the Card Rack or hang out of the peripheral bays.
•
Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. attach the monitor
cables to the frame.
Probes environmental requirements
Table 2-5
Operation and storage temperatures for probes
Electronic
PAMPTE
Operation:
10 to 40 ºC (50 to 104 ºF)
5 to 42.7 ºC (41 to 108,9 ºF)
Storage:
-20 to 50 ºC (-4 to 122 ºF)
-20 to 60 ºC (-4 to 140 ºF)
Temperatures in degrees Celsius (oC) conversion to degrees F: (oF) = (oC * 9/5) + 32
CAUTION PAMPTE probes are designed for storage temperatures of -20 to +60 degrees C
(-4 to +140 degrees F).
Electronic probes are designed for storage temperatures of -20 to +50 degrees C
(-4 to +122 degrees F).
When exposed to large temperature variations, the product should be kept at room temperature
the needed time to stabilize its temperature before use.
Refer to Table 2-1 "Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Acclimate Time" on page 2-2 to determine the needed
settlement time.
2-8
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-2-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Time and manpower requirements
Site preparation takes time. Begin Pre-installation checks as soon as possible, if possible, six weeks
before delivery, to allow enough time to make any changes.
WARNING
HAVE TWO PEOPLE AVAILABLE TO DELIVER AND UNPACK THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE UNIT CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE BY
ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2-3
Facility needs
2-3-1
2-3-2
Contents in this section
2-3-1
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-3-2
Purchaser responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-3-3
Required facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-3-4
Desirable features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-3-5
Minimal floor plan suggestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-3-6
Suggested Floor Plan, VE9/VE7 and EchoPAC in Same Room. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-3-7
Networking setup requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Purchaser responsibilities
The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay,
confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre-installation work before delivery.
Purchaser responsibility includes:
NOTE:
•
Procuring the materials required.
•
Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system.
•
Paying the costs for any alterations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract.
All electrical installations that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site
prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing must also be
performed by qualified personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required. All
electrical work on these products must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical
codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.
The desire to use a non–listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further
from the system than the interface kit allows, presents challenges to the installation team. To avoid
delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing
the installation at the earliest possible date (preferably prior to the purchase).
The ultrasound suite must be clean prior to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended
because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference)
should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact system reliability.
2 - 10
Section 2-3 - Facility needs
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-3-3
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Required facility needs
GE requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound
equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will function on voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using
220 volt power in North America, then a center tapped power source is required.
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
NOTE:
•
Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage (see Table 2-2 on page 2-5) meeting
all local and national codes which is located less than 2.5 m (8 ft.) from the unit’s proposed location
•
Door opening is at least 76 cm (30 in) wide
•
Proposed location for unit is at least 0.3 m (1 ft.) from the wall for cooling
•
Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m (6.5 ft.) of each other with
peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables.
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has two outlets inside the unit, one is for the B/W printer and one spare.
•
Power outlets for other medical equipment
•
Power outlets for test equipment within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of unit
•
Clean and protected space to store probes (in their cases or on a rack)
•
Material to safely clean probes (done with a plastic container, never metal)
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-3-4
2-3-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Desirable features
•
Door is at least 92 cm (3 ft.) wide
•
Circuit breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible
•
Sink with hot and cold water
•
Receptacle for bio–hazardous waste, like used probe sheaths
•
Emergency oxygen supply
•
Storage for linens and equipment
•
Nearby waiting room, lavatory, and dressing room
•
Dual level lighting (bright and dim)
•
Lockable cabinet ordered by GE for its software and proprietary manuals
Minimal floor plan suggestion
Figure 2-1 Minimal Floor Plan, 2.5 m x 3 m (8 by 10 foot)
Scale:
Each square equals one
square foot (app. 31 x 31 cm)
Ethernet Connector
Ultrasound
Unit
Power outlet
GE cabinet for
software and
manuals (optional)
2-3-6
Suggested Floor Plan, VE9/VE7 and EchoPAC in Same Room
A dedicated Ethernet network wall outlet
3 Dedicated Power outlets
EchoPAC PC parts
UPS
A dedicated Analog Telephone jack
Hot & Cold water
A dedicated Ethernet
network wall outlet
1.5m
243,84 cm
A dedicated Power
outlet
105cm
609.6 cm
Figure 2-2 Suggested Room with EchoPAC PC and Ultrasound Scanner
2 - 12
Section 2-3 - Facility needs
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-3-7
2-3-7-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Networking setup requirements
Stand alone scanner (without network connection)
None.
2-3-7-2
Scanner connected to hospital’s network
Supported networks:
10/100/1000 Mbit Ethernet/DICOM network (option)
2-3-7-3
InSite Requirements
InSite requires an Ethernet connection either via:
•
2-3-7-4
10/100 Mbit or 10/100/1000 Mbit Interface
Purpose of the DICOM network function
DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient
information over a hospital network. Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to
workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring
images in this manner frees up the on-board monitor and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while
scanning continues. With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at
a lower cost.
2-3-7-5
DICOM option setup requirements
To configure the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to work with other network connections, the site’s network
administrator must provide information to complete the form in Figure 2-3 "Worksheet for DICOM
Network Information" on page 2-14. Ensure that there are no spaces in any field of the form.
Entries must include:
•
A host name, local port number, AE Title, IP address and Net Mask for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING
INFORMATION.
•
The host name, IP address, port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION. A field for the make (manufacturer)
and the revision of the device, is also included. This information may be useful for error solving.
Chapter 2 - Site preparations
2 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
2-3-7-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM option setup requirements (cont’d)
Figure 2-3 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information
Vivid E9/
Vivid E7
Local Port
Host Name
AE Title
ROUTING INFORMATION
IP Address
.
.
.
Net Mask
.
.
.
GATEWAY IP Addresses
Destination
IP Addresses
Default
.
.
.
ROUTER1
.
.
.
.
.
.
ROUTER2
.
.
.
.
.
.
ROUTER3
.
.
.
.
.
.
DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION
NAME
MAKE/REVISION
AE TITLE
IP ADDRESSES
PORT
Store 1
.
.
.
Store 2
.
.
.
Store 3
.
.
.
Store 4
.
.
.
Store 5
.
.
.
Store 6
.
.
.
Worklist
.
.
.
Storage
Commit
.
.
.
.
.
.
MPPS
2 - 14
Section 2-3 - Facility needs
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 3
System setup
Section 3-1
Overview
3-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter contains information needed to install Vivid E9/Vivid E7. Included is a procedure that
describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim.
How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation, and how to check and test the unit, probes,
and external peripherals for electrical safety are included in this procedure.
3-1-2
Contents in this chapter
3-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2
Setup reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-3
Receiving and unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-4
Preparing for setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-5
Completing the setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-6
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-7
Connectivity overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
3-8
Connectivity setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
3-9
Disk Management setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
3-10
InSite ExC setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
3-11
Options Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110
3-12
Setup paperwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
Chapter 3 - System setup
3-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-2
Setup reminders
3-2-1
Average setup time
Table 3-1
3-2-2
Average installation time
DESCRIPTION
AVERAGE
INSTALLATION
TIME
UNPACKING THE SCANNER
0.5 HOUR
INSTALL SCANNER WO/OPTIONS
4 HOURS
DEPENDENT ON THE CONFIGURATION
DICOM NETWORK CONFIGURATION
2 HOURS OR MORE
DEPENDENT ON THE CONFIGURATION
INSTALL INSITE / ILINK
0.5 HOUR
COMMENTS
Setup warnings
DANGER
WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE
AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METER’S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN), DON’T TOUCH
THE UNIT!
CAUTION IF THE UNIT IS VERY COLD OR HOT, DO NOT TURN ON ITS POWER UNTIL IT HAS HAD A
CHANCE TO ACCLIMATE TO ITS OPERATING ENVIRONMENT.
Table 3-2
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Acclimate Time
oC
-40
-35
-30
-25
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
oF
-40
-31
-22
-13
-4
5
14
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
95
104
113
122
131
140
149
158
Hrs
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
CAUTION TO PREVENT ELECTRICAL SHOCK, CONNECT THE UNIT TO A PROPERLY GROUNDED
POWER OUTLET. DO NOT USE A THREE TO TWO PRONG ADAPTER. THIS DEFEATS SAFETY
GROUNDING.
CAUTION DO NOT WEAR THE ESD WRIST STRAP WHEN YOU WORK ON LIVE CIRCUITS AND MORE
THAN 30 V PEAK IS PRESENT.
CAUTION DO NOT OPERATE THIS UNIT UNLESS ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND COOLING REQUIRE THIS.
3-2
Section 3-2 - Setup reminders
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-2-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Setup warnings (cont’d)
CAUTION OPERATOR MANUAL(S)
THE USER MANUAL(S) SHOULD BE FULLY READ AND UNDERSTOOD BEFORE OPERATING
THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 AND KEPT NEAR THE UNIT FOR QUICK REFERENCE.
CAUTION ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD
ALTHOUGH THE ULTRASOUND ENERGY TRANSMITTED FROM THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROBE
IS WITHIN AIUM/NEMA STANDARDS, AVOID UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE. ULTRASOUND
ENERGY CAN PRODUCE HEAT AND MECHANICAL DAMAGE.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-3
Receiving and unpacking the equipment
3-3-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to receive and unpack Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Two types of packages have been used; a Wooden Box and a Carton Box on a Wooden Pallet. Some
of the Receiving and Unpacking instructions are specific for only one of the boxes. This will be stated
where applicable.
3-3-2
3-3-3
Contents in this section
3-3-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3-3
Receiving and unpacking warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3-4
Receiving the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-3-5
Unpacking Vivid E9/Vivid E7 from the Carton Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-3-6
Unpacking VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Receiving and unpacking warnings
CAUTION TWO PEOPLE ARE NEEDED TO UNPACK THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 BECAUSE OF THE WEIGHT.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE
BY ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.
TWO PEOPLE ARE REQUIRED WHENEVER A PART WEIGHING 16 KG (35 LBS) OR MORE MUST
BE LIFTED.
CAUTION REMEMBER TO USE RELEVANT PERSONAL PROTECTING EQUIPMENT (PPE) DURING
PACKING/UNPACKING. CHECK WITH YOUR LOCAL EHS REPRESENTATIVE.
3-4
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-4
3-3-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Receiving the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
The Tilt & Shock indicators
Overview
Improper handling during transportation may harm the equipment inside the package even if the
package itself is undamaged.
To make it easier to detection if the handling during transportation has been improper, a set of Tilt &
Shock indicators have been attached to the transportation box.
Table 3-3
Description
Shock and Tilt Watch
Illustration
ShockWatch
Tilt Watch
Chapter 3 - System setup
3-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Examine all packages
Examine all packages closely at time of delivery, as described in the procedure below.
Table 3-4
STEP
1
2
3
Examine all packages
TASK
ILLUSTRATIONS
Is damage apparent?
•
If YES; continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-3 - Damage in transportation.
•
If NO; continue with the next step.
Is the Shock Indicator red colored inside the middle of the
indicator?
•
If YES: The Shock Indicator has been activated.
Continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-4 - If Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing,
then continue with the next step.
•
If NO: continue with the next step.
RED COLOR
Is the Tilt Indicator red colored inside the middle of the
indicator?
•
If YES: The Tilt Indicator has been activated.
Continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-5 - If Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing
before you continue with the next step.
•
If NO: continue with the next step
RED COLOR
5
Carton Box ONLY:
Continue with:
3-3-5 "Unpacking Vivid E9/Vivid E7 from the Carton Box" on page 3-9.
4
Wooden Box ONLY:
The two upper hinges on the Front Side and the Rear Side of
the wooden transportation box have been sealed with red
plastic seals, marked GE Vingmed Ultrasound and a serial
number. Verify that the four red plastic seals are intact at
arrival.
If seals are broken:
If broken, it indicates that the container may have been
opened after it left the manufacturer.
Continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-3 - Damage in transportation.
Continue with the instructions in:
3-3-6 - Unpacking VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box.
3-6
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Damage in transportation
Follow this procedure if damage is apparent, or if the Tilt & Drop indicators show failure:
Table 3-5
STEP
3-3-4-4
Damage in transportation
TASK
1
Write “Damage In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed
for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent.
2
Report the damage to the carrier.
•
Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in
any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier.
•
A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14
day period.
If Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing
The purpose of a shock indicator label is NOT to tell if a product has been damaged during shipment.
The purpose of these labels is to alert people handling a package that the product contained is very
sensitive to shock damage and that it should be handled carefully. It is basically an active “Fragile” label
that turns red if a predetermined shock does occur. Because the labels can receive false activation due
to an impact shock directly on the label, an activated label must not be interpreted to mean product
damage. It simply means that the receiver should note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that
the label was activated and the product should be inspected for possible concealed damage.
Conversely, a high level, product-damaging shock could occur to the package in a way that does not
activate the label, so a non activated label does not insure that the product is not damaged. Some
degree of inspection is still required.
Table 3-6
STEP
Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing
TASK
1
If the Shock Indicator is missing:
Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Shock Indicator label is
missing.
If the Shock Indicator has triggered:
Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Shock Indicator label was
activated.
2
Inspect the product for possible concealed damage.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-4-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
If Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing
The purpose of the tilt indicator label is to alert people handling a product that it is sensitive to tipping
and it must remain upright at all times. It is basically an active “Up Arrow” that changes color if the
package is tipped 89 degrees or more from horizontal. These labels can be false activated if tipped less
than 89 degrees, and shocked or vibrated at the same time. This event does occur, but is considered
uncommon. If a package is received with an activated tilt indicator label, there is high degree of certainty
it tipped 89 degrees or more from horizontal during shipment.
An activated tilt indicator label does not indicate if the package was simply “Tipped” (laid down with no
impact shock) or “Tipped Over” (free fall, with an impact shock). Using both shock indicator labels and
tilt indicator labels will help identify if a Tip Over impact shock occurred.
Table 3-7
STEP
3-8
Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing
TASK
1
If the Tilt Indicator is missing:
Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Tilt Indicator label is missing.
If the Tilt Indicator has triggered:
Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Tilt Indicator label was
activated.
2
Inspect the product for possible concealed damage.
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-5
3-3-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Unpacking Vivid E9/Vivid E7 from the Carton Box
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Transportation Box Label on the Carton Box
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Transportation Box Label is printed on four sides of the Carton Box.
Figure 3-1 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Transportation Box Label printed on the Carton Box (Example)
ICONS
and
ICONS
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOLS
and
ICONS
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOLS
and
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOLS
KEEP AIR PRESSURE
BETWEEN 70 kPa and
106 kPa
DO NOT STACK
FRAGILE, HANDLE
WITH CARE
KEEP
TRANSPORTATION
TEMPERATURE
BETWEEN -20°C AND
+60°C
TOP UPRIGHT
TRANSPORTA-TION
AND STORAGE
KEEP DRY, PROTECT
FROM MOISTURE
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
BETWEEN 30 AND 95%
HANDLE WITH CARE
RECYCLING.
RECYCLABLE
PACKING PARTS
MANUFACTURER
Chapter 3 - System setup
3-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-5-2
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
Table 3-8
Step
3 - 10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Uncrating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 sheet 1 of 4
Task
1.
Cut the straps around the crate.
2.
Remove the Top Cover.
3.
Remove the Complete Column Left and
Complete Column Right.
4.
Remove the Box For Accessories.
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
Illustration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 3-8
Step
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 2 of 4
Task
5.
Remove the two Frames (sides) and the two
Exit Ramp Bases.
6.
Install the two Exit Ramp Base on the
Complete Exit Ramp (the rear plate).
7.
Remove the Support For Monitor.
Chapter 3 - System setup
Illustration
3 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 3-8
Step
3 - 12
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 3 of 4
Task
8.
Remove the Complete Front Protection.
9.
Remove the plastic bag from the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
10.
Remove the Inlay UI Top.
11.
Fold down the assembled Exit Ramp.
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
Illustration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 3-8
Step
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 4 of 4
Task
12.
Unlock the Front Brakes on the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7, but keep direction lock activated.
The direction lock keeps the front wheels in
position, and secures the direction stability
when the system is rolled down the ramp
from the pallet.
13.
Unlock the Rear Brakes.
Illustration
1 - Direction (Dir) Lock
2 - Release Dir Lock and Front Brakes
3 - Front Brakes
4 - Rear Brakes
14.
Carefully move the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 down
the ramp, with rear end first.
15.
Assemble the empty transportation box and
place all of the filling inside the box before
you close it.
Close the box, and store it for possible future
use.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-5-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Packing materials for the Carton Box - recycling information
The packing materials for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 are recyclable, refer to the table below.
Table 3-9
Packaging parts for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 sheet 1 of 2
Item
3 - 14
Description
QTY.
Material *)
1.
Export pallet 1200 x 800
1
D
2.
Complete base
1
A
3.
Complete column left and right
2
A
4.
Support for monitor
1
C
5.
Inlay UI Top
1
C
6.
Complete front protection
1
B
7.
Exit ramp
1
A
8.
Frame 1112 x 740 x 1225
2
A
9.
Exit ramp base
2
A
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
Illustration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 3-9
Item
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Packaging parts for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 2 of 2
Description
QTY.
Material *)
Illustration
10.
Box for accessories
1
A
11.
Top cover 1140 x 755 x 150
1
A
12.
Support plate, used to keep
Front Protection in place if there
are few or none probes
included.
1
A
13.
Protectors for Top Cover
2
A
*) Material type:
A:
BB34bc with varnish C9068
B:
BB27c with varnish C9068
C:
PE foam, Stratocell
D:
Wood ISPM15
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Unpacking VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box
3-3-6-1
VIVID E9 Transportation Box Label for the Wooden Box
The Vivid E9 Transportation Box Label is located at the front of the Wooden Transportation Box.
Figure 3-2 Vivid E9 Transportation Box Label used on the Wooden Box
60 °C
106 kPa
70 kPa
ӗ૱਽〠˖
රਧ˖
ࠪল㕆ਧ˖
⭏ӗᰕᵏ˖
ᴰབྷཆරቪረ (Max size):
߰䟽 (Net weight):
∋䟽 (Gross weight):
㇡ਧ(Box No.):
⭏ӗলᇦ˖
ൠ൰˖
-20 °C
95%
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
BETWEEN 30 and 95%
30%
HANDLE WITH
CARE
KEEP DRY,
PROTECT FROM MOISTURE
ᖙ㢢䎵༠䇺ᯝԚ
Vivid E9
116x78x133 mm (LxWxH)
128 kg
200 kg
1/1
GE Vingmed Ultrasound AS
Strandpromenade 45
N-3191 Horten
ᥚေ
䖼⯝⮹GaG㍐䞌ὤ㟝㸼㢀䑀㜵ㇵ㫸␜㣙㾌
䝉⮹ : Vivid E9
㍌㢹㣄㢌 ㇵ䝬 ⵃ 㨰㋀: 㫴㢨䜠㏘䀴㛨䂈⫠㙸 ර
㉐㟬㐐Gᵉ⇜ẠG䚍┍⦐GZ[ZG
wvihGᵉ⇜G䇴㠀G^SG_㽩
㥐㦤㠄 : GE Vingmed Ultrasound AS O⊬⪨㠜㢨P
䖼⯝䛼ᴴⶼ䝬aG㍌䛼W`TYW`䝬
㇠㟝⯝㤵GaG㫸␜㡸G㠸䚌㜠G䞌⺴㜄G㸼㢀䑀G㜄∼㫴⪰G㤸㋕SG
ⵌ㇠G㐔䝬⪰G㍌㐔䚌㜠G㜵ㇵ㹠㜵GⵃG㐠㣙ḰG䜼Ḵ㢌G
㜵ㇵ㹠㜵㜄G㇠㟝╌⏈G㸼㢀䑀㜵ㇵ㫸␜㣙㾌
㥐㦤ⶼ䝬GⵃG㥐㦤≸㠈aG㥐㦤㠄㢌G䖐㐐ὤ㣠㇠䚡G㵬㦤
䔠㣙␜㠸 : 1 Set
㥉ᷝ㤸㚉, 㨰䑀㍌, ㋀⽸㤸⥙ :
AC: 100 ~ 230 VAC, 50 ~ 60 Hz, 1100 W
⸨䝬䝉㐑 ⵃ ⸨䝬㥉⓸ : 1 Ἵὤὤ, CF 䝉ὤὤ
⸬ 㥐䖼㡴 㢌⨀ὤὤ㢸
Vivid E9
GA314326-05
KEEP TRANSPORTATION
TEMPERATURE BETWEEN
-20°C and +60°C
KEEP AIR PRESSURE
BETWEEN
70 kPa and 106 kPa
RECYCLING.
RECYCLABLE WOOD
3 - 16
TOP UPRIGHT
TRANSPORTATION &
STORAGE
MANUFACTURER
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
FRAGILE,
HANDLE WITH CARE
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-6-2
1.
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Unpack the VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box
Table 3-10
Step
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Unpacking VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box sheet 1 of 2
Task
Open the four hinges on each door and remove the doors.
One of the doors are used as ramp out off and into the transportation box.
On the first version of the Transportation Box, only the front door is meant to be used as a ramp. It has bevel cut in one end.
Front door bevel cut.
This end of the door
should be used as
the lower end of the
ramp.
2.
Place the front door as a ramp against the rear edge of the pallet.
“Labank”
On the second version transportation box, the ramp is placed
directly on the labank ends.
3.
Carefully remove the accessory box, and any other items, including the wooden shelf above the scanners Operator Panel and all
the filling material, from the Transportation Box.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 3-10
Step
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Unpacking VIVID E9 from the Wooden Box (cont’d) sheet 2 of 2
Task
4.
NOTICE
Moving the unit in and out of the transportation box
The unit has brakes on all wheels, but direction lock only on the
front wheels. The wheels position when moving the system into
its transportation box are therefore vital. If the wheels are
swiveling when the system is inside the transportation box, it
may jam the system inside the box. The system must be moved
backwards both into and out of the transportation box.
Direction Lock
Brake
Brakes
Moving the system into the transportation box
1. Align the front wheel under the front end of the system as
shown in Figure 1.
2. Push the direction lock pedal to lock the front wheels in this
direction. Check that they are locked.
3. Push the Top Console to its lowest and most backward
locked position.
4. Pull the system into the box with the rear end first.
Front Wheels
Rear Wheels
Figure 1: Brakes and direction locks
Moving the system out of the transportation box
Transportation box
1. Unlock brakes but keep direction lock activated. The
direction lock keeps the front wheels in position, and secures
the direction stability when the system is rolled out of the
transportation box.
2. Pull the system out of the box with rear end first.
CAUTION
Have two people available to unpack the system.
Attempts to move the system considerable
distances or on an incline by one person could
result in injury or damage or both.
Figure 2: Console and Wheels position
Transport notice
GA314329-02
•
Press once on the Release pedal to release the brakes.
•
Press once on the Direction Lock pedal to keep direction lock activated. The direction lock keeps the front wheels from swiveling
and blocking the system inside the narrow transportation box.
5.
Carefully move the instrument out of the Transportation Box, down the ramp, with rear end first.
6.
Remove the clear plastic (wrapped around the scanner) from the unit.
7.
Place all the filling material inside the Transportation Box, close it and store it for possible use in the future.
3 - 18
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-3-6-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Packing materials for the Wooden Box - recycling information
The packing materials used with the wooden box are recyclable:
•
The Transportation Box is made of spruce or similar material.
(“PHYTOSANITARY CERTIFICATE” included in all shipments to The People's Republic of China.)
•
Lever lockings (hinges) are made of zinc plated steel.
•
The inner reinforcements are made of Ethafoam (Polyethylene foam).
•
The plastic foil is made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene).
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-4
Preparing for setup
3-4-1
Verify Customer Order
Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order. Report any items
that are missing, back ordered, or damaged.
3-4-2
Physical inspection
Verify that the system arrived intact (visual inspection).
If the system has been damaged, please refer to “Damage in Transportation“ on page xiii in the
beginning of this manual.
3-4-3
EMI protection
This unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of the
covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by
this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured
before the unit is put into operation.
See 2-2-4 "EMI limitations" on page 2-7 for more information about EMI protection.
3 - 20
Section 3-4 - Preparing for setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-5
Completing the setup
3-5-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to complete the installation of Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3-5-2
3-5-3
3-5-3-1
3-5-3-2
Contents in this section
3-5-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-5-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-5-3
System specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-5-4
Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-5-5
Connections on the I/O Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-5-6
Connections on the Patient I/O panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-5-7
Connecting Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3-5-8
Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-5-9
Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-5-10
Complete power down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
System specifications
System requirements verification
•
Verify that the site meets the requirements listed in Chapter 2 (see: "Facility needs" on page 2-10).
•
Verify that the specifications below don’t conflict with any on-site conditions.
Physical dimensions
The physical dimensions of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 unit are summarized in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11
3-5-3-3
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
UNIT
137.5/157.5
54.0
80.0
cm
54.1/62.0
21.2
31.4
Inches
Mass with monitor and peripherals
Table 3-12
3-5-3-4
Physical dimensions of Vivid E9/Vivid E7 with monitor and peripherals
Mass of Vivid E9/Vivid E7 with monitor and peripherals
MODEL
WEIGHT [KG]
WEIGHT [LBS]
Vivid E9/Vivid E7
128
283
Acoustic noise level
Less than 55 dB(A) at 20 degrees Celsius, measured in the operators head position, 20 cm in front of
the keyboard’s right corner, at 1.30 m above the floor, and in a distance of 1 meter at all four sides, 1
meter above the floor.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-4
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical specifications
WARNING
3-5-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
CONNECTING A VIVID E9/VIVID E7 UNIT TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL
MOST LIKELY DESTROY THE UNIT.
Verification of the system’s voltage setting
Verify that the mains voltage specified for the unit is available on-site.
The voltage setting for the unit is found on a label near the Mains Power Circuit Breaker on the rear of
the system.
Figure 3-3 Mains Voltage Rating label
G A 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 -2 3 0
R E F # 2
H 4 5 5 4 1 S D
1 1 0 0
5 0 /6 0
M o d e l:
3-5-4-2
V iv id E 9
V A C
W
H z
0 1
# 1
G A 3 1 4 3 2 3
R E F
VERIFY THAT THE VOLTAGE ON THE
LABEL CORRESPONDS TO THE SITE’S
MAINS VOLTAGE
Electrical specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
In the table below, the electrical specifications for VIVID E9 and VIVID E7 includes monitor and on board
peripherals.
Table 3-13
PART NUMBER
Electrical specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
POWER
TOLERANCES CONSUMPTION FREQUENCY
XDclear (S/W v113.x)
GB000070
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 17 inch LCD
GB000080
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 19 inch LCD
GB000075
Vivid E9 2D 17 inch LCD
GB000085
Vivid E9 2D 19 inch LCD
GB000090
Vivid E9 Pro configuration 17 inch LCD
GB000095
Vivid E9 Pro configuration 19 inch LCD
GB000099
Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 17'
GB000100
Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 19'
GA000940
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 17” LCD
GA000950
Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 19” LCD
GA000945
Vivid E9 2D - 17” LCD
GA000955
Vivid E9 2D - 19” LCD
GB000040
Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 17” LCD
GB000050
Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 19” LCD
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
BT’12
3 - 22
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 3-13
PART NUMBER
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical specifications for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
POWER
TOLERANCES CONSUMPTION FREQUENCY
BT’11
GA000810
VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 17” LCD
GA000815
VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 19” LCD
GA000830
VIVID E9 2D - 17” LCD
GA000835
VIVID E9 2D - 19” LCD
GA000100
VIVID E9 (with 4D) - v108.x.x
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
100-230 VAC
±10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
BT’09
The current drain will vary depending on the mains voltage.
•
At 230 VAC the current may be up to 5 A.
•
At 100 VAC the current may be up to 12 A.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 23
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connections on the I/O Rear Panel
The Peripheral/accessory connector panel (I/O Rear Panel) is located at the rear of the Ultrasound
system behind the rear door.
NOTE:
3-5-5-1
Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified according
to the respective IEC standards (e.g. IEC60950 for data processing equipment and IEC606011 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all complete configurations shall comply with the valid
version of the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects additional equipment
to the signal input part or signal output part of Vivid E9/Vivid E7, configures a medical system,
and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of the valid version
of IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical service department or your local
representative for GE.
Connect Ethernet
Connect the network cable to the Ethernet connector on the BEP I/O board.
The connector is located on the connector panel on the rear side of Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 3-4 Ethernet connection on rear side of Vivid E9/Vivid E7
!
ETHERNET
CONNECTOR
L
3-5-5-2
NOTE:
R
Connect USB Flash Card
USB Flash Cards approved for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 are verified for EMC performance according
to EN55011 class B. The use of any other USB Flash Cards will compromise this verification,
and may cause interference on Vivid E9/Vivid E7 itself, or on other electronic devices.
For approved models, see: Section 9-16 "Peripherals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-93.
Install the USB Flash Card in one of the USB ports on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. Two ports are provided on
the Operator Panel, to the left for the Touch Screen.
3 - 24
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connections on the Patient I/O panel
The Patient I/O panel is located on the front of Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 3-5 Patient I/O Panel
1 - PHONO
2 - ECG
3 - AUX (PRESSURE/PULSE)
3-5-6-1
Connect ECG
Connect the ECG cable to the ECG connector on the Patient I/O panel.
3-5-6-2
Connect Heart Microphone (Phono)
The Heart Microphone has its corresponding Phono adapter. See Section 9-21 "Physio TX Parts" on
page 9-126.
Connect the Heart Microphone via the corresponding Phono Adapter to the Phono input on the Patient
I/O panel.
Figure 3-6 Heart Microphone (Phono)
PHONO ADAPTER
MA-300
3-5-6-3
Connect Pulse Pressure Transducer
Connect the Pulse Pressure Transducer via the corresponding Auxiliary/Pressure Adapter to the Patient
I/O panel. For Part Number and model information, see Section 9-21 "Physio TX Parts" on page 9-126.
Figure 3-7 Pulse Pressure Transducer
TY-306
AUX/PRESSURE
ADAPTER
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 25
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-7
3-5-7-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connecting Probes
Introduction to Connecting Probes
Probes can be connected at any time, whether the unit is on or off.
The system has three types of probe ports; one PD probe port, three PDT probe ports (Figure 3-8) and
a Doppler probe port.
•
The PD probe port is compatible with the Vivid 7 probe connectors.
•
The three PDT probe ports are specific to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 probe connectors.
•
The Doppler probe port is used for CW Doppler probes (non-sector-probes), sometimes called
PEDOF probes.
Figure 3-8 Probe connectors
1 - PD PROBE PORT: FOR VIVID 7 COMPATIBLE PROBE CONNECTORS
2 - PDT PROBE PORTS: FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7 SPECIFIC PROBE CONNECTORS
NOTE! The Doppler probe port is not illustrated here.
3 - 26
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-7-2
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connect a probe
It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a probe.
CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW THE PROBE HEAD TO HANG FREELY. EXCESSIVE IMPACT TO THE PROBE
WILL RESULT IN IRREPARABLE DAMAGE.
CAUTION TO PREVENT PROBE CONNECTOR PINS DAMAGE, OR PCB BOARD DAMAGE, DO NOT USE
EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN CONNECTING THE PROBES.
CAUTION KEEP THE PROBE CABLES AWAY FROM THE WHEELS.
DO NOT BEND THE PROBE CABLES
DO NOT CROSS CABLES BETWEEN PROBES.
1.) Before connecting the probe:
a.) Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets.
b.) Remove any dust or foam rests from the probe pins.
c.) Verify the probe and the probe cable for any visual damage.
2.) Hold the probe connector vertically with the cable pointing upward.
3.) Turn the connector locking handle counter-clockwise to the horizontal position.
4.) Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place.
5.) Turn the locking handle clockwise to the full vertical position to lock in place.
6.) Position the probe cable so that it is not resting on the floor.
3-5-7-3
Disconnect a probe
1.) Rotate the lock handle counter-clockwise to the horizontal position to unlock the connector.
2.) Remove the connector from the port.
3.) Ensure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage case, see 10-5-5 "Probe
maintenance" on page 10-13 for cleaning instructions.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 27
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-8
3-5-8-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power On/Boot Up
Warnings
DANGER
ALWAYS CONNECT THE UNIT TO A FIXED POWER SOCKET WHICH HAS THE
PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONNECTOR.
DANGER
NEVER USE A THREE-TO-TWO PRONG ADAPTER; THIS DEFEATS THE
SAFETY GROUND.
DANGER
ENSURE THAT THE POWER CORD AND PLUG ARE INTACT AND THAT THE
POWER PLUG IS THE PROPER HOSPITAL-GRADE TYPE (WHERE REQUIRED).
CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
OPERATE THIS UNIT ONLY WHEN ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. THE COVERS ARE REQUIRED FOR SAFE OPERATION, GOOD SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AND COOLING PURPOSES.
NOTICE Use only power supply cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE.
NOTE:
3 - 28
Do not cycle the Circuit Breaker ON-OFF-ON in less than five (5) seconds. When turning OFF
the Circuit Breaker, the system should de-energize completely before turning the circuit breaker
ON.
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-8-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connect AC (mains) Power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
Connecting AC Power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit, involves preliminary checks of the power
cord, voltage level and compliance with electrical safety requirements.
1.) Ensure that the wall outlet is of appropriate type, and that the Circuit Breaker is turned off.
2.) Uncoil the power cable, allowing sufficient slack so that the unit can be moved slightly.
3.) Verify that the power cable is without any visible scratches or any sign of damage.
4.) Verify that the on-site mains voltage is within the limits indicated on the rating label near the Circuit
Breaker on the rear of the unit.
5.) Connect the Power Cable’s female plug to the Power Inlet at the rear of the unit.
6.) Lock the plug in position with the Retaining Clamp (ACC Clamp).
7.) Verify that the Mains Power Circuit Breaker is in OFF position, if not, switch it OFF.
Figure 3-9 The Circuit Breaker and On/Off button
8.) Connect the Power Cable’s other end (male plug) to a hospital grade mains power outlet with the
proper rated voltage, and the unit is ready for Power ON/Boot Up.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-8-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Switch ON the AC Power to Vivid E9/Vivid E7
1.) Switch ON the Mains Power Circuit Breaker at the rear of the unit.
Figure 3-10 The Circuit breaker and On/Off button
You should hear a “click” from the relays in the AC Power and the unit is ready to boot.
2.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to boot the unit.
During a normal boot, you may observe that:
a.) The unit’s ventilation fan starts on full speed, but slows down after a few seconds (listen to the
fan sound).
b.) Power is distributed to the peripherals, Operator Panel (Console), Monitor, Front End
Processor and Back End Processor.
c.) Back End Processor and rest of scanner starts with the sequence listed in the next steps:
d.) Back End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.
e.) The Start Screen is displayed on the monitor.
f.) A start-up bar indicating the time used for software loading, is displayed on the monitor.
Figure 3-11 Start-up bar
g.) The software initiates and sets up the Front End electronics and the rest of the instrument.
h.) The backlight in the keyboard is lit.
3 - 30
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-8-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Switch ON the AC Power to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
i.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen,
indicating that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that
no probe has been connected.
Figure 3-12 2D Screen on the display.
NOTE:
Total time used for start-up is typical less than two minutes. If starting after a power loss or a
lock-up, the start-up time may be up to four minutes.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 31
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power shut down
When you switch off the unit, the system performs an automatic shutdown sequence.
Figure 3-13 System - Exit menu
The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:
•
Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.
The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.
If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.
•
Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.
If the Shutdown button is dimmed, use the key-combination <Ctrl+Alt+R> to shut down the unit.
•
Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.
•
Exit (Only available when logged in as GE Service with Service Dongle)
Select this button when you want to exit to the Windows Desktop.
NOTE:
If you need to restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 when logged on to the Windows Desktop, ensure that
you do a complete power down (Shut Down). This is required to power up the Front End
Processor.
Figure 3-14 System - Exit menu (when logged in using Service Dongle)
3 - 32
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Complete power down
1.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to display the System - Exit menu.
Figure 3-15 Press once on the key with the green light
PRESS ONCE
Figure 3-16 Select Shutdown
2.) Select Shutdown to do a complete power down of the unit.
The Back End Processor will first turn off the scanner activity and print the message “Please wait Shutdown in progress” in the LCD display on the Operator Panel.
Next, it starts to shut down itself. The time to turn down the unit, including the Back End Processor,
may vary from 10 seconds up to approximately 1 minute.
The last thing that shuts down, is the light on the Operator Panel, indicating that you can continue
with the next step.
NOTICE Be sure to wait with the next step until the system has finished its shut-down. Failing to do so, may
destroy data on the hard disk, making the system fail later.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 33
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-5-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Complete power down (cont’d)
3.) Switch off the Mains Power Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the unit. This will cut power
distribution within the unit.
Figure 3-17 Circuit Breaker located on rear of the unit
MAINS POWER CIRCUIT
BREAKER
.
3 - 34
Section 3-5 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-6
Configuration
3-6-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to configure the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3-6-2
Contents in this section
3-6-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-3
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-4
Service Screen setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-5
Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-6
Available Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
3-6-7
Software Options Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
After completing configuration, as described in this section, next step is to control/adjust connectivity
settings, starting with Section 3-7 "Connectivity overview" on page 3-49.
3-6-3
3-6-3-1
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 configuration
Contents in this sub-section
3-6-3-1
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-3-2
Select System Settings screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-6-3-3
Enter Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-6-3-4
Date and time adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-6-3-5
Select User Interface Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-6-3-6
Select Online Manual Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-6-3-7
Select Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 35
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Select System Settings screen
1.) Select Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on
page 4-15.
2.) Select System and then select Settings, if needed.
Figure 3-18 Hospital and department name
SETTINGS
HOSPITAL NAME
DEPARTMENT
SYSTEM
3-6-3-3
Enter Location
Table 3-14
STEP
Location name
TASK
EXPECTED RESULT(S)
1
The 24 first characters of this name are displayed on the scanning
Select the Hospital field, see Figure 3-18, and type the name of screen’s title bar (after restart)
the hospital (max 64 characters).
All 64 are displayed on the image properties on saved images (after
restart).
2
Select in the Department field, see Figure 3-18, and type the
name of the department (max 64 characters).
3 - 36
This name will be displayed on the image properties on saved images as
soon as the unit has been restarted.
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Date and time adjustments
Figure 3-19 Date and time adjustments
a
b
c
d
e
Table 3-15
STEP
1
Date and Time adjustments
TASK
EXPECTED RESULT(S)
Open the System (Configuration) Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging
on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
The System Settings window is displayed.
Select System, if needed.
Select the preferred Date Format, see (d) in Figure 3-19.
2
DD = Date (two digits)
EU: the European/International “DD.MM.YYYY” format is used
MM = Month (two digits)
US: the American “MM.DD.YYYY” format is used
YYYY = Year (four digits)
24: the 24 hour format is used
3
Select the preferred Time Format, see (c) in Figure 3-19.
4
Adjust the date, see (a) in Figure 3-19.
New date is displayed
5
Adjust the time, see (b) in Figure 3-19.
New time is displayed
12: the 12 AM/PM hour format is used
1900: the number 19 is automatically displayed when entering the year
in the patient date of birth.
To edit century, press BACKSPACE twice.
6
2000: the number 20 is automatically displayed when entering the year
Select Default Century (1900, 2000 or None), see (e) in Figure
in the patient date of birth.
3-19.
To edit century, press BACKSPACE twice.
None: the four digits have to be typed when entering the year in the
patient date of birth.
The selected setting will be used as soon as the unit has been restarted.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 37
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-3-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Select User Interface Language
Figure 3-20 Select User Interface Language
LANGUAGE
Table 3-16
STEP
1.
2.
3 - 38
Language Adjustments
TASK
EXPECTED RESULT(S)
Open the Configuration Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
Select System, if needed.
The System Settings window is displayed.
Use the Language drop down dialog, see Figure 3-20, to select The selected language will be used as soon as the unit has been
restarted.
your preferred language for the on-screen interface.
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-3-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Select Online Manual Language
Figure 3-21 Online Manual Language Selection
MANUAL LANGUAGE
Table 3-17
STEP
1.
2.
Online Manual Language Selection
TASK
EXPECTED RESULT(S)
Open the Configuration Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
Select System, if needed.
The System Settings window is displayed.
Use the Manual Language drop down dialog, see Figure 3-21, The selected language will be used as soon as the unit has been
to select your preferred language.
restarted.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 39
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-3-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Select Units of Measure
Figure 3-22 Select Units of Measure
UNITS
Table 3-18
STEP
1.
2.
3.
3 - 40
Select Units of Measure
TASK
EXPECTED RESULT(S)
Open the Configuration Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
Select System, if needed.
The System Settings window is displayed.
Use the drop down dialog to select Metric or US Units.
The selected units (Metric or US) will be used for measurements as soon
as the unit has been restarted.
Restart the scanner.
All the changed settings will be used after the restart.
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-4
3-6-4-1
3-6-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Service Screen setup
Contents in this sub-section
3-6-4-1
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-4-2
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-4-3
Open Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-4-4
Select Video Format, PAL or NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-6-4-5
Alphanumeric Keyboard configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-6-4-6
Add Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Overview
The Service Screen gives you access to:
3-6-4-3
•
Select Video Format to be used by DVR
•
Select DVR
•
Adjust LCD’s Contrast and Backlight Intensity
•
Alphanumeric Keyboard Setups
•
Printer Setup
•
Monitor Selection
Open Service Screen
1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page
4-15.
2.) Select Service (lower, right part of window) to view the Service Screen, see Figure 3-23 on page
3-41.
Figure 3-23 Service Screen
SERVICE
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 41
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-4-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Select Video Format, PAL or NTSC
This selection must correspond to the Video Standard (PAL or NTSC) used at the location.
•
From the Video Settings drop-down menu, select the correct video format (NTSC or PAL).
Figure 3-24 Select Video Format
SELECT VIDEO
FORMAT
3-6-4-5
NOTE:
Alphanumeric Keyboard configuration
This Procedure is not required if the alphanumeric keyboard is a US keyboard, since the default
setting is set to US English keyboards.
Figure 3-25 Select Keyboard Setup
KEYBOARD SETUP
1.) Select Keyboard Setup to get access to Keyboard Properties.
Figure 3-26 Select Keyboard Properties
2.) Select Languages, to display the program languages screen.
3.) Use the Language used in menus and dialogs scroll bar to find the correct language for your use.
3 - 42
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-4-6
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Add Printer
This function may be unavailable for some software versions and it will not always function due
to that usually, a special Installation Wizard is to be used. Please follow instructions in the
respective printer installation procedure for correct printer installation. See 3-6-5 "Optional
Peripherals/Peripheral Connection" on page 3-45 for more information.
Figure 3-27 Add Printer
ADD PRINTER
1.) Select Add Printer to start the Add Printer (Installation) Wizard.
Figure 3-28 Add Printer Wizard
2.) Follow the instructions in the Wizard to install a new printer.
3-6-4-7
Monitor Selection
Some characteristics are different for the different LCD monitors.
Figure 3-29 Select Monitor model
MONITOR
Select the Monitor model in the Monitor pull-down menu.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 43
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-4-8
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DVR (Option) Setup
Installation instructions for the Digital Video Recorder (DVR) option is included in the DVR
Installation manual, Direction Number GA294614.
Selecting Offline mode
Follow these steps to select Offline mode for the DVR:
1.) Install media in the DVR Recorder.
2.) Go into Config (F2) > Service.
3.) Select Offline.
4.) Reboot the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3 - 44
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-5
3-6-5-1
3-6-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection
Contents in this sub-section
3-6-5-1
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-5-2
Approved Internal Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-5-3
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-5-4
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to Ethernet (TCP/IP Network) . . . . . . . 3-46
3-6-5-5
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Approved Internal Peripherals
This list covers the internal peripherals available for Vivid E9/Vivid E7:
•
•
3-6-5-3
Printer, Monochrome (Black & White), Digital
-
SONY UP-D897
-
MITSUBISHI Digital Monochrome Printer P95DE
Digital Video Recorder (DVR)
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB
One of the external units listed below, may be connected to the USB port on the rear of the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7:
•
Footswitch
Configuration of the footswitch is done on the Config > Imaging > Application screen.
For more information, refer to the VIVID E9 or VIVID E7 user manual.
•
•
External Data Storage:
-
USB Flash Card
-
Desktop hard drive (2TB with RAID1)
COLOR Printers:
-
SONY UPD-25MD
-
SONY UPD-23MD
-
MITSUBISHI Digital Color Printer CP30DW
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 45
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-5-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to Ethernet (TCP/IP Network)
When installing a new external printer, connected via Ethernet (TCP/IP Network), please refer to the
respective Installation manuals in the table below.
Table 3-19
POS
3-6-5-5
Installation manuals / instructions
PRINTER MODEL
MANUAL
DIRECTION NUMBER
COMMENTS
1
HP OfficeJet Pro 8000
GA294652
2
HP OfficeJet PRO K5400dn
GA294652
Printer is obsolete from factory.
3
HP OfficeJet PRO K550
GA294652
Printer is obsolete from factory.
4
HP Color LaserJet 3600n
GA294652
Printer is obsolete from factory.
5
HP Laser Jet Pro 400 color M451
GA294652
6
HP Color LaserJet CP2025n
GA294652
Printer is obsolete from factory
7
HP Inkjet 1200DTN
GA294652
Use FC194654 as a reference
8
HP Inkjet 1100DTN
GA294652
9
HP Deskjet 6127
GA294652
10
HP Deskjet 990 Cxi
GA294652
11
LEXMARK C762N
FC194475
12
LEXMARK C752N
FC194475
Printer is obsolete from factory.
13
LEXMARK C750N
FC194252
Printer is obsolete from factory.
14
EPSON 980N
EP091298 (see: chapter 3)
Printer is obsolete from factory.
Printer is obsolete from factory.
Use EP194599 as a reference
Printer is obsolete from factory.
Use EP194516 as a reference
Printer is obsolete from factory.
Use EP194422 as a reference
Additional Information
See Section 9-16 "Peripherals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-93 for replacement units.
3-6-6
Available Probes
See Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
3 - 46
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-7
3-6-7-1
3-6-7-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Software Options Configuration
Contents in this sub-section
3-6-7-1
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-6-7-2
Software Option installation introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-6-7-3
Installing a Software Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-6-7-4
Remote Check and Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Software Option installation introduction
A Password (Software Option String) enables a software option or a combination of software options.
This password is specific for each Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
For a list of available options, see: Section 9-24 "Options - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-131.
3-6-7-3
Installing a Software Option
1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page
4-15.
2.) Select Admin (lower part of window),
3.) Select the System Admin tab.
Figure 3-30 System Admin screen
SYSTEM ADMIN TAB
NEW
ADMIN
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 47
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-6-7-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Installing a Software Option (cont’d)
4.) Select New to open the New Key dialog where you type the Software Option Key (Alphanumeric
String).
Figure 3-31 Type Software Option Key (Alphanumeric string)
Field for Software Option Key (Alphanumeric String)
CAUTION INCORRECT SOFTWARE OPTION KEY ENTRY WILL RESULT IN LOSS OF FUNCTIONALITY.
IF SOFTWARE OPTION KEY IS NOT ACCEPTED BY THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM, PLEASE
CONTACT YOUR LOCAL GE SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE OR THE ONLINE CENTER.
5.) Type the Password (Software Option Key (Alphanumeric string)).
6.) Press Save to save the new setting.
7.) Restart to save and activate the settings and adjustments you have done so far.
3-6-7-4
Remote Check and Configuration
Contact the OnLine Center for InSite Checkout.
3 - 48
Section 3-6 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-7
Connectivity overview
NOTE:
3-7-1
3-7-1-1
If you are new or unfamiliar to connectivity on Vivid E9/Vivid E7, you should read Section 5-5
"Connectivity" on page 5-7 before you continue with the next descriptions and procedures.
Physical connection
Stand-alone Vivid E9/Vivid E7
No network connection needed.
3-7-1-2
“Sneaker Net” environment
No network connection needed.
Use removable media to move data from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to another unit.
3-7-1-3
Connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to an EchoPAC PC Workstation
•
Direct Cable Connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to an EchoPAC PC Workstation via a Crossover
Cable
You will only need a Crossover Cable for network use to connect the two units this way.
a.) Connect one end of the crossed network cable to the network connector on the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
b.) Connect the other end to the network connector to the EchoPAC PC Workstation, see chapter
3 in the EchoPAC PC Workstation Service Manual.
•
Connection via a Peer-to-Peer Network
You will need a network hub and one network cable for each unit connected to the hub.
•
Connection via Hospital Network
You will need one network cable to connect the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to a wall outlet on the hospital’s
network.
3-7-1-4
Connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to a DICOM Server on a Network
You will need one network cable.
1.) Connect one end of the cable to the Ethernet connector on Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Connect the other end of the cable to the wall outlet.
If a Peer-to-Peer Network is connected to the hospital’s network, you may connect the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
to the Peer-to-Peer Network.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 49
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-8
Connectivity setup
NOTE:
3-8-1
If connected to a stand-alone network (Peer-to-Peer network with a Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanner,
an EchoPAC PC workstation and an optional network printer), you should use default delivery
settings.
Introduction
To be able to use the network functions when connected to a hospital network, the scanner must have
a proper network address.
3-8-2
•
Before you can set up the scanner, you need to collect some information.
•
The "Worksheet for DICOM Network Information" on page 2-14 can be used for gathering this
information.
•
Typical source for this information is the network administrator.
Contents in this Section
3-8-3 "Compatibility" on page 3-50
3-8-4 "Select TCP/IP Screen" on page 3-51
3-8-5 "Changing the AE Title and/or Port Number (Port No.)" on page 3-52
3-8-6 "DHCP setup" on page 3-53
3-8-7 "Set the Remote Archive’s Network Information" on page 3-56
3-8-8 "Save the New Settings" on page 3-57
3-8-9 "Setup connection to a DICOM server" on page 3-58
3-8-10 "Export configuration" on page 3-76
3-8-11 "Create a new dataflow" on page 3-82
3-8-12 "Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Setup" on page 3-88
3-8-13 "Mapping of parameters from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to DICOM" on page 3-95
3-8-14 "Dual Export to DICOM servers" on page 3-99
3-8-3
Compatibility
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 can communicate with:
•
EchoPAC PC
•
Image Vault
-
For networks with Image Vault 5 server running on Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server
2008:
-
•
NOTE:
3 - 50
If not already done, install the Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM), software version v113, on
the Image Vault server.
For instructions, see: “Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM) Installation Manual, Direction
Number IV294001.”
Other units via DICOM
Vivid E9 can’t read files directly from EchoPAC MAC or from MAC formatted MO disks. Please
use an EchoPAC PC workstation with an MO drive and with MacDrive 5 or MacDrive 6 installed.
EchoPAC PC can also open EchoPAC MAC examinations stored on a server.
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Select TCP/IP Screen
1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page
4-15.
2.) If not already selected, select Connectivity from the bottom row of “buttons” on the screen.
3.) Select the TCP/IP TAB (it is named Tcpip). The resulting screen gives you an overview of many of
the network settings for Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
.
Figure 3-32 TCP/IP Overview screen for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
DETAILED DICOM LOG:
SELECT TO TURN DETAILED DICOM LOG ON.
(IT WILL BE TURNED OFF AFTER A RESTART)
COMPUTER NAME / AE TITLE:
FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7, THIS NAME IS ON THE
FORM: VIVIDX-00NNNN, WHERE “00NNNN” IS
A NUMBER (NNNN IS THE SCANNER’S
SERIAL NUMBER).
PORT NO:
DEFAULT PORT NUMBER: 104
REMOTE ARCHIVE SETUP AREA:
IP SETTINGS AREA FOR A REMOTE
ARCHIVE.
EXAMPLE: ECHOPAC PC (ECHOPAC7).
DEFAULT SETUP:
REMOTE ARCHIVE IP-ADDR: 10.0.0.4
REMOTE ARCHIVE NAME (THE NAME OF
THE PC OR SERVER WITH THE REMOTE
ARCHIVE): ECHOPAC7-000001
NETWORK SETTINGS:
USE NETWORK SETTINGS IF YOU NEED
TO CHANGE Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s IP
SETTINGS OR TURN DHCP ON OR OFF.
Chapter 3 - System setup
SAVE SETTINGS
SELECT SAVE SETTINGS TO
ARCHIVE ANY CHANGES YOU HAVE
DONE TO THE TCP/IP SETTINGS
3 - 51
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Changing the AE Title and/or Port Number (Port No.)
Figure 3-33 AE Title and Port No.
1.) To change AE Title and/or Port No., edit the respective fields.
2.) Select Save settings to store your changes. This will bring up a new Warning screen.
Figure 3-34 Warning
3.) Select Ok to save your changes or Cancel to return without saving any changes.
4.) Reboot Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to activate the settings or continue with other Tcpip set-up tasks.
3 - 52
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DHCP setup
Follow the instructions below to configure the Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s use of DHCP.
.
Figure 3-35 Advanced Settings
NETWORK SETTINGS
1.) When in the TCP/IP screen, select Network Settings to display the Network Connections screen,
see Figure 3-36 "Network Connections" on page 3-53.
Figure 3-36 Network Connections
2.) Right-click Local Area Connection and select Properties from the pop-up menu to go to the Local
Area Connection Properties screen (see next page).
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 53
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DHCP setup (cont’d)
Figure 3-37 Local Area Connection Status
3.) Select Properties to display the Local Area Connection Properties
Figure 3-38 Local Area Connection Properties
4.) Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), then select Properties.
3 - 54
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DHCP setup (cont’d)
Figure 3-39 Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties
To turn DHCP on:
•
Select: Obtain an IP address automatically.
To turn DHCP off:
1.) Select: Use the following IP address:
2.) Enter the:
-
IP address
-
Subnet mask
-
Default gateway
To save your new settings and close the open windows:
1.) Select OK to save the setting and close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog.
2.) Select OK to close (and save) the Local Area Connection Properties dialog.
3.) Select Close to close the Local Area Connection Status dialog.
4.) Select the “x” in the upper right corner to close the Network Connections window.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 55
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Set the Remote Archive’s Network Information
To be able to connect to a remote archive, on a remote computer or server, you must configure Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 to communicate with it.
In the Remote Archive Setup area of the Tcpip screen (see example in Figure 3-40), enter the;
1.) Remote Archive IP address. (Default IP Address from factory: 10.0.0.4).
2.) Remote Archive Name. (Default Remote Archive Name from factory: ECHOPAC7-000001).
.
Figure 3-40 TCP/IP Set-up for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
IP ADDRESS FOR THE
REMOTE ARCHIVE
COMPUTER NAME FOR
THE REMOTE ARCHIVE
3 - 56
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Save the New Settings
1.) Press Save Settings to save the new settings.
.
Figure 3-41 Save New TCP/IP settings
SAVE SETTINGS
A Warning is displayed on the screen, see illustration below.
Figure 3-42 Warning
2.) Select OK to save the new settings. (By selecting Cancel, the previous settings will be kept.)
3.) The new settings are saved to a common settings file. After a restart, the settings are also included
in other screens.
4.) Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to activate the changes.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 57
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9
3-8-9-1
3-8-9-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Setup connection to a DICOM server
Contents in this sub-section
3-8-9-1
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-8-9-2
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-8-9-3
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3-8-9-4
Verify the Network Connection to a Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-8-9-5
Verify the Connection to a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-8-9-6
DICOM Storage setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
3-8-9-7
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
3-8-9-8
DICOM SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
Overview
In this case the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is configured to work with DICOM servers in a network environment.
Images are first saved on the local image buffer on the scanner. At the end of the examination the
images are sent to the DICOM server via a DICOM spooler and to the local database, depending on
dataflows.
This scenario requires that the scanner is configured to be connected to DICOM servers as described
below.
To connect to the DICOM server, the following information has to be entered in the scanner:
3 - 58
•
The DICOM server IP address.
•
The DICOM server port number.
•
The DICOM server AE title (the server application’s name).
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page
4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity (in the lower part of the window).
3.) Select the Dataflow tab.
Figure 3-43 Dataflow
NAME FIELD
4.) Select the arrow to the right for the Name field to list all dataflows in a pull-down menu.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 59
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
Figure 3-44 Select Dataflow
ARROW
SELECT DATAFLOW
FROM DATAFLOW NAME
PULL-DOWN MENU.
5.) Select the dataflow you want to configure from the Dataflow Name pull-down list, see Figure 3-44.
In Figure 3-46, the selected flow, Worklist/Local Archive - DICOM Server/Int. HD, is shown. Setup of
other dataflows are similar to this example.
3 - 60
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
Figure 3-45 Worklist
DIRECT STORE
HIDDEN
WORKLIST
PROPERTIES
If Direct Store is enabled, the image will go to the DICOM server immediately after it is acquired.
You will need to verify that the DICOM server is capable of keeping the connection open for the time it
takes to complete an examination.
If Hidden is enabled, the dataflow will be invisible in the Search/Create Patient screen.
Uncheck Hidden to display the dataflow in the Search/Create Patient screen.
6.) Select Worklist. (The “Worklist” entry must be highlighted.)
7.) Select Properties to display the Properties dialog.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 61
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
Figure 3-46 Worklist/Local Archive - DICOM Server/Int. HD flow
IP-ADDRESS DOWN-ARROW
8.) Select the IP-Address down-arrow to choose the Worklist Server from the pull-down menu.
NOTE:
It is not possible to change the setting in the IP-Address field by editing it. See description
below, starting with step 9, to change the setting.
Figure 3-47 DICOM Server’s Properties dialog
DO NOT SELECT THE
SEARCH CRITERIAS
BUTTON IF NOT TOLD SO
BY THE ONLINE CENTER.
3 - 62
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
9.) Follow the steps below to change the IP-Address settings:
a.) From the Ip-Address pull-down menu, select <Modify> to display the IPs dialog.
Figure 3-48 Select <Modify>
b.) Select the server you want to modify from the IPs dialog and then select Modify.
Figure 3-49 Select the server to modify
SELECT SERVER
MODIFY
c.) Edit the Name and/or the IP address of the server, see Figure 3-50 "Edit Name and/or IP
address" on page 3-64.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 63
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM server IP address setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
Figure 3-50 Edit Name and/or IP address
Name
IP address
d.) Select OK to save the new settings and close the dialog.
e.) Select OK to close the IPs dialog to return to the Worklist Properties dialog.
Figure 3-51 DICOM Server’s Worklist properties dialog
AE TITLE
PORT NO
DO NOT SELECT THE
SEARCH CRITERIAS BUTTON
IF NOT TOLD SO BY THE
ONLINE CENTER.
f.) Enter the DICOM server AE Title. This entry is case sensitive and must match exactly.
g.) Enter the DICOM server Port.No (Port Number)
h.) For some DICOM Servers, the default Time-out setting (30) is too low. See Section 6-11
"Adjust time-out for DICOM servers" on page 6-22 for more info.
i.) Select OK to close the Worklist properties dialog and save changes.
3 - 64
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verify the Network Connection to a Device
Follow the Steps Below to do a First Test (TCP-IP Ping) of the Connection:
1.) Highlight the device to be verified.
2.) Select Properties.
3.) Select the “Smiley” button to Ping the server.
NOTE:
By selecting the “Smiley” button, a ping is sent to the remote server to see if it is accessible via
the network. It is not a DICOM Echo (DICOM ping), so it does not check AE title or port number.
4.) If the network connection to the server is OK, it will be illustrated by a smiling “Smiley”
A sad Smiley indicates that the network connection is failing.
.
Typical causes:
3-8-9-5
-
Network cable not connected.
-
Configuration error(s).
Verify the Connection to a Device
1.) Select (highlight) the device you want to verify the connection to.
NOTE:
You can only check one device at a time.
Figure 3-52 Verify connection to a device
SELECT DEVICE
TO BE
VERIFIED.
CHECK
2.) Select Check to start the verification process of the connection to the device.
The verification process may use some amount of time (several seconds).
When done, a Warning may be displayed on screen for some seconds. When the Warning has
closed, a sign is displayed in front of the device, indicating if the test passed (green check-mark) or
failed (red X).
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 65
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-5
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verify the Connection to a Device (cont’d)
If the Check button fails directly, the AE Title is probably wrong.
If the Check button fails after a long time (corresponding to the time-out), the IP address or Port
Number is probably wrong.
In the illustration below, the message indicates that the pinging of the server worked fine (line 1),
but the application on the server didn’t respond (line 2).
Figure 3-53 Warning - Check status
Figure 3-54 Verification result
A GREEN CHECKMARK INDICATES
THAT THE TEST
PASSED.
A RED CROSS, AS
ILLUSTRATED,
INDICATES THAT
THE CONNECTION
FAILED.
3 - 66
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage setup
1.) Select Dicom storage.
Figure 3-55 Select Dicom storage
PROPERTIES
DICOM STORAGE
2.) Select Properties to display the DICOM Storage properties screen.
Figure 3-56 DICOM Storage Properties
IP-ADDRESS
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 67
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment
1.) Select the down-arrow at the IP-Address pull-down menu to select the DICOM Storage server.
2.) Select <Modify> from the pull-down menu if you need to modify the server’s parameters or add a
new server. This will bring up the IPs dialog.
Figure 3-57 IP Adjustments
If no changes are needed, continue with step 7.
3.) To modify any of the settings, select the server you want to modify, and then select Modify. This
will bring up the Enter name and Ip dialog.
Figure 3-58 The IPs dialog
4.) In the Enter name and Ip dialog you can modify the server’s name and IP-address.
-
Select OK to save the new settings and close the dialog.
-
Select Cancel to close the dialog without saving the changes.
5.) If you want to add a new server, select Add in the IPs dialog.
a.) Type the server’s name and IP-address in the Enter name and Ip dialog.
b.) Select OK to save the new settings and close the dialog. Cancel will close the dialog without
saving the changes.
3 - 68
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (cont’d)
6.) Follow these steps if you want to delete any of the servers from the list:
a.) Select the server you want to delete, and then select Delete. This will bring up a warning where
you are asked if you want to delete the server from the list.
b.) Select OK to confirm or Cancel if you don’t want to delete the server from the list.
7.) Next, verify the other settings and parameters as described below.
Figure 3-59 DICOM Storage Properties
IP-ADDRESS
•
Name
Raw data Storage - Name of service.
•
AE Title
DICOMSTORAGESCP - The DICOM server’s AE Title.
•
Port No
Verify / set the DICOM server’s Port Number.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 69
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (cont’d)
•
Image Settings
-
Allow Raw Data - default OFF (unchecked)
-
Raw Compr. - default OFF (unchecked)
-
Allow Multiframe - default ON (checked)
-
Only Black and White - default OFF (unchecked)
-
Max Framerate - The pull-down menu gives you these choices;
-
-
25 - 25 pictures per second
-
30 - 30 pictures per second
-
Full - the scanning frame rate
Compression
CAUTION Setting compression to None may lead to very long transfer time and loops larger than 500s
frames will be truncated. In case this happen, a warning is displayed on the screen.
The pull-down menu gives you these choices;
NOTE:
-
Jpeg - JPEG/JPG compression (Default). JPEG is not lossless.
-
None - (un-compressed data with huge files)
If you are using compression None, it is strongly advised to reduce Frame Rate to 25 or 30 to
avoid truncating loops
-
Quality % - Set the wanted quality %. Default value is 95%.
-
NOTE:
Rle - Run Length Encoding. This is lossless compression.
If files are stored with a quality lower than 95% they will occupy less space, but loose
some quality.
Setting the quality % too low may add so much artifacts to the images that they cannot be used
for diagnosis.
•
If files are stored with a quality above 95% the files will grow much bigger without almost
no quality change.
Smiley
Select the Smiley button to ping the server. If the network connection is OK, the Smiley will smile,
if the connection fail, the Smiley will turn sad.
NOTE:By selecting the “Smiley” button, a ping is sent to the remote server to see if it is accessible via the
network. It is not a DICOM Echo (DICOM ping), so it does not check AE title or port number.
•
Reopen per Image
If Reopen per image is enabled, Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will create a new connection (association) for
each image. This may be useful for DICOM servers that do not accept different image types in the
same association.
3 - 70
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (cont’d)
•
Storage Commitment
If you want to enable Storage Commitment, check the check-box and click on the button Storage
Commitment.
In the dialog, enter IP address, Name, AE Title and Port Number.
Figure 3-60 Storage Commitment properties
•
MPPS
If you want to enable MPPS, check the check-box and click on the button “MPPS”. In the dialog,
enter IP address, Name, AE Title and Port Number.
Figure 3-61 MPPS
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 71
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (cont’d)
Figure 3-62 DICOM Storage Properties
•
DICOM SR
If SR is enabled, all M&A that is supported by DICOM is sent to the DICOM server (in a separate
job).
•
Allow SR Private Data
By default, this function is disabled.
Allow SR Private Data is intended for receivers that can handle “Private Data”, like the CA-1000.
•
Signed Doppler Velocities. The default setting is: Disabled. It means that signs for Doppler
Velocities are removed in the DICOM SR.
Figure 3-63 Dicom SR Settings
•
3 - 72
Retry
-
Max # - The number of times the software will try to connect if the connection doesn’t succeed
the first time(s).
-
Interval - The interval in seconds between each attempt to connect.
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (cont’d)
•
Timeout
Adjust Time-out setting.
The retry settings can be used to make jobs retry on bad networks. There is no need to set retries
for mobile (off-line) use.
•
OK/Cancel
-
Select OK to save all changes. The changes will take place after the scanner has been
restarted.
-
Select Cancel to return without saving any changes.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 73
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM SR
DICOM Structured Reporting (SR) is a standardized format for medical results. Vivid E9 supports the
specialized form for Adult Echo Ultrasound (“TID 5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report”) and
Vascular Ultrasound (“TID 5100 Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report”) for M&A results.
With the DICOM SR support, M&A for an exam can be sent at the end of the exam or when exported
from local archive. The destination can be either a server on the network (Storage SCP) or a removable
media (DICOM Media) depending on the DICOM dataflow selected.
“TID5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report” is sent if the exam contains M&A from category Cardiac
or Pediatric (Heart). “TID5100 Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report” is sent if the exam contains M&A
from category Vascular or Abdominal. If the exam contains M&A from both Cardiac/Pediatric (Heart)
and Vascular/Abdominal categories, two SR documents are sent.
“TID5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report” and “TID5100 Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report”
do not support all M&A results from Vivid E9. They are limited to the following:
•
No unassigned measurement.
Refer to the Vivid E9 Reference manual for a complete list of supported parameters.
•
The following modes: 2D, M-mode, Color Flow, PW Doppler, CW Doppler, 3D and TDI.
•
Not Modified Simpson or Bullet methods.
Refer to the Vivid E9 Reference manual for a complete list of supported methods.
•
Basic derivations (Average, Last, Min and Max), no references between the derived measurements
and the ones they were made from.
•
Wall Motion Scoring: individual segment scores only according to 16-segment model, no graded
Hypokinesis (only Hypokinesis is used).
DICOM SR must be activated for each DICOM device.
1.) Press Utility/Config on the Touch panel and log on as administrator.
2.) Select the Connectivity category and Dataflow subgroup.
The Dataflow sheet is displayed.
3.) Select the DICOM dataflow to configure in the Name pull-down menu.
3 - 74
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-9-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM SR (cont’d)
4.) Select a DICOM storage device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties.
The Properties window for the selected DICOM storage device is displayed.
Figure 3-64 DICOM storage properties window
5.) Check the option Allow SR to enable DICOM SR.
The following additional options are available:
-
Allow SR private data: send the current exam data in a private format. This option is by
default unchecked and should only be used with DICOM storage devices that can handle
private data format.
-
Signed Doppler velocities: send signed Doppler velocities.
These settings apply to both “TID5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report” and “TID5100
Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report”
6. Select OK.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 75
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Export configuration
The destination for Export of patient records to Excel and MPEG must be configured prior to use. This
is done from the Dataflow screen.
3-8-10-1
Contents in this sub-section
3-8-10-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-8-10-2 Setup on the Remote Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-8-10-3 Configurable Remote Path User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
3-8-10-4 Display the Dataflow screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
3-8-10-5 Export to Excel - configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
3-8-10-6 Export to MPEGVue configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
3-8-10-7 eVue setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
3-8-10-2
Setup on the Remote Share
Required setup on the remote share:
1.) Add user/password
2.) Set Share permissions
3.) Set Security permissions
NOTE:
The User on the remote share must have all rights/controls for the shared folder.
•
•
NOTE:
3 - 76
The following default network user is predefined on Vivid E9/Vivid E7:
-
User: E1c2h3o4C5l6i7e8n9t
-
Password: u1l3t5r7a
It is possible to set a secondary user if required by the remote share.
For instructions, see: 3-8-10-3 "Configurable Remote Path User" on page 3-77.
The default User / Password is always used as primary log in credential. No attempt is made to
use the secondary if log in succeeds using the primary.
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-10-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configurable Remote Path User
NOTE:
The default User / Password is always used as primary log in credential. No attempt is made to
use the secondary user if log in succeeds using the primary.
NOTE:
The configurable user and password is used for all remote paths configurable throughout the
system as secondary log in credential.
NOTE:
The User on the remote share must have all rights/controls for the shared folder.
Follow these steps to set up a Secondary Remote Path User:
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Tools.
Figure 3-65 Secondary Remote Path User
3.) Enter the User and Password in the respective fields.
NOTE:
The field “User” can either be on the form “username”, or “domain\username”.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 77
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-10-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Display the Dataflow screen
Follow these steps to Display the Dataflow Screen:
1.) Press CONFIG (F2) and log on as ADM (administrator)
2.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow.
The Dataflow sheet is displayed, see Figure 3-66 "The Dataflow sheet" on page 3-78.
3.) Select the dataflow Misc. Export in the Name pull-down menu.
Figure 3-66 The Dataflow sheet
NAME PULLDOWN
MENU
3 - 78
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-10-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Export to Excel - configuration
1.) Select the Excel storage device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties.
The Excel properties window is displayed.
Figure 3-67 The Excel properties window
EXCEL STORAGE
PROPERTIES
2.) Select a removable media or a network volume remote path as the destination in the Destination
pull-down menu.
NOTE:
Remote paths for network volumes must be entered once in the Remote path field before they
can be selected from the Destination Pull-down menu.
3.) Select OK.
4.) Press CONFIG (F2) if you want to quit Config.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 79
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-10-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Export to MPEGVue configuration
1.) Select the MPEGVue device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties.
The MPEGVue properties window is displayed.
Figure 3-68 The MPEGVue properties window
2.) Select a removable media or a network volume remote path as the destination in the Destination
Pull-down menu.
NOTE:
Remote paths of network volumes must be entered once in the Remote path field before they
can be selected from the Destination Pull-down menu.
3.) Check the options as required.
4.) Select OK.
5.) Press CONFIG (F2) if you want to exit Configuration.
3 - 80
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-10-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
eVue setup
1.) Select CONFIG (F2) and log on as ADM (administrator).
2.) Select the Connectivity category and Dataflow subgroup. The Dataflow sheet is displayed.
3.) Select the dataflow Local Archive - Int. HD/eVue in the Name pull-down menu.
Figure 3-69 The eVue dataflow
4.) Select the eVue device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties. The eVue properties
window is displayed.
Figure 3-70 The eVue Properties
5.) Select a network volume remote path as the destination in the Destination pull-down menu.
NOTE:
Remote paths of network volumes must be entered once in the Remote path field before they
can be selected from the Destination Pull-down menu.
6.) Check the options as required.
7.) Select OK and press CONFIG (F2).
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 81
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Create a new dataflow
3-8-11-1
Overview
It is possible to make new dataflows by combining the predefined settings.
•
Prior to software version v112.1.3, this configuration was available to GE Service only.
•
Starting from software v112.1.3, users logged on with the ADM rights have access to this
configuration.
The table below describes the legal combination of inputs and outputs in a dataflow.
Table 3-20
Allowed combinations of inputs and outputs in a dataflow
OUTPUT
INPUT
No Output
Database
Database
Remote
Database
DICOM
Storage
X
Remote Database
X
X
DICOM USB device Read
X
Query/Retrieve
X
X
X
X
No input device
3 - 82
X
X
DICOM CD Read
Worklist/rem database
Remote
Database +
DICOM
Storage
X
DICOM Worklist
Worklist/database
Database +
DICOM
Storage
X
X
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-11-2
3-8-11-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Prerequisite
•
Software v112.1.3 and later: None.
Continue with: 3-8-11-3 "Preparations - Log on as ADM (software v112.1.3 and later)" on page 3-83.
•
Prior to software v112.1.3: A GE Service Dongle (+password) is needed to make new dataflows.
Continue with: 3-8-11-4 "Preparations - Log on with a Service Dongle" on page 3-83.
Preparations - Log on as ADM (software v112.1.3 and later)
1.) Select Config (F2).
2.) Log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
3.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow to display the Dataflow screen (see Figure 3-71.)
4.) Continue with 3-8-11-5 "To create a new dataflow" on page 3-84.
3-8-11-4
Preparations - Log on with a Service Dongle
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Install the GE Service Dongle in one of the USB ports.
3.) Start Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4.) Log on with the GE Service password.
5.) Select Config (F2).
6.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow to display the Dataflow screen. Since the GE Service Dongle is
used, the extra buttons are displayed.
Figure 3-71 Dataflow screen with extra buttons
RENAME
ADD
REMOVE
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 83
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-11-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
To create a new dataflow
1.) Select Add to start the creation of a new dataflow. This will bring up the Enter new name dialog.
Figure 3-72 Enter new name dialog
2.) Enter the name for the new dataflow.
Example:
DR PACS Worklist
Figure 3-73 Enter the name of the new dataflow
3.) Select Ok.
3 - 84
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-11-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
To create a new dataflow (cont’d)
The new dataflow is ready for set-up.
Figure 3-74 New dataflow is ready for set-up
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 85
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-11-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Create new dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage
To create a new dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage, do the following in exactly these
steps:
NOTICE Failure to add destinations to the dataflow in the correct order may or will cause intermittent errors.
1.) Add the Worklist Input, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: DR PACS Worklist or just
Worklist).
Go to the IP Address field, scroll down and select <Modify>. This will allow you to edit or add IP
Addresses (New Destinations/devices). If the correct IP Address is already in the list, just select it.
2.) Add the Database Input/Output, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: Local Archive - Int
HD).
Go to the IP Address field and (if the Database is to be the Local Archive) verify that “My Computer”
is selected.
The IP Address should then be correct and the Database Name and Archive File Location entries
should auto-populate correctly.
3.) Add the DICOM Storage Output, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: DR PACS Store).
Go to the IP Address field, scroll down and select <Modify>. This will allow you to edit or add IP
Addresses (New Destinations/devices).
If the correct IP Address is already in the list, just select it.
If you create the Dataflow in any other order or remove and add an entry later, you may or will receive
“you are not connected to the Database” errors when trying to create a patient locally. The Worklist will
work, however they can NOT save patients “created” on the Vivid 7 to the Archive while using that
dataflow.
You can change the information on each entry in a Dataflow as long as you do NOT remove or add to
the Dataflow out of sequence.
You should also set Direct Search to “All patients” for the new dataflow.
3 - 86
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-11-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Create new dataflow with Worklist and DICOM Storage
This dataflow is intended for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanners in a DICOM network, where the data should
not be stored locally on the scanner.
To create a new dataflow with Worklist and DICOM Storage, do the following steps:
1.) Add a new dataflow in Config screen, Connectivity, Dataflow tab. Enter a name, e.g. Worklist DICOM Storage.
2.) Select OK.
3.) Add the Worklist input. Configure (at least) IP address, AE title and Port Number.
4.) Select OK.
5.) Add the Dicom Storage output.
•
Configure (at least) IP address, AE title and Port Number. If the site has integrated EchoPAC PC
and CA-1000, enable Allow SR and Allow SR Private Data. Signed Doppler Velocities is
disabled by default. This means that signs for Doppler Velocities are removed in the DICOM SR.
•
See screen dump
Figure 3-75 Dicom SR Settings
6.) Select OK.
7.) If this dataflow should be the default at start-up, enable Default for the dataflow.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 87
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12
3-8-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Setup
Contents in this sub-section
3-8-12-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-8-12-2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-8-12-3 Query/Retrieve Setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-8-12-4 Query/Retrieve Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
3-8-12-2
Overview
The Query/Retrieve function makes it possible to search for and retrieve DICOM data from a DICOM
server for further analysis on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
NOTE:
3-8-12-3
You may have to set up Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as a destination on the server.
Query/Retrieve Setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page
4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow
3.) Select Query Retrieve from the Name pull down menu
Figure 3-76 Select Query Retrieve
NAME PULLDOWN
MENU
QUERY RETRIEVE
3 - 88
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve Setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
In Figure 3-77, the selected dataflow, Query/Retrieve, is shown.
Figure 3-77 Query/Retrieve workflow
4.) Select QueryRetrieve so it is highlighted and then select Properties to display the Properties dialog.
Figure 3-78 Select Query/Retrieve’s Properties
QUERY RETRIEVE
PROPERTIES DIALOG
SELECT
QUERY RETRIEVE
AND THEN SELECT
PROPERTIES
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 89
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve Setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
Figure 3-79 DICOM Query/Retrieve properties
IP-ADDRESS
DOWN-ARROW
AE TITLE
PORT NO
DO NOT SELECT THE
SEARCH CRITERIA
BUTTON IF NOT TOLD
SO BY THE ONLINE
CENTER.
5.) Select the IP-address down-arrow to choose the DICOM Query/Retrieve server from the pull down
menu. In some cases, the server to use is the same as used for DICOM Storage.
If the server to use is missing from the list, select <Modify> from the pull down menu and edit the
setup for one of the predefined servers.
6.) Enter the correct AE Title and Port Number for the DICOM Query/Retrieve server in the respective
fields in the Query/Retrieve screen.
3 - 90
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve Setup on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d)
Change Search Criterias
It is possible to set up special Search Criterias for DICOM Query/Retrieve. In most cases you may leave
the Search Criterias as is, and skip this adjustment.
Follow the steps below to change the Search Criterias parameters:
1.) Select Search Criterias
Figure 3-80 Select Search Criterias
SEARCH CRITERIAS
ADD TO LIST
REMOVE
2.) Select the correct tag from the Select Tag pull-down menu.
3.) If needed, type in the value.
4.) Select Add to List
5.) Select OK to close the Search Criterias window.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 91
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve Verification
Figure 3-81 DICOM Query/Retrieve properties
SMILEY
(NETWORK PING)
OK
Follow the steps below to do a first test (TCP-IP Ping) of the connection:
1.) Select Query retrieve and then select Properties.
2.) Select the “Smiley” button to Ping the server.
NOTE:
The smiley checks if the remote server is accessible (ping). It is not a DICOM Echo (DICOM
ping), so it does not check AE title or port number.
3.) If the network connection to the server is OK, it will be illustrated by an smiling “Smiley”
A sad Smiley indicates that the network connection is failing.
Typical causes:
-
Network cable not connected.
-
Configuration error(s).
4.) When ready, select OK to close the DICOM Query/Retrieve properties and save changes.
3 - 92
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
.
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve Verification (cont’d)
Follow the steps below to test the DICOM Query/Retrieve workflow:
NOTE:
This check uses both Ping and DICOM Ping.
- Ping is used to verify the TCP/IP connection to the server.
- DICOM Ping is used to verify that the DICOM application is answering.
Figure 3-82 Check the DICOM Query/Retrieve workflow
QUERYRETRIEVE
CHECK
1.) Select QueryRetrieve from the Selected devices list.
2.) Select Check.
-
If the test pass, a pop-up dialog, reporting the results as OK, is displayed, see Figure 3-83.
Figure 3-83 Test (Check) Passed
-
Select OK to continue.
A green check mark to the left of the Selected devices indicates that the test was successfully
passed.
Figure 3-84 Test (Check) Passed
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 93
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Query/Retrieve Verification (cont’d)
-
If the test fails, a pop-up dialog reporting the results as “0 of 1 OK” is displayed. In the example
in Figure 3-85, the warning message pop up almost at once, and it states that for the Server
Check (Ping), 1 of 1 is OK but the Device Check failed (0 of 1 OK). This indicates that the
network connection functions OK, but the application on the remote server is not answering.
If the test fails directly, as described in this example, the AE Title is probably wrong.
Figure 3-85 Test (Check) Fails directly
A red “X” to the left of the Selected devices indicates that the test failed, but it doesn’t indicate the cause.
Figure 3-86 Test (Check) Failed
-
If the Check button fails after a long time (corresponding to the timeout), the Warning will look
like the example in Figure 3-87, where both tests failed.
Figure 3-87 Both Tests Failed
In this case, the IP address or Port Number is probably wrong.
3-8-12-5
If Retrieve is failing …
If Retrieve is failing, but Query is functioning, verify if the scanner has been registered as a receiver on
the server.
3 - 94
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-13
3-8-13-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Mapping of parameters from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to DICOM
Contents in this sub-section
3-8-13-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3-8-13-2 Search screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3-8-13-3 Patient Information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
3-8-13-4 Examination List screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
3-8-13-5 Worklist Search screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
3-8-13-2
Search screen
Figure 3-88 Search Screen
4
1
5
2
6
3
Table 3-21
Search Screen
ITEM
SCANNER FIELD NAME
DICOM TAG NUMBER
DICOM TAG NAME
1
LAST NAME, FIRST NAME
(0010,0010)
PATIENT’S NAME
2
SEX
(0010,0040)
PATIENT’S SEX
3
ACCESSION
(0008,0050)
ACCESSSION NUMBER
4
PATIENT ID
(0010,0020)
PATIENT ID
5
BIRTHDATE
(0010,0030)
PATIENT’s BIRTHDATE
6
STUDY ID
(0020,0010)
STUDY ID
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 95
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-13-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Patient Information screen
Figure 3-89 Patient Information screen
1
2
3
5
4
8
6
7
Table 3-22
Patient Information Screen
ITEM
SCANNER FIELD NAME
DICOM TAG NUMBER
DICOM TAG NAME
1
OPERATOR
(0008,1070)
OPERATOR’S NAME
2
REF. DOC
(0008,0090)
REFFERING PHYSICIAN’S NAME
3
DIAGN.PHYS.
(0008,1050)
PERFORMING PHYSICIAN’S NAME
4
WARD/DEPT
(0008,1040)
INSTITUTIONAL DEPARTMENT NAME
5
DESCRIPTION
(0008,1030)
STUDY DESCRIPTION
6
WEIGHT
(0010,1030)
PATIENT’S WEIGHT
7
HEIGHT
(0010,1020)
PATIENT’S SIZE
8
CONTRAST
(0018,0010)
CONTRAST/BOLUS AGENT
3 - 96
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-13-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Examination List screen
Figure 3-90 Examination List Screen
1
2
Table 3-23
Examination List Screen
ITEM
SCANNER FIELD NAME
DICOM TAG NUMBER
DICOM TAG NAME
1
REFERRAL REASON
(0010,2180)
ADDITIONAL PATIENT’S HISTORY
2
DIAGNOSIS
(0008,103E)
SERIES DESCRIPTION
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 97
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-13-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Worklist Search screen
Figure 3-91 Worklist Search Screen
4
5
1
2
6
3
7
Table 3-24
Worklist Search Screen
ITEM
SCANNER FIELD NAME
DICOM TAG NUMBER
DICOM TAG NAME
1
LAST NAME, FIRST NAME
(0010,0010)
PATIENT’S NAME
2
SEX
(0010,0040)
PATIENT’S SEX
3
ACCESSION
(0008,0050)
ACCESSION NUMBER
4
BIRTHDATE
(0010,0030)
PATIENT’S BIRTHDATE
5
PATIENT ID
(0010,0020)
PATIENT ID
6
STUDY ID
(0040,1001)
REQUESTED PROCEDURE ID
7
EXAM BETWEEN
(0040,0002)
SCEDULED PROCEDURE STEP
START DATE
3 - 98
Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-8-14
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Dual Export to DICOM servers
Use these steps only if you need to send images to two DICOM servers!
1.) Install the Service Dongle and restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Go to Windows.
3.) From Windows, select Start > Run > echoloader /service
4.) Select the Connectivity tab
5.) ADD the extra DICOM Server Dataflow.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 99
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-9
Disk Management setup
3-9-1
Introduction
The Disk Management function allows the user to manage hard disk space while maintaining the patient
database on the system. The Disk Management function can be used to move, copy or delete images
and move or copy reports from the oldest patient records. The Disk Management function has also an
auto-purge feature that will automatically delete images and reports that have already been copied if the
local hard disk is getting full.
For more information, please see “Disk management” in the User Manual.
NOTE:
The User Manual is available on the Help function on the Touch Screen.
For a list of available User Manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page
9-145.
3-9-2
Select Destination Device
Select a removable media, a USB storage, or a network share folder from the Destination Device pulldown menu.
3-9-3
Using Removable Media
If using removable media, it is recommended to use dedicated media to the Disk Management process.
Don’t use Removable Media already used for data backup, when performing Disk Management.
Do not use the same Removable Media on different systems.
NOTE:
3 - 100
If using DVDs for Disk Management and/or backup, always use medical grade DVD recordable
discs (DVD-R).
Section 3-9 - Disk Management setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-9-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Set Remote Path for Disk Management
•
To be able to select a network share folder in the Destination Device pull-down menu, the path must
first be entered in the Remote Path field.
•
To be able to set up the connection from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the server, the correct User and
Password must be entered both on the server side to allow access, and on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to
be able to get access to the server.
Follow the steps below to setup the Remote Path:
1.) Select the Disk Management screen.
2.) Enter the path to the remote server in the Remote Path field.
Example:
In this example, the server name is: BigStore
In this example, the folder to use, is: ImageArchive
Enter \\BigStore\ImageArchive in the Remote Path field, then press Enter on the keyboard.
The Remote Path will now be available for selection in the Destination Device pull-down menu.
NOTE:
The Computer Name for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is automatic included at the end of the path.
3.) If not already done, select the Remote Path as the Destination Device.
3-9-5
Setup on the Remote Share
For setup on the Remote Share, see: 3-8-10-2 "Setup on the Remote Share" on page 3-76.
3-9-6
Configure Remote Path User on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
To configure the Remote Path User on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, see: 3-8-10-3 "Configurable Remote Path
User" on page 3-77.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 101
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-10
InSite ExC setup
3-10-1
Introduction
InSite (InSite with Express Connect) is the connectivity to the scanner that allows GE to deliver our
remote diagnostics capability.
3-10-2
3-10-2-1
Network Configuration - InSite ExC
Overview
InSite ExC is available for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 systems.
For the latest information, please refer to the respective Support Central site:
3-10-3
•
EMEA: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49906
•
US: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49420
Prerequisites for InSite ExC setup
If not already available, collect the following information from the IT Administrator:
A.) Proxy Server, if necessary:
________/_________/________/________ and Port __________________
B.) Proxy Authentication, if necessary:
User _______________________________ and Password__________________
C.) System ID (SID) number____________________________________
3 - 102
Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4
3-10-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configuring the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 for Network InSite Checkout
Configuration Steps
1.) Complete 3-10-3 "Prerequisites for InSite ExC setup" on page 3-102.
2.) Configure the system on the customer’s network using the System IP Address and Gateway
Address collected earlier.
NOTE:
See Section 3-8 "Connectivity setup" on page 3-50 to configure the system to access the
network.
3.) On the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, access the Service Login screen.
The Service Login screen opens (Figure 3-92).
NOTE:
Figure 3-92 is an example from an engineering system.
See Clinical Systems Remote Service Support - Support Central:
- EMEA: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49906
- US: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49420
for other systems where Insite ExC is available.
Figure 3-92 Service Login Screen
4.) Select GE Service and enter the currently valid GE Service password, then select Okay.
The Service Desktop opens.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 103
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration Steps (cont’d)
5.) Select the Configuration tab.
The Configuration Page opens (Figure 3-93).
Figure 3-93 Configuration Home Page - Example
3 - 104
Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration Steps (cont’d)
6.) Select Questra Agent Configuration.
The Agent Configuration Tool screen opens (Figure 3-94).
Figure 3-94 Completed Agent Configuration Tool screen
See Step 8 (in text below).
ALL ELEMENTS IN BOLD
MUST BE COMPLETED!
Must be:
PRODUCT
RPROC or EURO
WARN
See Step 14 and Step 15
(on next page)
MUST BE:
Enable
D:\Export
*.zip
Must be DISABLE, unless a
proxy server is provided by the
hospital
SUBMIT CHANGES
7.) The Device Name field is pre-populated. This is a required field.
8.) In the CRM No: field, enter the System ID.
NOTE:
This is a required field. For consoles located in the U.S.A. the System ID is pre-populated. This
must Match Exactly the System ID in Cares. Failure to match the System ID and CRM number
will result in customer dispatch not reaching proper destination. Result is the customer will not
receive a call from support staff. Outside of U.S.A follow the local System ID convention.
9.) In the Display Name field, enter a descriptive name that is easy to identify with this device. For
example, “Unit 1”.
10.)In the Description field, create a unique description of the system.
This is a required field. For example, “St. Mary’s Hospital”.
11.)Select Continent and Country on drop-down menus.
12.)In the Address fields, enter the address where the system resides. Be sure to enter the zip code of
the address, or the longitude and latitude position.
13.)Use the following settings if this is a customer system:
-
Enterprise Server: - PRODUCT.
-
Service Center: - RPROC/EURO (Depending upon your location).
-
Log Level: - WARN
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 105
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration Steps (cont’d)
NOTE:
Do not change the Log Level field selection unless you receive an OLC request.
NOTE:
If data is missing from any required fields, the form will refresh and the required fields will be
identified by red labels when you click Submit Changes.
NOTE:
The Reset Form button will clear the current data, if you want to start over from scratch.
14.)The Enterprise Server URL field should be pre-populated with the correct IP address:
https://198.169.188.10:443
(This is the IP address to “https://us0-ws.service.gehealthcare.com:443”).
If not pre-populated, enter the IP address.
15.)The Enterprise Tunnel URL field, should be pre-populated with the correct IP address:
https://198.169.188.11:443
(This is the IP address to “https://us0-rd.service.gehealthcare.com:443”).
If not pre-populated, enter the IP address.
16.)Do not change the File Repository path.
This path is set by Engineering as: D:\insite2Data\etc. InSite ExC files in this directory are sent to
the GE repository where the OLC can choose to review periodically.
17.)The File Watcher selection is set by Engineering and should always be enabled.
18.)Ensure the Filter field has the following entry "*.zip".
NOTE:
File Watcher automatically sends to the GE repository any new or modified files that reside in
the specified directory AND match the filter criteria.
19.)If the customer site does not require a proxy server, set the Proxy field to Disable, and continue with
Step 21.
20.)If the customer site requires a proxy server, then enter the Proxy IP and Port Number (we must use
the Proxy IP and not a naming convention).
-
If the customer site does not require Proxy Authentication, set the Proxy Authentication field
to Disable, and continue with Step 21.
-
If the customer site requires Proxy Authentication, set the Proxy Authentication field to
Enable, enter the Proxy User and Password fields, and confirm the Scheme field.
21.)Select Submit Changes shown in Figure 3-94.
If a screen requests ok for password, select Yes. The Submit Changes screen opens.
22.)Reboot.
3 - 106
Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration Steps (cont’d)
23.)Return to the Service Home Page (Figure 3-95) and confirm that Service Connectivity is Configured
and Checked Out.
If configured properly, the Service Home Page updates in approximately 10 seconds (although it
may take up to 2 minutes). If it does not check out, confirm the Agent Configuration Tool screen has
correct URL / IP address information. Make corrections, and repeat Step 21. If it fails again, access
the Support Central site for troubleshooting information.
Figure 3-95 Service Home Page - Vivid E9/Vivid E7
SYSTEM IS CHECKED OUT
(See text field in illustration)
24.)If the system indicates 'Checked Out' you can be confident that the system has registered correctly
with the Questra Backoffice. If required, you can further verify connectivity using one of the following
methods:
a.) If you have access to remote connectivity, use your account.
b.) Call for InSite checkout.
c.) Call OLC or RSS. (OLC has training available on myLearning.)
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 107
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Create an Insite permanent user
An Insite permanent user is required for automatic system error reporting to the GE digital service
network.
1.) Select the Contact GE icon
on the status bar.
The Insite service menu is displayed.
Figure 3-96 The Insite service menu
2.) Select Request for service.
The Contact GE screen is displayed.
Figure 3-97 The Contact GE screen
3.) Select Users on the top menu.
The Permanent users screen is displayed.
4.) Press Add user (see arrow in Figure 3-98).
Figure 3-98 The Permanent users screen
3 - 108
Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-10-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Create an Insite permanent user (cont’d)
5.) Fill in the required information and press the Add user button (see arrow in Figure 3-99).
Figure 3-99 The Permanent users screen
The permanent user is created.
6.) Close the window.
3-10-4-3
Troubleshooting
For Troubleshooting, see: Section 7-8 "InSite ExC troubleshooting" on page 7-18,
or the Clinical Systems Remote Service Support - Support Central:
- EMEA: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49906
- US: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49420.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 109
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-11
Options Setup
3-11-1
Software options
Most of the options for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 are activated by installing a password (alphanumeric text
string).
3-11-2
•
For installation instructions, see: 3-6-7 "Software Options Configuration" on page 3-47.
•
For available options, see: Section 9-24 "Options - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-131.
Stereo vision
For descriptions and setup instructions, please refer to ‘Stereo vision’ in chapter 5 in the user manual.
3-11-3
NOTE:
Color Video Printer setup
The Color Video Printer is an option.
An external Color Video Printer may be connected to one of the USB ports on Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
For a list of supported printers, see: 3-6-5-3 "External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB" on
page 3-45.
NOTE:
3-11-3-1
SONY UP-D23MD/UP-D25MD and MITSUBISHI CP30DW are medical devices so they can be
placed near the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. The USB cable is 5 meters long, so it must be placed within
reach of this cable.
Preparations for installing the CP30DW for the first time
•
3-11-3-2
Set Switch 1 and 2 on the rear side of the printer to ON.
-
Please refer to the documentation for the printer if you need help to locate the switches.
-
Please refer to the “Printer Driver Installation Manual”, Direction GA294652, Rev. 4 (or newer)
if you need to install a new printer driver.
Generic installation instructions
1.) Connect the USB cable to the printer and to the USB port on Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Rear Panel.
2.) Select the correct Power cable and connect it to the printer and to the mains power outlet.
3.) Switch on the power switch on the printer.
To be able to use the printer, the printer must be selected on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
For more information, please refer to the “Printer Driver Installation Manual”,
Direction GA294652, Rev. 4 (or newer).
3 - 110
Section 3-11 - Options Setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-11-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Software Driver installation
For installation of software drivers for new printers, please refer to the latest revision of the Printer Driver
Installation Manual, Direction Number GA294652.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 111
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-11-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Assembly
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Assembly consists of a recording device inside the BEP. It is
constructed as a PCI board and has an onboard hard disk drive (HDD) used for the initial buffering of
the datastream. A DVD recorder, located below the standard DVD drive, is used for recording the
buffered datastream onto DVD+RW discs.
For installation instructions, please refer to the VIVID E9 DVR Installation Manual, Direction number:
GA294614.
3-11-6
USB Flash Drive (UFD)
There is no special setup procedure for use of a UFD for storage.
3-11-6-1
Software and documentation on UFD
Starting from late 2013, a UFD was introduced for delivering the software and electronic documentation.
All the needed software and documentation is included on the UFD.
3 - 112
Section 3-11 - Options Setup
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-12
Setup paperwork
NOTE:
3-12-1
3-12-2
During and after installation, the documentation (i.e. USB Flash Drive (UFD) or CD-ROMs with
documentation, User's Manuals, Installation Manuals etc.) for the peripheral units must be kept
as part of the original system documentation. This will ensure that all relevant safety and user
informations are available during the operation and service of the complete system.
Contents in this Section
•
3-12-1 "Contents in this Section" on page 3-113
•
3-12-2 "User’s Manual(s)" on page 3-113
•
3-12-3 "Product Locator Installation Card" on page 3-114
User’s Manual(s)
Check that the correct user manual(s) or UFD/CD-ROM/DVD with user manuals, per software (SW)
revision and language, for the system is included.
For a complete list of User’s Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7, refer to Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for
Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-145.
Chapter 3 - System setup
3 - 113
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
3-12-3
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Product Locator Installation Card
The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be the same as the provided Product
Locator card.
From the factory, a sheet with five Product Locator cards for transportation and one for Installation are
included.
Figure 3-100 Product Locator Installation Card (Example)
3 - 114
Section 3-12 - Setup paperwork
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 4
General procedures and Functional checks
Section 4-1
Overview
4-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter includes General Procedures and Functional Checks.
General Procedures is a collection of commonly used procedures. The procedures are available by
cross references from other parts of this manual.
Functional Checks is a collection of procedures for quickly checking major functions of the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 and diagnostics instructions using the built-in service software. These checks can be a great
asset in determining whether the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is working as it should.
4-1-2
Contents in this chapter
4-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-2
General procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3
Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-4
Application Turnover Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
4-5
Power supply test & adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
4-6
Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-1-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Special Equipment required
•
An empty (blank) DVD+RW disc
•
ECG Pads
•
ECG Harness:
-
CABLE ECG MARQ. AHA/AMERICA, P/N:164L0025
-
LEADWIRES ECG MARQ. AHA/AMERICA, P/N: 164L0027
or
•
-
CABLE ECG MARQ. IEC/EU+AS, P/N:164L0026
-
LEADWIRES ECG MARQ. IEC/EU+AS, P/N:164L0028
At least one probe (ideally you should check all the site probes used by the system.)
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
4-2
-
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-2
General procedures
NOTICE SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. The covers
are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.
CAUTION ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
1.
2.
3.
4.
TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION.
Beware that the Main Power Supply and Back End Processor may be energized even if the
power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
4-2-1
Overview
Some procedures are used more often than other. The intention with this section is to keep the most
used procedures in one place.
4-2-2
Contents in this section
4-2-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-2-4
Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-2-5
Top Console position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4-2-6
LCD Monitor position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4-2-7
Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4-2-8
Service Key (Dongle, HASP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4-2-9
Exit to Windows Desktop from the Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-2-10
Removable Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-2-11
Archiving and Loading Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-2-12
Download / Upload of System Presets via InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4-2-13
Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-14
Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-15
Installation and Setup Procedures for Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-16
Moving and Transporting the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-2-17
Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4-2-18
Cleaning the Trackball from the outside (OP-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4-2-19
Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
4-2-20
4V-D Field Failure Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-3
4-2-3-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power ON/Boot Up
Warnings
DANGER
ALWAYS CONNECT THE UNIT TO A FIXED POWER SOCKET WHICH HAS THE
PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONNECTOR.
DANGER
NEVER USE A THREE-TO-TWO PRONG ADAPTER; THIS DEFEATS THE
SAFETY GROUND.
DANGER
ENSURE THAT THE POWER CORD AND PLUG ARE INTACT AND THAT THE
POWER PLUG IS THE PROPER HOSPITAL-GRADE TYPE (WHERE REQUIRED).
CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
OPERATE THIS UNIT ONLY WHEN ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. THE COVERS ARE REQUIRED FOR SAFE OPERATION, GOOD SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AND COOLING PURPOSES.
NOTICE Use only power supply cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE.
NOTE:
4-4
Do not cycle the Circuit Breaker ON-OFF-ON in less than five (5) seconds. When turning OFF
the Circuit Breaker, the system should de-energize completely before turning the circuit breaker
ON.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connect AC (mains) Power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
Connecting AC Power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit, involves preliminary checks of the power
cord, voltage level and compliance with electrical safety requirements.
1.) Ensure that the wall outlet is of appropriate type, and that the Circuit Breaker is turned off.
2.) Uncoil the power cable, allowing sufficient slack so that the unit can be moved slightly.
3.) Verify that the power cable is without any visible scratches or any sign of damage.
4.) Verify that the on-site mains voltage is within the limits indicated on the rating label near the Circuit
Breaker on the rear of the unit.
5.) Connect the Power Cable’s female plug to the Power Inlet at the rear of the unit.
6.) Lock the plug in position with the Retaining Clamp (ACC Clamp).
7.) Verify that the Mains Power Circuit Breaker is in OFF position, if not, switch it OFF.
Figure 4-1 The Circuit Breaker and On/Off button
8.) Connect the Power Cable’s other end (male plug) to a hospital grade mains power outlet with the
proper rated voltage, and the unit is ready for Power ON/Boot Up.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-3-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Turn Unit ON
1.) Switch ON the Mains Power Circuit Breaker at the rear of the unit.
Figure 4-2 The Circuit breaker and On/Off button
You should hear a “click” from the relays in the AC Power and the unit is ready to boot.
2.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to boot the unit.
During a normal boot, you may observe that:
a.) The unit’s ventilation fan starts on full speed, but slows down after a few seconds (listen to the
fan sound).
b.) Power is distributed to the peripherals, Operator Panel (Console), Monitor, Front End
Processor and Back End Processor.
c.) Back End Processor and rest of scanner starts with the sequence listed in the next steps:
d.) Back End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.
e.) The Start Screen is displayed on the monitor.
f.) A start-up bar indicating the time used for software loading, is displayed on the monitor.
Figure 4-3 Start-up bar
g.) The software initiates and sets up the Front End electronics and the rest of the instrument.
h.) The backlight in the keyboard is lit.
4-6
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-3-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Turn Unit ON (cont’d)
i.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen,
indicating that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that
no probe has been connected.
Figure 4-4 2D Screen on the display.
NOTE:
Total time used for start-up is typical one and a half minutes or less. If starting after a power loss
or a lock-up, the start-up time may be up to four minutes.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power shut down
When you switch off the unit, the system performs an automatic shutdown sequence.
Figure 4-5 System - Exit menu
The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:
•
Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.
The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.
If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.
•
Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.
If the Shutdown button is dimmed, use the key-combination <Ctrl+Alt+R> to shut down the unit.
•
Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.
•
Exit (Only available when logged in as GE Service with Service Dongle)
Select this button when you want to exit to the Windows Desktop.
NOTE:
If you need to restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 when logged on to the Windows Desktop, ensure that
you do a complete power down (Shut Down). This is required to power up the Front End
Processor.
Figure 4-6 System - Exit menu (when logged in using Service Dongle)
4-8
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Complete Power Down
1.) Before Power Down, lock the Top Console in its lower, locked position. This is required if you are
going to move or transport the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to ensure maximum stability.
NOTE:
For service purposes, you may want to move the Top Console after Power Down. If you leave
the Top Console in unlocked position, it will be sensed during Power Down, and the brakes that
usually stabilize the position of the Top Console, will be released so you can move the Top
Console in the XY directions.
2.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to display the System - Exit menu.
Figure 4-7 Press once on the key with the green light
Figure 4-8 Select Shutdown
3.) Select Shutdown to do a complete power down of the unit.
The Back End Processor will first turn off the scanner activity and print the message “Please wait Shutdown in progress” in the LCD display on the Operator Panel.
Next, it starts to shut down itself. The time to turn down the unit, including the Back End Processor,
may vary from 10 seconds up to approximately 1 minute.
The last thing that shuts down, is the light on the Operator Panel, indicating that you can continue
with the next step.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Complete Power Down (cont’d)
NOTICE Be sure to wait with the next step until the system has finished its shut-down. Failing to do so, may
destroy data on the hard disk, making the system fail later.
4.) Switch off the Mains Power Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the unit. This will cut power
distribution within the unit.
Figure 4-9 Circuit Breaker located at rear of the unit
MAINS POWER CIRCUIT
BREAKER
.
4 - 10
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console position adjustment
The system’s Top Console can be freely moved in all directions. The vertical displacement of the Top
Console is motor driven. The control buttons are located around the handles (Figure 4-10).
CAUTION To avoid injury or damage, make sure nothing is within the range of motion before moving the
Top Console. This includes both objects and people.
Figure 4-10 Top Console adjustment controls
1. Lock and brake release button: Unlock and move the Top Console horizontal.
2. Up/Down button: Move the Console up or down
4-2-5-1
To raise/lower the Top Console
1.) Press and hold down the Up/Down button (Figure 4-10, button 2) accordingly to raise or lower the
Top Console.
2.) Release the button when the Top Console is at the desired height.
4-2-5-2
To unlock the Top Console
1.) Press and hold down the Lock and brake release button(s) (Figure 4-10, button 1) and pull the Top
Console out of the locked position until the Top console is in the desired position.
2.) Release the button(s).
4-2-5-3
To lock the Top Console
1.) Press and hold down the Lock and brake release button(s) (Figure 4-10, button 1) while pushing
the Top Console in the locked position.
2.) Release the button(s).
4-2-5-4
To move the floating Top Console
1.) The unlocked Top Console can be easily moved by pressing and holding down the Lock and brake
release button(s) (Figure 4-10, button 1) and move the Top Console in any direction.
2.) Release the button when the Top Console is at the desired height.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-5-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Manually releasing the XY Lock
Even if the power is OFF, it is possible to manually release the console’s XY-mechanism (frog leg).
The release point is located on the rear of the XY Mechanism (Frog Leg).
Figure 4-11 XY mechanism release
XY RELEASE
1.) Insert a small tipped screwdriver or eq. into the release point and push until a “click” is heard. Some
force may be required if the lock adjustment is tight adjusted.
Figure 4-12 Manually releasing the XY Lock
2.) Move the console to the wanted position.
4 - 12
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-5-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Moving the Top Console up or down when Power is OFF
The Z mechanism can be manually repositioned (moved up or down) in the event the drive gear is
disconnected or has failed, or if the mains power is turned off or disconnected, or if it is a mains power
failure.
Figure 4-13 Up/Down Release Handle
MOVE HANDLE (ABOVE THE ARROW IN
THE ILLUSTRATION) TO THE RIGHT TO
RELEASE THE Z MECHANISM
WARNING
OPERATOR CONSOLE CAN DROP UNEXPECTEDLY WHEN THE MECHANISM IS
RELEASED.
•
Move the handle a few millimeters to the right side, to release the Z Mechanism (disengage the
motor drive unit), and at the same time move the Top Console up or down, as required.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor position adjustment
Figure 4-14 LCD monitor position adjustment
4-2-6-1
To unlock the LCD monitor
•
Turn the release knob counter clockwise to unlock the LCD monitor.
The LCD monitor can be moved freely in all directions.
4-2-6-2
To lock the LCD monitor
•
4 - 14
Turn the release knob clockwise to raise the lock and move the LCD monitor into the parked
position.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’
To select Config, choose either Procedure A or Procedure B:
A.) Procedure A: On the Touch Screen:
1.) Select the Utility tab.
Figure 4-15 Select Utility
UTILITY
2.) Then select Config.
Figure 4-16 Select Config
CONFIG
B.) Procedure B: On the alphanumeric keyboard:
•
Press F2.
Both method A and B will bring up the Operator Login dialog where you must log on.
Figure 4-17 Operator Login
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’ (cont’d)
As default, two users are defined, USR and ADM.
•
USR
If you log on as USR, you will have access to do set-up tasks that a user may need to do during
daily use.
Example:
To select a printer.
As default, no password has been set for USR. Just type the name USR and select Login.
•
ADM
If you log on as ADM, you will have access to do general set-up and service adjustments.
Example:
Adjust network and connectivity settings.
As default, the password for ADM is ulsadm. Select the name ADM, the password (ulsadm) and
select Login.
It is possible for the administrator (ADM) to establish new users and set unique passwords for each
user, including a new password for ADM. If the login as ADM fails, contact the responsible person
in the hospital to get access.
The Emergency button stores data only from current patient examination.
The Cancel button is used to cancel the login.
•
If this is the first time the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is turned on, the Imaging and Analysis - Global Level
window is displayed. (If another screen was displayed earlier, before logging out, or turning unit off,
that screen will be displayed.)
Figure 4-18 Imaging and Analysis - Global Level window
4 - 16
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Service Key (Dongle, HASP)
A Service Dongle and a proprietary GE Service password are necessary for use by GE Service when
performing proprietary level diagnostics like accessing the desktop on the BEP. The password used
with the GE service dongle changes at specific intervals.
1.) Power down the unit, see section 4-2-4 on page 4-8.
2.) Attach your GE Service Dongle to any accessible USB port. Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has several USB
ports to choose between. There are USB ports on the Operator Panel, on the rear of the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 and on the monitor.
3.) Power ON the unit.
If a Service Dongle is plugged in, a Maintenance Access dialog will be displayed on the screen.
Figure 4-19 Maintenance Access dialog
Dialog for software v112.1.0 and later
Dialog for software v112.0.x and lower
4.) If applicable: Leave the Username field empty.
5.) Type the current GE Service Password in the Password field.
NOTE:
READ THIS NOTE BEFORE YOU CONTINUE:
After you have selected OK, the Start Application dialog will be displayed on screen. Be ready
to select MAINTENANCE… before the Time Bar is “full”, or the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 application
software will be started.
A description on how to recover, if you fail to select MAINTENANCE… is included, but you will
spend some extra time doing it.
6.) Select OK in the Maintenance Access dialog to verify the password. The Start Application dialog
will be displayed on screen.
7.) Select MAINTENANCE… to enter Maintenance mode.
This will bring up the Maintenance dialog.
8.) Select EXIT TO WINDOWS. This will display the Windows Desktop on screen.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Exit to Windows Desktop from the Application Software
Follow these steps if you want to exit to the Windows Desktop when the application software is running.
The Service Dongle must be plugged in, if not, see section 4-2-8 on page 4-17.
1.) On the Alphanumeric Keyboard, press Ctrl+Alt+R. This will bring up either the;
-
Start Application dialog (continue with step 2), or
-
The Maintenance dialog (continue with step 3).
2.) If the Start Application dialog is displayed, select MAINTENANCE… to enter Maintenance mode.
This will bring up the Maintenance dialog.
3.) In the Maintenance dialog, select EXIT TO WINDOWS. This will display the Windows Desktop on
the screen.
NOTE:
4-2-10
If you need to restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7, ensure that you do a complete power down (Shut
Down). This is required to power up the Front End Processor.
Removable Media
Refer to the latest revision of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 User Manual to perform the following tasks:
4-2-11
4-2-11-1
•
Using Removable Media
•
Labeling Removable Media
•
Formatting Removable Media
•
Verifying Removable Media
Archiving and Loading Presets
Loading Presets from removable media
For information, refer to the latest revision of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 User Manual.
4 - 18
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12
4-2-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Download / Upload of System Presets via InSite ExC
Retrieving the system presets via InSite
Follow these steps to retrieve the presets:
1.) Ask the customer to press Alt-D to save error logs and presets.
BT’11: Remotely, you can get presets by exercising Gather Logs Utility from CSD via InSite.
2.) Use the destination drop down and select Internal HD (D:\export).
Figure 4-20 Store to Internal HD (D:\export)
3.) Select the Save and Export button. The file is stored to the D:\Export folder ready for InSite
retrieval.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Retrieving the system presets via InSite (cont’d)
4.) Connect to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 via InSite ExC.
The indicator shows that new logs have been saved to the D:\export folder.
Figure 4-21 New logs have been saved to the D:\export folder
5.) Select Manage system files under Service in the IDM application.
Figure 4-22 IDM application: Manage system files
4 - 20
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Retrieving the system presets via InSite (cont’d)
6.) Place a check mark in the box next to the file to be downloaded.
Figure 4-23 Mark file for download
7.) Press the Download button.
Figure 4-24 Click link to start download
8.) Click on the link to begin the download.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Retrieving the system presets via InSite (cont’d)
9.) Click the Save button.
Figure 4-25 File Download selection
10.)Save the file on your computer, preferably in a folder named Presets.
Figure 4-26 Select folder for saving
4 - 22
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file
Follow this procedure to extract the Presets folder from the zip file:
1.) Right click on the saved zip file
2.) Select Open With and Compressed (zipped) Folders (a).
Figure 4-27 Locate the “userprefs” folder in the zip file
a
b
c
3.) Navigate to the userdefs folder by double clicking on idunn, target, resources, and idunn (b).
The userdefs folder should now be displayed (c).
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 23
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file (cont’d)
4.) Right click on the userdefs folder and select Copy from the pop up menu.
Figure 4-28 Right click and copy
5.) Navigate back up to the Presets folder, right click in the blank area of the window and select
Paste.
Figure 4-29 Paste
There should now be a userdefs folder along with the original zip file.
4 - 24
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file (cont’d)
6.) Right click on the userdefs folder and from the pop up menu select Send To, then Compressed
(zipped) Folder.
Figure 4-30 Send to Compressed (zipped) folder
7.) A new zip file will be created from the userdefs folder ready for upload to the Presets server.
Figure 4-31 The zipped userdefs folder
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 25
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Deleting files from the Questra Server
Follow this procedure to delete the file (or files) in the IDM application:
1.) Select Manage system files in the IDM application.
Figure 4-32 Manage system files
2.) Place a check mark in the box beside the file or files to be deleted.
3.) Click the trash can icon in the upper right corner.
Figure 4-33 Select and delete
4 - 26
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Deleting files from the Questra Server (cont’d)
4.) Press Yes to confirm.
Figure 4-34 Confirmation
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 27
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uploading Presets to the Preset Server
Follow this procedure to upload the presets to the Preset Server:
1.) On your computer select the Windows Start button
2.) Then select Run.
3.) Input the following path to the server:
\\med.ge.com\fs\am\Clinical\Services\UltrasoundPreset
4.) Then click OK
Figure 4-35 Select Run and type server address.
c
b
a
NOTE:
To make access to the server easy, save this URL to your favorites
You should now see the contents of the Ultrasound Preset Server
Figure 4-36 Content in Ultrasound Preset Server
5.) Once the server is open, Select the US Presets folder
4 - 28
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uploading Presets to the Preset Server (cont’d)
6.) Select the VE9 folder
Figure 4-37 Select VE9
7.) Create a new folder by clicking Make a new folder.
Figure 4-38 Make a new folder
8.) Name the folder after the System ID: VE9xxxxxx.
9.) Open the newly created folder.
10.)Drag and drop the userdefs.zip file from the folder on your computer to the one created on the
server.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Uploading Presets to the Preset Server (cont’d)
11.)Finally rename the file to include the date, as we may have several copies in a folder.
Figure 4-39 Rename zip file to include date.
The userdefs.zip file can now be deleted off of your computer and can be downloaded at anytime by
re-accessing the server.
4 - 30
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-5
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server
At the time of this procedure update (February, 2010), Presets can be uploaded to the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7, but cannot be restored remotely. On-site FE must be present for Presets to be
restored.
Follow this procedure to load presets from the Presets server.
1.) Access the Preset Server by going to the Windows Start button, select Run and type in:
\\med.ge.com\fs\am\Clinical\Services\UltrasoundPreset
2.) Select OK.
Figure 4-40 Select Run and type server address.
3.) Once the server is open, select the US Presets folder, select the VE9 folder and then the correct
System ID folder.
4.) Drag and drop the userdefs.zip file onto your desktop or appropriate folder.
Figure 4-41 Copy “userdefs.zip” file to your PC
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 31
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server (cont’d)
5.) Log onto the correct system via the IDM Application Suite.
6.) Select File Management > Manage system files.
Figure 4-42
7.) Select My Files.
8.) Click the “+” to open the Upload window.
Figure 4-43
9.) Using the Browse button, locate the userdefs file on your laptop selected from the Preset Server
for uploading.
10.)Select Upload to start uploading the file.
11.)Select Close upon completion of the transfer.
4 - 32
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server (cont’d)
Figure 4-44 Transfer the files to the Log folder
a
c
b
d
e
f
12.)Go to File Management and select Transfer Files (a).
13.)Then select System Files under the Transfer tab (b).
14.)Check the userdefs.zip file under From (c).
15.)Click to open the folder under To (d), then the Log folder (e).
16.)Click on Ok (f).
Verify that the userdefs folder was uploaded to the system
Use this procedure to verify that the new userdefs folder was uploaded to the system:
1.) From the main screen of the IDM application, observe that the folder icon is visible (a).
Figure 4-45 Main screen of the IDM application
a
b
2.) Click on the folder and verify that the file transferred is the userdefs.zip (b).
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 33
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-6
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Restoring Vivid E9/Vivid E7 system presets
As of the creation date of this document, February 2011, it is not possible to remotely restore
presets to the system via InSite ExC.
However, the transfer of the system presets from the GE Preset Server to the system is possible
and the restore operation can then be performed manually by authorized on-site service
personnel using the following procedure.
1.) Plug in the service key and press CTL-ALT-R to restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 application.
2.) Type in the service password, select Maintenance Mode and then Exit to Windows.
3.) Open My Computer and navigate to the D:\Log folder where you should find the downloaded
userdefs.zip file (a).
Figure 4-46 D:\log folder with userdefs.zip
a
4 - 34
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Restoring Vivid E9/Vivid E7 system presets (cont’d)
Figure 4-47 Move userdefs folder to correct location - 1 of 2
a
b
c
d
e
1.) Double click the userdefs.zip file and the unzipped userdefs folder will open in another window.
2.) Right click on the folder and select Copy.
3.) Press the backspace key to navigate back up to My Computer and then on the D: drive navigate
down to idunn\target\resources\idunn.
4.) Right click on the userdefs folder and select Rename from the pop up menu.
5.) Rename it to: userdefs.old.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 35
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-12-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Restoring Vivid E9/Vivid E7 system presets (cont’d)
Figure 4-48 Move userdefs folder to correct location - 2 of 2
f
g
6.) Right click in the blank area of the window and select Paste from the pop-up menu (f).
7.) The new userdefs folder should now appear in the window (g).
8.) Close all windows and restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
The operation is complete and the system will now reflect the newly restored presets.
4 - 36
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Data Management
Refer to the latest revision of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 User Manual to perform the following tasks:
4-2-14
•
Configuring the Disk Management Function
•
Setting the Disk Management Schedule
•
Configuring Data Management Settings
•
Configuring Destination Device Setting
•
Running the Disk Management Function
•
Starting Disk Management Manually
Backup
For information, refer to the latest revision of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 User Manual.
4-2-15
Installation and Setup Procedures for Peripherals
Please refer to 3-6-5 "Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection" on page 3-45.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 37
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-16
4-2-16-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Moving and Transporting the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
The Casters (Wheels) control
The wheels of the unit are controlled by the pedals located between the front wheels of the unit.
Examine the wheels frequently for defects to avoid breaking or jamming.
Figure 4-49 Pedals
1.) Press the right pedal to engage the Parking brake.
2.) Press the center pedal to release the Parking brake.
3.) Press the left pedal to engage the Swivel lock.
4.) Press the center pedal to release the Swivel lock.
4-2-16-2
To prepare the unit to be moved
1.) If not locked, move the keyboard console and LCD monitor to the park position (see: 4-2-5 "Top
Console position adjustment" on page 4-11 and 4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page
4-14).
2.) Turn the system off, including the circuit breaker (see 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8), and
remove the plug from the wall.
3.) Disconnect all cables linking the unit to any off-board peripheral devices and network.
4.) Secure the unit’s power cable.
5.) Place all probes in the probe holder. Ensure that the probe cables do not protrude from the unit or
interfere with the wheels.
6.) Ensure that no loose items are left on the unit.
7.) Fold down the monitor.
8.) Unlock the brake.
4 - 38
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-16-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
To ensure safety while moving the unit
1.) Ensure that the keyboard console and LCD monitor are in locked position (see: 4-2-5 "Top Console
position adjustment" on page 4-11 and 4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page 4-14).
WARNING
DO NOT MOVE THE UNIT IF THE KEYBOARD CONSOLE AND LCD MONITOR ARE IN
FREE POSITION.
ENSURE THAT THE HANDS OF THE PATIENT ARE AWAY FROM THE CONSOLE ARM
WHEN MOVING THE KEYBOARD CONSOLE.
2.) Proceed cautiously when crossing door or elevator thresholds. Grasp the front handle grips or the
back handle bar and push or pull. Do not attempt to move the unit using cables or probe connectors.
Take extra care while moving the unit on inclines.
3.) Ensure that the unit does not strike the walls or door frames.
4.) Ensure that the pathway is clear.
5.) Move the unit slowly and carefully.
CAUTION Avoid ramps that are steeper than 10 degrees.
6.) Use two or more persons to move the unit over long distances or on inclines.
4-2-16-4
Transporting the unit by vehicle
Take extra care when transporting the unit by vehicle. In addition to the moving precautions listed on
4-2-16-3 "To ensure safety while moving the unit" on page 4-39, follow the procedure described below.
1.) If not locked, move the keyboard console and LCD monitor to the park position (see: 4-2-5 "Top
Console position adjustment" on page 4-11 and 4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page
4-14).
WARNING
DO NOT MOVE/LIFT THE UNIT IF THE KEYBOARD CONSOLE AND LCD MONITOR ARE
IN FREE (UNLOCKED) POSITION.
2.) Disconnect all probes and secure them in their boxes.
3.) Ensure that the transporting vehicle is appropriate for the unit’s weight.
4.) Park the vehicle on a level surface for loading and unloading.
5.) Secure the unit while it is on the lift, to prevent rolling. Do not attempt to hold it in place by hand.
Cushion the unit and strap the lower part so that it does not break loose.
6.) Ensure that the unit is secured inside the vehicle. Secure it with straps to the two hooks under the
system to prevent movement while in transit.
7.) Drive cautiously to prevent vibration damage.
4-2-16-5
At the new location
1.) When the unit is in place at a new location, lock the wheel brakes.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 39
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Recording important settings and parameters
NOTICE An error, or a power loss may occur during the software loading.
Always keep a record of the settings for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 on paper. Verify if it is current
before starting a software loading!
4-2-17-1
Overview
This subsection includes descriptions for recording data from the following screens:
•
•
Connectivity
-
Dataflow (see: 4-2-17-2 "Connectivity — Dataflow" on page 4-41)
-
Additional Outputs (see: 4-2-17-3 "Connectivity — Additional Outputs" on page 4-42)
-
Tools (see: 4-2-17-4 "Connectivity — Tools" on page 4-43)
-
Formats (see: 4-2-17-5 "Connectivity — Formats" on page 4-43
-
Tcpip (see: 4-2-17-6 "Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings" on page 4-44)
System
-
•
About
•
Admin
-
•
System Version (see: 4-2-17-9 "About — System Version" on page 4-47)
-
Disk Management (see: 4-2-17-13 "Admin — Disk Management" on page 4-48)
-
Backup (see: 4-2-17-14 "Admin — Backup" on page 4-48)
-
Restore (see: 4-2-17-15 "Admin — Restore" on page 4-49)
-
Users (see: 4-2-17-16 "Admin — Users" on page 4-49)
-
System Admin (see: 4-2-17-17 "Admin — System Admin" on page 4-50)
Service
-
4 - 40
Settings (see: 4-2-17-7 "System — Settings" on page 4-46)
Service screen (see: 4-2-17-18 "Service screen" on page 4-51)
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Dataflow
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow
Figure 4-50 The Dataflow screen
3.) Record the settings for each Dataflow in use by the site.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 41
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Additional Outputs
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Additional Outputs.
Figure 4-51 Additional Outputs
3.) Select Button P1 in the Button pull-down menu.
4.) Record the settings for Button P1.
5.) Select Button P2 in the Button pull-down menu.
6.) Record the settings for Button P2.
7.) Select Button Record in the Button pull-down menu.
8.) Record the settings for Button Record.
4 - 42
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Tools
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Tools.
Figure 4-52 Tools
3.) If in use: Record the Remote Path.
4.) If in use: Record the Configurable Remote Path User. Also ensure that you have the correct
Password for this user available, before you continue.
4-2-17-5
Connectivity — Formats
Ensure that an Application Specialist have recorded the needed information from the Formats screen.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 43
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Tcpip.
3.) Record all settings in: Table 4-1 "Record settings from Tcpip screen and sub-screens" on page 4-45.
Figure 4-53 Tcpip screen, Example Settings
NETWORK SETTINGS
4.) Select Network Settings.
Figure 4-54 Tcpip > Network Settings
5.) Double-click Local Area Connection.
6.) Select Properties.
7.) Double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).
8.) Select Advanced…
9.) Record the settings in Table 4-1 "Record settings from Tcpip screen and sub-screens" on page 4-45.
4 - 44
-
Record if DHCP is Enabled.
-
Record IP address, Subnet mask and Default gateways
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings (cont’d)
Table 4-1
Record settings from Tcpip screen and sub-screens
PARAMETER
VALUE
COMPUTER NAME
AE TITLE
PORT NO
REMOTE ARCHIVE SETUP
REMOTE ARCHIVE IP-ADDR
REMOTE ARCHIVE NAME
DHCP
ENABLED ___
DHCP
DISABLED ___
IP SETTINGS - IF DHCP IS DISABLED
IP ADDRESS
SUBNET MASK
DEFAULT GATEWAY
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 45
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System — Settings
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select System > Settings.
Figure 4-55 Settings
3.) Record the following information for Location:
-
Hospital
-
Department
4.) Record the following information for Date and Time:
-
Time Format
-
Date Format
-
Default Century
5.) Record the selected Language.
6.) Record the selected Manual Language.
7.) Select the selected Units.
4-2-17-8
System — Test
There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.
4 - 46
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
About — System Version
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select About > System Version.
Figure 4-56 Information available on the About tab
3.) Record software and hardware versions in Table 4-2 "Record Software versions" on page 4-47.
Table 4-2
Record Software versions
DESCRIPTION
RECORD VERSIONS
APPLICATION SW VERSION
SYSTEM SW VERSION
4-2-17-10
About — Firmware Version
There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.
4-2-17-11
About — HW Version
There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.
4-2-17-12
About — Probes
There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 47
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Admin — Disk Management
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Disk Management.
Figure 4-57 Disk Management
3.) Record the selected Reminder Interval Every setting.
4-2-17-14
Admin — Backup
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Backup.
3.) Record Remote Path.
4 - 48
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-15
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Admin — Restore
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Restore.
3.) Record Remote Path.
4-2-17-16
Admin — Users
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Users.
Figure 4-58 Users
3.) Select and record all data for each user in the User List.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 49
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-17
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Admin — System Admin
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > System Admin.
Figure 4-59 System Admin (Example)
3.) Record the SW Option Key - one or more alphanumeric strings - from the SW Option Key field.
WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT THE SOFTWARE OPTION KEY (ALPHANUMERIC PASSWORDS)
HAVE BEEN RECORDED CORRECTLY. IF THE KEY IS INCORRECT, YOU WILL NOT BE
ABLE TO LOG ON AFTER THE SOFTWARE INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
THE PASSWORD IS CASE SENSITIVE. HYPHENS MUST ALSO BE RECORDED. THERE
MAY BE MORE THAN ONE PASSWORD.
Table 4-3
Software Options Keys
SW OPTIONS KEYS
4 - 50
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-17-18
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Service screen
1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Service.
.
Figure 4-60 Service Settings
3.) Record Video settings Format in Table 4-4 "Service screen settings" on page 4-51.
4.) Record Monitor in Table 4-4 "Service screen settings" on page 4-51.
Table 4-4
Service screen settings
PARAMETER
VIDEO-SETTINGS FORMAT
VALUE
___PAL
___NTSC
MONITOR
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 51
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-18
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Cleaning the Trackball from the outside (OP-5)
On the latest version of the Lower Operator Panel (OP-5), an optical trackball is used.
If dust is interfering with the light in an optical trackball, cleaning is required.
When cleaning is needed
1.) Power OFF the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 4-61 Trackball on ‘new style’ Lower panel
2.) Place your fingers onto the Top Locking Plate.
3.) Rotate the Top Locking Plate counterclockwise until it can be removed from the keyboard.
4.) Lift off the Top Locking Plate including the Rubber Dust Filtering Ring and trackball from the
keyboard.
5.) Wipe off any oil or dust from the trackball using a cleaner or dry cloth.
6.) Wipe off any oil or dust from the trackball housing, rollers, etc., using a cleaner or cotton bud.
CAUTION MAKE SURE NOT TO SPILL OR SPRAY ANY LIQUID INTO THE TRACKBALL HOUSING
(KEYBOARD OR VIVID E9/VIVID E7).
AVOID ORGANIC SOLVENTS THAT MAY DAMAGE THE MECHANICAL PARTS OF THE
TRACKBALL ASSEMBLY.
DO NOT APPLY MUCH FORCE TO THE SMALL BALL.
7.) Insert the trackball into the housing.
8.) Place the Top Locking Plate including the Rubber Dust Filtering Ring back on the OP and lock it by
rotating it clockwise.
NOTE:
Plastic hood is not supposed to be flush due to curvature on the panel.
Test the Trackball
Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and check that the trackball now works as intended.
4 - 52
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-19
4-2-19-1
4-2-19-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)
Introduction
•
OP-4, OP-3 and OP-2:
On these Operator Panels, an optical trackball is used. If dust is interfering with the light in an optical
trackball, cleaning is required. This involves removing the OP and then remove and open the
Trackball, as described in the procedure below.
•
OP-1:
An inductive trackball is used on the first version of the Operator Panel. It is only needed to clean
the inductive trackball if it doesn’t move easy. This involves removing the OP and then remove and
open the Trackball, as described in the procedure below.
Manpower
One person, 30 minutes,
4-2-19-3
Tools
•
Antistatic brush and/or antistatic vacuum cleaner
•
Tools as listed in: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 53
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-19-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations
CAUTION ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
1.
2.
3.
4.
TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION.
Beware that the Main Power Supply and Back End Processor may be energized even if the
power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
To get access to the trackball for cleaning, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Operator Panel, Upper
5.) Remove the Operator Panel, Lower and place it on a clean surface with the front down.
Follow these links if you need more information:
4 - 54
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-8-3-4 "Remove the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly" on page 8-161.
•
8-9-4-5 "Remove the Operator Panel, Lower" on page 8-198.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-19-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Remove the Trackball
Figure 4-62 Trackball with fixing screws
Follow these steps to remove the Trackball:
1.) Unplug the cable connectors from the Trackball.
2.) Use the Hex key to remove the two fixing screws with shims.
3.) Remove the Trackball and the Fixing Ring.
Figure 4-63 Trackball removed
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 55
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-19-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Clean the Trackball
Dust is often building up behind the ball, so it interferes with the ball rotation and for optical trackballs
the light used for sensing. To get access for cleaning, you need to remove the ball.
The ball is held in position by the Dust Gasket.
1.) Turn the Dust Gasket counter-clockwise to unlock it.
Figure 4-64 Remove Trackball Dust Gasket
2.) Remove the Dust Gasket.
Figure 4-65 Dust Gasket removed
3.) Remove the ball.
4.) Use a soft antistatic brush and/or an antistatic vacuum cleaner to remove any dust, both on the ring
and inside the ball house.
5.) When done, install the ball and the Dust Gasket.
.
2
1
Figure 4-66 Install Dust Gasket
4 - 56
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-19-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Clean the Trackball (cont’d)
6.) Install the Fixing Ring.
The Fixing Ring has small tabs on the top and bottom side, see figure below. The tabs are used to
fix the Fixing Ring in the correct position, and are positioned on different locations on the top and
the bottom sides of the ring. When used for the Vivid E9, install it so the fixing screw holes on the
Fixing Ring align with the fixing screw holes on the Trackball assembly.
Figure 4-67 Fixing Ring installed for use on the Vivid E9.
4-2-19-7
Install the Trackball
Follow these steps to install the Trackball:
1.) Install the Trackball.
2.) Install the two fixing screws with shims so it locks the Trackball and Fixing Ring in the correct
position.
3.) Connect signal cable connectors to the Trackball.
4-2-19-8
Install the Front Panel
1.) Install the Operator Panel, Upper.
2.) Install the Operator Panel, Lower.
4-2-19-9
Test the Trackball
Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and check that the trackball now works as intended.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 57
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-20
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
4V-D Field Failure Data Collection
To ensure that sufficient failure information is available for returned 4V-D probes, the following
information must be gathered prior to returning the probe:
Failure modes:
1.) Probe will not scan on system
2.) Mechanical/audible noise issues related to cooling system
3.) Image noise artifacts
4.) Other
All 4V-D probe failures must include:
•
Probe Serial Number (S/N): _______________________________
•
Console software version: _________________________________
Gather information by failure type:
1.) Probe will not scan on system
a.) Retrieve log files.
b.) When (Date and Time) did the problem start to happen? ___________________________
Get as accurate date and time as possible for easier analysis of the log file.
c.) Is the probe selectable in the probe menu? _____________
d.) What happens when probe is selected?
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
e.) Does an error message window pop up? _____________
f.) If so, what is the message?
_______________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
g.) Has the probe been working properly and then started to fail? _____________
h.) Did it fail while scanning, or was the failure discovered when trying to select the 4V probe?
_____________
i.) Is the probe constantly failing, or does it sometimes work?
_______________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
4 - 58
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-2-20
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
4V-D Field Failure Data Collection (cont’d)
j.) Plug the probe into all three connectors, is it failing in all three? _____________
Is the probe hard to plug in, a lot of friction? _____________
k.) Any signs of damage/contamination on the connector pins?
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
2.) Mechanical/audible noise issues related to cooling system
a.) Has the audible noise become worse over time? _____________
b.) Is the probe triggering the system's overheating protection mechanism (System turns off probe
due to temperature too high)? _____________
c.) If overheat error then retrieve log files.
3.) Image noise artifacts
a.) Is the artifact reproducible? _____________
b.) If YES:
1.) Reselect probe
2.) Go into the mode/settings showing the problem.
3.) Save the log file.
Reproducible steps will then be found at the end of the log.
It is important to reselect the probe, so that we have a reference point in the log.
c.) If possible, obtain image/loop showing the artifact.
d.) If problem is not reproducible, get as much information as possible about mode/settings etc.
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
e.) Retrieve log files.
f.) Get approximate time of when the problem occurred to be able to correlate image artifact to
events in the log.
_______________________________________________________________________
g.) If operator saved an image at the time of problem, get a copy of it.
h.) Do other probes show (weak) signs of artifacts? _____________
If so, it could point towards a problem with the console or external noise pickup that 4V is more
sensitive to than other probes.
IMPORTANT
•
Send log file and answers to the questions above to: Hiroki.Ito@GE.com
•
Return the probe through the normal GPRS process, where it will be routed to the make center.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 59
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-3
Functional checks
4-3-1
Overview
In this section, the functional checks for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 are described. Functional checks are used to
verify that the product works as intended. Functional checks may also be used during troubleshooting.
4-3-2
4-3-3
Contents in this Section
4-3-1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-3-2
Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-3-3
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-3-4
Basic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4-3-5
Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
4-3-7
M Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
4-3-10
Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
4-3-12
ECG Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
4-3-13
Cineloop Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
4-3-14
Back End Processor checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
4-3-15
Operator Panel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
4-3-16
Peripheral checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
4-3-17
Mechanical Functions Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Preparation
Turn on power to Vivid E9/Vivid E7. For detailed description, see: 4-2-3 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page
4-4.
4 - 60
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-4
4-3-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Basic Controls
Operator Panel (OP)
Figure 4-68 Operator Panel (OP)
1.
ON/OFF Button
2.
Patient selection, Probe selection, Protocol based
acquisition, Worksheet and Image review
9.
Print, secondary capture
10.
Freeze, 2D Freeze
11.
Measurement, image store
3.
Active mode gain
12.
Auto, cursor and angle
4.
2D Gain
13.
Trackball
5.
Scan mode selection
14.
TGC sliders
6.
Zoom
15.
Speaker volume control
7.
Depth
16.
Touch panel
8.
Display controls, Annotation
17.
USB port
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 61
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Trackball
Different functions can be assigned to the trackball depending on the current active mode. The trackball
functions are organized in functional groups. The trackball functional groups are displayed in the lower
right corner of the screen. Each group can have one or more controls that can be selected using the
keys on the trackball area as described below.
The trackball area consists of:
•
The Trackball: used as a cursor control in acquisition mode, scrolling control in freeze mode and
as a selecting tool (like a mouse cursor) in post-processing mode.
•
Two select keys (identical): depending on the situation, the select keys toggle between the
trackball functions within the active functional group or perform the selected control or highlighted
menu item.
•
The Upper key: this key can be configured as either a select key, a pointer, an image store button
or an image cursor.
•
The Trackball key: toggles between the trackball functional groups.
•
The Update menu key: enables quick access to image related functions from a pop-up menu.
Figure 4-69 The Trackball area
4
1.
2.
Trackball key: toggles between trackball functional
groups.
3.
Select keys:
4.
Update Menu key:
-Display a pop-up System menu.
Trackball
- Adjusts the selected control
- Toggles between the functions within the active
group. Groups with several functions are marked with
a “+” symbol.
- Move the marker
- Performs the selected control or highlighted menu
item
5.
Upper key:
Can be configured as either a select key, a pointer, an
image store button or an image cursor.
4 - 62
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Touch panel
The Touch panel enables the access of context specific controls. The mode/function specific controls
are organized in tabbed folders. Within each folder several pages may be accessed. Only the folders
available in the current state are displayed and can be accessed by pressing the corresponding folder
tab on the Touch panel.
At the bottom of the Touch panel, there are five combination rotary/push buttons. The functionality of
these rotaries changes, depending upon the currently-displayed folder/page.
Figure 4-70 Touch panel
1.) Select a tab to open a folder.
2.) Browse through all pages for the active folder.
3.) Rotary/Push buttons with assigned controls.
4-3-5
4-3-5-1
-
Rotate the button to adjust the control.
-
Press (push) the button to select the alternative control.
Performance Tests
Test Phantoms
The use of test phantoms is only recommended if required by your facility's (customer’s) QA program.
4-3-6
4-3-6-1
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
Introduction
The 2D Mode is the system’s default mode.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 63
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Figure 4-71 2D Mode Screen Example
Status Window
Control Menu
4-3-6-2
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes.
-
See "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
4 - 64
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-6-3
WARNING
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Adjust the 2D mode controls
ALWAYS USE THE MINIMUM POWER REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ACCEPTABLE IMAGES
IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE GUIDELINES AND POLICIES.
1.) Press 2D on the Operator Panel to access 2D mode.
2.) These Image Controls are used to optimize the 2D picture. Verify that all the listed controls are
working as intended:
-
Use Gain and TGC controls to optimize the overall image together with the Power control.
-
Use Depth to adjust the range to be imaged.
-
Use Focus to center the focal point(s) around the region of interest.
-
Use Frequency (move to higher frequencies) or Frame rate (move to lower frame rate) to
increase resolution in image.
-
Use Frequency (move to lower frequency) to increase penetration.
-
Use the Reject control to reduce noise in the image.
-
Use the DDP control to optimize imaging in the blood flow regions and make a cleaner, less
noisy image.
-
Use UD Clarity (Cardiac) or UD Speckle reduce (non-cardiac) to reduce image speckle.
Extra care must be taken to select the optimal Speckle reduction level, as too much filtering
of speckle can mask or obscure desired image detail.
-
Use Adaptive reject (Cardiac) to reduce near field haze and blood pol artifact without diluting
tissue appearance of moving structures.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 65
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-7
4-3-7-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
M Mode Checks
Introduction
Figure 4-72 M-Mode Screen Example
4-3-7-2
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanner’s left-most probe connector.
-
See 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
3.) Press MM on the Operator panel to bring up an M-Mode picture on the screen.
4.) Use the trackball to position the cursor over the required area of the image.
4-3-7-3
Adjust the M Mode controls
These Image Controls are used to optimize the M mode picture. Verify that all the listed controls are
working as intended:
4 - 66
•
Adjust Horizontal sweep to optimize the display resolution.
•
Adjust Gain and TGC controls to adjust the range to be imaged.
•
Use the Frequency (move to higher frequencies) or the Frame rate control (move to lower frame
rate) to increase resolution in image.
•
Use the Frequency (move to lower frequency) to increase penetration.
•
Adjust Focus to move the focal point(s) around the region of interest in the M-Mode display.
•
Adjust Dynamic range to optimize the useful range of incoming echoes to the available grey scale.
•
Adjust Compress and Edge Enhance to further optimize the display.
•
Adjust Reject to reduce noise while taking care not to eliminate significant low-level diagnostic
information.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-8
4-3-8-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Color Mode Checks
Introduction
Color Flow screens are 2D or M Mode screens with colors representing blood or tissue movement.
Color Flow may be selected both from 2D mode or from M mode or a combination of these.
4-3-8-2
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanner’s left-most probe connector.
-
See "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
4-3-8-3
Select Color 2D Mode
1.) From an optimized 2D image, press Color.
2.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
3.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.
NOTE:
If the trackball control Pointer is selected, press trackball to be able to select between Position
and Size controls.
4.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.
4-3-8-4
NOTE:
NOTE:
Adjust the Color 2D Mode controls
•
Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the color flow area.
•
Adjust Scale to the highest setting that provides adequate flow detection.
The scale value may affect FPS, Low Velocity Reject, and Sample Volume.
•
Adjust Low Velocity Reject to remove low velocity blood flow and tissue movement that reduces
image quality.
•
Adjust Variance to detect flow disturbances.
•
Adjust Sample volume (SV) to a low setting for better flow resolution, or a higher setting to more
easily locate disturbed flows
•
Adjust Frequency to optimize the color flow display. Higher settings improve resolution. Lower
settings improve depth penetration and sensitivity. This does not affect the frequency used for 2D
and M-Mode.
Frequency setting may affect FPS, SV and Low Velocity Reject.
•
NOTE:
Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible.
The Power setting affects all other operating modes.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 67
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-8-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Adjust the Color 2D Mode controls (cont’d)
Adjust the following settings to further optimize display of the image:
4-3-8-5
•
Use Invert to reverse the color assignments in the color flow area of the display.
•
Use Tissue priority to emphasize either the color flow overlay, or the underlying grey scale tissue
detail.
•
Use Baseline to emphasize flow either toward or away from the probe.
•
Use Radial and Lateral Averaging to reduce noise in the color flow area. Radial and Lateral
Averaging smooths the image by averaging collected data along the same horizontal line. An
increase of the lateral averaging will reduce noise, but this will also reduce the lateral resolution.
Select Color M Mode
1.) Select M Mode (See: 4-3-7 "M Mode Checks" on page 4-66).
2.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
3.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.
NOTE:
If the trackball control Pointer is selected, press trackball to be able to select between Position
and Size controls.
4.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.
4-3-8-6
NOTE:
NOTE:
Adjust the Color M Mode controls
•
Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the color flow area.
•
Adjust Scale to the highest setting that provides adequate flow detection.
The scale value may affect FPS, Low Velocity Reject, and Sample Volume.
•
Adjust Low Velocity Reject to remove low velocity blood flow and tissue movement that reduces
image quality.
•
Adjust Variance to detect flow disturbances.
•
Adjust Sample volume (SV) to a low setting for better flow resolution, or a higher setting to more
easily locate disturbed flows
•
Adjust Frequency to optimize the color flow display. Higher settings improve resolution. Lower
settings improve depth penetration and sensitivity. This does not affect the frequency used for 2D
and M-Mode.
NOTE: Frequency setting may affect FPS, SV and Low Velocity Reject.
•
NOTE:
Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible.
The Power setting affects all other operating modes.
Adjust the following settings to further optimize display of the image:
4 - 68
•
Use Invert to reverse the color assignments in the color flow area of the display.
•
Use Tissue priority to emphasize either the color flow overlay, or the underlying grey scale tissue
detail.
•
Use Baseline to emphasize flow either toward or away from the probe.
•
Use Radial and Lateral Averaging to reduce noise in the color flow area. Radial and Lateral
Averaging smooths the image by averaging collected data along the same horizontal line. An
increase of the lateral averaging will reduce noise, but this will also reduce the lateral resolution.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-9
4-3-9-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
Introduction
PW and CW Doppler are used to measure velocity (most often in blood).
Doppler mode can be done with a special pencil probe or with an ordinary probe. By using an ordinary
probe, you can first bring up a 2D picture for navigation purpose and then add PW/CW Doppler.
4-3-9-2
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanner.
-
See 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
2.) Turn ON the scanner
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
3.) If needed, adjust the Display’s Brightness and Contrast setting.
4.) Press PW or CW to start Pulsed Wave Doppler (PW) or Continuous Wave Doppler (CW).
5.) Use the trackball to select the Area of Interest (Sample Volume) in PW or direction of interest in CW.
4-3-9-3
Adjust the PW/CW Doppler Mode controls
Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the spectral Doppler area.
NOTE:
•
Adjust Low velocity reject to reduce unwanted low velocity blood flow and tissue movement.
•
In PW mode, adjust Sample volume to low setting for better resolution, or higher setting to more
easily locate the disturbed flows.
•
Adjust the Compress setting to balance the effect of stronger and weaker echoes and obtain the
desired intensity display.
•
Adjust Frequency to optimize flow display. Higher setting will improve resolution and the lower
setting will increase the depth penetration.
•
Adjust Frame rate to a higher setting to improve motion detection, or to a lower setting to improve
resolution.
Frequency and Frame rate settings may affect the Low Velocity Reject.
•
NOTE:
Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible. This is particularly
important in CW mode, as the energy duty cycle is 100% (constant).
The Doppler Power setting affects only Doppler operating modes.
•
Adjust the following settings to further optimize the display of the image.
•
Use the Horizontal sweep to optimize the sweep speed.
•
To view signal detail, adjust Scale to enlarge the vertical spectral Doppler trace.
•
Use Invert to reverse the vertical component of the spectral Doppler area of the display.
•
Use Angle correction to steer the ultrasound beam to the blood flow to be measured.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 69
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-10
4-3-10-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks
Introduction
TVI calculates and color codes the velocities in tissue. The tissue velocity information is acquired by
sampling of tissue Doppler velocity values at discrete points. The information is stored in a combined
format with grey scale imaging during one or several cardiac cycles with high temporal resolution.
4-3-10-2
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanner’s left-most probe connector.
-
See Connecting Probes, page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes
-
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
2.) Turn ON the scanner
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
3.) If needed, adjust the Display’s Brightness and Contrast setting.
4.) Press TVI.
5.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
6.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.
NOTE:
If the trackball control pointer is selected, press trackball to be able to select between Position
and Size controls.
7.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.
4-3-10-3
Adjust the TVI Controls
•
NOTE:
The Scale value also affects the frame rate. There is a trade off between the frame rate and
quantification noise.
•
NOTE:
4 - 70
To reduce quantification noise (variance), the Nyquist limit should be as low as possible, without
creating aliasing. To reduce the Nyquist limit: Reduce the Scale value.
TVI provides velocity information only in the beam direction. The apical view typically provides the
best window since the beams are then approximately aligned to the longitudinal direction of the
myocardium (except near the apex). To obtain radial or circumferential tissue velocities, a
parasternal view must be used. However, from this window the beam cannot be aligned to the
muscle for all the parts of the ventricle.
PW will be optimized for Tissue Velocities when activated from inside TVI.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-11
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Probe/Connectors Check
Probes can be connected at any time, whether the unit is ON or OFF
CAUTION TAKE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WITH THE PROBE CABLES:
- KEEP AWAY FROM THE WHEELS
- DO NOT BEND
- DO NOT CROSS CABLES BETWEEN PROBES
Table 4-5
Step
Probe and Connectors Checks
Task
Expected Result(s)
1.
Press Probe on the Operator Panel.
A list of the connected probes will pop up on the screen.
2.
If not already selected. Use the trackball to select the
desired probe.
An application menu for the desired probe is listed on
the screen.
3.
Trackball to the desired application
Press Select to launch the application.
To change application without changing the current
probe, press Appl. on the Operator Panel.
The selected application starts.
4.
Verify no missing channels
All channels are functioning.
5.
Verify there's no EMI/RFI or artifacts specific to the
probe.
No EMI/RFI or artifacts.
6.
Test the probe in each active connector slot.,
see 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26
It will display pictorial data each time
7.
Do a leakage test on the probe, see Section 10-7
"Electrical Safety Tests" on page 10-20
It passes the test.
8.
Repeat this procedure for all available probes.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 71
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-12
4-3-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
ECG Check
Introduction
The ECG capability on this unit, is intended as use as a trigger for measurements, but can also be
viewed on the screen.
4-3-12-2
Parts needed
•
ECG Harness, P/N:16L0026 + P/N:16L0028
•
ECG Pads, (3 pc)
or
•
4-3-12-3
ECG simulator
Preparations
None
4-3-12-4
ECG Check
Table 4-6
Step
ECG Check
Task
Expected Result(s)
1.
Connect the ECG harness to the connector on the front The unit displays a straight curve along the bottom
of the system.
edge of the image sector on the screen.
2.
Connect the three leads to a ECG simulator,
or
When connecting, the signal on the screen will be noisy
When the connection is completed, a typical clean ECG
Fasten the three ECG Pads to your body and connect
signal is displayed.
the three leads to respective ECG Pad
4 - 72
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-13
4-3-13-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Cineloop Check
Introduction
A cineloop is a sequence of images recorded over a certain time frame. When using ECG the time frame
can be adjusted to cover one or more heart cycles. When frozen, the System automatically displays the
cineloop boundary markers on either side of the last detected heart cycle (Figure 4-73).
Figure 4-73 The Cineloop controls display
1. Left marker
2. Current frame
4-3-13-2
3. Right marker
4. Cine speed
Preparation
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanner.
-
See 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes
-
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
2.) Turn ON the scanner. The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
4-3-13-3
Adjust the Cineloop controls
1.) Press Freeze.
The left and right markers are displayed on either side of the last detected heart cycle on the ECG
trace.
2.) Press 2D Freeze.
The selected heart beat is played back.
3.) Press 2D Freeze to freeze the cineloop.
Use the trackball to scroll through the acquisition and find the sequence of interest.
4.) Adjust Cycle select to move from heart beat to heart beat and select the heart cycle of interest.
5.) Adjust Num cycles to increase or decrease the number of heart beats to be played back.
6.) Adjust Left marker and Right marker to trim or expand the cineloop boundaries.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 73
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-14
4-3-15
4-3-16
4-3-16-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor checks
•
If all the previous tests have been passed successfully, the Back End Processor is most likely OK.
•
If the system seems to be operating erratically, please refer to Chapter 7 - Diagnostics /
troubleshooting.
Operator Panel Test
•
The Operator Panel is tested when the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is powered up as part of the start-up
scripts, run at every start-up.
•
For more info, see:7-12-11 "Diagnostics - Interactive Tests" on page 7-66.
Peripheral checks
Overview
Checks for the following peripherals are included:
4-3-16-2
•
4-3-16-2 "Printer checks" on page 4-74
•
4-3-16-6 "DVR checks" on page 4-76
Printer checks
The internal printer is controlled from the P1 and P2 keys on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Operator Panel.
The factory default is:
•
P1 for the internal printer
•
P2 for external (network) printer
Table 4-7
Printer checks
Step
4-3-16-3
Task
Expected Result(s)
1.
When scanning in 2D Color Mode, Press Freeze to
stop image acquisition.
Image scanning stops with the last picture on the
screen.
2.
Press P1 on the Operator Panel
The image displayed on the screen is printed on the
assigned printer.
3.
Press P2 on the Operator Panel
The image displayed on the screen is printed on the
assigned printer.
4.
Check if the print quality on the pictures from both
printers are of expected quality.
Windows Print Test Page
This tests that the printer is correctly installed and hooked up at the Windows level.
1.) Open the Printers folder, either from Start > Settings > Printers or from Utilities > System > Printers.
2.) Right click on a printer and select Preferences.
3.) Select Print Test Page (this will send a print to the printer bypassing all of the Scanner software).
4.) Observe the page. If the page prints out, the problem you are looking for is probably a configuration
issue in windows, or configuration issue in Utilities > Connectivity. If the page does not print out,
there probably is a cabling issue, or a printer configuration issue in Windows.
NOTE:
4 - 74
For the Sony small format printers you will see the test page clipped. This is normal.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-16-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Setup and Test a Printer Service
1.) Select Utility > Connectivity
If you get a pop-up asking you to log on, select ADM. If the customer has not changed the user, the
password is ulsadm.
2.) Select the Service tab.
3.) In the comb box “Select Service to Add” select “Standard Print” and click on Add.
4.) In the right pane Properties “Combo Box” Select the printer you wish to test. Set any other
parameters you desire.
5.) In the left pane “Properties” Enter a name that describes the printer and configuration you just
selected in the right pane.
6.) Select the Button tab.
7.) Select one of the “Physical Print Buttons” that you want to configure.
8.) In the right pane click on the service name you just created in the Services Tab.
9.) Click on the “>>” button. This will place this service in the PrintFlow View for the printer button you
selected.
10.)Click on Save.
You have now configured a printer service and attached it to a print button.
Now you can test the printer by pressing the print button you just configured. If you configured it for 1
row and 1 column each time you press the print button you will get a print sent to the printer. If you
configured some other combination of rows or columns you will have to push the printer button multiple
times before a print is sent to the printer.
If the image does not print, check the configuration to verify that you have it set up correctly.
4-3-16-5
View the Windows Printer Queues
1.) Go to Utility > System > Peripherals
2.) Click on Properties.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 75
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-16-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DVR checks
Overview
The DVR is operated from Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Operator Panel. The DVR status displayed on the screen
indicates the current DVR function.
Figure 4-74 DVR status on the title bar
1.
Video counter
6.
Pause (red while recording)
2.
Title number
7.
Fast Forward
3.
Recording (red)
8.
Rewind
4.
Stop
9.
Eject
5.
Play
10.
Search
Tools
A blank DVD+RW disc.
Recording
1.) Insert a blank DVD+RW in the DVR unit.
NOTE:
New disks need to be prepared for recording. The preparation takes about one minute. Observe
the busy light on the DVR unit or the busy icon on screen.
2.) Create a patient record or open an existing one.
3.) Press Record on the Operator Panel.
A red dot is displayed in the DVR status area on the Title bar to indicate that recording has begun.
NOTE:
A new title is created for each recording session.
4.) Press Record to toggle between pause and record.
NOTE:
When recording is resumed after pause a new chapter is created.
5.) To stop recording, press Stop/Eject on the Touch Panel.
4 - 76
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-16-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DVR checks (cont’d)
Play back an examination
1.) Insert the DVD to play back and wait while it is loading.
2.) Press Playback on the Touch Panel.
3.) Use the buttons on the Touch Panel to perform actions on the recorded session, such as stop,
pause, rewind or fast forward. Press the dedicated Prev and Next buttons to change title or chapter.
4.) To find a patient record, press Go to/Search on the Touch Panel.
The Video Counter/Search window is displayed.
5.) Select a title from the Recording title drop-down menu and press Search counter.
Playback of the selected title is started.
Ejecting the DVD
1.) Press Stop/Eject twice to eject the disk.
The Finalize window is displayed.
2.) Select:
4-3-16-7
-
Yes:
The DVD is finalized and ejected. Finalized DVD cannot be reused for recording.
-
No:
The DVD is ejected without being finalized. The DVD can be reused for recording additional
titles, but it will not be playable on other DVD players without being finalized.
Turn OFF Power to Vivid E9/Vivid E7
See 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 77
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
4-3-17
4-3-17-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical Functions Checks
Operator Panel Movement
Please refer to:
4-3-17-2
•
4-2-5 "Top Console position adjustment" on page 4-11.
•
4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page 4-14.
Casters (Wheels), Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
The wheels are controlled by the pedals situated between the front wheels of the unit (see Figure 4-75).
Examine the wheels frequently for defects to avoid breaking or jamming.
Table 4-8
Wheel Characteristics
WHEEL
FRONT
REAR
CHARACTERISTICS
SWIVEL, SWIVEL LOCK AND BRAKE
SWIVEL AND BRAKE
Figure 4-75 Pedals
Follow the steps below to verify that Brakes and Direction Locks function as intended.
1.) Press the right pedal
to engage the front wheel brakes. Apply a pressure on the scanner to
verify that the brakes works as intended.
2.) Press the center pedal
to release the front wheel brakes.
3.) Press the left pedal to engage the Swivel lock. Ensure that the wheels lock, making it impossible
to turn the scanner to the sides.
4.) Press the center pedal
to release the Swivel lock.
5.) Apply the additional brakes on the rear wheels and verify that they function. When finished, release
the additional brakes.
4 - 78
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-4
Application Turnover Check List
Complete these checks before returning the scanner to customer for use:
4-4-1
Software Configuration Checks
Table 4-9
STEP
Software Configuration Checks
TASK
1.
Check Date and Time setting
2.
Check that Location (Hospital Name &
Department) is correct
3.
Check Language settings
4.
Check assignment of Printer Keys
5.
Check that all of the customer’s options are
correct installed
CHECK (
)
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 79
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-5
Power supply test & adjustments
4-5-1
Power Supply Test Procedure
There is no need to do any special tests on the Power Supplies if there don’t seems to be a problem
that may be related to the Power Supply.
Refer to 7-14-3 "System Doesn’t Power On / Boot Up" on page 7-124, if you appear to have a problem
that may be related to the Power Supplies.
4-5-2
Power Supply Adjustment
There are no adjustments on the power supply. The DC Power is self-regulated. If a voltage is outside
the specified range, it means that something is wrong, either with the power supply itself or with a unit
connected to that specific power outlet. When an error occur, the power will be turned off immediately.
Refer to 7-14-3 "System Doesn’t Power On / Boot Up" on page 7-124, if you appear to have a problem
that may be related to the Power Supplies.
4 - 80
Section 4-5 - Power supply test & adjustments
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-6
Site Log
Table 4-10
DATE
Site Log
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
COMMENTS
Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks
4 - 81
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 4-10
DATE
4 - 82
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Site Log (cont’d)
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
Section 4-6 - Site Log
COMMENTS
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 5
Components and functions (theory)
Section 5-1
Overview
5-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter explains Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s system concepts, component arrangement, and subsystem
functions. It also describes the Power Distribution System and the Common Service Desktop interface.
5-1-2
Contents in this chapter
5-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-2
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-3
Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-5
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-6
InSite ExC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-7
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5-8
Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-9
Main Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
5-10
Air Flow control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
5-11
Casters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
5-12
Front End Processor (FEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-13
Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-14
Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
5-16
Input and Output (I/O) modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
5-17
Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
5-18
Cables for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
5-19
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
5-20
Product manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
5-21
Common Service Desktop overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
5-22
Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 after diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-2
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models and hardware/software compatibility
5-2-1
VIVID E9 models covered by this manual
Table 5-1
MODEL
NUMBER
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility sheet 1 of 3
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
GB200063 or
GA200824
GB000070 Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option
17 inch LCD (100-230V)
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
GB200001
MLA16,
BEP6 w/4D
4D TEE
backplane,
Vivid
E9
with
XDclear
4D
Expert
Option
GB000080
192 RX channels
19 inch LCD (100-230V)
and one TX card
with 192 channels
GB000075
v104.3.5
v113.0 or higher
N/A
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
v104.3.3
(or higher)
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
GB200001
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
v104.3.3
(or higher)
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 17 inch LCD
(100-230V)
GB000085 Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 19 inch LCD
(100-230V)
GB200062 or
GA200804
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration VE9 Card Rack
GB000090
Complete
w.
MLA4
17 inch Monitor (100-230V)
GB000095
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration
19 inch Monitor (100-230V)
GB200001
BEP6 w/4D
GB200003
GA000940
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 17” LCD
GB200063 or
GA200824
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16,
4D TEE
backplane,
192 RX channels
and one TX card
with 192 channels
GA000950
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 19” LCD
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia Quadro
2000D
GA200890
BEP6 w/4D
GB200003
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia Quadro
2000D
GA200890
BEP w/4D Nvidia
5-2
Section 5-2 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models and hardware/software compatibility
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 5-1
MODEL
NUMBER
GB000040
GB000050
GA000945
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
Configuration - 17” LCD
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
BEP6 wo/4D
GB200062 or
GA200804
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
VE9 Card Rack
GA200900
Complete w. MLA4 BEP5 wo/4D
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000955 Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 19” LCD
GA200900
BEP5 wo/4D
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v110.1.12
BEP6 w/4D
GA200890 or
GA200800
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 17” LCD
v104.3.x
v110.1.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
GA200824 or
GB200063
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16,
4D TEE backplane
and
192 RX channels
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 19” LCD
v112.1.0 or higher
v104.3.x
GB200001
GA000815
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
v113.x
GB200002
GA000810
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
v113.x
GB200002
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
Configuration - 19” LCD
Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 17” LCD
BACK END
PROCESSOR
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GB200001
BEP6 w/4D
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
v113.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v110.0.x
v104.3.x
v110.1.12
v104.3.2
v110.1.x
v113.x
v104.3.2
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v110.0.x
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 5-1
MODEL
NUMBER
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000830 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 17” LCD
GA200900 or
GA200805
v110.1.12
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
VE9 Card Rack
GB200002
Complete w. MLA4
BEP6 wo/4D
v104.3.x
GA000835 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 19” LCD
GA200900 or
GA200805
BEP5 wo/4D
GA200035
NOTE:
5-2-2
v110.1.12
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v113.x
v110.0.x
v113.x
GA200890,
GA200800 or
5145000-10
BEP5 w/4D
v104.0.x
v108.x.x
v113.x
NOTE!
Hardware
update or box
(console) swap
required.
When not otherwise specified, the contents in this manual applies to all VIVID E9 models.
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility
Table 5-2
MODEL
NUMBER
v113.x
v110.0.x
GA200744
GA000100 VIVID E9, 100-230 VAC (with 4D)
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
v104.3.x
BEP5 wo/4D
GA200804 or
GB200062
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
VIVID E7 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration
GB200062
- 17 inch LCD
GB200002
VE9 Card Rack
BEP6 wo/4D
GB000100 VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration Complete w. MLA4
- 19 inch LCD
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
VERSION(S)
CAN BE
UPGRADED
TO
GB000099
NOTE:
5-4
v104.3.5
v113.0 or higher
When not otherwise specified, the contents in this manual applies to all VIVID E7 models.
Section 5-2 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models and hardware/software compatibility
v113.x
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-3
Software overview
5-3-1
Purpose of this section
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has a huge amount of features implemented in software. The intention with this
section is to give you a brief overview of the software used on Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-3-2
5-3-3
Contents in this section
5-3-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-3-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-3-3
Hard Disk Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-3-4
System software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-3-5
Application software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-3-6
Software patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-3-7
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-3-8
Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Hard Disk Partitions
The hard disk drive on Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is divided into five partitions.
Table 5-3
Use of the Partitions
DRIVE LETTER
LABEL
SIZE
COMMENTS
-
BOOT
0.05 GB
BOOT partition (GRUB)
Hidden in Windows, but available
via InSite
C:
SYSTEM
15 GB
System and program files
D:
USER
10 GB
User files and swap files
E:
ARCHIVE
REMAINING
Database files and images
F:
REPOSIT
8 GB
Repository
When installing (or reinstalling) software, you get the choice to either erase all the contents on the hard
drive and install new System Software, or only repair or upgrade the software on the C:\ partition.
If you chose to erase all the contents on the hard drive, all stored data, including all set-up data and
patient archive, will be lost.
It is considered to be the best practice to always move images away from the hard disk drive, do backup
of databases etc. and record important configuration data on paper before starting a software load or
reload.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System software
The System Software contains the operating system and 3rd party software.
It is based on Windows XP Embedded and is included on the UFD or on a DVD.
The two BEP versions are using different versions of the the System Software. Both versions are
included on the UFD, but they are separated on different DVDs.
For software versions, see: Section 9-6 "Software overview" on page 9-10.
5-3-5
Application software
The Application Software includes all the functionality for Vivid E9/Vivid E7. It is included on the UFD or
on a CD-ROM.
For software versions, see: Section 9-6 "Software overview" on page 9-10.
5-3-6
Software patches
Sometimes, usually in-between ordinary software releases, there may be issued “Software Patches”.
A Software Patch may be a new version of one or a few files that fixes an issue that have been found
after the last released software was released. A Software Patch can sometimes be used to install new
files like new software drivers for peripherals.
The software patches are included on the UFD or on a CD-ROM.
5-3-7
5-3-8
Software Updates
•
For upgrade kits, see: Section 9-25 "Kits - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-138.
•
For software versions, see: Section 9-6 "Software overview" on page 9-10.
Common Service Desktop
•
Information about the Common Service Desktop is included in Section 5-21 "Common Service
Desktop overview" on page 5-136.
•
How to use the Common Service Desktop is described in Chapter 7, see Section 7-12 "Common
Service Desktop" on page 7-35.
Section 5-4
Options
5-6
•
For a list of the available options, see: Section 9-24 "Options - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-131.
•
For descriptions of the options, see the User Manual.
•
For Installation instructions, see: Section 3-11 "Options Setup" on page 3-110.
•
For configuration, see: 3-6-7 "Software Options Configuration" on page 3-47.
Section 5-3 - Software overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-5
Connectivity
5-5-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes communication and connection options between the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
ultrasound scanner and other devices in the hospital information system.
5-5-2
5-5-3
Contents in this section
5-5-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-5-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-5-3
The Dataflow concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-5-4
Stand-alone Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-5-5
“Sneaker net” environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-5-6
Direct connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to an EchoPAC PC workstation . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-5-7
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and a DICOM server in a network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-5-8
Dataflow naming convention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-5-9
Dataflow examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5-5-10
Predefined Dataflows and Additional Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5-5-11
New Dataflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-5-12
Creating a New Dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
The Dataflow concept
Communication between the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit and other information providers on the
network takes the form of dataflows. Each dataflow defines the transfer of patient information from either
an input source to the unit, or from the unit to an output source (see examples in 5-5-9 "Dataflow
examples" on page 5-9).
Patient information can include demographic data and images, as well as reports and Measurement and
Analysis (M&A) data.
A dataflow is a set of pre-configured services. Selecting a dataflow will automatically customize the
ultrasound unit to work according to the services associated with this dataflow.
By utilizing dataflows, the user can configure the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit to optimally meet the
needs of the facility, while keeping the user interface unchanged. Once the dataflow is selected, the
actual location of the database is entirely transparent.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Stand-alone Vivid E9/Vivid E7
In this case, images will most likely be reviewed from a removable media (UFD/DVD or CD). If digital
images are stored, they should be saved directly to the removal media.
5-5-5
“Sneaker net” environment
In this case, the EchoPAC PC (one or several) is used for review of studies acquired on one or more
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 without being connected in a network. Images can be stored on the scanner’s internal
hard drive (recommended) or on a dedicated removable media.
•
Images stored on internal hard drive
In this configuration images are first stored on the scanner’s hard drive and then exported from the
scanner’s hard drive to a sneaker CD, DVD or UFD and finally imported from the sneaker CD, DVD
or UFD to the EchoPAC PC’s internal hard drive.
•
Images stored on dedicated removable media
In this configuration the images are stored directly on a dedicated removal media and imported to
the EchoPAC PC’s internal hard drive.
5-5-6
Direct connection from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to an EchoPAC PC workstation
In this case, the data is transferred from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to a dedicated EchoPAC PC Workstation
over an Ethernet connection.
The connection may be done in one of three ways:
•
with a crossover cable as a Peer-to-Peer Network
•
connection via a Local Area Network (LAN) - set up for this special use only
•
connection via the hospital network (Local Area Network - LAN or Wide Area Network - WAN)
The database from the EchoPAC PC is used as the master and images are stored directly to the
EchoPAC PC internal hard drive.
In this configuration the scanner is just an intermediate acquisition unit which after completion of a study,
will not contain any patient information, measurements or images. The acquisition can be done online
or offline.
5-5-7
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and a DICOM server in a network
In this case, the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is configured to work with a DICOM server in a network environment.
Usually, this will be the hospital network. Images are first saved on the local image buffer on the
scanner. At the end of the examination the images are sent to the DICOM server via a DICOM spooler.
This scenario requires that the scanner is configured to be connected to the DICOM server.
5-5-8
Dataflow naming convention
The predefined dataflows have descriptive names.
Example:
LocalArchive-Int HD/DICOM Server
The name indicates that patient data is archived locally in the archive on the internal hard disk and
images are stored both to the local hard drive and to the DICOM server.
5-8
Section 5-5 - Connectivity
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Dataflow examples
Communication between the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit and other information providers on the
network takes the form of dataflows. Selecting a dataflow will automatically customize the ultrasound
unit to work according to the services associated with this dataflow.
Each dataflow defines the location and format of patient information. Patient information can include
demographic data and images, as well as reports, measurement and analysis data.
By utilizing dataflows, the user can configure the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit to optimally meet the
connectivity needs of the facility, while keeping the user interface unchanged. The dataflow concept
allows the flexibility of data to be obtained from various sources and allows data to flow to various output
sources.
Table 5-4
Stand-alone scanner
Stand-alone scanner
Scanner
PHONO
ECG
AUX
(pressure/pulse)
Acquisition:
Review:
Scanner dataflow: LocalArchive-Int.HD
Scanner dataflow: LocalArchive-Int.HD
The local database is used for patient archiving. Images are stored to internal harddrive.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Dataflow examples (cont’d)
Table 5-5
Scanner and Workstation in a direct connect environment
Scanner and Workstation in a direct connect environment
EchoPAC PC
PHONO
ECG
AUX
(pressure/pulse )
Acquisition:
Review:
Scanner dataflow: RemoteArch-Remote HD
Workstation dataflow: LocalArchive-Int.HD
In this scenario the data is transferred from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to a dedicated EchoPAC PC workstation over
the Ethernet (either in a peer-to-peer connection with a crossover cable, or in a network). The database from
the EchoPAC PC is used as the master and images are stored directly to the EchoPAC PC internal hard drive.
In this configuration the scanner is just an intermediate acquisition unit which after completion of a study, will
not contain any patient information, measurements or images.
Up to three scanners can be connected to one EchoPAC PC if the workstation has the EchoPAC Share option
enabled.
Table 5-6
Scanner and Workstation in a network environment
Scanner and Workstation in a network environment
Server
EchoPAC PC
PHONO
ECG
AUX
(pressure/pulse)
Acquisition:
Review:
Scanner dataflow: RemoteArch-Remote HD
Workstation dataflow: RemoteArch-Remote HD
In this scenario the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is configured to work with an ImageVault patient demographics and image
server in a network environment. Images are first saved on the local image buffer on the scanner and transferred
to the server when saving the examination.
5 - 10
Section 5-5 - Connectivity
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Dataflow examples (cont’d)
Table 5-7
Scanner and DICOM server in a Network
Scanner and DICOM server in a Network
DICOM Server
PHONO
ECG
AUX
(pressure/pulse)
Scanner DICOM dataflows:
DICOM server: Images are stored to a DICOM server.
Local Archive - Int HD/DICOM Server: The local archive is used for patient archiving. Images are stored to the
internal hard drive and to a DICOM server.
Remote Archive - Remote HD/DICOM Server: A remote database is used for patient archiving. Images are
stored to a network image volume and to a DICOM server.
Worklist/Local Archive - DICOM Server/Int HD: Search in a DICOM Modality Worklist, the patient found is
copied into local database. The patient information and the examination results are stored to the local database.
Images are stored to a DICOM server and to an image volume on the local hard drive.
Worklist/Remote Archive - DICOM Server/Remote HD: Search in a DICOM Modality Worklist, the patient
found is copied into a remote database. The patient information and the examination results are stored to a
remote database. Images are stored to a DICOM server and to an image network volume as pure DICOM in
both locations.
Query/Retrieve: Retrieve images from a DICOM server based on query parameters.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Predefined Dataflows and Additional Outputs
To get access to the Dataflows, select F2, log on as ADM, select Connectivity > Dataflow.
The following dataflows are available on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7:
•
Local Archive - Int HD
•
Remote Archive - Remote HD
•
Worklist/Local Archive - DICOM Server/Int. HD
•
Worklist/Remote Archive - DICOM Server/Remote HD
•
DICOM CD/DVD read
•
DICOM Server
•
CD/DVD Archive
•
DICOM CD/DVD
•
Remote Import/Export
•
Worklist/Remote Archive-Remote Storage
•
Local Archive - Int HD/DICOM Server
•
Remote Archive - Remote HD/DICOM Server
•
Dicom Print
•
Query retrieve
•
Local Archive - Int HD/eVue
•
Misc Export
•
Remote Archive - Remote HD/eVue
•
Worklist/Local Archive - Local HD
•
USB Hard Disk/Memstick
•
DICOM USB Hard Disk/Memstick
•
Worklist - DICOM Server
The Outputs, listed below, can be assigned to the P1/P2 buttons and to Record:
To get access to the Additional Outputs, select F2, log on as ADM, Select Connectivity > Additional
Outputs.
5 - 12
•
Dicom Print
•
Dicom Storage
•
Printer
•
Store to clipboard
•
Video Record
Section 5-5 - Connectivity
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
New Dataflows
It is possible to make new dataflows by combining the predefined settings. New dataflows can only be
added in allowed combinations.
NOTE:
You can not combine two services of the same type.
NOTE:
DICOM Query retrieve, and DICOM CD Read can not be combined with any other service.
The matrix in the table below describes the allowed combinations of inputs and outputs in a dataflow.
Table 5-8
Allowed combinations of inputs and outputs in a dataflow
OUTPUT
INPUT
No Output
Database
Database
Remote
Database
X
Remote Database
X
X
DICOM USB device Read
X
Query/Retrieve
X
No input device
X
X
DICOM CD Read
Worklist/rem database
Remote
Database +
DICOM
Storage
X
DICOM Worklist
Worklist/database
DICOM
Storage
Database +
DICOM
Storage
X
X
X
X
X
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-5-12
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Creating a New Dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage
To create a new dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage, do the following in exactly these
steps:
NOTICE Failure to add destinations to the dataflow in the correct order may or will cause intermittent errors.
1.) Add the Worklist Input, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: DR PACS Worklist or just
Worklist).
Go to the IP Address field, scroll down and select <Modify>. This will allow you to edit or add IP
Addresses (New Destinations/devices). If the correct IP Address is already in the list, just select it.
2.) Add the Database Input/Output, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: Local Archive - Int
HD).
Go to the IP Address field and (if the Database is to be the Local Archive) verify that “My Computer”
is selected.
The IP Address should then be correct and the Database Name and Archive File Location entries
should auto-populate correctly.
3.) Add the DICOM Storage Output, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: DR PACS Store).
Go to the IP Address field, scroll down and select <Modify>. This will allow you to edit or add IP
Addresses (New Destinations/devices).
If the correct IP Address is already in the list, just select it.
If you create the Dataflow in any other order or remove and add an entry later, you may or will receive
“you are not connected to the Database” errors when trying to create a patient locally. The Worklist will
work, however they can NOT save patients “created” on the Vivid 7 to the Archive while using that
dataflow.
You can change the information on each entry in a Dataflow as long as you do NOT remove or add to
the Dataflow out of sequence.
You should also set Direct Search to “All patients” for the new dataflow.
Related information:
•
5 - 14
See the User Manual for more information about Dataflows.
Section 5-5 - Connectivity
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-6
InSite ExC
5-6-1
Introduction
InSite ExC is your direct link with a GE Online Service Engineer or Applications Support Engineer, or a
Request for Service via the InSite ExC link at the bottom of the display screen.
5-6-2
InSite ExC Icon
The InSite ExC icon in the status bar change symbol and color depending on ongoing activity.
Figure 5-1 InSite ExC icon in the status bar
Clicking on the Icon brings up the InSite ExC menu.
Figure 5-2 InSite ExC Menu
Menu Choices
•
Service Desktop: Opens the Service Desktop on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
Request For Service. Opens a service dispatch with GE Service.
•
Connect to GE. Direct contact with GE Technical Support.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-6-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
InSite ExC Status
Depending on the ongoing activity, the InSite ExC icon change.
Table 5-9
ICON
InSite ExC Icons, depending on ongoing activity
DESCRIPTION
Idle State - Online Center Is Not Connected
Black and White Icon - InSite ExC activated but system not open for Technical
Support access.
Servicing State - Online Center Is Connected
Yellow Icon - InSite ExC activated and Technical Support can look around on
your system, see temperatures and voltage information, see status, get files
stored with Alt > D and look at logs, but cannot perform any service related
functions.
Disruptive State - Online Center Is Connected
Red Icon with clock - InSite ExC activated.
Disrupted State - Online Center Is Connected
Red Icon with GE Logo - InSite ExC activated and Technical Support can look
around on your system, run diagnostics, gather logs, and initiate VCO.
Active Messaging State - Online Center Is Connected
The system has received information from the GE remote service office.
5 - 16
Section 5-6 - InSite ExC
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-6-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Initiating a Request for Service (RFS)
To initiate an RFS
1.) Position the Windows pointer on top of the GE InSite ExC icon at the bottom of the display.
2.) Press the Right Trackball Set Key. This opens of the RFS screen which sends a service dispatch
directly to GE Service after you fill in the following information:
-
Items with a red asterisk
-
Problem type
-
Problem area
-
Problem description
-
Send
3.) After you have completed filling in all of this information, press Send to initiate the Request for
Service.
Figure 5-3 Request for Service Contact Information
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-6-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Automatic Request for Service (ARFS)
(This feature was introduced for software version v112.0 (BT’12))
If some important parameters are outside the predefined limits, an ARFS will be sent to GE via InSite.
The parameters in the table below are monitored:
Table 5-10
#
Monitored parameters for ARFS
Report Error (RFS)
Accepted Values
1.
Comment
If the temperature on any of the DRX cards rise
above 80 °C (176 °F), an ARFS is generated.
DRX4_TOP (DRX1-4)
-10 °C - 80 °C
2.
Rack Fan 1
100 - 5000 [RPM]
3.
Rack Fan 2
100 - 5000 [RPM]
4.
Rack Fan 3
100 - 5000 [RPM]
5.
Rack Fan 4
100 - 5000 [RPM]
6.
Probe CRC failure
N/A
(The lower temperature limit (-10 °C) is outside the
operating temperature for the product, so the readings
should never be as low as this temperature.)
If the fan speed is lower than 100 RPM, the fan has
most likely stopped, and an ARFS is generated.
(The upper limit (5000 RPM) is above the speed that
the fans can archive, so the readings should never be
as high as this limit.)
ARFS is generated on Probe CRC failure.
For the ARFS to be operational, a “permanent user” has to be created.
See: 3-10-4-2 "Create an Insite permanent user" on page 3-108.
5 - 18
Section 5-6 - InSite ExC
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-6-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
InSite ExC Definitions
Here are definitions for the different InSite ExC states:
NOTE:
5-6-7
•
Virtual Console Observation (VCO). Allows GE’s Technical Support to control Vivid E9/Vivid E7
functionality remotely.
•
Disruptive. Allows GE’s Technical Support person to connect to your system via VCO, to run
diagnostics directly on your Vivid E9/Vivid E7 system, and to collect system logs. When the system
is in Disruptive Mode, the icons are red. There are two disruptive states. If you see a telephone with
a clock, then the system is in Disruptive, Not Connected Mode. If you see a telephone with GE, then
the system is in Disruptive, Connected Mode.
•
Non-Disruptive. Allows GE’s Technical Support person to look around on your system, but cannot
perform any service-related functions, depending on whether InSite has connected or not
connected. There are two Non-Disruptive states. If you see a black and white icon, InSite ExC is
activated, but not open for Technical Support access. If you see a yellow icon, InSite ExC is
activated and the Technical Support person can look around on your system, but cannot perform
any service-related functions.
•
Connected. InSite ExC is connected.
•
Not Connected. InSite ExC is not connected.
When Disruptive mode has been activated or a diagnostic has been run, the message, “Due to
Service testing reboot required,” appears in red at the bottom of the display. It is recommended
that you reboot the system before use. Make sure you disable disruptive mode before rebooting
or the message will not be cleared.
Exiting InSite ExC
To exit InSite ExC:
1.) Press the Left Trackball Set key.
2.) Select Connect to GE.
3.) Press the Right Trackball Set key. The GE Technical Support person then exits Disruptive Mode
and VCO.
4.) Reboot your Vivid E9/Vivid E7 system.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-7
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview
5-7-1
Purpose of this section
The purpose of this section is to give you an overview of Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and how it function.
5-7-2
5-7-3
Contents in this section
5-7-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5-7-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5-7-3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5-7-4
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5-7-5
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5-7-6
Signal flow overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5-7-7
System configuration and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-7-8
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-7-9
The electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-7-10
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 interconnection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5-7-11
Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Introduction
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 ultrasound unit is a high performance digital ultrasound imaging system with total
data management.
The system provides image generation in 4D (model dependant), 2D (B) Mode, Color Doppler, Power
Doppler (Angio), M-Mode, Color M-Mode, PW and CW Doppler spectra, Tissue Velocity imaging,
advanced Strain and Contrast applications. The fully digital architecture of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 unit
allows optimal usage of all scanning modes and probe types, throughout the full spectrum of operating
frequencies.
5 - 20
Section 5-7 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 general description
Figure 5-4 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 major components
MAIN MONITOR
UPPER PANEL
WITH STEREO LOUDSPEAKERS
AND TOUCH MONITOR
OPERATOR PANEL
ALPHANUMERIC
KEYBOARD
DVD-R PLAYER/RECORDER
B/W VIDEO PRINTER
PATIENT I/O
DOPPLER (PEDOF) CONNECTOR
PROBE CONNECTORS
BRAKE PEDALS
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is a digital beamforming system. Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel
to the Front End Electronics, then to the Back End Processor, and finally, the results are displayed on
the monitor.
System configuration is stored on the hard drive, inside the Back End Processor (BEP), and all
necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.
A Physio module, the Patient I/O, is incorporated in the Back End Processor (BEP) to provide ECG
signals to synchronize cardiac ultrasound image acquisition. Other analog signals, from devices such
as treadmills (e.g. ECG and phono), may also be processed by the Patient I/O.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 block diagram
Figure 5-5 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 block diagram
NOTE:
5 - 22
Depending on Vivid E9/Vivid E7 model and installed options, the number of cards and the part
numbers on the cards will vary.
Section 5-7 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Signal flow overview
The GTX board(s) in the Front End Processor, generates the strong bursts transmitted by the probes
as ultrasound, into the body. The Transmit bursts are routed from the GTX board via the XD bus to the
Relay board where the ultrasound probes are connected.
Weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure are received by the probes and routed via
the Relay board and the XD bus to the RX boards. The RX boards amplifies these signals. Then the
signals are routed to the DRX board(s) where the signals are A/D converted. The digital signals are then
further processed on the DRX boards.
After amplification and digital signal processing in the Front End electronics, the signal is transferred via
the PCIe bus to the Back End Processor. The Back End Processor receives input commands from the
User Interface (Operator Panel), handles the communication with the rest of the system, delivers signals
(digital video) to the LCD screen and the Touch Screen. controls and delivers digital video signals to an
optional, internal, Digital Video Recorder, provides output to an optional, internal printer. The
communication to the network (Ethernet) is also handled by the Back End Processor.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 23
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System configuration and software
System configuration is stored on a hard disk drive inside the Back End Processor.
At power up, all necessary software is loaded from the hard disk drive.
5-7-8
Operator Panel
The user initiates system operation via the Operator Panel which contains a control panel with different
controls for TGC and an LCD touch display. An alphanumeric keyboard is located as a drawer below
the Operator Panel.
5-7-9
The electronics
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 internal electronics are divided into two card cages:
•
Front End Processor (FEP)
The FEP is sometimes called “Front End Card Cage”, “Front End”, or only “Card Cage”.
For details about the FEP, see: Section 5-12 "Front End Processor (FEP)" on page 5-43.
•
Back End Processor (BEP)
For details about the BEP, see: Section 5-13 "Back End Processor (BEP)" on page 5-81.
5 - 24
Section 5-7 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 interconnection diagram
Figure 5-6 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 w/ BEP6 interconnection diagram
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 25
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 interconnection diagram (cont’d)
Figure 5-7 VIVID E9 w/ BEP5 interconnection diagram
5 - 26
Section 5-7 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-11
5-7-11-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Operating Modes
2D-Mode (B-Mode)
2D-mode or B-Mode is a two-dimensional image of the amplitude of the echo signal. It is used for
location and measurement of anatomical structures and for spatial orientation during operation of other
modes. In 2D-mode, a two-dimensional cross-section of a three-dimensional soft tissue structure such
as the heart is displayed in real time. Ultrasound echoes of different intensities are mapped to different
gray scale or color values in the display. The outline of the 2D cross-section is a sector, depending on
the particular transducer used. 2D-mode can be used in combination with any other mode.
5-7-11-2
Octave Imaging
In Octave Imaging, sometimes called “Tissue Harmonic Imaging”, acoustic aberrations due to tissue are
minimized by receiving and processing the second harmonic signal that is generated within the
insonified tissue. Vivid E9/Vivid E7`s high performance Octave Imaging provides superb detail
resolution and penetration, outstanding contrast resolution, excellent acoustic clutter rejection and an
easy to operate user interface for switching into Octave Imaging mode. Coded Harmonics enhances
near field resolution for improved small parts imaging as well as far field penetration. It diminishes low
frequency amplitude noise and improves imaging technically difficult patients. It may be especially
beneficial when imaging isoechoic lesions in shallow-depth anatomy in the breast, liver and hard-tovisualize fetal anatomy. Coded Harmonics may improve the 2D-Mode image quality without introducing
a contrast agent.
5-7-11-3
M-Mode
In M-mode, soft tissue structure is presented as scrolling display, with depth on the Y-axis and time on
the X-axis. It is used primarily for cardiac measurements such as value timing on septal wall thickness
when accurate timing information is required. M-mode is also known as T-M mode or time-motion mode.
Ultrasound echoes of different intensities are mapped to different gray scale values in the display. Mmode displays time motion information of the ultrasound data derived from a stationary beam. Depth is
arranged along the vertical axis with time along the horizontal axis. M-mode is normally used in
conjunction with a 2D image for spatial reference. The 2D image has a graphical line (M-line)
superimposed on the 2D image indicating where the M-mode beam is located.
5-7-11-4
Color Doppler Mode
Color Doppler is used to detect motion presented as a two-dimensional display. There are three
applications of this technique:
5-7-11-5
•
Color Flow Mode - used to visualize blood flow velocity and direction
•
Power Doppler (Angio) - used to visualize the spatial distribution of blood
•
Tissue Velocity Imaging - used to visualize tissue motion direction and velocity
Color Flow Mode
A real-time two-dimensional cross-section image of blood flow is displayed. The 2D cross-section is
presented as a full color display, with various colors being used to represent blood flow (velocity,
variance, power and/or direction). To provide spatial orientation, the full color blood flow cross-section
is overlaid on top of the gray scale cross-section of soft tissue structure (2D echo). For each pixel in the
overlay, the decision of whether to display color (Doppler), gray scale (echo) information or a blended
combination is based on the relative strength of return echoes from the soft tissue structures and from
the red blood cells. Blood velocity is the primary parameter used to determine the display colors, but
power and variance may also be used. A high pass filter (wall filter) is used to remove the signals from
stationary or slowly moving structures. Tissue motion is discriminated from blood flow by assuming that
blood is moving faster than the surrounding tissue, although additional parameters may also be used to
enhance the discrimination. Color flow can be used in combination with 2D and Spectral Doppler
modes.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 27
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-7-11-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power Doppler
A real-time two dimensional cross-section of blood flow is displayed. The 2D cross-section is presented
as a full color display, with various colors being used to represent the power in blood flow echoes. Often,
to provide spatial orientation, the full color blood flow cross-section is overlaid on top of the gray scale
cross-section of soft tissue structure (2D echo). For each pixel in the overlay, the decision of whether to
display color (Doppler power), gray scale (echo) information or a blended combination is based on the
relative strength of return echoes from the soft-tissue structures and from the red blood cells. A high
pass filter (wall filter) is used to remove the signals from stationary or slowly moving structures. Tissue
motion is discriminated from blood flow by assuming that blood is moving faster than the surrounding
tissue, although additional parameters may also be used to enhance the discrimination. The power in
the remaining signal after wall filtering is then averaged over time (persistence) to present a steady state
image of blood flow distribution. Power Doppler can be used in combination with 2D and Spectral
Doppler modes as well as with 4D mode.
5-7-11-7
Tissue Velocity Imaging
The Tissue Color Doppler Imaging is used for color encoded evaluation of heart movements. The Tissue
Velocity Imaging image provides information about tissue motion direction and velocity.
5-7-11-8
Pulsed (PW) Doppler
PW Doppler processing is one of two spectral Doppler modalities, the other being CW Doppler. In
spectral Doppler, blood flow is presented as a scrolling display, with flow velocity on the Y-axis and time
on the X-axis. The presence of spectral broadening indicates turbulent flow, while the absence of
spectral broadening indicates laminar flow. PW Doppler provides real time spectral analysis of pulsed
Doppler signals. This information describes the Doppler shifted signal from the moving reflectors in the
sample volume. PW Doppler can be used alone but is normally used in conjunction with a 2D image
with an M-line and sample volume marker superimposed on the 2-D image indicating the position of the
Doppler sample volume. The sample volume size and location are specified by the operator. Sample
volume can be overlaid by a flow direction cursor which is aligned, by the operator, with the direction of
flow in the vessel, thus determining the Doppler angle. This allows the spectral display to be calibrated
in flow velocity (m/sec.) as well as frequency (Hz). PW Doppler also provides the capability of
performing spectral analysis at a selectable depth and sample volume size. PW Doppler can be used
in combination with 2D and Color Flow modes.
5-7-11-9
4D Imaging
NOTE:
The VIVID E7 does not support 4D.
NOTE:
4D is an option available for some VIVID E9 models.
•
Real-time, non-gated 4D imaging
The 4D probes on the Vivid E9 enables real-time, non-gated 4D tissue and color imaging. The
volume data is displayed in real-time with volume rendering techniques for visualization of valves
and structures.
•
Real-time, gated 4D imaging
The 4D probes on the Vivid E9 enables the acquisition of larger tissue/color volumes with ECG
gated acquisition. The data acquired is displayed in real-time so that the user can control the quality
of the data acquired throughout the scanning process.
For more information on 4D, please refer to the VIVID E9 User Manual.
5 - 28
Section 5-7 - Vivid E9/Vivid E7 overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-8
Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
5-8-1
Purpose of this section
The purpose of this section is to give you an overview of Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Top Console and to tell you
how it function.
5-8-2
5-8-3
Contents in this section
5-8-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-8-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-8-3
Transporting Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-8-4
Top Console description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-8-5
Operator Panel (Control Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Transporting Vivid E9/Vivid E7
The Top Console must be locked into the lower, center (X/Y) position before transporting the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7. The LCD Monitor must be in its flipped down position. If transported in a vehicle, the brakes
must be set.
For instructions, see:
5-8-4
5-8-4-1
•
4-2-16-2 "To prepare the unit to be moved" on page 4-38
•
4-2-16-4 "Transporting the unit by vehicle" on page 4-39
Top Console description
Content in this section
5-8-4-2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5-8-4-3
Top Console’s location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5-8-4-4
Connection between the Top Console and the rest of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5-8-4-5
The XYZ mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
5-8-4-6
The XY Locking mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
5-8-4-7
Top Console block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5-8-4-8
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5-8-4-9
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5-8-4-10 Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5-8-4-11 Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5-8-4-12 LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
17” LCD Monitor Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
19” LCD Monitor Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5-8-4-13 Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5-8-4-14 Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5-8-4-15 Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5-8-4-16 Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Introduction
The Top Console includes:
•
LCD monitor on an adjustable arm
•
Operator Panel with;
•
5-8-4-3
-
an ON/OFF switch
-
a touch screen and a switch board with controls for manipulating the picture quality and for
use in Measure & Analyze (M&A)
-
an alphanumeric keyboard (QWERTY keyboard) on a drawer below the switch board.
speakers for stereo sound output used during Doppler scanning/replay
Top Console’s location in the unit
The Top Console is located on the top of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, and includes the Main LCD monitor, the
Monitor Arm, the Operator Panel with the Touch Screen, Speakers and an alphanumeric keyboard as
an drawer below the Operator Panel.
Figure 5-8 Top Console’s location
TOP CONSOLE
5-8-4-4
Connection between the Top Console and the rest of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
A flexible harness of electrical wires secures the connection between the Top Console and the rest of
the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5 - 30
Section 5-8 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-4-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
The XYZ mechanism
The Top Console can be adjusted without moving the complete Vivid E9/Vivid E7 console.
It can be moved;
•
up/down (Z-axis)
•
sideways to the left and to the right (X-axis)
•
back and forth (Y-axis).
The vertical movement of the console is motor driven. The control buttons for the electrical motor are
located around the handles. A gas spring inside the system assists in the Z-axis (vertical) movement.
The brakes used for locking the Top Console’s X and Y movement are operated by electrical motors.
5-8-4-6
The XY Locking mechanism
In addition to the brakes described above, a Park Lock mechanism is used to lock the Top Console in
the “park position” used during transportation.
Description of the Locking Mechanism
Figure 5-9 shows the Park Lock when the Operator Panel is in a locked position.
Figure 5-9 Park Lock in locked position
When the Operator Panel releases, the Threaded Lead Screw (4) rotates clockwise, moving the Lock
Nut outwards and thus lowering the Park Lock Lever downwards and the Park Lock mechanism is
released.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 31
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-4-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
The XY Locking mechanism (cont’d)
The Threaded Lead Screw (4) then rotates CCW and returns to its original position. This is shown in
Figure 5-10 "Unlocked position" on page 5-32.
Figure 5-10 Unlocked position
1
4
When the Operator Panel moves into locked position a micro switch (1) is activated.
The micro switch activation is used by the Motor Controller to detect when the Operator Panel is in
locked position.
The XY (frogleg) brakes will stay ON if the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is powered down when the Operator Panel
is locked. This enables release of the Park Lock, initiated by the micro switches on the Front Handle of
the Operator Panel.
5 - 32
Section 5-8 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-4-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console block diagram
Figure 5-11 Top Console block diagram
MAIN CABLE
TO/FROM MAIN CONSOLE
MAIN CABLE
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DOWN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
5-8-4-8
Cable List:
Cable
Part Number
Description
E
5256600
VIDEO (HDMI-DVI) CABLE - LCD
F
5196890
POWER/USB CABLE - LCD
G
5248610
USB OP PANEL TO BULKHEAD (2x used)
U
GA200311
UP/DOWN BUTTONS (2x used)
W
5196592
Safety Ground Wire LCD Arm (2x used)
Input Signals
•
DVI Video for the Main LCD monitor
•
+48 VDC power for the electronics
•
Audio (Stereo) for the speakers
•
USB with video for the Touch Screen
•
USB for the OP Panel
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 33
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-4-9
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Bidirectional Signals
•
5-8-4-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
USB to a USB HUB with 7 outlets:
-
USB to the Main Monitor
-
USB connector on the Bulkhead
-
2 x USB connectors on the Operator Panel
-
USB for the Trackball
-
USB for the Alphanumeric Key Board
-
USB for the Switch Board (buttons on the OP) and the touch “keys” on the Touch Screen
Output Signals
Control signals from the Up/Down and brake release switches.
5-8-4-11
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs
There are several LEDs on the Switch Board.
5 - 34
Section 5-8 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-4-12
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor
17” LCD Monitor Block Diagram
A 17-inch High Resolution Monitor with no interlace scan is used as the main monitor.
Figure 5-12 Main 17” LCD Monitor Block Diagram
GROUND
DIGITAL VIDEO FROM
THE OPERATOR PANEL
+48VDC / USB
19” LCD Monitor Block Diagram
A 19” high resolution LCD monitor is available as an alternative to the 17” monitor.
Figure 5-13 Main 19” LCD Monitor Block Diagram
GROUND
DIGITAL VIDEO FROM THE
OPERATOR PANEL
+48VDC / USB
5-8-4-13
5-8-4-14
Input Signals
•
Digital Video Signals (HDMI)
•
+48 VDC
Bidirectional Signals
•
5-8-4-15
USB
Output Signals
NONE
5-8-4-16
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs
NONE
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 35
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-5
5-8-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel (Control Panel)
Operator Panel general description
The Operator Panel includes an On/Off switch, different controls for manipulating the picture quality,
and controls for use in Measure & Analyze (M&A).
An alphanumeric keyboard is located on a drawer under the Operator Panel.
Figure 5-14 Operator Panel
Table 5-11
5 - 36
Operator Panel - Callouts
1
On/Off button
2
Patient selection, Probe selection, Protocol
based acquisition, Worksheet and Image review
9
Print, secondary capture
10
Freeze, 2D Freeze
11
Measurement, image store
3
Active mode gain
12
Cursor, Angle, and Auto
4
2D Gain
13
Trackball
5
Scan mode selection
14
TGC sliders
6
Zoom
15
Speaker volume control
7
Depth
16
Touch Screen (Touch Panel)
8
Display controls, Annotation
17
USB ports
Section 5-8 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel block diagram
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Operator Panel is a complex user interaction device with several sub devices.
This includes a trackball with buttons, an alphanumeric keyboard, a custom keyboard, and a touch panel
overlay. See the diagram below for a simplified view of how these devices are interconnected.
Figure 5-15 Operator Panel block diagram
LCD Screen
On/Off
Display
driver
PWR 48V
Touch overlay
Custom keyboard
USB connection
to/from host
USB
HUB
USB port (rear)
USB port to Main
Display
USB ports (front)
A/N keyboard
Trackball
The block diagram in Figure 5-15 shows a USB HUB with 7 connections:
1.) The custom keyboard
2.) An alphanumeric keyboard
3.) A trackball with some buttons
4.) An separate USB port for the main display.
5.) A spare USB port.
6.) External USB connector for connecting memory sticks, service dongle etc.
7.) External USB connector for connecting memory sticks, service dongle etc.
The display interface for the touch screen has its own USB line.
The alphanumeric keyboard is a regular Windows USB keyboard, and similarly the trackball with the
buttons implements a regular Windows USB mouse.
The custom keyboard is the main controller for the operating panel. It interfaces all of the additional
rotaries, push buttons, potentiometers etc. It also connects to the touch panel overlay and handles the
push events from this.
Additionally the custom keyboard also interfaces the trackball buttons. These buttons generate events
for both the trackball device and the custom keyboard.
Example:
The trackball has three select buttons. For the trackball device these are all seen as the left mouse
button, but to the custom keyboard these three buttons have three distinct IDs. Backlighting of these
buttons are only controlled via the custom keyboard.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 37
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel block diagram (cont’d)
Other functions of the custom keyboard are:
•
Volume control for the audio amplifier located in the host system.
•
LCD display adjustments: Backlight.
•
Download of firmware
•
Controlling backlighting of all buttons and knobs, including the A/N keyboard.
Figure 5-16 Top Console (with Operator Panel) block diagram
TO/FROM
MAIN CONSOLE
MAIN CABLE
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DOWN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
5-8-5-3
Input Signals
From Main Console (Frog Cable)
5 - 38
•
DVI Video for the Main Monitor
•
+48 VDC power for the electronics
•
Audio (Stereo) for the speakers
•
USB5 with video for the Touch Screen
Section 5-8 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-8-5-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Bidirectional Signals
To/from Main Console (Frog Cable)
•
USB6 to a USB HUB with 7 outlets:
-
USB to the Main Monitor
-
USB connector on the Bulk Head
-
2 x USB connectors on the Operator Panel
-
USB for the Trackball
-
USB for the Alphanumeric Key Board
-
USB for the Switch Board and the touch “keys” on the Touch Screen
To/from Main LCD Monitor
•
5-8-5-5
USB
Output Signals
To/from Main Console (Frog Cable)
•
Control signals from the Up/Down and brake release switches.
To/from Main LCD Monitor
5-8-5-6
•
Digital Video Signals
•
+48 VDC
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs
There are several LEDs on the Switch Board.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 39
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-9
Main Console
5-9-1
Main Console description
Figure 5-17 Main Console
MAIN CONSOLE
The Main Console hosts the:
•
Patient I/O
•
Front End Processor (FEP)
•
Back End Processor (BEP)
•
I/O Rear Panel (BEP I/O Board)
•
Optional B/W printer
•
One or two (optional) DVD drives
-
DVD drive #1 (the upper one) can be used to read and store data. This drive is also used for
software installation during a software upgrade.
-
The optional, second DVD drive (DVR) is used to record and replay video, captured by the
Digital Video Stream Recorder (option).
•
Power Supply (Main LV Power)
•
Lifting mechanism for the Frog Leg and Top Console
•
Rear handle
•
Front and Rear Casters with lock and brake mechanism
The Main Console consists of a frame that acts as the skeleton of the system. The other parts, listed
above, are mounted to the frame. The outside of the Main Console is covered with plastic covers.
5 - 40
Section 5-9 - Main Console
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-10
Air Flow control
5-10-1
5-10-1-1
General description
Air Flow components
The Air Flow control includes the following components:
5-10-1-2
•
Air filter in the air intake on the rear of the of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
Air filter in the air intake below the fans of the of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (ref. next step).
•
Fan unit on bottom of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
Two fans on top of the Card Rack.
•
Fans inside the BEP and the Main Power Supply.
•
Temperature sensors several places inside Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
Temperature control software on the BEP
Software control
Software, running on the BEP, samples the temperature on each sensor.
•
If the temperature rises, fan speed (and air flow) is increased.
•
If the temperature decrease, the fan speed decrease.
If the temperature increase over a pre-defined level for each sensor, the scanner will shut down. It will
then need to rest for a period of time, until the temperature inside the unit has decreased to an
acceptable value, before it is possible to turn it on again. If the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 power down due to
high temperature inside the unit, it may indicate that the air filters need to be dusted or a failure situation.
5-10-2
Location in the unit
Table 5-12
Location in the unit
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
Air Filter
- on the bottom of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
- on the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.
Fan Unit
- below the system’s Card Rack (Front End Rack).
3.
Two fans on top of the Card Rack
- on a bracket above the Card Rack (Front End Rack).
Temperature Sensors
Distributed over several of the cards in the Card Rack
(Front End Rack).
Software
Software program running on the BEP.
4.
5.
Please refer to Chapter 7 for troubleshooting hints:
•
7-4-4 "High System Temperature Error" on page 7-3
•
7-14-22 "System Temperature Too High" on page 7-158
•
7-15-6-7 "Heat Problems" on page 7-164
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 41
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-11
Casters and Brakes
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has four casters (wheels), the Front Casters and the Rear Casters.
•
All Casters are mounted on swivels so they can change direction as needed.
•
Additional, the Front Casters can be locked in fixed directions.
•
Three plastic pedals are located at the front of the system.
•
The pedals are mounted on the Pedal Mechanism. The Pedal Mechanism has two major functions.
These are:
-
direction lock
-
parking brake
The third pedal is the release pedal, used to release the two other functions, if activated.
The direction lock and brake is operating on the front wheels. A lever placed on each of the front
wheels give the interface to the pedal mechanism. These levers are engaged by rods being moved
by a rotating bracket (Bracket Rotation). When the mechanism is engaged in either position, the
pedal will not move back into a neutral position. This is to indicate which function that is activated.
It will then be needed to release this by the release pedal.
•
5 - 42
The Rear Casters have brakes that are operated individually for each caster.
Section 5-11 - Casters and Brakes
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-12
Front End Processor (FEP)
5-12-1
Purpose of this section
The purpose of this section is to tell you about the Front End Processor and how it function.
5-12-2
Contents in this section
5-12-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-12-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-12-3
Front End Card Rack general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-12-4
Transmitter and Receiver subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
5-12-5
Transmitter Board (GTX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
5-12-6
Relay Board (RLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
5-12-7
Receiver Board (GRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
5-12-8
Front Plane boards (XD BUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
5-12-9
Digital Receiver board (DRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
5-12-10 Front End Interface Board (GFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
5-12-11 FEP Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
5-12-3
Front End Card Rack general description
The Front End Card Cage / Card Rack with the electronics is also called the Front End Processor (FEP).
NOTICE The cards have color-keys on the connectors to prevent installation in the wrong rack position. Do not
change the color-keys position. Don’t insert a card in the wrong position in the Card Rack. If the power
is turned on with a card placed in the wrong position, the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will be destroyed.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 43
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-3-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Front End Processor cards overview
Figure 5-18 Card Rack cards
Table 5-13
The Front End Processor Card Positions
SHORT
NAME
5 - 44
COMPLETE NAME
MAX QTY IN
SYSTEM
COMMENT
GRLY
RELAY BOARD
1
GRX
RECEIVER BOARD
2
GTX
TRANSMITTER BOARD
4
The number of cards in use
vary by VE9 model and card
model used.
FRONT PLANE
FRONT PLANE / TRANSDUCER BUS BOARD
/ XD BUS
2
Not shown in the illustration
above.
Two (2x) cards are always
used.
DRX
DIGITAL RECEIVER BOARD
4
GFI
GLOBAL RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFACE BOARD (GFI)
1
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
FEP’s Location in the Unit
Figure 5-19 Front End Processor’s Location
FRONT END PROCESSOR
The FEP is located on the right side of the system, behind the Right Side Cover.
5-12-3-3
Input DC voltages
These voltages comes from the Main Power Supply.
5-12-3-4
•
+ 24 VDC
•
+/- 6 VDC
•
+/- 15 VDC
Input Pulser voltages
•
TSV1P: 0 VDC to +95 VDC
•
TSV1N: 0 VDC to -95 VDC
•
TSV2P: 0 VDC to +95 VDC
•
TSV2N: 0 VDC to -95 VDC
These voltages comes from the Main Power Supply.
5-12-3-5
Input signals
•
RX signals from probes
•
BEP to Card Rack Backplane Cable
-
5-12-3-6
Bidirectional signals
•
•
5-12-3-7
PCI Express cable
-
control signals from the BEP
-
digital data to the BEP
BEP to Card Rack Backplane Cable
-
I2C bus
-
BSCAN
Output signals
•
TX signals to probes
•
BEP to Card Rack Backplane Cable
-
5-12-3-8
+5VDC (to GFI)
GFI audio (to BEP)
Fuses, jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs
See descriptions for each card/module
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 45
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-4
5-12-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Transmitter and Receiver subsystem
Transmitter signal path
Figure 5-20 The Ultrasound Transmitter with up to four GTX boards.
CW_BUS (RX)
DOPPLER PROBE
DRX
GRX
RELAY
BOARD
PROBES
FE_BUS
LVDS_BUS
XD_BUS
DLP
PCIe BUS
TO/FROM BEP
GFI
BOARD
DL
FE_BUS
GTX
STA_BUS
NOTE:
The number of cards depend on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 model, and options installed.
•
The Global Radio Frequency Interface board (GFI) loads scan parameters via the FE_BUS into
local RAM on the GTX board(s) and on the DRX boards.
The scan parameters includes probe dependant steering and focusing delay for a certain scan
pattern. Thus, when the GFI board goes through a scan sequence, it loads the proper contents of
the RAM into the TX ASIC (DAVID), then issues a transmit trigger pulse (TXTRIG_L) for the
transmitter and a receive synchronization pulse (TXTRIG) for the Beam Formers on the DRX
boards.
By firing the transmit pulses from the different elements at certain repeated time intervals and with
different delays, the ultrasound beam can be steered in desired directions to obtain the selected
scan patterns (e.g. 2D, 2D Flow etc.).
5 - 46
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Transmitter signal path (cont’d)
•
The ultrasound transmit bursts are generated on the GTX board(s), initiated by the transmit trigger
pulse (TXTRIG_L). The transmit trigger starts the TX ASIC (DAVID) on the GTX board, each
generating several transmit pulses with different delays. The transmit pulses are then routed to
separate transmit “amplifiers” fed with voltage HV1 and HV2. The voltages HV1 and HV2 are
controlled by the Acoustic Power Control software.
•
The transmit pulses are routed via the Front Plane (XD bus), located on the front side of the GTX,
GRX and Relay boards, to the Relay board, where they are fed to the selected probe.
If the CW Doppler probe is selected, one of the TX channels from the GTX is routed via the Back
Plane to a separate connector, then via a cable to the Doppler probe connector on the front of
Vivid E9/Vivid E7. In the Doppler probe, the signal is connected to one of the two probe elements.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 47
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-4-2
5-12-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Phased and Linear Array probes
•
Phased and Linear Array probes consist of several identical transducer elements (e.g. 64, 128,
192).
•
Four probes can be connected to the system at the same time. The probe connectors are physically
located on the Relay Board, where one is selected and connected to the transmitter (GTX boards)
and receiver (GRX board) through a number of relays.
•
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-127.
Receiver signal path
Figure 5-21 The Ultrasound Receiver
CW_BUS (RX)
DOPPLER PROBE
DRX
GRX
RELAY
BOARD
PROBES
FE_BUS
LVDS_BUS
XD_BUS
DLP
PCIe BUS
TO/FROM BEP
GFI
BOARD
DL
FE_BUS
GTX
STA_BUS
NOTE:
5 - 48
The number of cards depend on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 model, and options installed.
•
The reflected signal from body structures and blood cells are routed from the probe, via the Relay
Board and the Front Plane to the GRX (receiver) boards, where pre-amplification and Analog Time
Gain Compensation (ATGC) is performed. The gain is determined by an analog control signal
(ATGC) generated by the Global Radio Frequency Interface board (GFI).
•
On the very input of the GRX boards are transmit/receive (T/R) switches to prevent the transmitters
from destroying the receivers.
•
The output channels from the GRX boards are fed to the DRX boards where the signals in each
receiver channel are A/D converted. Then the beamforming for the received signals takes place.
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-4-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Signal control
Figure 5-22 The Ultrasound Transmitter and Receiver Control Signals
CW_BUS (RX)
DOPPLER PROBE
DRX
GRX
RELAY
BOARD
PROBES
FE_BUS
LVDS_BUS
XD_BUS
DLP
PCIe BUS
TO/FROM BEP
GFI
BOARD
DL
FE_BUS
GTX
STA_BUS
NOTE:
The number of cards depend on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 model, and options installed.
•
The Global Radio Frequency Interface (GFI) board controls the GTX (transmitter) and GRX / DRX
(analog and digital receiver boards). GFI loads all parameters to the GTX and DRX ASICs. It reads
the probe identification, selects probe connector on Relay board and controls the high voltage
multiplexer in linear probes.
In addition the GFI generates:
-
the transmit trigger pulse for GTX
-
a receive synchronization pulse (TXTRIG_L) used by DRX
-
a differential ATGC voltage used by GRX
-
global 50 MHz and 200 MHz system clocks and Reset pulse (SRES)
-
Test signal / Dither signal
-
Probe ATGC for 3V probe
The output signals from the DRX is fed to the GFI for further signal processing. The result is transferred
via the PCI Express (PCIe) bus to the BEP for more signal processing.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 49
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5
5-12-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Transmitter Board (GTX)
General description
Figure 5-23 GTX boards
GTX-TLP192
GTX-TLP 3.0
Two Transmitter Board models have been used in VIVID E9:
•
GTX-TLP 3.0 with 64 channels per card
•
GTX-TLP192 with 192 channels per card (Introduced August 2011)
GTX-TLP 3.0
The GTX-TLP 3.0 contains 64 individually controlled transmit channels. In VIVID E9, either three or four
boards are used, giving a total of 192 or 256 TX channels.
•
The 3V-D probe, used on BT’08 systems, requires 256 TX channels, so four TX boards with 64 TX
channels each, are used. Each channel from the TX boards is connected to 4 elements in the probe,
so we can transmit on 1024 elements (256 x 4).
•
All other probes use 192 or less TX channels. In this case, three TX boards with 64 channels are
used.
GTX-TLP192
The GTX-TLP192 contains 192 individually controlled transmit channels on one board, and replaces the
three TX boards with 64 TX channels each, described above.
The GTX board(s) provide transmit pulses via the Front Plane (XD BUS) to the Relay board and then
to the transducer array (the probes).
NOTE:
5 - 50
The GTX-TLP 3.0 and the GTX-TLP192 requires different Front Plane cards.
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
Figure 5-24 Block Diagram for the GTX board (one channel illustrated)
TSV1&2
FROM
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
FROM GFI
TX_TRIG_L
FE_BUS
FROM GFI
TSV1P
TSV2P
TSV2N
TSV1N
FRONT END
INTERFACE
TRANSMIT
PULSE
GEN.
TX
XD1-n
TO RLY VIA XDBUS
Frequency-, delay- and pulse-width parameters for the boards are received on the FE_BUS from the
GFI. The parameters are decoded and stored in the DAVID beamformer ASICs.
A pulse from the GFI board, TX_TRIG_L, trigs the Transmit Pulse Generators.
TS Voltage 1 and TS Voltage 2 from the Main Power Supply, supply the transmitters with the needed
voltages to generate the correct ultrasound signals.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 51
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5-2
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit
•
VIVID E9 BT’08 uses four GTX TLP 3.0 boards, ref. Figure 5-25.
•
VIVID E9 BT’09 uses three GTX TLP 3.0 boards, ref. Figure 5-26.
•
VIVID E9 BT’11 uses either three GTX TLP 3.0 boards, ref. Figure 5-26, or one GTX-TLP192
board, ref. Figure 5-27.
If the GTX-TLP192 card is used, only one TX card is required.
Figure 5-25 GTX TLP 3.0 boards location - 256 TX channels (BT’08 systems)
CW PROBE
CONNECTOR
OPTIONAL
DC VOLTAGES
TX (PULSER) VOLTAGES
GFI AUDIO
+5VDC
VPD
BACKPLANE
BOUNDARY SCAN
MAIN
POWER
SUPPLY
GFI
DRX
DRX
DRX
DRX
GTX TLP 3.0
GTX TLP 3.0
GTX TLP 3.0
GTX TLP 3.0
GRX - 128
GRX - 64
RELAY
FRONT OF
Vivid E9/
FRONT PLANE (TRANSDUCER BUS BOARD)
TO/FROM
BACK END PROCESSOR
Figure 5-26 GTX TLP-3.0 boards location - 192 TX channels (BT’09 and some BT’11 systems)
CW PROBE
CONNECTOR
OPTIONAL
DC VOLTAGES
TX (PULSER) VOLTAGES
GFI AUDIO
+5VDC
VPD
BACKPLANE
BOUNDARY SCAN
MAIN
POWER
SUPPLY
FRONT PLANE (TRANSDUCER BUS BOARD)
5 - 52
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GFI
DRX
DRX
DRX
DRX
GTX TLP 3.0
GTX TLP 3.0
GTX TLP 3.0
NOT USED
GRX - 128
GRX - 64
RELAY
FRONT OF
Vivid E9/
TO/FROM
BACK END PROCESSOR
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit (cont’d)
Figure 5-27 GTX TLP-192 board location - 192 TX channels (introduced 2011)
CW PROBE
CONNECTOR
OPTIONAL
DC VOLTAGES
TX (PULSER) VOLTAGES
GFI AUDIO
+5VDC
VPD
BACKPLANE
BOUNDARY SCAN
MAIN
POWER
SUPPLY
FRONT PLANE (TRANSDUCER BUS BOARD)
5-12-5-3
GFI
DRX
DRX
DRX
DRX
GTX-TLP-192
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
GRX - 128
GRX - 64
RELAY
FRONT OF
Vivid E9/Vivid E7
TO/FROM
BACK END PROCESSOR
Input DC Voltages
The voltages are delivered from the Main Power Supply.
•
+24 VDC
The +24 VDC voltage is used to generate + 3.3 VDC, + 2.5 VDC, and several other voltages,
internal on the card.
5-12-5-4
•
+ 6 VDC
•
+/- 15 VDC
Input TX (Pulser) voltages
•
TSV1P: 0 VDC to +95 VDC
•
TSV1N: 0 VDC to -95 VDC
•
TSV2P: 0 VDC to +95 VDC
•
TSV2N: 0 VDC to -95 VDC
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 53
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5-5
5-12-5-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Input signals
•
TX_TRIG
•
I2C BUS
•
JTAG/BSCAN
Control Signals
HSS “FE BUS” (High Speed Serial Bus)
5-12-5-7
5-12-5-8
Outputs
•
Pulses sent via the Front Plane to the selected probe.
•
HSS “FE BUS” (High Speed Serial Bus) to the next board.
Fuses
None.
5-12-5-9
Jumpers
None.
5-12-5-10
DIP-switches
S1 - CPLD. (NOT USED BY SERVICE.)
5-12-5-11
Other switches
S2 - Debug Push Button. (NOT USED BY SERVICE.)
5 - 54
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
Table 5-14
LED NO.
COLOR
DESCRIPTION
DS1
RED
DAVID_RESET
DS2
GREEN
DCM_LOCKED
DS3
GREEN
DS4
R7_8
D1_8
R10_8
D4_8
R22_8
R20_8
R19_8
R23_8
R26_8
C23_8
U2_8
R18_8
D2_7
R8_7
R6_7
R4_7
R7_7
D4_6
R19_6
D3_7
D1_7
R5_7
R3_7
Q1_7
C23_6
R9_7
R10_7
C6_7
R20_6
R10_4
R26_6
U2_6
U1_7
R2_7
Q23
C158
C230
A1
AB1
R18_6
U4
R338
R181
R340
R448
R371
R341
R342
R550
R339
DS13
HS4
D4
TP50
U56
24
GND
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
TP61
R285
R283
R93
R85
R83
R79
TP44
A22
R358
R357
R140
R135
TP6
R299
R136
R137
R138
R139
U11
U12
R2_4
SP6
R324
R112
R241
38
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
24
R114
R267
TP63
C161
48
R271
TP97
R272
R274
R268
R270
R252
TP91
R253
R249
R255
R250
R243
TP89
C270
R319
SP7
R326
R327
R298
R287
R166
R42
R279
R281
T16
AB22
48
F
E
D
C
B
A
C184
R104
C317
R98
R370
25
C122
R167
R375
R113
C269
R314
R111
T1
C319
R168
R145
R125
R126
R127
R146
R147
R148
R380
R382
F
E
D
C
B
A
R527
R212
TP40
TP3
R524
R2_22
R400
R163
R386
R615
R131
R164
R385
R618
R3
R2
R402
R328
R331
R334
R343
R344
R384
R383
R381
U36
SP3
R227
U19
R237
C325
R66
R47
R392
R373
C16
R76
C49
R89
R128 25
R548
R143
R144
R547
R129
R130
R149 48
R516
R153
R152
R221
24
R157
R335
R336
J1
1
R535
MP13
R500
24
25
R325
R248
R321
R546
C72
R526
FL29
R533
C345
11
MP1
22
F
E
D
C
B
A
R2_40
1
C97
11
MP9
D24
FL28
C326
FL25
C2
FL26
R523
FL24
C327
FL23
R504
R542
19
C6
U18
HS3
C89
D2
R498
TP82
U70
C332
D23
R572
C178
Q2
C192
R502
C96
R501
19
MP17
C1
C155
TP96
11
R100
R499
R571
C29
Q4
R570
AB22
U16
MP11
R573
R70
S5
C351
F
E
D
C
B
A
C710
MP3
1
C10
C8_37
C4_37
C1_37
R1_37
C2_37
C45
C47
C41
C7
C12
C11
C25
R32
R6
C5_37
R43
R33
R8
R7
C3
R4
D5
11
C14_37
C32_36
C21_36
C25_36
C7_37
C364
C18_36
R17_36
C19_36
C3_37
C27_36
U15
15
C643
C4_35
C655
C644
C697
C703
C698
C686
C695
C682
C694
C702
C32_35
C29_35
C31_36
C26_36
C30_36
C24_36
C20_36
R13_34
C16_34
C8_34
C1_34
R1_34
R561
R562
C2_34
C10_34
C4_34
C15_34
C12_34
R11_34
R15_34
C18_35
R17_35
C19_35
C21_35
C27_35
C25_35
R30_36
C34_36
R31_35
C2_35
R27_35
C3_36
C28_36
C22_36
C14_36
C9_36
C13_36
C33_35
R29_35
C7_36
R28_36
R32_36
C5_36
C11_36
R14_36
C1_35
R1_35
C8_35
C10_35
C20_37
C17_36
R486
R15_35
R11_35
F
E
D
C
B
A
R192
25
R189
R12_35
R16_35
C3_35
C22_35
C62
C36
C78
C7_34
D27
C14_34
C9_34
C13_34
C3_34
C80
R88
R14_34
C17_34
C645
C664
C675
C31_35
C20_35
C11_34
C676
C687
C666
C681
C683
C672
C677
C662
C668
C679
C673
C658
C671
C660
C30_35
C26_35
C24_35
R12_34
C5_34
R30_35
C34_35
C28_35
R16_34
C9_35
C13_35
C14_35
C7_35
R28_35
R32_35
C5_35
C11_35
R14_35
C17_35
C719
Q5
R188
C350
MP5
C94
C24_40
C20_40
AB22
C115
C333
C42
C316
R369
R376
C334
U65
R368
R367
C157
C340
C343
D31
C75
C22_40
C5
C114
C341
1
F
E
D
C
B
A
U9
R377
R378
HS2
C318
C344
R528
C336
FL9
C25_40
C11_37
C29_36
R31_36
C2_36
R27_36
C15_35
C12_35
C33_34
R29_34
R485
R31_34
R27_34
C27_34
R13_33
C16_33
C12_33
C8_33
R29_33
C33_33
C27_33
C18_33
C19_33
R17_33
C25_33
C21_33
C32_33
C29_33
R31_33
R27_33
C1_33
R1_33
C2_33
C10_33
C4_33
C15_33
R11_33
R15_33
C18_34
R17_34
C19_34
C25_34
C21_34
C32_34
C29_34
C717
U22
R94
R246
R247
D1
R187
U13
R296
C149
U71
U21
C31
C37
C21_40
C18_40
R17_40
C19_40
C7_40
T1
C3_40
C10_37
C9_37
C13_37
C4_36
C8_36
R29_36
C33_36
C1_36
R1_36
C16_35
R13_35
R34
R110
R117
D
C
B
A
S1
C18
C21
C5_40
C15_37
R14_37
C17_37
U7
1
C423
C483
C466
C454
C592
C383
C594
C386
C455
C562
C541
C573
TP58
R293
C24
R13
MP15
C2_40
C31_40
C20_38
C24_38
C10_36
C31_37
C26_37
C30_37
C24_37
R12_36
R16_36
C22_37
C28_37
R30_37
C34_37
TP1
R35
U23
C101
U24
C20
C8_40
C266
C4_40
C24_18
C1_40
R1_40
C20_18
C28_40
C31_38
C15_36
C12_36
R15_36
R11_36
HS1
R245
R235
R222
R223
R217
R224
U60
U10
R310
C229
R275
C65
C15
R534
R207
R205
R203
R195
R97
R315
C30
C33
MP7
C526
C560
C525
C378
C581
C589
C421
C372
C565
C479
C582
C568
C497
C436
C352
C407
C22_18
C27_40
C22_38
R12_37
R16_37
C30_38
R13_36
C16_36
C18_37
C19_37
R17_37
R28_37
R32_37
S3
C251
C506
C475
R12
C458
C338
C320
U26
R251
HS6
C23
DS15
R87
R391
R1
R401
D30
R403
R529
R233
R232
R226
R209
R2_1
C159
R444
R404
R397
R398
R549
R553
L2
U61
C491
R95
C25_18
C21_18
C18_18
R17_18
C19_18
C32_40
C12_37
R15_37
R11_37
C27_37
C21_37
C26_38
R31_37
R27_37
R269
C234
C222
TP73
R99
C216
C353
C495
C520
C409
C398
C435
C587
C499
C590
C546
C447
C478
C395
C585
R216
R567
C7_19
C3_19
R18_18
R184
C379
C363
C375
C480
C557
C419
C403
C358
C5_19
C14_40
R101
C144
C278
R183
C265
C349
C559
C2_19
C11_40
TP84
R186
C8_19
C4_19
C1_19
R1_19
C69
R185
A22
C28
C260
R102
R103
HS7
C145
C105
D9
DS18
C102
D12
R273
R442
R278
R276
U2
R18
R18_21
R20
C24_21
C20_21
C460
C522
C532
C527
C380
C558
C543
C430
C417
C366
C570
C448
C146
R82
AB1
R441
R19
C22_21
A1
R74
C25_21
C21_21
C18_21
R17_21
C19_21
C10_40
D13
R71
R78
TP88
C27
C7_22
C3_22
C15_40
C708
C21_38
C25_38
R13_37
C16_37
C18_38
R17_38
C19_38
C32_37
C29_37
C25_37
R30_38
C34_38
C28_38
R446
R264
R256
R15
C5_22
C31_18
C30_40
C26_40
C709
C714
R479
R449
R443
R445
R431
R426
R16
R17
C258
C2_22
C28_18
R30_40
C34_40
C33_37
R29_37
C3_38
TP112
C7_38
R447
R259
C76
D10
C93
C8_22
C484
C471
C444
C443
C476
C496
C406
C505
C431
C591
C564
C507
C373
C539
C700
C290
R18_3
D11
R262
TP54
S4
C4_22
C24_24
C27_18
C3_39
C7_39
U73
R107
C309
U1_4
C74
R18_24
TP29
R289
R58
U2_3
C77
C331
R59
R26_3
R2_37
R133
R122
R20_3
C1_22
R1_22
C20_24
C32_18
C29_40
C5_39
R28_40
R32_40
AB1
C81
R134
R123
C6_4
U1_1
U54
10
R25_6
U2_24
TP13
DS14
R10_1
R2_19
C348
C533
R26_24
R28_34
R32_34
C22_34
C20_34
C5_33
C14_33
C9_33
C13_33
C3_33
C31_33
C26_33
C30_33
C24_33
C20_33
C28_33
R30_33
C34_33
C7_33
R28_33
C22_33
R14_33
C17_33
C11_33
R32_33
C31_34
C26_34
C30_34
C24_34
R12_33
R16_33
R30_34
C34_34
C28_34
C13
A22
R96
DS16
R220
BG
Q2_6
A1
R182
R20_24
C654
C669
C667
C656
C665
C650
C663
C652
C661
C646
C659
C648
C235
Q1_4
U1_22
C680
C690
C670
C685
C693
C684
C674
C689
C688
C696
C692
C678
C699
C691
TP5
R3_4
R9_4
Q22
DG
R21_6
R10_22
TP85
R169
D6_6
C23_3
U2_21
TP56
D14
TP7
D1_4
R26_21
R120
R37
R36
TP2
R5_4
R25_3
R556
R555
C400
C465
Q2_3
R10_19
TP60
C244
R19_3
C6_1
U1_19
R559
R560
C586
C354
C434
C446
R21_3
C23_24
U2_18
C414
C537
R3_1
R9_1
C22_24
R20_21
R18_40
C255
Q1_1
C25_24
Q2_24
C254
C451
C397
R5_1
C6_22
U1_40
R563
C437
C519
C426
C548
C490
C575
C424
C551
C518
C549
C566
C477
R19_24
R25_24
C21_24
Q1_22
R26_18
C18_24
R17_24
C19_24
R3_22
R9_22
C7_1
R5_22
C23_21
C3_1
R21_24
R25_21
C5_1
Q2_21
C2_1
R19_21
C6_19
C8_1
R21_21
R9_19
C4_1
D1_19
R10_40
C1_1
R1_1
Q1_19
C23_18
U2_40
U55
C250
R23_6
C9_40
C13_40
C2_39
R31_40
R27_40
C5_38
R28_38
R32_38
C14_38
C9_38
C13_38
TP33
TP55
TP34
TP49
HS9
TP4
R7_4
C14_19
C4_39
R29_40
C33_40
C1_39
R1_39
C8_39
R14_40
C17_40
C20_17
C24_17
R4_37
C68
C231
R6_4
R4_4
C63
R5_19
C11_19
D3_19
R25_18
C24_3
R3_19
C10_19
Q2_18
U1_37
R564
R316
R312
R300
R302
R304
R309
R22_6
C15_19
R3_40
R26_40
R2_34
U5
C252
R23_3
C31_21
R19_18
C20_3
D6_21
C28_21
R21_18
C22_3
D4_21
C27_21
D4_18
U2_36
C441
C402
R22_3
C32_21
D6_18
C6_40
C19_3
R7_1
C14_22
D1_40
R9_40
C25_3
D3_22
C11_22
Q1_40
C21_3
D1_22
C10_22
C12_40
R5_40
C23_40
U1_34
R30
R24_6
C30_18
C22_17
R12_40
R16_40
R19_40
R10_37
C18_3
R17_3
R23_24
C26_18
R15_40
R11_40
D3_40
R26_36
C253
R8_4
C29_18
C21_17
R13_40
C16_40
C18_17
R17_17
C19_17
C25_17
R30_18
C34_18
C3_18
C7_18
D4_40
R25_40
C7_4
R6_1
R4_1
C9_19
C5_18
R28_18
R32_18
Q2_40
C3_4
R24_3
C13_19
C2_18
R31_18
R27_18
R21_40
C5_4
R22_24
C15_22
C4_18
R29_18
C33_18
C1_18
R1_18
C8_18
R14_19
C17_19
C20_20
C24_20
D6_40
C6_37
C2_4
R7_22
C31_24
C22_20
R12_19
R16_19
R3_37
C23_36
C8_4
D6_24
C28_24
R15_19
R11_19
D1_37
R9_37
C4_4
D4_24
C27_24
R24_24
C32_24
R6_22
R4_22
C12_19
R7_19
C14_1
R23_21
C26_21
C21_20
C25_20
R13_19
C16_19
C18_20
C19_20
R17_20
C27_38
Q1_37
R10_34
C1_4
R1_4
D3_1
C11_1
R8_22
C30_21
R46
R45
C14_39
C29_38
C32_38
R31_38
C2_38
R27_38
C11_38
R14_38
C17_38
Q2_36
C24_6
D1_1
C10_1
R30_21
C34_21
R24_21
C15_1
C3_21
C7_21
R23_18
C31_3
R22_21
C29_21
C5_21
R28_21
R32_21
R7_40
C9_22
C2_21
R31_21
R27_21
R6_19
R4_19
C13_22
C4_21
C8_21
R29_21
C33_21
C1_21
R1_21
C11_39
C33_38
R12_38
R16_38
R5_37
C20_6
D6_3
C28_3
R14_22
C17_22
R8_19
C12_22
C20_23
C24_23
R24_18
C26_24
C22_23
R12_22
R16_22
R20_18
C30_24
R15_22
R11_22
C10_39
C8_38
C4_38
C10_38
C1_38
R1_38
R29_38
R487
R15_38
R11_38
R520
R531
R519
R530
R522
R518
R532
R521
R4_34
C70
R31
D5_6
R22_18
C29_24
C21_23
R13_22
C16_22
C18_23
R17_23
C19_23
C25_23
R30_24
C34_24
C3_24
C7_24
R23_40
C9_1
C5_24
R28_24
R32_24
C31_17
C9_39
C13_39
C712
C707
C15_38
C12_38
R19_36
C22_6
D4_3
C27_3
R8_1
C13_1
R31_24
C2_24
R27_24
C28_17
R8_40
C32_3
C4_24
R29_24
C33_24
C1_24
R1_24
C8_24
R14_1
C17_1
C20_2
C24_2
C27_17
R14_39
C17_39
C16_38
R13_38
A
B
C
D
E
F
R21_36
C19_6
D2_4
R6_40
R4_40
C14_4
R12_1
C14_18
C20_39
C24_39
R24_40
C12_1
C22_2
R16_1
C11_18
C15_39
C12_39
C22_39
R12_39
R16_39
C713
C711
D3_37
C25_6
D3_4
C11_4
D5_3
C10_4
C55
R15_1
C19_2
R11_1
C10_18
C26_17
C30_17
R15_39
R11_39
R20_40
C30_3
C21_2
C25_2
R13_1
C16_1
C18_2
R17_2
C31_20
C21_39
R13_39
C16_39
C18_39
R17_39
C19_39
C25_39
R30_17
C34_17
C3_17
C7_17
C30_39
C31_39
C26_39
R7_37
C26_3
C61
C705
C28_20
C32_17
C29_17
C5_17
R28_17
R32_17
C28_39
R30_39
C34_39
R23_36
C15_4
R30_3
C34_3
D2_1
R22_40
C29_3
C3_3
C7_3
C27_20
C9_18
C13_18
R31_17
C2_17
R27_17
C27_39
R28_39
R32_39
D4_36
R25_36
C21_6
R2_6
R8_37
C9_4
C5_3
R28_3
R32_3
D5_24
C13_4
R31_3
C2_3
D2_22
R6_37
C31_6
R18_5
R7_34
C18_6
R17_6
U1_6
D5_21
C28_6
U2_5
R27_3
R2_3
D6_36
C7_7
R4_6
D2_19
R22_36
R20_36
C12_4
C4_3
C8_3
C1_3
R18_2
D1_34
C6_34
R18_33
R301
R303
R308
R317
R313
R311
Q2_8
R10_3
D5_18
Q1_34
R9_34
U2_33
R29
R21_8
R25_8
R2_24
R3_34
C23_33
C46
D6_8
R10_6
R18_23
R5_34
R26_33
C44
R24_8
C6_6
R2_21
D3_34
R25_33
C3_7
R7_6
C23_5
U1_3
C33_3
R4_3
D2_40
Q2_33
C5_7
R3_6
R26_5
R18_20
R19_33
C2_7
D1_6
R9_6
U2_2
D5_40
C27_6
Q1_6
R2_18
R24_36
C30_6
Q2_5
R25_5
U1_24
D2_37
R6_34
C32_6
R5_6
C6_3
R18_17
R23_33
C26_6
R19_5
R26_2
R2_39
R8_34
C14_7
D3_6
C23_2
D5_36
C11_7
D4_5
R25_2
R18_38
R24_33
C29_6
R21_5
R9_3
R1_3
Q1_3
R10_24
R29_3
R3_3
U2_23
R14_4
R5_3
R26_23
C17_4
R19_2
C6_24
C20_5
Q2_2
R9_24
C24_5
Q1_24
R25_23
R12_4
R21_2
C22_5
R3_24
C23_23
U1_21
R16_4
Q2_23
R10_21
R15_4
R5_24
C6_21
C19_5
R19_23
R26_20
R11_4
R21_23
R9_21
C21_5
Q1_21
R2_36
R22_33
R20_33
C9_7
R23_5
C14_21
TP62
C25_5
R3_21
U2_20
C16_4
R5_21
C11_21
D3_21
R25_20
R13_4
D1_21
C10_21
D4_20
C23_20
U1_18
D2_34
C13_7
R6_6
C31_23
Q2_20
R10_18
C18_5
R17_5
D6_23
C28_23
R19_20
C6_18
R30_6
D4_23
C27_23
R21_20
R26_17
C34_6
R22_5
R20_5
C14_24
D6_20
R9_18
C3_6
D3_24
C11_24
Q1_18
C7_6
D1_24
C10_24
R3_18
C5_6
R7_3
C15_18
R5_18
U2_17
R28_6
R8_6
C12_18
C4_17
R29_17
C33_17
C1_17
R1_17
C8_17
R14_18
C17_18
C20_19
C24_19
R19_17
R25_17
R32_6
R24_5
C30_20
D1_18
C2_6
R6_3
C26_20
C22_19
R12_18
R16_18
D3_18
R10_39
R31_6
R23_2
C31_2
R7_24
C32_20
R15_18
R11_18
D4_17
C23_17
U1_39
R27_6
D6_2
C28_2
R24_2
C29_20
C21_19
R13_18
C16_18
C18_19
R17_19
C19_19
C25_19
R30_20
C34_20
C3_20
C7_20
Q2_17
C1_6
R22_2
R20_2
C9_21
C5_20
R28_20
R32_20
R488
R31_39
R27_39
R3_39
C4_6
D4_2
C27_2
R23_23
C14_3
R6_24
R4_24
C13_21
R31_20
C2_20
R27_20
R21_17
R9_39
C8_6
D3_3
C11_3
R8_24
C15_21
C4_20
C8_20
R29_20
C33_20
C1_20
R1_20
D6_17
R26_38
C33_6
D1_3
C10_3
R22_23
R20_23
C12_21
R7_21
C31_5
R24_23
C30_23
R14_21
C17_21
R23_20
C26_23
C20_22
C24_22
R8_21
C32_23
R6_21
R4_21
C29_23
C22_22
R12_21
R16_21
R7_18
C9_24
R15_21
R11_21
R22_20
R20_20
C13_24
C21_22
C25_22
R13_21
C16_21
C18_22
R17_22
C19_22
R24_20
C12_24
R30_23
C34_23
R23_17
C15_24
C3_23
C7_23
R8_18
C30_2
C5_23
R28_23
R32_23
C32_39
C29_39
D1_39
C6_39
U2_38
R21_33
C17
D5_8
Q1_39
R1_6
D2_6
R6_18
R4_18
C26_2
R31_23
C2_23
R27_23
C33_39
R29_39
R7_39
C32_2
C4_23
R29_23
C33_23
C1_23
R1_23
C8_23
R14_24
C17_24
C20_1
C24_1
R24_17
C29_2
C22_1
R12_24
R16_24
C14_17
C9_17
C13_17
R5_39
U1_36
R29_6
D5_5
R22_17
R20_17
C9_3
R15_24
C19_1
R11_24
C11_17
R14_17
C17_17
D3_39
C6_36
R14_7
D6_5
C28_5
R8_3
C13_3
C21_1
R13_24
C16_24
C18_1
R17_1
C25_1
R30_2
C34_2
C3_2
C7_2
C10_17
R12_17
R16_17
R8_39
C15_3
C5_2
R28_2
R476
R15_17
R23_38
C23_38
D6_33
C8_7
R2_8
R19_38
R25_38
C17_7
R18_7
R6_39
R4_39
C12_3
D2_3
C27_5
R2_5
D4_38
R10_36
R18_35
D4_33
C4_7
U1_8
D5_2
Q2_38
C20_8
R26_7
D2_24
Q1_36
U2_35
D5_33
C1_7
R1_7
C6_8
U2_7
D5_23
R3_36
R26_35
R2_33
C10_7
R9_8
U1_5
R7_36
C14_6
C6_5
R5_36
R9_36
C24_8
C23_7
R18_4
R21_38
C23_35
R12_7
R25_7
R2_2
D6_38
C22_8
R10_5
R18_1
D3_36
R25_35
R16_7
R20_7
D2_21
C11_6
R9_5
U2_4
D5_20
C10_6
R26_4
R2_23
R24_38
C26_5
C23_4
D2_18
R6_36
R4_36
C30_5
R20_4
R18_22
R23_35
C32_5
R25_4
U1_2
D5_17
R22_38
R20_38
C29_5
R10_2
R2_20
R8_36
C9_6
R3_2
U2_1
D2_39
C13_6
C6_2
R32_2
C23_1
C2_2
R9_2
R31_2
R26_1
R27_2
Q1_2
C4_2
Q2_1
C8_2
R5_2
U1_23
C33_2
R20_1
C1_2
R1_2
C6_23
R29_2
R19_1
C40
R25_1
C195
R10_23
R14_3
Q1_23
C17_3
R3_23
C20_4
R21_1
C24_4
R5_23
U2_22
R12_3
R9_23
C22_4
C23_22
R16_3
R26_22
R15_3
R25_22
C19_4
R10_20
R11_3
Q2_22
C21_4
R19_22
C25_4
R20_22
C16_3
R21_22
R13_3
D1_20
C18_4
R17_4
J5
U1_20
R30_5
C6_20
C34_5
Q1_20
C3_5
R26_19
R18_19
D4_35
U1_33
C15_7
Q1_8
R9_20
C7_5
R5_20
U2_19
D5_38
Q2_35
C6_33
C12_7
R3_8
C23_19
R19_35
R9_33
R15_7
R5_8
R10_17
R2_17
R21_35
C19_8
D3_8
R25_19
C5_5
Q2_19
R28_5
C28_19
C15_17
C12_17
R11_17
C16_17
R13_17
R3_17
R32_5
C27_19
R19_19
C2_5
D3_20
C11_20
R21_19
R31_5
R3_20
C10_20
D4_19
R27_5
D6_22
C28_22
D6_19
C4_5
D4_22
C27_22
C30_19
C31_19
C26_19
D1_17
U1_17
D6_35
R10_33
R11_7
R19_7
C6_17
R18_39
D1_36
Q1_33
C21_8
D4_7
R26_39
D2_36
R22_35
R20_35
C15_6
Q2_7
R9_17
C8_5
D3_23
C11_23
R30_19
C34_19
Q1_17
C33_5
D1_23
C10_23
R28_19
R32_19
R5_17
C1_5
R1_5
D6_1
C28_1
R31_19
R27_19
R19_39
R29_5
D4_1
C27_1
C32_19
C29_19
D3_17
U2_39
R14_6
D3_2
C11_2
C33_19
R29_19
D4_39
C20_7
Q1_5
C23_39
C17_6
R3_5
R25_39
R7_33
C31_8
R23_7
C9_20
C13_20
Q2_39
R24_35
C12_6
R7_5
C14_20
R21_39
C24_7
R6_5
R4_5
C15_20
D6_39
R2_38
R8_33
C26_8
R21_7
R10_38
R18_37
R3_33
C25_8
R6_8
R4_8
C12_20
R3_38
U1_38
D5_35
C28_8
R8_8
C30_22
R4_38
R2_35
R6_33
R4_33
C30_8
R22_7
C31_22
C185
D1_38
U2_37
R12_6
R5_5
C6_38
C22_7
Q2_4
C23_37
R16_6
R19_4
R26_37
R15_6
R21_4
R9_38
C19_7
R23_4
C26_22
R14_20
Q1_38
R11_6
R22_4
C32_22
R290
C17_20
Q2_37
C21_7
R24_7
C29_22
R12_20
R16_20
R5_38
C25_7
R7_2
C9_23
R477
R15_20
R11_20
R19_37
C16_6
D1_2
C10_2
R23_1
C14_23
R496
C16_20
R13_20
1
R21_37
R13_6
R8_5
C13_23
R30_22
C34_22
C147
D3_38
C18_7
R17_7
C701
R6_2
R4_2
C15_23
R478
R28_22
R32_22
11
D4_37
R30_8
D6_4
C28_4
R22_1
R10_35
C34_8
D4_4
C27_4
R24_4
C12_23
R7_23
R25_37
C3_8
D3_5
C11_5
R24_1
C30_1
R6_23
R4_23
C31_1
R31_22
R27_22
R7_20
C26_1
C33_22
R29_22
R23_22
C32_1
R14_23
C17_23
R8_23
C29_1
R480
R12_23
R16_23
R24_22
C9_2
R15_23
R11_23
C16_23
R13_23
R22_22
C14_2
R30_1
C34_1
J11
D6_37
C7_8
D1_5
C10_5
R8_2
C13_2
R28_1
R23_19
C15_2
R468
R32_1
15
D1_35
U1_35
R5_33
C16_7
D2_8
R6_20
R4_20
C12_2
R31_1
R27_1
R8_20
C30_4
C33_1
R29_1
R7_17
C31_4
R14_2
C17_2
R24_19
C26_4
R12_2
R16_2
R20_19
C32_4
R15_2
R11_2
R23_39
C6_35
C5_8
D5_7
Q1_35
R28_8
D6_7
C28_7
D2_5
R22_19
C29_4
C148
C16_2
R13_2
R8_17
C9_5
D5_4
R6_17
R4_17
C14_5
R30_4
C34_4
D2_2
C13_5
R28_4
R24_39
C15_5
R469
R32_4
R20_39
C12_5
R31_4
R27_4
D5_1
R22_39
C30_7
C33_4
R29_4
25
R7_38
C31_7
R14_5
C17_5
A
B
C
D
E
F
R3_35
D1_33
R13_7
R356
R4_35
D3_33
C18_8
R17_8
R354
R23_37
R9_35
D2_33
C27_8
R141
R5_35
R18_34
C32_8
R353
D3_35
U2_34
R32_8
R352
R8_38
C23_34
C2_8
U64
R12_5
D2_23
R6_38
C26_7
R470
D5_22
R22_37
R20_37
R26_34
R31_8
C315
R7_35
R25_34
C29_8
S6
D2_20
Q2_34
R27_8
GND
R16_5
D5_19
C27_7
R348
R24_37
C32_7
R345
R23_34
C4_8
R84
R15_5
D2_17
R6_35
C29_7
R355
R11_5
DS8
R19_34
C8_8
R142
R165
DS11
D19
R21_34
C33_8
DS5
DS10
C825
D4_34
C1_8
R1_8
R349
C141
R13_5
15
D6_34
R29_8
R351
R350
S2
D21
R30_7
J12
D5_39
C11_8
DS7
DS6
DS8
R495
C142
R8_35
C9_8
R347
R494
D2_38
C10_8
DS12
R346
R497
R24_34
C14_8
DS4
R151
D5_37
C13_8
DS3
C34_7
R536
D2_35
R22_34
R20_34
C15_8
DS2
D28
R28_7
DS1
C715
R471
Q6
D5_34
C12_8
DS9
R119
R51
R32_7
C16_5
DS10
DS11
DS12
R31_7
R541
R60
R27_7
R493
C33_7
TP20
K1
R29_7
22
R292
R14_8
D32
C17_8
C106
R393
R12_8
R539
U58
R538
K2
R16_8
DS7
C143
R540
U40
R394
R15_8
A
B
C
D
E
F
R291
R11_8
11
DS9
ON
C16_8
J9
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
R13_8
15
DS6
1
25
GND
Bar-code
A
B
C
D
E
F
e1
DS5
J10
5-12-5-12
GTX-TLP 192
P/N:GA200726455280 Made in Norway
Dev.waiver:
22
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the GTX-192 board
Figure 5-28 LEDs on GTX-192
HS8
D25
FL18
FL30
FL6
FL3
DS17
C86
TP51
C66
R18_36
C704
HS5
TP52
J4
D8
U27
L1
C346
J3
Q3
R537
R525
C328
C342
C335
J2
TP59
MP19
C73
C186
C196
C236
D16
C90
R297
R231
R230
C154
R201
C156
R161
J8
TP38
R179
R180
U63
48
R177
R173
R174
C135
C136
R204
R337
A16
A1
R240
R242
R170
SP1
C110
R109
37
J6
TP9
3V3
25
2
TP66
LEDs on the GTX-192 board
NORMAL OPERATION
START UP
VSS, VDD_DR1 & VLL GOOD
LIT
LIT
GREEN
TX_TRIGGER
LIT DURING SCANNING
DS5
GREEN
DIGITAL POWER GOOD
LIT
DS6
RED
FPGA_CTRL_REG(0)
DS7
RED
DAVID_ERROR
DS8
RED
GLOBAL_RESET
DS9
RED
DAVID_CRC_ERROR
DS10
YELLOW
CW MODE LED
DS11
GREEN
INIT_B
DS12
GREEN
DONE
ERROR CONDITION
LIT
LIT IN CW MODE
5 - 55
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the GTX-64 board
Figure 5-29 LEDs
J11
DS9
DS9
DS19
DS19
DS17
DS17
DS18
DS18
J12
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
DS5
DS6
DS7
DS8
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
DS5
DS6
DS7
DS8
Table 5-15
LEDs on the GTX-64 board
LED NO.
COLOR
DESCRIPTION
NORMAL OPERATION
START UP
DS9
GREEN
CPLD – MD1711
ANALOG POWER ENABLED
ON
ON
DS19
GREEN
ADM1062 –
ALL DIGITAL POWER IS GOOD
ON
ON
DS17
GREEN
CPLD – IF_FPGA init done
ON
OFF
DS18
GREEN
CPLD – IF_FPGA init
ON
OFF
DS1
GREEN
IF_FPGA GTXIF_DAVID_ERROR_sig(0)
OFF
OFF
FPGA/DAVID ERROR
DS2
GREEN
IF_FPGA GTXIF_DAVID_ERROR_sig(1)
OFF
OFF
FPGA/DAVID ERROR
DS3
GREEN
IF_FPGA GTXIF_DAVID_ERROR_sig(2)
OFF
OFF
FPGA/DAVID ERROR
DS4
GREEN
IF_FPGA GTXIF_DAVID_ERROR_sig(3)
OFF
OFF
FPGA/DAVID ERROR
DS5
GREEN
OFF
OFF
DS6
RED
ON
OFF
DS7
RED
OFF
OFF
DS8
RED
ON
OFF
5 - 56
IF_FPGA ctrlRegFFF0out(0)
IF_FPGA Txtrig_n_sig(0)
IF_FPGA - Global_rst_n
IF_FPGA –
DEBUG_BUTTON AND FE_global_rst_n
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
ERROR CONDITION
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-5-14
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Test points on the GTX board
Table 5-16
Test points sheet 1 of 2
TP #
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
TP1-TP8
GND
TP9
3V3
TP10
GND
TP11
1V2
TP12
GND
TP13
1V8
TP14-TP19
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP20
GND
TP21-TP28
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP29
GND
TP30-TP32
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP33
TSV2P (0 TO 95V) /10
TP34
TSV1P (0 TO 95V) /10
TP35-TP37
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP38
GND
TP39
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP40
3V3 CLOCK
TP41-TP43
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP44
GND
TP45-TP48
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP49
TSV2N (-95 TO 0V) /10
TP50
VOUT2 (2.3V)
TP51-TP53
GND
TP54
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP55
TSV1N (-95 TO 0V) /10
TP11
GND - TP66
GND - TP6
GND - TP12
GND - TP10
GND - TP51
GND - TP7
TP61
TP52
TP50
TP65
TP59
TP9
GND - TP2
GND - TP38
GND - TP58
GND - TP29
GND - TP20
GND - TP4
TP40
GND - TP5
GND - TP44
TP13
GND - TP69
TP56
TP57
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP58
GND
TP59
V24
TP60
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP61
2V5
TP62
GND - NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP63-TP64
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP65
VOUT1 (4.0V)
TP66
GND
TP67-TP68
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP69
GND
TP33
GND - TP8
GND - TP3
GND - TP53
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
TP55
TP34
TP49
GND - TP1
5 - 57
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 5-16
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Test points (cont’d) sheet 2 of 2
TP #
DESCRIPTION
TP70-TP81
NOT USED
TP82
GND
TP83
NOT USED
TP84-TP85
GND
TP86-TP87
NOT USED
TP88
GND
TP89-TP90
NOT USED
TP91
GND
TP92
NOT USED
TP93
GND
TP94-TP95
NOT USED
TP96
GE CONFIDENTIAL
ILLUSTRATION
GND - TP84 GND - TP85
TP97
GND -TP91
TSV2 DRIVER IN CW MODE: +5.2V
ELSE: TSV1 & CLAMP DRIVER:
GND -TP93
+11V
TP97
AVEE (CLAMP AND BIAS -11V)
TP98
11VPA
TP99
VDD_DR2
TSV2 DRIVER IN CW MODE: +5.2V
ELSE: TSV2 DRIVER +11V
TP100
NOT USED
TP101
VLL +3.3V
TP102
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP103
NOT USED
TP104TP106
NOT USED BY SERVICE
TP107TP111
NOT USED
5 - 58
TP98
TP101
TP99
TP96
GND - TP88
GND - TP82
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
C148
K256
K255
C150
K267
K266
K265
K58
K65
K72
K56
K71
K59
K67
K66
C126
K26
K33
C122
K39
K34
K14
K15
K17
K18
K16
K273
K274
K275
C151
K153
K154
K80
K155
C127
K89
K90
K13
K260
K261
K262
C149
S1
K76
K61
K77
K78
C123
K44
K29
K48
K91
A
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
E
F
F
F
J1_J15
J1_J14
J13
J16
U37
R200
R199
R198
R197
R196
K45
G
G
G
R195
K46
H
H
H
J
J
J
K3_J15
K
K3_J14
K
K3
K
L
L
L
M
K5_J15
M
K5_J14
K7
M
34
20
10
R180
U21
R178
U19
K2_J15
34
20
10
K2_J14
K2
34
20
10
R179
U20
CR14
CR15
R181
U22
U25
R184
U28
R187
U31
R190
CR16
K8
R182
U23
U26
R185
U29
R188
U32
R191
K7_J15
K290
K287
T3
K7_J14
K290_J14
K287_J14
K6
K11
S5
K9
K1_J15
K289
K288
U27
R186
U30
R189
R183
U24
K20
K6_J14
K1_J14
U6
D3
F1
U9
K279
K280
K19
K82
K159
HS2
D2
K83
C134
K50
K95
K96
K51
K160
U14
CR2
K289_J14
K288_J14
K5
K1
K10
U33
R192
K40
C25
K27
K54
U11
C83
C103
R110
R109 R64
Q11
U34
Q7
R67
K284
K286
K21
K164
K85
K166
K86
C130
K100
K53
K102
C37
K175
K187
K170
K169
R71
R21
75
51
HS1
C84
F2
R3
U18
25
R111
R20
R22
R101
100
26
TP9
R100
PS1
U7
U12
Y1
76
50
K217
R63
R99
R98
U35
K176
K185
K223
K188
K171
K218
C131
K250
C146
K123
K105
K224
K111
K106
K22
K112
K121
K219
K124
K107
K129
K138
K137
K117
K126
K116
K193
K202
K201
K253
K235
K234
K233
K181
K190
K180
C144
K230
K229
K228
U17
R9
R11
S6
R10
R12
R95
C57
K149
K134
K148
K143
K131
K212
C147
K246
K245
K195
C145
K240
K239
R14
R16
R18
U8
R13
R15
R17
D10
D9
C38
R55 R54
Q6
DS8
DS10 DS9 DS12
DS11
R60
R53 R51
D8
D7
FL19
C99
VR1
S2
R56 R57
R47
C39
R48 R46
Q5
R50
Q4
TP2
R52
Q2
Q1
R49
D1
2
38
C92
U5
C26
U3
C20
U2
C19
U1
U4
C18
FL18
C101
TP11
C111
J2
C31
C32
TP5
R30
R8
37
FL21
F3
VR2
R91 R74
C143
R151
R152
C142
C137
R147
R148
C140
K252
C139
R149
R150
C138
C141
K251
C136
R145
R146
C133
R140
R139
C132
K249
C129
R137
R138
C128
R23 R108 R107 R106 R105 R104 R73
R211 R213 R212
DS7 DS6 DS5 DS4 DS3 DS2 DS1
R215
R217
Q3
K244
K198
K207
TP1
K213
K208
C107
K214
J3
K150
K144
S3
K132
K196
C109
U16
C55 C58
U10
TP10
R102
C98
U13
C117
CR1
U15
Q10
K203
K182
C135
K139
K118
C108
C124
C110
C46
TP6
TP7
K24
C74
R201
R202
R114
R115
K103
TP13
K35
CC
BB
AA
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
S
R
P
CC
BB
AA
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
S
R
P
C73
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
C165
C162
C159
C164
C161
C158
C166
C163
C160
C45
C34
C113
C48
C28
R119
R120
C115
C120
FL1
C112
C49
K247
TP8
R103
K101
FL7
C121
FL6
R214
R216
K12
FL2
S4
C125
FL3
R37
R36
R35
CR3
CR4
R2
CR6
R41
R42
CR7
R40
FL5
FL16
FL14
CR5
C72
FL9
C66
C64
C94
C88 C90
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5-12-6-1
FL20
5-12-6
C29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Relay Board (RLY)
General description
Figure 5-30 Relay board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
NOTE:
THE PROBE CONNECTORS ARE
MOUNTED ON THE SOLDER SIDE
OF THE BOARD.
The main task of the Relay Board is to route the transducer channels between the active probe and the
Transmitter or Receiver modules that are active.
Relays are used in order to switch the connections between the active probe connectors.
The module contain four probe connectors:
•
one connector supports probes with 128 XD channels
•
two connectors support probes with 192 XD channels
•
one connector supports both probes with 192 XD channels and probes with 256 XD channels
Figure 5-31 Probe connectors
1 - PD PROBE PORT: FOR VIVID 7 COMPATIBLE PROBE CONNECTORS
2 - PDT PROBE PORTS: FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7 SPECIFIC PROBE
The signals to the Doppler probe are routed via the FEP Backplane and cables to the Doppler probe
connector. The Doppler Probe has two XD channels.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 59
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-6-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit
The Relay board is located in the Front End Rack on the end nearest to the front of the scanner.
5-12-6-3
Input DC Voltages:
•
+15VDC
•
+6VDC
•
-6VDC
•
-15VDC
•
+100V PMXVPP (Voltage for Probe MUX)
•
-100V PMXVNN (Voltage for Probe MUX)
Voltages provided by regulators on the board:
•
+12 VDC
•
+5 VDC
•
+3.3 VDC
•
-3.3 VDC
•
-5 VDC
and
•
5-12-6-4
LVDC (3.3 V/2.5A) for RT3D probe
Input Signals
•
Transmit period:
XMIT Pulses via the XD_BUS
•
Receive period:
Echo signals from the selected probe
5-12-6-5
5-12-6-6
Control Signals
•
LVDS_BUS
•
STA_BUS
•
PSEL_BUS
•
TXDPEN
•
GFI_RLY_CW_ACTIVE_N
•
SP2_BUS
Output Signals
•
Transmit period:
XMIT Pulses to the selected probe
•
Receive period:
Echo signals via XD_BUS to GRX cards
5 - 60
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
K71
K58
C148
K256
K255
K66
K65
C150
K267
K266
K265
K72
C126
C122
K59
K26
K33
K56
K39
K34
K67
K40
K24
K15
K17
K16
K14
K273
K274
K275
C151
K153
K154
K80
K155
C127
K89
K90
K48
K18
K13
K260
K261
K262
C149
S1
K76
K61
K77
K78
C123
K44
K29
K45
A
A
B
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
E
F
F
F
J1_J15
J1_J14
J13
J16
U37
R200
R199
R198
R197
R196
B
G
G
G
R195
A
J
J
H
J
H
H
K3_J15
K
K3_J14
K
K3
K
L
L
L
K5_J15
M
K5_J14
M
K7
M
34
20
10
R180
U21
R178
U19
K2_J15
34
20
10
K2_J14
K2
34
20
10
R179
U20
CR14
CR15
R181
U22
U25
R184
U28
R187
U31
R190
CR16
R182
U23
U26
R185
U29
R188
U32
R191
K7_J15
K290
K287
T3
K7_J14
K290_J14
K287_J14
K6
K11
K8
S5
K9
K1_J15
K289
K288
U27
R186
U30
R189
R183
U24
K20
K6_J14
K1_J14
U6
D3
F1
U9
K279
K280
K19
K82
K159
HS2
D2
K83
C134
K50
K95
K96
K51
K160
U14
CR2
K289_J14
K288_J14
K5
K1
K10
U33
R192
K91
C25
K46
U11
C83
C103
R110
R109 R64
Q11
U34
Q7
R67
K284
K286
K21
K164
K85
K166
K86
C130
K100
K53
K102
K54
C37
K175
K187
K170
K169
R71
R21
75
51
HS1
C84
F2
R3
U18
25
R111
R20
R22
R101
100
26
TP9
R100
PS1
U7
U12
Y1
76
50
K217
R63
R99
R98
U35
K176
K185
K223
K188
K171
K218
C131
K250
C146
K123
K105
K224
K111
K106
K22
K112
K121
K219
K124
K107
K233
U17
R9
R11
S6
R10
R12
R95
C57
C107
R14
R16
R18
U8
R13
R15
R17
D10
D9
C38
R50
R52
DS8
DS10 DS9 DS12
R217
DS11
D8
R47
Q4
R48 R46
Q2
Q1
C39
D7
R60
R49
D1
R147
FL19
C99
VR1
S2
R53 R51
R56 R57
Q5
TP2
2
38
C92
U5
C26
U3
C20
U2
C19
U1
U4
C18
FL18
C101
TP11
C111
J2
C31
C32
TP5
R30
R8
37
FL21
F3
VR2
R91 R74
C143
R151
R152
C142
C137
K252
C139
R149
R150
C138
C141
R148
C140
K251
C136
R146
R145
C133
R140
R139
C132
K249
C129
R137
R138
C128
R23 R108 R107 R106 R105 R104 R73
R211 R213 R212
DS7 DS6 DS5 DS4 DS3 DS2 DS1
R215
Q3
K244
K245
R55 R54
Q6
TP1
K246
K239
C147
K240
K212
K198
K213
K214
J3
K148
K134
K149
K150
S3
C145
K195
K207
K208
K196
K131
K143
K144
K132
C109
U16
C55 C58
U10
TP10
R102
C98
U13
C117
CR1
U15
Q10
K228
K234
K235
K229
K253
K230
K201
K202
K193
K203
K137
K138
K129
K139
C144
K180
K190
K181
K182
C135
K116
K126
K117
K118
C108
C124
C110
C46
TP6
TP7
K27
C74
R201
R202
R114
R115
K103
TP13
K35
CC
BB
AA
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
S
R
P
CC
BB
AA
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
S
R
P
C73
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
C164
C161
C158
C165
C162
C159
C166
C163
C160
C48
C28
C45
C34
C113
R119
R120
C115
C120
TP8
C112
C49
K247
FL1
R103
R214
R216
K101
FL2
S4
C121
FL3
CR3
CR4
K12
FL7
R37
R36
R35
R42
R41
R2
CR6
CR7
CR5
C125
FL6
FL16
FL14
R40
C66
C64
C94
C88 C90
5-12-6-9
C72
FL9
5-12-6-8
FL5
Table 5-17
FL20
5-12-6-7
C29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Fuses
Figure 5-32 Fuses on the Relay board
F3
F2
F1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Fuses on the Relay board
FUSE
VALUE
DESCRIPTION
F1
240mA/125V Fast Action
Security for (Pedof) Doppler probe
F2
1.1A/6V Auto Recover
+5V (VCC1) to Probe
F3
0.4A/30V Auto Recover
Securing the regulator used for -3V3 supply for 3V
probe (-3.3VDC)
Jumpers
NONE
DIP-switches
NONE
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 61
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
K59
K72
K71
K58
C148
K256
K255
K67
K56
K66
K65
C150
K267
K266
K265
K44
K14
K15
K17
K18
K16
K273
K274
K275
C151
K153
K154
K80
K155
K13
K260
K261
K262
C149
S1
K76
K61
K77
K78
C127
K89
K90
K29
K26
C123
K39
C126
K33
K34
C122
K48
K91
K45
K40
K24
K46
K27
K35
A
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
E
F
F
F
J13
J1_J15
J1_J14
J16
U37
R200
R199
R198
R197
R196
There are no test points for service use.
C74
Test points
G
G
G
R195
LIT WHEN PROBE ACTIVE
IN CONNECTOR #4
C73
DLP PMX_VNN (-100V)
R201
R202
GREEN
CC
BB
AA
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
S
R
P
DS12
CC
BB
AA
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
S
R
P
LIT WHEN PROBE ACTIVE
IN CONNECTOR #4
K
C125
H
H
H
J
J
J
K3_J15
K
K3_J14
K
K3
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
DLP PMX_VPP (+100V)
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
GREEN
L
L
L
K5_J15
M
K5_J14
M
K7
M
C121
K12
34
20
10
34
R180
U21
R178
U19
K2_J15
34
20
10
K2_J14
K2
20
10
R179
U20
CR14
CR15
K247
K101
K103
R181
U22
U25
R184
U28
R187
U31
R190
CR16
C120
R182
U23
U26
R185
U29
R188
U32
R191
K7_J15
K290
K287
T3
K7_J14
K290_J14
K287_J14
K6
K11
K8
C124
S5
K9
K1_J15
K289
K288
U27
R186
U30
R189
R183
U24
K20
K6_J14
K1_J14
D2
D3
F1
U9
K279
K280
K19
K82
K159
U14
U6
K83
C134
K50
K95
K96
K51
K160
HS2
C48
CR2
K289_J14
K288_J14
K5
K1
K10
U33
R192
DS11
C166
LIT WHEN PROBE ACTIVE
IN CONNECTOR #4
C164
DLP LVDC
C165
GREEN
C162
DS10
C163
LIT WHEN PROBE ACTIVE
IN CONNECTOR #4
C161
DLP +12V
C159
GREEN
C158
DS9
C160
LIT WHEN 4V ACTIVE IN
PROBE CONNECTOR #4
C25
DLP AUX (-3.3V)
K54
U11
C83
C103
R110
R109 R64
Q11
U34
Q7
R67
K284
K286
K21
K164
K85
K166
K86
C130
K100
K53
K102
C45
GREEN
C34
DS8
C113
DS8, DS9, DS10, DS11 AND DS12 ARE DEBUG LEDS FOR PROBE CONNECTOR #4
C37
R99
R98
U35
K176
K175
K187
K185
K170
K169
R71
R21
75
51
HS1
C84
F2
R3
U18
25
R111
R20
R22
R101
100
26
TP9
R100
PS1
U7
U12
Y1
76
50
K217
K223
K188
K171
K218
C131
K250
C146
K123
K105
K224
K111
K106
K22
K112
K121
K219
K124
K107
R63
TP8
LIT
C28
DLP_AUX
FL1
GREEN
K129
K138
K137
K117
K126
K116
K193
K202
K201
K253
K235
K234
K233
K181
K190
K180
C144
K230
K229
K228
U17
R9
R11
S6
R10
R12
R95
C57
K149
K134
K148
K143
K131
K212
C147
K246
K245
K195
C145
K240
K239
R14
R16
R18
U8
R13
R15
R17
D10
D9
C38
R55 R54
Q6
DS8
DS10 DS9 DS12
DS11
R60
TP2
R53 R51
D8
D7
FL19
C99
VR1
S2
R56 R57
R47
C39
R48 R46
Q5
R50
Q4
R52
Q2
Q1
R49
D1
2
38
C92
U5
C26
U3
C20
U2
C19
U1
U4
C18
FL18
C101
TP11
C111
J2
C31
C32
TP5
R30
R8
37
FL21
F3
VR2
R91 R74
C143
R151
R152
C142
C137
R147
R148
C140
K252
C139
R149
R150
C138
C141
K251
C136
R146
R145
C133
R140
R139
C132
K249
C129
R137
R138
C128
R23 R108 R107 R106 R105 R104 R73
R211 R213 R212
DS7 DS6 DS5 DS4 DS3 DS2 DS1
R215
R217
Q3
K244
K198
TP1
K213
K207
C107
K214
K208
J3
K150
K144
S3
K132
K196
C109
U16
C55 C58
U10
TP10
R102
C98
U13
C117
CR1
U15
Q10
K203
K182
C135
K139
K118
C46
DS7
C108
LIT
R114
+3V3
R119
GREEN
TP6
DS6
C110
GREEN WHEN PROBE
ACTIVE IN CONNECTOR 2,
3 OR 4
TP7
LVDC
C112
GREEN
R115
DS5
R120
LIT
TP13
VCC
C115
GREEN
C49
DS4
R103
LIT
FL2
+12V
FL7
GREEN
FL3
DS3
FL6
LIT
R214
-5V AVEE
R216
GREEN
R37
DS2
CR3
GREEN WHEN PROBE
PRESENT IN
CONNECTOR 4
S4
STATUS_LED
CR4
GREEN
R36
DS1
START UP
R35
NORMAL OPERATION
R2
DESCRIPTION
CR6
COLOR
R42
LED NO.
R41
DS7
CR7
DS8
R40
DS6
CR5
DS10
C72
FL9
DS5
C66
DS9
FL5
5 - 62
DS4
C64
5-12-6-11
DS12
C94
Table 5-18
DS3
FL16
DS11
FL14
DS2
C88 C90
DS1
FL20
5-12-6-10
C29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs
Figure 5-33 LEDs on the Relay board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
LEDs on the Relay board
ERROR CONDITION
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-7
5-12-7-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Receiver Board (GRX)
General description
Figure 5-34 GRX board
Figure 5-35 GRX Block Diagram
Mixer Clock
Pencil Doppler
Probe
(CW mode)
Mixer and Band Pass
Filter
12 Bit ADC
I-Data
I
Mixer Clock
T/R
64 Mixers and
Band Pass
Filters
Programmable
Gain,
300/600Hz
High Pass
Filter,
Mux
GFI
Board
Q
Q-Data
(PW mode)
Relay
-23.5 to +24.5 dB Gain
19 dB Gain
+
Transmit /
Receive
Switch
Rx[1:192]
Transducer
Input
DRX
Board
-
VGA
Preamp
Rx[1:192]
AnalogTest
Signal
Gain
Control
Buffer & Level
Adjustment
Low Pass
Low
FilterPass
Filter
TGC Ctrl
Time variable gain control
Enable / Power Down
Ctontrol
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 63
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-7-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
The analog Receiver boards (GRX) receives the weak ultrasound echo signals from the probes, via the
Relay board and the XD bus on the Front Plane boards. The main task for the GRX boards are to do
Time Variable Amplification on the echo signals.
To support 192 analog receiving channels from the probes, two different GRX boards are used in
Vivid E9/Vivid E7:
•
64 Channel Receiver board without analog CW Doppler
•
128 Channel Receiver board with analog CW Doppler
The 128 channel Receiver board also include the needed circuits to demodulate the CW Doppler signals
from a Pedof probe.
NOTE:
Some probes, like the 3V and 4V, are pre-beamforming the received signals from the
transducer elements down to 192 channels. These 192 channels are connected to the system
as described above.
A T/R switch on the inputs to the GRX boards protect the input circuits on the boards from the transmit
signals from the GTX boards.
The on board temperature is sensed with either two or three temperature sensors on each board,
depending on the board type.
•
One sensor is located in the upper part of the board (all receiver boards)
•
One sensor in located in the lower part of the board (all receiver boards)
•
One sensor at the Doppler circuits to sense the heat generated by the analog CW Doppler (only on
the 128 Channel Receiver board with analog CW Doppler)
A separate circuit is used to monitor important inboard DC voltages.
5-12-7-2
Location in the Unit
Figure 5-36 GRX location
2 pc GRX boards
5 - 64
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-7-3
5-12-7-4
5-12-7-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Input DC Voltages
•
+6 VDC
•
-5 VDC
•
+15 VDC
•
-15 VDC
Outputs
•
After Time Variable Amplification the analog signals are sent via high level, analog, differential lines
to the DRX board for A/D conversion and beamforming.
•
When using the Pedof probe, the demodulated Doppler signals are sent to the DRX board for A/D
conversion.
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches
None
5-12-7-6
LEDs on the GRX board
The GRX board has four LEDs:
5-12-7-7
Test points on the GRX board
There are no test points for use by Service.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 65
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-8
5-12-8-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Front Plane boards (XD BUS)
General Description
The two Front Plane boards plug into the rear edge connectors on the Relay Board, the GTX Board(s)
and on the GRX Board(s).
The XD signals, TX and RX signals to and from the probes (via the Relay Board) are routed via these
boards.
Figure 5-37 Front Plane board for GTX w/192 channels (A) and for GTX w/64 channels (B)
B
A
A
Two different Front Plane boards have been used:
5-12-8-2
•
The first model (B), supporting up to four TX cards with 64 channels each, was used from the
introduction of VIVID E9.
•
In August 2011, a new Front Plane board model (A), supporting the TX card with 192 TX channels,
was phased into production. This version is also used for the VIVID E7.
Location in the Unit
The Front Plane boards plugs into the connectors on the rear of the Relay board, the GTX board(s) and
the GRX board(s).
5-12-8-3
Input Signals
Table 5-19
5 - 66
Input Signals
INPUT
DESCRIPTION
XD1 - XD256
Back scattered echo signals (Receive Mode) and
Transmitter pulses (Transmit Mode)
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
CONNECTION FROM
Active Probe via Relay board in Receive
Mode
GTX board(s) in Transmit Mode.
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-8-4
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Output Signals
Table 5-20
5-12-8-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Output Signals
OUTPUT
DESCRIPTION
XD1 - XD256
Transmitter pulses (Transmit Mode) and Back scattered
echo signals (Receive Mode)
CONNECTION TO
Active Probe via Relay board in
Transmit Mode
GRX board(s) in Receive Mode.
Fuses, Jumpers, Dip-switches and LEDs
None
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 67
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-9
5-12-9-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receiver board (DRX)
General description
A DRX board provides two main functions to the beamformer:
1.) Conversion of analog RF input signals from 64 channels into streams of digital data, and
2.) Receive signal beamforming. The DRX performs optimal, range dependent focusing and steering
to create multiple receive beams simultaneously.
The DRX board has the capability of beamforming multiple beams or lines (MLAs) simultaneously. 16
lines of receive beamformed data is referred to as MLA16. The DRX2 board is designed in such a way
that it can be built in MLA4 (5301040), MLA8 (5301080), and MLA16 (5301160) configurations.
All digital signal processing and beamforming is performed in ASICs referred to as Nathan.
The analog signals from the GRX are first anti aliasing filtered. After Anti Aliasing Filtering of the signals
in all the receiver channels, the signals are fed to an ADC (Analog/Digital Converter). Each ADC
handles 8 channels. The 8 digital signals from an ADC are then fed to 1/2 Nathan. One Nathan handles
16 channels at the same time. The output is then connected to the next Nathan.
Up to four DRX boards with 64 receiver channels each, can be used to support up to 256 receiver
channels. Today we are using three DRX boards to support 192 receiver channels.
For probes with more than 192 RX channels, some beamforming takes place in the probe, so only 192
RX channels are required on the scanner.
5 - 68
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-9-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit
Figure 5-38 DRX location
Up to 4 pc DRX boards
(Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is using
three DRX boards).
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 69
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Input DC Voltages
+24 VDC.
Other voltages are generated locally on the GRX:
•
3V3
•
2V5
•
2V5_MGT_Tx
•
1V8 (one for each Nathan column in use)
•
1V5
The voltages are monitored on-board
5-12-9-4
Input Signals
64 channels differential analog channels (via FEP Backplane, from GRX)
5-12-9-5
Control Signals
•
5-12-9-6
Clocks (2 x 50MHz, 200 MHz and 156.25 MHz)
Outputs
Digital signal data to next DRX. Data from the last DRX card is sent to GFI.
5-12-9-7
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches
None
5 - 70
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-9-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the DRX board - the Nathan field
The Nathan field has an array of LEDs that display Nathan status. There is one green LED per Nathan
as well as one common red LED per Nathan row. The leds are arranged as follows:
Figure 5-39 LEDs for Nathan (beamforming) circuits
Nathan Row 0 Status 3 2 1 0
Nathan Row 1 Status 3 2 1 0
Nathan Row 2 Status 3 2 1 0
Nathan Row 3 Status 3 2 1 0
Nathan
Error 3 2 1 0
Each Nathan drives two signals connected to LEDs, a green “running light” and a red “error” status light.
•
When Nathan is receiving TXTRIG signals during scanning, the green lights for Nathans in a column
will turn on in sequence, based on the Nathan soft id value.
•
When no TXTRIGS are being received, and Nathan is in an “idle” state, all of the Nathan LEDs will
blink in unison at an interval of approximately 0.5 seconds.
•
When Nathan is not receiving a system clock, the LED behavior is not defined.
•
The red “error” light will turn on when Nathan generates an internal error, and turn off when the error
state is cleared by an access to the error register in Nathan.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 71
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-9-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the DRX board - the GDIF status display
Programming status LEDs exist on the left side of the board. They indicate the programming status of
the GDIF FPGA.
GDIF debug LEDs exist near the lower left side of the board. They are used for GDIF status display.
Figure 5-40 GDIF status display
INT
DONE
5-12-9-10
GDIF LED 0
TOP MGT 1 LINK UP
GDIF LED 1
TOP MGT 2 LINK UP
GDIF LED 2
BOTTOM MGT 1 LINK UP
GDIF LED 3
BOTTOM MGT 2 LINK UP
GDIF LED 4
TOP MGT 3 LINK UP
GDIF LED 5
TOP MGT 3 LINK UP
GDIF LED 6
BOTTOM MGT 3 LINK UP
GDIF LED 7
BOTTOM MGT 4 LINK UP
GDIF LED 8
BOARD LAST IN CHAIN
GDIF LED 9
ERROR CONDITION
Test points on the DRX board
Figure 5-41 Test points
TX_TRIG_N
RESET_N
24V
3V6
3V3_ADC
3V3
2V5_MGT_TX
2V5_MGT_RX
2V5
1V5
1V8 COL3
1V8 COL2
1V8 COL1
1V8 COL0
5 - 72
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-9-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Troubleshooting hints
•
If eight (8) channels are dead: It may be a broken ADC on the DRX.
•
If sixteen (16) channels are dead: The Nathan interface may be broken.
•
During power up, the 4 x 4 LEDs (see Figure 5-39 "LEDs for Nathan (beamforming) circuits" on
page 5-71) will be stable ON. If they blink at this time, it indicates an error.
•
During scanning the 4 x 4 LEDs will blink: LEDs in first column will turn ON, then the LEDs in the
next column are lit, then the LEDs in the third column and at last the LEDs in the fourth row. Next,
the sequence will repeat.
•
The voltages on the board are monitored by ADM1062 circuits. If a voltage error occurs, the card
will be reset. If this occur during startup, the card will not start at all.
•
If the card starts, the voltages are OK.
•
If it is artifacts in the picture (during scanning), you may try to interchange the position for the DRX
boards, and scan again. If the artifacts moves to the left or to the right, it indicates an error on a
DRX. If the artifact don’t move, the problem is elsewhere in the signal chain.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 73
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-10
5-12-10-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Front End Interface Board (GFI)
General description
Figure 5-42 GFI2 board
The GFI is the Front End Processor’s (FEP’s) interface to the Back End Processor (BEP).
Figure 5-43 GFI block diagram
XC2VP40
5 - 74
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-10-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
During boot, various setup parameters are downloaded from the BEP’s hard drive, via the PCI Express
bus to the GFI2 board. On the GFI2 board, the parameters are loaded to a high speed, DDR II RAM.
When a scanning mode is selected, or scanning parameters are adjusted, the GFI board receives setup
parameters from the BEP and pass these on to the FE boards. The GFI also, based on some of these
parameters, control some front end signals directly.
The digitized and beamformed ultrasound data, received from the DRX boards, are further processed
on the GFI board before the result is sent to the BEP for use in the display system.
TMS320C6455
The TMS320C6455 is a digital signal processor (DSP). It incorporates a PCI interface and two memory
ports (DDR-II SDRAM interface and EMIF (external memory interface)). The DSP operates at 1 GHz,
the EMIF operates at 133MHz, the DDR-II SDRAM at 200 MHz and the PCI bus operates at 66 MHz.
PCI to PCI-Express bridge
The PCI to PCI-Express bridge is the interface between the 255 MHz PCI bus to/from the DSP and the
PCI-Express connection to/from the BEP.
CedSdem XC4VSX35
The CedSdem XC4VSX35 is a Field-Programmable gate array (FPGA). It is connected to the DSP’s
External Memory Interface (EMIF) via a 64 bit bus running on 133MHz and is communicating with:
•
GFEINTF XC2VP40 (Front End Interface circuit)
•
QDR2 TGC RAM (Storing coefficients for the digital gain and frequency control used for digital
signal amplification and demodulation)
GFEINTF XC2VP40
The GFEINTF XC2VP40 (Front End Interface) is used to provide control data to the rest of the FE and
receive data back from the FE.
•
FE Cache SDR 133 MHz: Used to store setup data for FE.
•
Doppler Audio: Setup parameters for Doppler.
•
ATGC DAC: Digital to analog converter for the Time Gain Control (TGC) used by the GRX boards.
•
TGEN DAC:
•
TEE PROBE: Signals to control the TEE probe. Signals from the switches on the TEE probe.
•
ADC I/F:
•
Probe Mux/ TX Power/ FE Control/ Timers SAP Control
•
I2C controller used for monitoring temperatures and voltages throughout the front end. The I2C
controller is also used to read VPD proms on the other front end boards.
Power DC/DC
The input voltage (24 VDC) is converted to the needed on-board voltages.
JTAG CONTROL
JTAG boundary scan is used during production control of the board.
4D Controller Module
The 4D Controller Module isn’t used by the current versions of Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 75
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-10-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit
The GFI2 board is plugged into the Back Plane as the right most board in the FE rack.
Figure 5-44 GFI2 location
GFI2 BOARD
5-12-10-3
Input DC Voltages
•
+24 DC (from Main LV Power via FEP Backplane)
•
+/- 15 VDC
•
+/- 6VA DC
•
BEP5V
Other needed voltages are generated locally on the GFI.
5-12-10-4
Clocks
These clocks are generated on the board:
•
5-12-10-5
5 - 76
200 MHz for on board (GFI) use
•
200/50 MHz (for the RX board)
•
200 MHz for the RX board
Control Signals
•
TS_LEVEL_OK (indicates level stable and ready for transmit)
•
TS_OK (indicates voltages, currents, power OK)
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-10-6
5-12-10-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Outputs
•
PCI Express bus to BEP (connector J14 on the card)
•
STA bus
•
Other Control signals like TXTRIG etc.
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches
None
5-12-10-8
LEDs on the GFI board
Table 5-21
LEDs on the GFI board
LED NO.
COLOR
DESCRIPTION
NORMAL OPERATION
DS1
GREEN
3V3 STATUS
LIT
DS2
GREEN
2V5 STATUS
LIT
DS3
GREEN
1V8 STATUS
LIT
DS4
GREEN
CORE DSP STATUS
LIT
DS5
GREEN
1V2 STATUS
LIT
DS6
GREEN
DRX1
LIT IF DRX 1 IS MISSING
DS7
GREEN
DRX2
LIT IF DRX 2 IS MISSING
DS8
GREEN
DRX3
LIT IF DRX 3 IS MISSING
DS9
GREEN
DRX4
LIT IF DRX 4 IS MISSING
DS10
GREEN
GTX1
LIT IF GTX 1 IS MISSING
DS11
GREEN
GTX2
LIT IF GTX 2 IS MISSING
DS12
GREEN
GTX3
LIT IF GTX 3 IS MISSING
DS13
GREEN
GTX4
LIT IF GTX 4 IS MISSING
DS14
GREEN
GFI-DONE
DS15
GREEN
VDD_3V3
LIT
DS16
GREEN
VDD_1V5
LIT
DS17
GREEN
VDA_3V3
LIT
DS18
GREEN
VDA_1V5
LIT
DS19
GREEN
SD_DEBUG 0
DS20
GREEN
SD_DEBUG 1
DS21
GREEN
SD_DEBUG 2
DS22
GREEN
GFE_DEBUG 0
DS23
GREEN
GFE_DEBUG 1
DS24
GREEN
GFE_DEBUG 2
5-12-10-9
START UP
ERROR CONDITION
DARK BEFORE STARTUP,
DARK IF THE FPGAs ON
THE BOARDS HAVE NOT
BEEN SUCCESSFULLY
PROGRAMMED.
Test points on the GFI board
There are no test points for use by Service.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 77
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-11
5-12-11-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
FEP Backplane
General description
Figure 5-45 FEP Backplane
4.
1.
2.
3.
Front side of the FEP Backplane
Rear side of the FEP Backplane
1. CW Doppler Connector
2. Power Connectors
2. Power Connectors (2x)
4. FEP Backplane Connector
3. Fan Connector
The front side of the FEP Backplane has connectors for the Front End boards (RELAY, GRX, GTX, DRX
and GFI), the Main Power Supply, the BEP I/O Board, the Fan Connector and a connector for the CW
probe signals.
On the rear side of the FEP Backplane, there is the FEP Backplane Connector with BSCAN signals,
GFI Audio, +5V (from GFI) and I2C signals from the FEP Backplane.
•
Voltages are distributed from the Main Power Supply to the different boards.
•
Control signals and Clocks are distributed from the GFI board to the other boards.
•
Low amplitude analog signals from GRX board to DRX board.
•
MLA data signals are routed from DRX board to GFI board.
•
The BSCAN signals, GFI Audio, +5V (from GFI) and I2C signals are routed to the BEP and/or BEP
I/O Board, depending on the BEP model in use.
The only active electronics on the FEP Backplane is a I2C memory device for the Board Info and a
voltage regulator for the power supply to the I2C memory.
In addition, there are termination resistors and power supply bypass capacitors.
5 - 78
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-11-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the unit
The FEP Backplane is attached to the rear side of the Front End Card Rack.
Figure 5-46 FEP Backplane location
FEP BACKPLANE
5-12-11-3
Input DC voltages
See: Section 5-14 "Power distribution" on page 5-110.
5-12-11-4
Input signals
See description for each FE board.
5-12-11-5
Control signals
See description for each FE board.
5-12-11-6
Outputs
See description for each FE board.
5-12-11-7
Fuses
NONE.
5-12-11-8
Jumpers
NONE.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 79
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-12-11-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DIP-switches
NONE
5-12-11-10 Other switches
NONE.
5 - 80
Section 5-12 - Front End Processor (FEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-13
Back End Processor (BEP)
5-13-1
Purpose of this section
The BEP and its sub-modules acts as the Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s central processor.
This chapter includes descriptions for the vital BEP modules.
5-13-2
Contents in this section
5-13-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-13-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-13-3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-13-4
Signal Flow and Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-13-5
Location of the Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
5-13-6
CPU/Back End Processor (BEP) - block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
5-13-7
BEP description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
5-13-8
BEP6 Face, Top and Rear connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
5-13-9
BEP5 Face and Top connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
5-13-10 Input DC Voltages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
5-13-11 Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
5-13-12 Bi-directional signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
5-13-13 Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
5-13-14 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
5-13-15 BEP Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
5-13-16 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
5-13-17 Graphics Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
5-13-18 Internal Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
5-13-3
Introduction
The Back End Processor is a computer, designed specially for the use in the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
ultrasound scanners made by GE.
The following BEP models have been used for Vivid E9/Vivid E7:
•
BEP6 was introduced in manufacturing in October 2012.
The BEP6 is also called BEPY3. The BEP6 is used both for the VIVID E9 and the VIVID E7.
•
BEP5 was introduced at the introduction of VIVID E9 and was phased out of manufacturing in
October-November 2012.
-
5-13-4
BEP5 has also been called BEPY1 or BEPY2, depending on the installed System Software
version.
Signal Flow and Processing
The Back End Processor receives the data from the Front End electronics, stores it in memory, performs
scan conversion to pixel domain, and drives the system’s monitors.
Back End Processor software is also processing the Color Flow, Doppler, M-Mode data and the 3D/4D
data.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 81
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location of the Back End Processor (BEP)
The BEP is located on the left side, inside the scanner, see Figure 5-47.
Figure 5-47 Back End Processor
THE BEP IS LOCATED BEHIND
THIS (LEFT SIDE) COVER
5 - 82
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CPU/Back End Processor (BEP) - block diagram
The wiring is somewhat different between the BEP5 and the BEP6, as illustrated in:
•
Figure 5-48 - BEP6 block diagram
•
Figure 5-49 - BEP5 block diagram
Figure 5-48 BEP6 block diagram
FROM
MAIN PWR SUPPLY
FEP BACKPLANE CONNECTOR
TO GFI
HDD
CONTROL SIGNAL TO
MAIN PWR SUPPLY
AUDIO L
DVI Video, Audio, 2xUSB, 48V, Power ON/OFF switch, Safety GND,
Outer Boss Brake/Motor-Brake Commands
AUDIO R
DVI-I
FROM MAIN
PWR SUPPLY
USB
IO BOARD
DVR
GRAPHICS
(OPTION)
ADAPTER
BEP6
POWER
BOARD
LED
USB
BW
PRINTER
FRONT
PANEL
10/100/1000MbT
USB
LED
LED
IPASS2
PCIE x1
AUX
POWER
WOOFER
DVD DRIVE
(DVR OPTION)
SATA
USB
PATIENT
IO
PHONO
ECG
SATA
DVD DRIVE
MOTHERBOARD
BEP6 w/4D and DVR
Figure 5-49 BEP5 block diagram
TO FEP BACKPLANE AND TO GFI
VOLTAGE FROM POWER SUPPLY
CONTROL SIGNAL TO POWER SUPPLY
LED
LED
DVI Video, Audio, 2xUSB, 48V, Power ON/OFF
switch, Safety GND, Outer Boss Brake/MotorBrake Commands
LED
VOLTAGE FROM POWER SUPPLY
NOTE:
ON VIVID E9 WITHOUT DVR, THE SHORT CABLE BETWEEN THE
GRAPHICS BOARD AND THE DVR IS MISSING, AND THE DVI OUT
CABLE FOR THE IO BOARD IS CONNECTED TO THE VIDEO CARD.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 83
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-7
5-13-7-1
5-13-7-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP description
The EMC Enclosure House
•
A power supply for local voltages (see: 5-13-15 "BEP Power Supply" on page 5-98.)
•
A motherboard with RAM, a processor and PCI connectors for extension cards
•
An I/O board on the rear of the BEP (see: 5-13-16 "IO Board" on page 5-104.)
Outside the EMC Enclosure House
•
Front Panel with status lights (LEDs) for hard disk activity and network speed (upper LED) and
network activity (lower LED).
Figure 5-50 Front Panel
5 - 84
•
Patient I/O with AUX, Phono and ECG connectors.
For description, see: 5-16-3 "Patient I/O (Physio)" on page 5-123.
•
BEP I/O Board.
For information, see: 5-16-5 "BEP5 I/O Board" on page 5-129.
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-7-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Top view comparison BEP5 - BEP6
Figure 5-51 Top view comparison BEP5 - BEP6
BEP5
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
BEP6
5 - 85
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP6 Face, Top and Rear connections
Table 5-22
BEP6 Face connections
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
J21 - Upper LCD Video Out (Main LCD Video)
2.
J3 - SA1 DVD (SATA to DVD)
3.
J2 - SA2 SPARE (SATA to DVD)
4.
J22 - A/V OUT (OP Console)
ILLUSTRATION
Pins of note:
5: PWR_SW
6: 5V_STDBY
1
9-13: 48V
17, 22-25: GND
18: PWR_LED_P
21: PWR_LED_N
5.
2
Test Connector (Factory Test)
Pins of note:
5, 13, 23: Ground
3
3: 24V
4: 48V
8: 12V
4
9: 5V
10: AC_FAIL_N
11: 3.3V
5
12: 5V_STDBY
16: Not Used on Vivid E9
24: PWR_SW
25: PSON_N
6
7
6.
J100 - OP Panel Video (USB)
7.
J7 - OP Panel Buttons (USB)
8.
J28 - XYZ Motor (USB)
9.
J27 - Spare (USB)
10.
J26 BW Printer (USB)
11.
J25 - Spare (USB)
12.
J4 - Main PS USB (USB)
13.
J14 - Spare (USB)
14
14.
J29 - Power (to peripherals)
15
8
9
10
11
12
13
Pinout:
1, 2 - GND
3,5 - 12V
4,6 - 5V
15.
J30- Power (to peripherals)
1, 2 - GND
3,5 - 12V
4,6 - 5V
16.
5 - 86
J33 Center (Center Speaker / Sub-woofer)
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
16
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP6 Face, Top and Rear connections (cont’d)
Table 5-23
BEP6 Top connections
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
J1 - Main PS 48V, 5V In
1
2.
J5 - Front End Rack (PCIe to GFI)
2
Table 5-24
BEP6 Rear connections
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
J40 - Customer USB
2.
J41 - Customer USB
3.
J46 - LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit
4.
J44 - Customer Video Out
5.
J43 - Customer Audio
6.
J42 - Customer Audio
ILLUSTRATION
1
2
5
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
3
4
6
5 - 87
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP5 Face and Top connections
Please refer to the illustrations.
Figure 5-52 BEP5 Face connections
(Sub-woofer)
Figure 5-53 BEP5 Top connections
USB to
Main PS
PCI Express SATA to DVD
to GFI
Main PS
(48VDC, 5VSB,
Power OK)
5 - 88
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-9-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP6 interior
Figure 5-54 BEP6 interior
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 89
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-9-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
USB distribution
USB is used to communicate with, and/or control, many functions and devices in the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
The illustration below shows how the USB signals are distributed in BEP6.
Figure 5-55 USB distribution in BEP6
The illustration below shows how the USB signals are distributed in BEP5.
Figure 5-56 USB distribution in BEP5
5 - 90
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-9-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
SATA distribution - BEP6
Figure 5-57 BEP6 - SATA distribution
5-13-9-4
Use of Expansion Slots on BEP6 Motherboard
The Motherboard is a custom board designed for GE.
•
2GB RAM
•
Intel CPU i3-540
•
has Temperature, Voltage, and Fan Speed monitoring.
Use of Expansion Slots, listed from the rightmost slot:
•
BEP 6.0 Power Board Assembly
•
Graphics Adapter (Video Card)
•
DVR Board (Optional)
•
The I/O Board is plugged into a double slot on the left side of the notherboard.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 91
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Use of Expansion Slots on BEP5 Motherboard
The Motherboard is a custom board designed for GE.
•
Based on Intel’s BTX Form Factor
•
2GB RAM
•
Intel Core2 Duo E6400 Processor
•
has Temperature, Voltage, and Fan Speed monitoring.
Use of Expansion Slots, listed from the rightmost slot:
5-13-9-6
•
DVR Board (Optional)
•
Graphics Adapter (Video Card)
BIOS Beep Codes
BIOS uses beeps of varying duration. A long beep will typically last for 2 seconds while a short beep will
last only 1 second. BIOS also uses beeps of different frequency to indicate critical errors. If BIOS detects
that the CPU is overheating it may play a high pitched repeating beep while the computer is running.
Table 5-25
BEP Beep Codes
Beep Code
5-13-10
NOTE:
Meaning
Possible Cause
1 Long, 2 Short
Video adapter failure
Bad video adapter
Repeating (Endless loop)
Memory error
Bad memory or bad connection
1 Long, 3 Short
Video adapter failure
Bad video adapter or memory
High freq. beeps (while running)
CPU is overheating
CPU fan failure
Repeating High, Low beeps
CPU failure
Bad processor
Input DC Voltages
The BEP is not connected to AC power.
The BEP gets it power supply via the BEP Power Supply. (See: 5-13-15 - BEP Power Supply.)
5 - 92
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Input Signals
BEP6:
•
Audio signal path: GFI > FEP Backplane > BEP6 MBD > [a and b]
a: > IO Board > Audio Out
b: > DVR
Figure 5-58 Audio map - BEP6
BEP5:
•
Audio signal path: GFI > FEP Backplane > BEP > IO Board > Audio Out / BEP Motherboard)
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 93
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-12
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Bi-directional signals
BEP6:
Table 5-26
BEP6 Bi-directional Signals
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
PCIe
PCI Express
IPASS2 (BEP MBD) > Cable N (inside
BEP) > J5 (BEP) > PCI Express Cable >
GFI
Network
10/100/1000 Mbit
BEP MBD > IO > J46 (Rear Panel)
(Routed via printed circuits on the
cards.No cables are used.)
BEP5:
Table 5-27
BEP5 Bi-directional Signals
Signal Name
NOTE:
5 - 94
Description
PCIe
PCI Express
BSCAN
Boundary Scan (GTX/DRX/GFI)
Network
10/100/1000 Mbit
Signal Path
J3 (BEP Motherboard) > Cable 4 (inside
BEP) > J5 (BEP) > PCI Express Cable >
GFI
Card Rack (FEP) Motherboard >
Cable N > I/O Board > USB
BEP Motherboard > Cable 12 > J46
(Rear Panel)
For other signals on the Rear Panel, see: 5-13-16 "IO Board" on page 5-104.
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Outputs
Table 5-28
Output Signals
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
PSON_N
5-13-14
5-13-14-1
BEP POWER SUPPLY > Power Cable
DVI Out
Digital Video Interface Out
AUDIO OUT (L)
Left channel
AUDIO OUT (R)
Right channel
AUDIO OUT (C)
Centre (Bass) channel
LEDs
LEDs on the BEP5/BEP6 Front
Figure 5-59 Front Panel
2
1
3
Table 5-29
LEDs on the BEP’s front
ITEM
LED NAME
1
ACT LED
DESCRIPTION
HD ACTIVITY
Blinks when the Hard Disk drive is active
NETWORK SPEED
2
SPD LED
10MBit: No Light
100 MBit: Amber Light
1000 Mbit: Green Light
3
ACT LED
NETWORK ACTIVITY
Lit (green)
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 95
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-14-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the BEP6’s Side Cover
Table 5-30
LEDs on the BEP6’s Side Cover
DESCRIPTION
ILLUSTRATION
The LEDs for the BEP6’s Power Supply can be viewed without
removing the BEP6’s Front Cover
Description of the LEDs (listed from the top):
• ATX POWER OK
• POWER ON
• +3.3V
• +5.5V STBY
• +28V
• +5V
• POWER OK
• +48V
• +12V
5 - 96
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-14-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the BEP5’s face
Figure 5-60 LEDs on the BEP5’s face
Table 5-31
LEDs below DVI connector
LED NAME
DESCRIPTION
ERROR Conditions
DVI IN
Green LED indicates that there is video output
from the Graphic Card to the BEP IO
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
Hub3 OK/Error
Green LED means OK
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
Hub2 OK/Error
Green LED means OK
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
MC OK/Error
Green LED means USB micro controller is OK
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
Table 5-32
LEDs at the USB connectors
LED NAME
OK LED
ERROR LED
J7 USB LEDs
Lit green
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
J28 USB LEDs
Lit green
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
J27 USB LEDs
Lit green
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
J26 USB LEDs
Lit green
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
J225 USB LEDs
Lit green
Blinking Green/Amber or OFF
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 97
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-15
5-13-15-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Power Supply
Description
Three different BEP Power Supplies have been used, depending on the BEP model:
NOTE:
•
BEP6.0 Power Board Assembly
•
BEP Power Supply, VIVID E9 (for the latest BEP5 models)
•
GE Custom Power Supply Board (for the first BEP5 models)
The BEP Power Supply does not handle AC voltages.
The BEP Power Supply receives its input DC voltage from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Main Power Supply.
Dedicated control signals, are used for controlling the BEP Power Supply.
5-13-15-2
BEP6 Power Board Assembly Block Diagram
Table 5-33
BEP6 Power Supply Block Diagram
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
This connector is not used in the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
ILLUSTRATION
2
PCN 2
2.
• +48 VDC from Main Power Supply > “POWER
CABLE – BEP 48V” (GA200715) > connector J1
(on top of BEP6) > PCN 2.
• Control signals: ACFAIL and 5V STBY.
PCN 3
3.
This plug fits into the connector CN PWR2 on the
BEP6’s motherboard.
• +12 VDC to the BEP6 motherboard.
• + 5VDC to the BEP6 motherboard.
• +3.3VDC to the BEP6 motherboard.
PCN 4
4.
This plug fits into the connector CN PWR1 on the
BEP6’s motherboard.
4
• +48 VDC to the BEP6 motherboard.
• Control signals: ACFAIL, 5V STBY and 5vDUAL
3
1
5 - 98
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-15-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP5 Power Supply Block Diagram
Figure 5-61 BEP5 Power Supply Block Diagram
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
HDD (SATA POWER)
TO
BEP MOTHERBOARD
TO PATIENT I/O
TO I/O BOARD
5-13-15-4
Location in the BEP6
The BEP6 Power Supply Card is located inside the BEP6, at the right-hand side (when opening the
BEP).
Figure 5-62 BEP6 Power Supply Card location
BEP6 POWER SUPPLY CARD
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 99
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-15-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the BEP5
The BEP Power Supply is located inside, at the top of the BEP5.
Figure 5-63 BEP5 Power Supply Location
BEP5 POWER SUPPLY
5-13-15-6
Input Voltage (BEP6 / BEP5)
+48 VDC from the Main Power Supply.
5-13-15-7
Input Signals (BEP6 / BEP5)
•
5-13-15-8
Bi-directional Signals
•
5 - 100
48V_OK from Main Power Supply
None.
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-15-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Output Voltages
•
+48V
•
+12V
•
+5V
•
+3.3V
•
+5Vstby
5-13-15-10 DC Voltages
Table 5-34
DC Input Voltages
INPUT
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTED TO
+5Vstb
Standby voltage
+48 VDC
Power Supply
Main Power Supply > BEP Power
Supply > BEP Motherboard / IO Board
GND
Electrical Ground
DC Power Supply
5-13-15-11 Input signals
Table 5-35
Input Signals
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
PS_ON#
48V_OK
Indicates that 48V from Main Power Supply is up and
stable.
Main Power Supply > Power Cable - BEP 48V
BEP J1 > BEP Power Supply
GFI Audio (Doppler audio)
See: 5-13-11 "Input Signals" on page 5-93.
GFI Audio (Doppler audio)
GFI > FEP BACKPLANE CONNECTOR >
BEP TO CARDRACK CABLE > J36 (I/O
Board) > J42 (IO Board) / J43 (IO Board) /J35
(IO Board) > Motherboard Harness > DVR
Board (Audio in) / BEP Motherboard (CN18
(Audio In))
AC_FAIL#
AUDIO
(ON BEP6)
AUDIO
(ON BEP5)
5-13-15-12 LEDs on BEP6 Power Supply
Nine LEDs on the BEP6 Power Supply can be viewed through holes in the BEP6 Front Cover.
For description of the LEDs, refer to the label on the BEP6’s Front Cover or to:
5-13-14-2 "LEDs on the BEP6’s Side Cover" on page 5-96.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 101
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
5-13-15-13 LEDs on BEP5 Power Supply
Several LEDs are viewable through cut-outs in the BEP Power supply.
Figure 5-64 LEDs
1
Table 5-36
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
LEDs
POSITION
LED
POWER OFF
POWER ON
1.
PWR OK
OFF
LIT
2.
-12V
OFF
LIT
3.
3.3V
OFF
LIT
4.
5V
OFF
LIT
5.
12V-2
OFF
LIT
6.
12V-1
OFF
LIT
7.
48V OK
OFF
LIT
8.
48V IN
OFF
LIT
9.
FPO
OFF
OFF
10.
PSON
OFF
LIT
11.
5Vstdby
LIT
LIT
5 - 102
7
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
COMMENTS
11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
5-13-15-14 Test Points on BEP5 Power Supply
Several Test Points are available through cut-outs in the BEP Power supply.
NOTICE Be careful so you don’t short-circuit the signals when placing the test probe(s).
Figure 5-65 Test Points on BEP5 Power Supply
Table 5-37
Test Points
Test Point
COMMENTS
48V
AGND
Analog Ground
ACC3V3
SDA
ND SCL
PSON
PWR OK
-12V
3.3V
5V
12V-2
12V-1
48V OK
PGND
Power Ground
48V IN
FPO
PSON
5Vstdby
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 103
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-16
5-13-16-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
IO Board
Content in this section
5-13-16-2General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
5-13-16-3Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
5-13-16-4Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
5-13-16-5Signals on BEP6 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-105
5-13-16-6Signals on BEP5 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-106
5-13-16-7LEDs on the BEP5 Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
5-13-16-2
General description
Different I/O Boards are used for BEP6 and BEP5:
•
The BEP6 I/O Board has two connectors for connection to the BEP6 Motherboard.
•
The BEP5 I/O Board has one connector for connection to the BEP5 Motherboard.
The IO Board is interfaceing between the:
5-13-16-3
•
BEP and the connectors on the rear side of VIVID E9 (video/audio/USB)
•
BEP and the Top Console
•
BEP and the internal printer
•
Audio for the speakers, the rear plugs and the DVR
•
(BEP5 I/O ONLY) Boundary Scan from the BEP to boards in the Front End Card Rack
Location in the unit
At the rear of the BEP with the Rear panel available at the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-13-16-4
Input DC voltages
Internal in BEP from the BEP Power Supply.
5 - 104
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-16-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Signals on BEP6 IO Board
Table 5-38
Signals on BEP6 IO Board
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
4D w/ DVR:
Graphics Adapter > Cable 10 > DVR > Cable 9 >
CN DV12 > IO Board
4D wo/ DVR:
DVI Out
Digital Video Interface Out
Graphics Adapter > Cable 9 > CN DV12 > IO Board
2D w/ DVR:
CN DV11 > Cable 9 > DVR > Cable 9 > CN DV12 >
IO Board
2D wo/ DVR:
CN DV11 > Cable 8 > CN DV12 > IO Board
AUDIO OUT (L)
Left audio channel
GFI > FEP Backplane > Connector A > IPASS2 > CN IO 1 >
IO Board > [a, b, c]
a: > CN IO 1 > CN AUDIO1 > [d, e]
d (w/ DVR): > DVR
AUDIO OUT (R)
Right audio channel
e (wo/ DVR): Not Connected
b: > J42/J43 (Rear of Vivid E9/Vivid E7)
c: > CODEC > Audio Amp > [f, g]
f > J22 > Cable D1 > L and R speakers
AUDIO OUT (C)
Centre (woofer) audio channel
g > J33 > Cable P > woofer (center speaker)
Ref.: Figure 5-58 "Audio map - BEP6" on page 5-93.
Refer to:
Figure 5-55 "USB distribution in BEP6" on page 5-90.
USB
SATA
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment bus
Refer to:
Figure 5-57 "BEP6 - SATA distribution" on page 5-91.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 105
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-16-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Signals on BEP5 IO Board
Table 5-39
Signals on BEP5 IO Board
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
DVI Out
Digital Video Interface Out
Digital Video Card > Cable 11 > DVR > Cable 10 > IO Board
or:
Digital Video Card > Cable 10 > IO Board
AUDIO OUT (L)
Left audio channel
FEP > Cable N > IO Board
AUDIO OUT (R)
Right audio channel
FEP > Cable N > IO Board
AUDIO OUT (C)
Centre (Bass) audio channel
FEP > Cable N > IO Board > Cable P
USB1
EXT Front 1
BEP MBD CN4 > Front Panel Harness > FRONT PANEL
MODULE
USB2
EXT Front 2
BEP MBD CN4 > Front Panel Harness > FRONT PANEL
MODULE
USB3
Main Power Supply
BEP MBD CN4 > BEP MBD CN4 > Front Panel Harness >
J4 (BEP) > USB Cable - Main Power Supply > MAIN
POWER SUPPLY
USB4
Patient I/O
BEP MBD CN4 > Front Panel Harness > Patient IO
USB5
Touch Panel Video
BEP MBD CN5 > Motherboard Harness > J35 (I/O Board) >
MAIN CABLE > J22 (OP) Touch Panel
USB6
OP HUB
BEP MBD CN5 > Motherboard Harness > J35 (I/O Board) >
MAIN CABLE > J21 (OP) > USB HUB inside OP
USB7
USB8
I/O HUB 1
BEP MBD CN5 > Motherboard Harness > J35 (I/O Board) >
BEP > GFI
SATA
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment bus
BEP MOTHERBOARD > HDD
SATA
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment bus
NOT USED
SATA
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment bus
BEP MOTHERBOARD > DVR Drive
SATA
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment bus
BEP MOTHERBOARD > DVD Drive
PSON_N
5 - 106
BEP MBD CN5 > Motherboard Harness > J35 (I/O Board) >
BEP POWER SUPPLY > Power Cable
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-16-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs on the BEP5 Rear Panel
Figure 5-66 LEDs on the BEP5 Rear Panel
!
L
R
5180173 rev1
Two LEDs are located to the right for each USB connector.
NOTE:
•
The upper LED next to a USB connector: is USB connected and in use: Lit (green).
•
The lower LED next to a USB connector is USB activity: Lit (green).
The BEP6 Rear Panel doesn’t have any LEDs.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 107
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-17
5-13-17-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Graphics Adapter
General Description
The Graphics Adapter converts the display data to video signals for the LCD (Main) screen, for the LCD/
Touch screen and for the external video output on the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-13-17-2
Software Requirements
Table 5-40
5-13-17-3
Software requirements
Graphics Adapter
Application
Software
Requirement
Comments
NVIDIA Quadro 410 Graphics Adapter (BT’12) - BEP6
v112.0.7 and higher
Used for 4D option
Nvidia Quadro 2000D (BT12) - BEP5
v112.0.0 and higher
Used for 4D option
NVIDIA Quadro FX 1800 Graphics Adapter (BT’11) BEP5
v108.0.0 and higher
Used for 4D option
Intel® HD Graphics and Intel® Graphics Media
Accelerator - BEP6
v112.0.7 and higher
Used if 4D not installed
PROLINK ADD card for PCI Express - BEP5
v110.0.0 and higher
Used if 4D not installed
ATI FireGL V7200 (BT’09) - BEP5
v108.0.0 and higher
4D
Other Requirements
None
5-13-17-4
Location in the Unit
The Graphics Adapter is located in the PCI Express slot (PCI Express x16) inside the BEP cabinet.
5-13-17-5
Input Signals
•
5-13-17-6
5-13-17-7
Graphics data from the BEP (via the BEP’s motherboard).
Output Signals
•
DVI to the LCD screen (main screen).
•
Video to the external output on the rear of Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Fuses
None.
5-13-17-8
LEDs
None
5-13-17-9
Dip Switches
None
5 - 108
Section 5-13 - Back End Processor (BEP)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-13-18
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Internal Storage Devices
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has these internal storage devices:
5-13-18-1
•
SATA (Serial ATA) Hard Disk Drive (HDD) inside the Back End Processor cabinet (size: 160 GB,
or more)
•
CD/DVD drive available from front of Vivid E9/Vivid E7. ONLY CD-R discs and DVD-R recordable
discs are supported.
•
The optional DVR uses DVD+RW discs.
Hard Disk Partitions
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Hard Disk is divided into four partitions plus a “boot” partition. The “boot” partition
is hidden for Windows, but can be seen via InSite.
Table 5-41 "Use of the Partitions" on page 5-109 describes the drive letter and the use of the partitions.
Table 5-41
Use of the Partitions
DRIVE LETTER
LABEL
SIZE
COMMENTS
-
BOOT
0.05 GB
BOOT partition (GRUB)
Hidden in Windows, but available
via InSite
C:
SYSTEM
15 GB
System and program files
D:
USER
10 GB
User files and swap files
E:
ARCHIVE
REMAINING
Database files and images
F:
REPOSIT
8 GB
Repository
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 109
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-14
Power distribution
5-14-1
Purpose of this section
The power distribution within the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is described in this section.
5-14-2
5-14-3
5-14-3-1
Contents in this section
5-14-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
5-14-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
5-14-3
Main Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
5-14-4
Power Up Sequence Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
5-14-5
Power Down Sequence description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Main Power Supply
General description
The Main Power Supply’s main task is to galvanically isolate the scanner from the on-site Mains Power
System and to supply the various internal subsystems with AC or DC power.
Figure 5-67 Main Power Supply Principle
90-250Vac
Line Filter
Rectifier
Inrush Current
Limiter
113 – 400 V
IEC60601-1
Isolation
Stand By
+ 5Vstb (12W)
110V
120VA
Inverter
SELV outputs (<60Vdc)
PFC
400V
24V
+ 24V
+ 48V
± 48V
- 48V
+ 48V
+ 15V
+ 12V
+ 6V
– 15V
– 6V
+/- 48V
5 - 110
MLP
0-140V
0-140V
130W
PMX
± 100 V
8W
TLP
± 0 – 95V
± 0 – 95V
2X20W
Section 5-14 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-3-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
Power from the wall outlet (100 VAC to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz) is connected to the Main Power Supply.
Figure 5-68 Main Power Supply block diagram
0$,132:(56833/<
90 - 250 VAC 50/60 Hz MAINS
32:(5
)$&725
&255(&7,21
72
35,17(56
2 x 115 VAC
,62/$7,21
$1'
'&+($'
9$&
,19(57(5
&21752/
USB FROM BEP
+48 VDC
TO MOTOR/BRAKE CONTROL
'&'&
&219(57(56
'02725
&175/
+%5,'*(
DC VOLTGES -> FEP’S MOTHERBOARD -> FEP’S BOARDS
TX POWER TO FEP MOTHERBOARD TO RELAY CARD
TO
BEP POWER SUPPLY
The Main Power Supply delivers the needed voltages to the rest of the system:
•
Internal Peripherals (115 VAC)
•
Front End Rack (DC power with several voltages)
-
+24 VDC
-
+/- 15 VDC
-
+11 VDC
-
+/-6V VDC
•
Front End Rack (TXPSV1 and TXPSV2 for the transmitters)
•
Front End Rack (PMXVOUT for the probe channel multiplexers)
•
Back End Processor (48 VDC)
•
Operator Panel, LCD, XYZ motors (48 VDC)
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 111
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-3-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
The mains cord has plugs in both ends. A female plug connects to the scanner and a male plug to the
wall outlet.
Figure 5-69 Main Power Supply
Main Power Supply
5-14-3-2
Temperature Control
The Main Power Supply is equipped with an internal fan with variable speed for temperature control.
Both the temperature of the air entering the power supply and leaving the power supply are measured.
The fan is controlled by software.
5-14-3-3
Input
Mains Power, 100 VAC to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Figure 5-70 L1 - Mains Inlet connector
5 - 112
Section 5-14 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Bidirectional Signals
USB bus
Table 5-42
USB connector
DESCRIPTION
COMMENTS
Originates on the BEP.
The USB is used to set the power supply to the correct
transmit (XD) voltages.
5-14-3-5
Outputs
Table 5-43
Power outputs sheet 1 of 2
CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION
COMMENTS
115 VAC OUT ON TWO CONNECTORS
P2
PERIPHERALS (B/W PRINTER)
Card Rack Connector
FRONT END PROCESSOR
P3
- The ‘TSON_STRB’ signal is a watchdog for the
Transmit Signal (TS).
Card Rack Connector
FRONT END PROCESSOR
P4
EXT_SYNC is a 200kHz clock coming from the
GFI board.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 113
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 5-43
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power outputs (cont’d) sheet 2 of 2
CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION
COMMENTS
+48 VDC
BACK END PROCESSOR AND MOTOR
POWER
- The ‘48V_OK’ indicates that the 48 VDC
measured on the BEP, is OK.
- The ‘+5Vstb’ is always ON, and is connected to
the BEP’s motherboard and to the light in the ON/
OFF button on the Operator Panel.
P5
5-14-3-6
P6
See: Table 5-42 "USB connector" on page 5-113.
BACK END PROCESSOR
P7
GND STUD
GROUND STUD
Fuses
Ceramic body fuses inside the power supply. (Only to be replaced by the Main Power Supply
manufacturer.)
Fuses data:
•
5-14-3-7
15 A Fast Acting type
Current limiter, over-voltage protection and temperature watch-dog
A current limiter will switch off the power if any of the outputs are overloaded.
Over-voltage Protection is provided for these voltages:
-
+ 3.3 V
-
+ 5 Vd
-
+/- 5 Va
-
+/- 15 Va
Voltage will be turned off if the temperature grows too high (temperature watch-dog).
5-14-3-8
Jumpers
None.
5-14-3-9
DIP-Switches
None.
5-14-3-10
LEDs
There are no LEDs on the Main Power Supply.
5 - 114
Section 5-14 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-4
5-14-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power Up Sequence Description
Overview
The Power Up Sequence can be divided in the following steps:
1.) Connect the mains power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and switch AC Breaker to ON position.
2.) Press the ON button on the Operator Panel.
3.) BEP (and system) power-up.
5-14-4-2
AC Breaker to ON position
Connect the mains power to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and switch AC Breaker to ON position:
Figure 5-71 AC Breaker turned ON
Main Power Supply
FILTER /
INRUSH LIMIT
100 - 230 VAC
USB
USB FROM BEP
uP
AC_FAIL_N
48V_OK
DC
PSON_N
ECT_SYNC
AC POWER
BREAKER
DC/DC
CONVERTERS
IEC SHIELD
+5V_STB
DC
BEP
SINEWAVE
GENERATOR
115 VAC
+48V
B/W
PRINTER
TX1
BEP &
MOTOR
CONTROLLER
TX2
FEP +/-100V (2x)
FEP +24V, +/-15V, +11V, +/-6V
•
The fans inside the Main Power Supply starts on a high speed and then settle to a lower speed.
•
+5V_STB (+5V DC Standby) power to BEP is turned on. It also gives power to the ON/OFF switch
on the OP so it can be used.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 115
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
AC Breaker to ON position (cont’d)
•
The 5Vstdby LED is lit (green).
Figure 5-72 LEDs on BEP6 Power Supply (standby)
Figure 5-73 LEDs on BEP5 Power Supply (standby)
5 - 116
•
The ON/OFF switch on the OP is lit (amber color).
•
One green LED (LED-1) on the BEP’s motherboard is lit.
Section 5-14 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
The ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel has been pressed
When the ON/OFF switch is depressed, the BEP power is delivered to the different parts of the system
so it can start the boot sequence:
Figure 5-74 ON has been depressed
Main Power Supply
FILTER /
INRUSH LIMIT
100 - 230 VAC
USB
USB FROM BEP
uP
AC_FAIL_N
48V_OK
DC
PSON_N
FROM BEP, via I/O
ECT_SYNC
AC POWER
BREAKER
DC/DC
CONVERTERS
IEC SHEELD
+5V_STB
DC
BEP
SINEWAVE
GENERATOR
115 VAC
+48V
B/W
PRINTER
TX1
BEP &
MOTOR
CONTROLLER
TX2
FEP +/-100V (2x)
FEP +24V, +/-15V, +11V, +/-6V
•
The fans below the Front End Card Rack starts.
•
The lights in the alphanumeric keyboard and in the Lower OP panel are turned on.
•
AC Power to the B/W printer is turned on.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 117
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-4-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
The ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel has been pressed (cont’d)
•
Power to the BEP is turned on, so it can start to boot.
Figure 5-75 LEDs on BEP6 Power Supply (powered)
Figure 5-76 LEDs on BEP5 Power Supply (powered)
•
5 - 118
Power to the Front End rack (FEP) is turned on and the LEDs on the cards in the Front End are lit
(or start blinking). Please ref. the LED descriptions for each card.
Section 5-14 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-4-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power On Sequence (button push), detailed sequence
1.) BEP, powered by 5Vstb, detects contact of Power-On button press.
2.) BEP sends PSON_N low to main power unit. (The Main Power Unit is the card with the uP
(Microprocessor) inside the Main Power Supply).
3.) Main power unit powers up +48V.
4.) Main power unit powers up +24V, ±15V, ±6V, +11V.
5.) Main Power unit provides 48V_OK as soon as +48V is within specification.
6.) BEP Power Supply Provides PC voltages from +48V.
7.) BEP enumerates PCI. (Note that GFI DSP and PCI Express bridge must be powered before BEP
enumerates PCI).
8.) BEP application software controls +24V, ±15V, ±6V, +11V via USB.
9.) BEP application software controls TSV1and TSV2 via USB.
10.)Main Power unit provides TS_OK and TS_LEVEL_OK output signals to GFI.
5-14-4-5
BEP Power-up
As soon as the BEP Power Supply gets power from the Main Power Supply, the different voltages
needed for the BEP are turned on and the BEP starts to boot:
1.) The BIOS is loaded.
2.) If present, the DVD drive is checked for a bootable disc. If the drive is empty, it continues (see next
step.)
3.) The USB ports are scanned for bootable media (UFD). If a UFD is found, the BEP starts to boot
from the UFD. If no bootable removal media was found, the BEP continuse (see next step.)
4.) If no bootable removal media was found, the BEP starts to load the current System Software from
the HDD and then the current Application Software.
5.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen, indicating
that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that no probe has
been connected.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 119
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-5
5-14-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Power Down Sequence description
Overview
There are three possible scenarios for Power Down of the unit:
•
Power Down
•
Forced Power Down
•
Power Loss
Each of the scenarios are described below.
5-14-5-2
Power Down
Press the ON/OFF button (for a short time)
1.) BEP detects the contact of Power (ON/OFF) switch.
2.) PSON_N goes high. This trigs the Main Power Supply to shut down the output voltages.
3.) Controller ACFAIL_N output signal goes low.
4.) Controller TS_OK output signal goes low.
5.) Controller turns OFF the TS (Transmit) voltages.
6.) Controller turns OFF the PMX (Probe MUX) voltages.
7.) Controller turns OFF voltages +/-15, +/-6, +11V, +24V.
8.) ACFAIL_N output signal goes high.
9.) Controller turns OFF +48V.
5 - 120
Section 5-14 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-14-5-3
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Forced Power Down
In case of total lockup of the system, hold the ON/OFF button down a few seconds to turn the
system off.
Forced Power Down is initiated by depressing the ON/OFF button on the keyboard for a few seconds,
until the power down sequence starts:
1.) BEP detects long-term contact of Power (ON/OFF) switch.
2.) PSON_N goes high. This trigs the Main Power Supply to shut down the output voltages.
3.) Controller ACFAIL_N output signal goes low.
4.) Controller TS_OK output signal goes low.
5.) Controller turns OFF the TS (Transmit) voltages.
6.) Controller turns OFF the PMX (Probe MUX) voltages.
7.) Controller turns OFF voltages +/-15, +/-6, +11V, +24V.
8.) ACFAIL_N output signal goes high.
9.) Controller turns OFF +48V.
5-14-5-4
Power Loss
A power loss may be due to:
•
The Mains Switch has been switched to OFF
•
The Mains cable has been disconnected
•
Brown-out or power loss (burnout)
If a power loss (or error) occur, all power distribution within the unit is lost.
AC Failure Power Off Sequence
1.) Controller on Main Power Unit detects AC line failure condition or 48V failure.
2.) When the controller detects AC failure:
a.) Controller TS_OK output signal goes low.
b.) Controller turns OFF TS voltages. PMX is kept on for probe mux bias voltage.
c.) Controller ACFAIL_N output signal goes low.
d.) Controller records failure in Flash RAM.
e.) Controller turns OFF voltages +/-15, +/-6, +11V, +24V.
f.) Controller 48V_OK output signal goes low when 48V drops out of specification.
3.) GFI responds to TS_OK going low:
-
GFI signals GTX to stop transmitting.
4.) GFI responds to ACFAIL_N going low:
-
GFI stops scanning and disconnect GTX Transmit circuit from TSV1/TSV2 (MLP).
5.) BEP responds to ACFAIL_N going low:
a.) BEP commands GFI to stop scanning.
b.) BEP starts an orderly shutdown of Hard Drive and peripherals.
6.) After BEP shutdown, BEP sets PSON_N high. PSON_N circuit is powered by 5Vstb.
NOTE:
This shut down sequence will typically be less than 1 second from the power failure is detected
to all voltages have been shut down.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 121
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-15
DC Surveillance overview
DC surveillance of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is done by the GFI board.
This means that the GFI board is monitoring ALL DC Voltages on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
The GFI board is not capable of monitoring its own voltages, this is done by the BEP I/O board.
The information is sent from the BEP I/O board to the GFI board via the cable that goes from BEP I/O
board to the FEP Backplane. This cable is located internally in the BEP, the cable PN is 5194491.
If the communication between the BEP I/O board and the GFI is halted, then it could look like there is a
problem with the GFI, BEP or the main power Supply.
A typical printout from the log:
board=GFI, GFI_DSP_CORE_V = 1.836 outside tolerance limits.
board=GFI, GFI_N_5VA = -2.560 outside tolerance limits
board=GFI, GFI_MGT_2V5 = 3.227 outside tolerance limits.
CUsbIobAdapter::Transact parameter Iob.Voltages could not send command
The crucial information is:
•
Transact parameter Iob
and
•
could not send command
If a TEE probe is connected when this problem occures, then the log file would also show:
Transact parameter Iob.GfiTemperatures could not send command
This means that the communication between the I/O Board and the GFI is halted and no surveillance of
DC voltages and TEE temperatures on the GFI board can be done.
Check logfile-DCVoltMon.txt to find out if this problem has occurred more than once.
Related information:
Refer to: Section 7-16 "How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 7-170, for
information on how to import this file into Excel.
Root cause for repeat findings of the error message Outside Tolerance Limits that originates from the
GFI board (board=GFI in logfile.txt), could be as follows:
5 - 122
•
Software related (caused by unknown communication problems)
•
BEP5: The cable between the BEP I/O and the FEP Backplane Part Number 5194491. This cable
is located internally in the BEP.
•
BEP6: The cable between the BEP6, the GFI and the FEP Backplane, Part Number 5391509.
•
The BEP I/O board.
Section 5-15 - DC Surveillance overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-16
Input and Output (I/O) modules
5-16-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes the input/output modules on Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-16-2
5-16-3
5-16-3-1
NOTE:
Contents in this section
5-16-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
5-16-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
5-16-3
Patient I/O (Physio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
5-16-4
BEP6 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
5-16-5
BEP5 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
Patient I/O (Physio)
General description
The ECG functionality of the Patient I/O module is not intended for patient monitoring nor to
support alarm functionality. This input is intended as a tool for easier synchronization of images
and cineloop control during ultrasound examinations.
The Patient I/O panel is located on the front of Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 5-77 Patient I/O Panel
1 - PHONO
2 - ECG
3 - AUX (PRESSURE/PULSE)
The Patient IO contains the electronics for:
•
Analog inputs - AUX (Pressure/Pulse)
•
Phono
•
ECG/Respiration
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 123
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-3-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
The three inputs are separately isolated due to safety requirements.
Figure 5-78 Patient I/O - Block Diagram
ISOLATION
PHONO
PHONO
ECG
ECG / RESPIRATION
A/D
Digital Trace Data
USB2 to BEP
AUX
(Pulse/Pressure)
AUX
(PULSE/PRESSURE)
The patient leads for ECG and respiration can be rotated by software (i.e. it is possible to change
between Lead I, II and III by pushing a button).
The module extracts respiration from ECG signals from the ECG/Respiration input.
The scanned image that is displayed, is synchronized with the ECG, respiration and phono traces. In
M-Mode or Doppler, the traces are synchronized to that particular mode's sweep. The operator can
control the gain, the position and the sweep rate of the traces using the assignable controls.
AUX is capable of handling a pulse/pressure signal.
5-16-3-2
Patient I/O Location
The Patient I/O is located at the front of the Back End Processor with the connector panel available from
the front of the Ultrasound system.
Figure 5-79 Patient I/O Panel Location in the unit
1 - PHONO
2 - ECG
3 - AUX (PRESSURE/PULSE)
5 - 124
Section 5-16 - Input and Output (I/O) modules
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-3-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Input DC Voltages
+5 VDC
+12 VDC
Pinout for the DC input on the Patient I/O module
Table 5-44
DC input pinout on the Patient I/O Module
CONNECTOR
SIGNAL NAME
DC INPUT
4
5-16-3-4
3
2
1
•
Pin 1: +12VDC
•
Pin 2: GND
•
Pin 3: GND
•
Pin 4: +5VDC
Patient I/O - inputs
•
ECG / Respiration
•
Phono (from a phono heart microphone)
•
AUX - Analog Input (Pulse/Pressure)
Pinout for the AUX connector
The pinout for the AUX connector is described in the table below:
Table 5-45
Pinout for the AUX Connectors
CONNECTOR
SIGNAL NAME
AUX
1
5
4
2
3
•
Pin 1: Input -
•
Pin 2: Input +
•
Pin 3: Gnd
•
Pin 4: Nasal Sensor 1
•
Pin 5: Nasal Sensor 2
The AUX is default a 1 Vpp (Volt peak-to-peak) input with a max frequency of 300 Hz. It has a
programmable high gain mode with a maximum input signal of 300 mVpp (millivolt peak-to-peak).
The inputs are differential. For a single ended sensor signal, the pin 1 (input -) should be connected to
the GND of the sensor.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 125
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Patient I/O - inputs (cont’d)
Pinout for the PHONO connector
Table 5-46:
Pinout for the PHONO connector
CONNECTOR
(seen from front of connector)
SIGNAL NAME
PHONO
• Pin 1: PCG (HI-Z signal)
• Pin 2: GND
• Pin 3: GND
• Pin 4: +12VDC
5-16-3-5
Patient I/O - outputs
USB2:
•
Digital Trace Data
•
Module ID PROM communication
Pinout for the USB outlet on the Patient I/O module
Table 5-47
USB outlet on the Patient I/O Module
CONNECTOR
SIGNAL NAME
USB 2
5
5-16-3-6
4
3
2
1
•
Pin 1: +5V (NOT USED BY PATIENT I/O)
•
Pin 2: D-
•
Pin 3: D+
•
Pin 4: GND
•
Pin 5: GND
Fuses
NONE
5-16-3-7
LEDs
NONE
5-16-3-8
Dip Switches
NONE
5 - 126
Section 5-16 - Input and Output (I/O) modules
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-4
5-16-4-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP6 I/O Board
General description
BEP6’s I/O board is the interface between the BEP and the rest of the system. It distrbutes USB to the
Rear IO, the OP and to internal units (printer and Patient IO). It distributes SATA to the DVD(s). It splits
video between the main monitor and rear video output. It also distributes audio to speakers and rear
connectors.
Figure 5-80 BEP6’s I/O Board Block Diagram
MAIN CABLE - VIDEO
MAIN CABLE POWER/AUDIO
SATA CABLE – DVD1
SATA CABLE – DVD2
MAIN CABLE - USB
MAIN CABLE - USB
USB CABLE – XYZ
CONTROLLER
USB CABLE –
BW PRINTER
USB CABLE - MAIN
POWER SUPPLY
POWER CABLE, DVD (2X)
AUDIO CABLE SUBWOOFER
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 127
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-4-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Location in the Unit
The I/O board is located inside the BEP with some connectors available on the rear of the system.
5-16-4-3
5-16-4-4
5 - 128
Input signals
•
Supply voltage of 5V and 12V from BEP (and BEP Power Card).
•
5V STDBY from the BEP (and BEP Power Card) for OPIO (pass through).
•
PWR_ON signal from the Operator Panel to the BEP’s Motherboard (pass through).
•
Two USB ports for OP Panel (pass through)
•
Two USB ports for the Rear IO
•
One USB port for internal B/W printer
•
One USB port for XYZ Controller
•
Some unused USB ports
•
Doppler audio (orginating on the GFI board)
•
Doppler audio mixed with Windows system sounds from BEP’s motherboard
•
DVI-I input from the BEP (from the Graphics Adapter or onboard video controller, or from the DVR
Board.
Output signals
•
12V DC and 5V DC for Patient IO, DVD drive and HDD.
•
5V STDBY from the BEP power supply card for OPIO (pass through)
•
USB ports
•
Audio to the OP Panel for the speakers.
•
External Audio outputs
•
Audio to the woofer (center speaker)
•
DVI-D output for Main Monitor (Digital Video)
•
DVI-I output for External Monitor (only the Digital Video Signal is included)
Section 5-16 - Input and Output (I/O) modules
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-5
5-16-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP5 I/O Board
General description
The I/O board is the interface between the BEP and the rest of the system. It contains three USB hubs,
and it splits video between the main monitor and rear video output. It also distributes audio to speakers
and rear connectors.
Figure 5-81 BEP5’s I/O Board Block Diagram
To OP Panel
XYZ Motor
Spare
5-16-5-2
Location in the Unit
The I/O board is located inside the BEP with some connectors available on the rear of the system.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 129
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-16-5-3
5-16-5-4
5-16-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Input signals
•
Supply voltage of 5V and 12V from BEP power supply card.
The power voltages are regulated at +/-10%.
•
5V STDBY from the BEP power supply card for OPIO (Pass through).
•
PWR_ON signal from the Operator panel to the Motherboard (pass through).
•
Two USB ports for OP Panel (pass through), one USB for USB ‘hub’ and one USB for Patient IO
module.
•
Doppler Audio from GFI
•
Doppler audio mixed with Windows system sounds from motherboard
•
DVI (Digital Video) input from the video card or DVR Board.
•
AC Fail and PSON_N signal from the BEP PS.
Output signals
•
12V DC and 5V DC for Patient IO, DVD drive and High capacity drive.
•
5V STDBY from the BEP power supply card for OPIO (Pass through)
•
USB ports for Color and BW printer
•
3 x USB ports (Spare)
•
Audio Line In to the Motherboard
•
Audio to DVR board on Motherboard
•
Audio to the OP Panel for the speakers.
•
External Audio outputs
•
Audio to the sub woofer
•
DVI-D output for Main Monitor (Digital Video)
•
DVI-I output for External Monitor (only the Digital Video Signal is included)
•
Two external USB ports
•
Two spare internal USB ports
•
External Test connector
•
I2C bus clock and data signals to the Backplane and BEP PS.
Probe Connectors
The probe connectors are mounted on the Relay board.
See: 5-12-6 "Relay Board (RLY)" on page 5-59.
5 - 130
Section 5-16 - Input and Output (I/O) modules
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-17
Peripherals overview
5-17-1
Internal peripherals
For service parts, see Section 9-16 "Peripherals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-93.
5-17-1-1
DVD Drive (Option on XDclear)
The DVD Drive is available from the front of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-17-1-2
Digital Video Stream Recorder (DVR (Option))
This is a kit with a Video Recorder Card inside the BEP and a DVD R/W unit used for export of the
recorded video.
The DVD R/W unit is available from the front of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
NOTE:
The DVD drive used for video recording, supports DVD+R/W.
NOTE:
The DVR Board has a specific IP Address. Do Not Change This IP Address!
For installation instructions, see: “Vivid E9 DVR Installation Manual”, Direction Number: GA294614.
5-17-1-3
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer
The B/W Printer is available from the front of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 131
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-17-2
5-17-2-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
External peripherals
Footswitch
A three-button, wired footswich can be connected to one of the USB ports at the rear side of the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (Introduced for BT’12, software v112.0.0.).
CAUTION TO AVOID DAMAGE OF THE CABLE, KEEP THE CABLE AWAY FROM THE WHEELS.
DISCONNECT THE FOOTSWITCH BEFORE MOVING THE SYSTEM.
5-17-2-2
External Color Printer (Option)
A color video printer can be connected to the USB port on the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-17-2-3
•
For a list of supported printers, see: 3-6-5-3 "External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB"
on page 3-45.
•
For installation instructions, see: 3-11-3 "Color Video Printer setup" on page 3-110.
USB Flash Drive (USB Flash Card) (option)
Due to the EMC requirements, only USB Flash Cards tested for use with Vivid E9/Vivid E7 may be used.
For a list of available USB Flash Cards, see: 9-16-8 "USB Flash Drive (UFD) for data storage" on page
9-97.
The following USB Flash Cards (USB Memory keys) have also been tested and approved for use with
Vivid E9 / Vivid 7 but are out-of-stock:
5 - 132
•
USB Memory Key 2GB Trancend (USB 2.0)
•
The following USB Flash Cards, approved for Vivid 7, may also be used on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7,
but are not available for sale anymore:
-
Kingston DataTraveler Elite 256 MB
-
Sandisk Cruzer Micro 256 MB
-
Twin MOS K24-256MB Mobile Disk III
-
JMTek USB-Drive 256 MB
Section 5-17 - Peripherals overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-17-2-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
USB Hard Drive with RAID1
The USB Hard Drive with RAID1 is an external desktop hard drive, connected via USB to either a
Vivid E9 or an EchoPAC PC workstation. It is configured as RAID 1, so the content is mirrored on two
hard disk drives.
The intended use for the USB Hard Drive with RAID1 is for Disk Management.
NOTE:
When Disk Management has been performed, it is recommended to backup the Patient Archive
to a medical grade DVD recordable disc (DVD-R).
NOTE:
Only connect one USB storage device (like the USB Hard Drive with RAID1) to the Vivid E9
or EchoPAC PC at a time.
NOTE:
To be able to use a USB storage device (like the USB Hard Drive with RAID1) on a Vivid E9,
the Vivid E9 may need a BIOS upgrade. If needed, a CD with the new BIOS software is included
in the kit.
NOTE:
To be able to use a USB storage device (like the USB Hard Drive with RAID1) on a PC with
EchoPAC SW Only, the user must log on with Administrator rights.
WARNING
5-17-2-5
IF THE USB HARD DRIVE WITH RAID1 IS CONNECTED TO A VIVID E9, ENSURE THAT
IT IS PLACED OUTSIDE THE PATIENT VICINITY/PATIENT ENVIRONMENT.
Ethernet
•
5-17-2-6
Ethernet is connected to the I/O panel (BEP I/O board) on the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. Printers
and external servers may be available via the Ethernet network.
Network printers
For more information, see: 3-6-5-4 "External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to Ethernet (TCP/IP
Network)" on page 3-46.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 133
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-18
Cables for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
Please refer to:
•
Section 9-17 "Mains Power Cables - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-100
•
Section 9-18 "Internal Cables - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-101
•
Section 9-19 "ECG cables - Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-123
Section 5-19
Probes
For a list of supported probes, please refer to: Section 9-22 "Probes for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9127.
5 - 134
Section 5-18 - Cables for Vivid E9/Vivid E7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-20
Product manuals
The information needed to use and service the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanner is collected in the documents
described in this section.
5-20-1
5-20-2
5-20-3
User documentation
•
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 user manuals
•
Reference manual
•
Medical Ultrasound Safety - AIUM
•
Special Probes user guide (delivered with the respective probes)
Service documentation
•
Service Manual
•
Unpacking/Packing Procedure
GE Service / Proprietary documentation
•
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Manual (this manual)
For a list of available product manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for
Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 9-145.
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 135
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-21
Common Service Desktop overview
5-21-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes the Common Service Desktop, as implemented on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5-21-2
5-21-3
Contents in this section
5-21-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
5-21-3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
5-21-4
iLinq Interactive Platform Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
5-21-5
Global Service User Interface (GSUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
Introduction
The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all ultrasound and
cardiology systems containing a PC backend. This web-enabled technology provides linkage to eServices, e-Commerce, and the iCenter, making GE’s scanners more e-enabled than ever. The Service
Platform will increase service productivity and reduce training and service costs.
5-21-4
iLinq Interactive Platform Features
Many of the services of the Common Service Desktop come from its integration with iLinq. The following
sections contain a brief introduction of iLinq’s features.
5-21-4-1
Web Server/Browser
The Service Platform and other Service software use the iLinq web server and the Internet Explorer
browser.
5-21-4-2
NOTE:
Connectivity
This feature that allow the customer to contact the GE OnLine Center are available for Warranty
and Contract customers only.
This feature provides basic connectivity between the scanner and the OnLine Center (OLC).
5-21-4-3
Configuration
This feature provides the interfaces to configure various iLinq parameters.
5-21-4-4
NOTE:
Contact GE
This feature that allow the customer to contact the GE OnLine Center are available for Warranty
and Contract customers only.
Allows for an on-screen one-touch button used to contact the OnLine Center and describe problems
with their scanner in an easy and convenient way.
5-21-4-5
Interactive Application
The main application is displayed in the form of HTML pages whenever the browser starts. This is the
entry point for any user to start any iLinq application.
5 - 136
Section 5-21 - Common Service Desktop overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-21-5
5-21-5-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Global Service User Interface (GSUI)
Internationalization
The user interface provided by the service platform is designed for GE personnel and as such is in
English only. There is no multi-lingual capability built into the Service Interface.
5-21-5-2
Service Login
Select the phone icon in the status bar at the bottom of the scan display screen.
This icon links the user or the Field Engineer (FE) to the service login screen.
Figure 5-82 Service Login Screen
Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory)
5 - 137
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
5-21-5-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Access / Security
The service interface has different access and security user levels. Each user is only granted access to
the tools that are authorized for their use.
NOTE:
A Service Dongle is necessary for use by GE Service when performing proprietary level
diagnostics. OnLine Center access to the scanner requires the password and they must have
‘Disruptive’ permission and customer input to run diagnostics.
Table 5-48
Access Authorization
USER LEVEL
ACCESS AUTHORIZATION
Operator
Administrator
uls
Authorized access to specified diagnostics, error logs and utilities. Same acquisition
uls
diagnostic tests as GE Service.
External Service
GE Service
NOTE:
PASSWORD
gogems
Knowledge of a service level password.
A physical Service Key (Dongle) required
rotating security
password
For a GE Field Engineer, the password changes at specific intervals. Access with the password
is tied to the service key.
See 4-2-8 "Service Key (Dongle, HASP)" on page 4-17 for more about the Service Dongle and its use.
Every access request, whether successful or not, will be logged into a service access log that is
viewable to authorized users.
See Chapter 7 for more info about InSite and the Global Service User Interface.
Section 5-22
Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 after diagnostics
Always shutdown the system and reboot after a diagnostics session.
5 - 138
Section 5-21 - Common Service Desktop overview
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 6
Service adjustments
Section 6-1
Overview
6-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes how to adjust the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
6-1-2
Contents in this chapter
6-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-2
Power Supply adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-3
LCD Monitor adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-4
Test the LCD Arm and LCD Monitor range of motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6-5
Backlight adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-6
Main Monitor and Touch Screen - Setup and Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-7
Touch Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6-8
DC Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
6-9
Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6-10
Direction Lock and Brake adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
6-11
Adjust time-out for DICOM servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Section 6-2
Power Supply adjustments
•
There are no adjustments on the power supply.
•
The DC Power is self-regulated.
•
If a voltage is outside the specified range, it means that something is wrong, either with the power
supply itself or with one (or more) of the units connected to that specific power outlet.
•
When an error occur, the power will be turned off immediately.
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-3
LCD Monitor adjustments
6-3-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to adjust the 19” LCD monitor for optimal performance.
NOTE:
6-3-2
6-3-3
On the 17 inch monitor, there are no adjustments on the monitor itself. To adjust the backlight,
blue tint and contrast, see: Section 6-5 "Backlight adjustment" on page 6-6.
Contents in this section
6-3-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-3-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-3-3
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-3-4
Access to Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-3-5
LCD Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-3-6
Advanced LCD adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Cautions and Warnings
Be aware of pinch points at hinges when adjusting LCD Arm and LCD Monitor.
6-3-4
NOTE:
Access to Adjustments
Before starting these adjustments, ensure that the correct monitor (17” or 19”) has been
selected in the drop down menu on the Config > Service screen.
The monitor adjustment is done via three controls (buttons) on front of the monitor.
The LCD settings have been optimized at the factory, so normally, there should be no need for any
further adjustments.
Default Brightness for the 19” LCD screen on Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is: 89%.
Under special light conditions, you may want to adjust the LCD screen’s Brightness.
NOTE:
Adjustments on the monitor will influence all modes. If you only want to change the settings for
one mode, please refer to: Section 6-5 "Backlight adjustment" on page 6-6.
Figure 6-1 LCD adjustment buttons
LEFT
6-3-4-1
MODE
RIGHT
Review Test Patterns
Through the Touch Panel, access Utilities / Test Patterns to review the test patterns.
The available test images are described in: 6-5-7 "Test Images" on page 6-8.
6-2
Section 6-3 - LCD Monitor adjustments
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-3-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Adjustment Procedure
Default Brightness is: 89%.
6-3-5-1
Brightness
•
To reduce the brightness, press the left arrow button. A popup box with the current brightness
setting will be displayed on the screen.
•
To increase the brightness, press the right button.
•
Push the mode button once to remove the popup bow from the screen and save the current values.
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-3-6
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Advanced LCD adjustments
Do not adjust these settings unless necessary!
To get access to the advanced adjustments, press the Mode button for more than 10 seconds. This
will display the Advanced Menu on the screen.
Figure 6-2 LCD Controls Advanced Menu
The Advanced Menu has the following choices:
Table 6-1
Advanced Menu
MENU
DEFAULT
SETTING
PARAMETER
Smoothing: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5
3
Return
-
Screen
Brightness: 0-100%
89%
Contrast: 0-100%
100%
Temperature: Custom / 9000K / 11000K / 13000K / 15000K
9000K
2.4
Gamma: 2.0/2.1/2.2 /2.3/ 2.4 /2.5/ 2.6
Color
Gain: R/G/B 0-100%
Adjusted value at the
factory
Reset
-
Return
-
Screen Size: FullScreen / Enlarged / Normal
Menu Position
FullScreen
Center
Other
Reset
-
Return
-
Resolution, fH/fV
-
Model name, GPN No. (PSP No.), Serial No., Using time
-
Information
Language
6-3-6-1
Japanese, English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Swedish
English
Review Test Patterns
Through the Touch Panel, access Utilities / Test Patterns to review the test patterns.
The available test images are described in: 6-5-7 "Test Images" on page 6-8.
6-4
Section 6-3 - LCD Monitor adjustments
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-4
Test the LCD Arm and LCD Monitor range of motion
NOTE:
This procedure is valid for both the 17 inch and the 19 inch LCD monitors.
Confirm LCD Arm and LCD Monitor have full range of motion.
1.) Move the LCD arm from side to side.
2.) Move the LCD from a face forward, vertical position to a face down, horizontal position (Figure 6-3).
-
Too tight: If the customer finds the LCD difficult to move from a vertical to horizontal position,
use a 17mm wrench to loosen nuts at hinge. Be sure to loosen both sides equally. Start with
1/4 turn and test full 90 degree movement before loosening more.
-
Too loose: If the customer finds the LCD does not remain in place after adjusting the LCD from
a vertical to horizontal position, use a 17mm wrench to tighten nuts at hinge. Be sure to tighten
both sides equally. Start with 1/4 turn and test full 90 degree movement before tightening
more.
Figure 6-3 Test LCD Vertically and Horizontally
LCD vertical
Figure 6-4 Adjusting LCD Hinge Nuts
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-5
Backlight adjustment
6-5-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to adjust the backlight on the 17” LCD monitor.
6-5-2
6-5-3
Contents in this section
6-5-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-5-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-5-3
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-5-4
Accessing the Main LCD and Touch Screen Backlight Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-5-5
Backlight and Blue Tint Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Cautions and Warnings
N/A
6-5-4
Accessing the Main LCD and Touch Screen Backlight Adjustments
1.) Select Utility on the Touch Screen.
2.) Ensure that Page 1 of 2 is selected.
Figure 6-5 Utility screen - page 1
6-6
Section 6-5 - Backlight adjustment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-5-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Backlight and Blue Tint Adjustment
On the Utility screen - Page 1 of 2, you can adjust the Backlight and the Blue tint on the Main LCD
screen and the Backlight on the Touch Panel (TP).
Figure 6-6 Utility screen - page 1
6-5-6
•
Adjust the left most rotary to adjust the LCD Backlight.
•
Push and adjust the left most rotary to adjust the LCD Blue Tint.
•
Adjust the second rotary from the left side, to adjust the Touch Panel (TP) Backlight.
Adjust LCD Brightness and Contrast
Select Page 2 of 2 on the Utility screen.
•
Adjust the left most rotary to adjust the Main LCD’s Brightness.
•
Push and adjust the left most rotary to adjust the Main LCD’s Contrast.
Figure 6-7 Adjust LCD Brightness and Contrast
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-5-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Test Images
Select Page 2 of 2 on the Utility screen.
Figure 6-8 Select Test Image
•
Turn the second rotary from the left side, to select between the Test Images. The Test Images are
reproduced in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2
Test Images sheet 1 of 3
TEST IMAGE No.
TEST IMAGES
DESCRIPTION
1.
Test - Standard
2.
Test - Red grades
6-8
Section 6-5 - Backlight adjustment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 6-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Test Images (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
TEST IMAGE No.
TEST IMAGES
DESCRIPTION
3.
Test - Green grades
4.
Test - Blue grades
5.
Blue Circle on Black background
6.
Black
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 6-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Test Images (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
TEST IMAGE No.
TEST IMAGES
DESCRIPTION
7.
White
8.
Straight Line
6 - 10
Section 6-5 - Backlight adjustment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-6
Main Monitor and Touch Screen - Setup and Alignment
6-6-1
Select the Display Control Panel
1.) Plug in the Service Key and log on as GE Service.
2.) Exit to desktop, from start menu.
3.) Select: Start > Settings > Control Panel > Display.
Figure 6-9 Select the Display Control Panel
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-6-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Identification of the monitors
The icons in the control panel is marked with a number to ease identification:
•
The largest monitor icon marked 1, is the Main Monitor.
•
The touch panel icon is marked 2.
Make sure that the touchscreen is aligned below the main monitor as indicated below.
Figure 6-10 Identification of the monitors and Main LCD Screen setup
6-6-3
6 - 12
Main LCD Screen Resolution and Color Quality
•
Set Screen resolution to 1280x960 pixels.
•
Set Color quality to Highest (32 bit).
Section 6-6 - Main Monitor and Touch Screen - Setup and Alignment
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-6-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Touch Screen Resolution and Color Quality
•
Set Screen resolution to 640 by 480 pixels
•
Set Color quality to Medium [16 bit]
•
Un-check the Use this device as the primary monitor check box.
•
Check Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor check box.
Figure 6-11 Touch Screen settings
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-7
Touch Screen Calibration
The Touch Screen Calibration is found on the Operator Panel Test Dialog.
Follow these steps to open the Operator Panel Test Dialog:
1.) Select Config (F2).
2.) Log on as ADM.
3.) Select System > Test.
4.) Select Operator Panel Test. This will open the Operator Panel Test Dialog (Figure 6-12).
Figure 6-12 The Operator Panel Test Dialog
The Calibrate button is used to start to calibrate the position of the touch sensitive area on the Touch
screen relative to the graphic artwork.
Follow these steps to calibrate the Touch screen:
1.) Select Calibrate. The Touch screen goes blank and display a cross in the screen’s upper left
corner.
2.) Point your finger on the centre of the cross and press slightly. This calibrates this point, and the
cross moves to the screen’s upper right corner.
3.) Point your finger on the centre of the cross and press slightly. This calibrates this point, and the
cross moves to the lower right corner.
4.) Point your finger on the centre of the cross and press slightly. This calibrates this point, and the
cross moves to the lower left corner.
5.) Point your finger on the centre of the cross and press slightly. This calibrates this last point.
6.) Select Done. The calibration is complete.
6 - 14
Section 6-7 - Touch Screen Calibration
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-8
DC Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment)
6-8-1
Introduction
DC Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment) is performed to calibrate each ADC channel of the GRX
inputs. The system calibrates the ADC to zero output when there is no signal on the input. These bias
voltages are stored in the Back End Processor.
6-8-2
When to do a Front End Alignment
Do the Front End Alignment:
6-8-3
•
when installing a new Vivid E9/Vivid E7
•
after software has been updated or replaced
•
when DRX boards have been interchanged
•
when a DRX board has been replaced
•
when the Back End Processor has been replaced
Front End Alignment Procedure
The Front End Alignment is available on the Common Service Desktop interface.
1.) Disconnect all probes.
2.) Power on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3.) Select the InSite ExC icon (GE phone icon) on the screen to display the InSite ExC menu.
Figure 6-13 InSite ExC icon in the status bar
4.) Select Service Desktop.
Figure 6-14 InSite ExC Menu
5.) Select the Diagnostics tab.
6.) Open the Analog Receive folder.
7.) Select Execute to run the calibration.
8.) After completing the calibration, restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-9
Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism
6-9-1
Overview
The following topics are covered in this section:
6-9-2
6-9-2
Operator Panel XY movement - principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6-9-3
Release the XY Lock and XY Brake (manually) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6-9-4
Adjusting the XY Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-9-5
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6-9-6
Using the Park Lock Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6-9-7
Adjusting the Z mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Operator Panel XY movement - principle of operation
When the OP is in the locked position, press the left button “lock” of the Frogleg Controls, which causes
the motorized park lock to release and releases the brakes, momentarily in the froglegs. This allows the
OP to move in the XY direction.
When the console is not locked (floating), press the lock button, this will only release the brakes in the
froglegs, to allow easy movement. When the lock button is pressed and the console is pushed back into
the locked position, the U-bolt mechanically engages the park lock (similar to a car door). Pushing the
lock button does not affect the locking action of the park lock, it only releases the brakes, to allow the
OP to get pushed into the park lock easier. But, the lock button must be pushed to get the OP to the
locked position. Once the OP is in the lock position and the lock button is released, you can hear the
sound of the park lock rotating to engage the U-bolt.
NOTE:
6-9-3
If the device brakes are not locked when trying to lock the OP, this can act as a “shock absorber”
and make it more difficult for the park lock to lock.
Release the XY Lock and XY Brake (manually)
For instructions, please refer to: 4-2-5-5 "Manually releasing the XY Lock" on page 4-12.
6 - 16
Section 6-9 - Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-9-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Adjusting the XY Lock
Use a 3 mm hex tool to adjust the XY Lock release for optimal lock and minimal slack in transport mode.
•
Rotating the screw clockwise will tighten the Lock and reduce slack, but will also require more force
for engaging the Lock.
•
Rotating the screw counterclockwise will open the lock (more slack).
Figure 6-15 Adjusting the XY Locking mechanism
Follow the steps below to adjust the XY Lock:
1.) Locate the hex screw behind the XY Assembly. This is the adjustment screw.
NOTE:
When turning the hex screw, do not exceed half turn increments. Overtightening will prevent the
console from locking into place and too loose will make the console loose.
2.) Use a 3 mm hex tool to rotate the adjustment screw clockwise to tighten the XY Lock.
For optimal adjustment, rotate the adjustment screw 1/4 turn and test the Lock function. Repeat
procedure if needed.
Rotating the screw counterclockwise will loosen the lock.
Too tight will reduce the slack and make it harder to engage the Lock. Make the adjustments in 1/4 turn
increments and test the lock until the optimum adjustment is achieved.
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism and Adjustment
The following procedure is intended to release and adjust the XY mechanism.
6-9-5-1
XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts
Figure 6-16 XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts
1.) U-bolt
2.) Brakes (one inside each of the four XY arms)
3.) Park Lock (engages U-bolt)
6 - 18
Section 6-9 - Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-9-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Follow this procedure if the park lock is not working, or the lock does not respond when pressing the
Frogleg Controls:
1.) Release the lock manually. See Figure 4-12 "Manually releasing the XY Lock" on page 4-12.
2.) Remove the four screws, Item 1. The screws’s heads are marked with red color in the figure below.
NOTICE Be aware of the fragile power cable and do not pull the Park Lock out with force. It should fall
out by just guiding.
Figure 6-17 Remove the Park Lock
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-9-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism (cont’d)
•
If the Park Lock Nut (2) and the Park Lock Lever (3), are in the positions illustrated in Figure 618, the lock will not engage.
(This occurred in some earlier systems. The nut and retainer did not return to the “charged” mode
after unlock.)
Figure 6-18 Park Lock Failure
•
By hand, rotate the Threaded Lead Screw on the actuator (4) counterclockwise until the Lock Nut
is barely touching the Bearing Housing (5).
The two small plastic springs should just touch, but do not deform.
Figure 6-19 Park Lock adjustment
3
•
6 - 20
Make sure the Park Lock Lever (3) is loose and can engage and hold the Lock Wheel, (6), in
locked position, as illustrated in Figure 6-19.
Section 6-9 - Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
6-9-5-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism (cont’d)
•
Before reassembling the Lock Assembly, make sure the Park Lock Nut (2) and the Park Lock
Lever (3) are in the position illustrated in Figure 6-20.
Figure 6-20 Adjustment Set
6-9-6
Using the Park Lock Properly
It is important to inform a customer of the following if they are experiencing problems with the XY park
lock function.
Be sure to:
6-9-7
•
Apply the brakes. The locking mechanism will not engage if the device can move when trying to
park the console.
•
Push the release button and gently guide the console into the locked position until the lock is
engaged.
•
Not apply any weight on the console or lean on it. If the console is not in the normal resting position,
the lock will not engage when trying to park it.
Adjusting the Z mechanism
There are no adjustments for the Operator Panel’s vertical movement.
Related information:
4-2-5-6 "Moving the Top Console up or down when Power is OFF" on page 4-13
Chapter 6 - Service adjustments
6 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-10
Direction Lock and Brake adjustments
There are no adjustments for the Direction Lock or the Brakes.
Section 6-11
Adjust time-out for DICOM servers
If you are experiencing problems with slow responses from DICOM servers, increase the time-out in the
DICOM server properties dialog.
Problems with slow responses may result in images being re-sent automatically and low transfer rates.
The retry settings can be used to make jobs retry on bad networks. There is no need to set retries for
mobile (off-line) use.
6 - 22
Section 6-10 - Direction Lock and Brake adjustments
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 7
Diagnostics / troubleshooting
Section 7-1
Overview
7-1-1
Purpose of this section
This section gives you an overview of the contents in chapter 7. It also includes lists of available Service
Software Tools, Special Service Tools and a “FAQ” (Frequently Asked Questions).
7-1-2
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and
system operation. Basic host-, system- and board-level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied.
Some Service Tools may be run at the application level.
7-1-3
Contents in this chapter
7-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-2
Service Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3
Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-4
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-5
Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7-6
Network Connectivity Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-7
Work-around procedure for connecting Vivid E9 to ImageVault v4.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7-8
InSite ExC troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7-9
Gathering Troubleshooting Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-10
Screen Captures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
7-11
Virtual Console Observation (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
7-12
Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
7-13
Motor Controller Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121
7-14
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123
7-15
Noise troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-159
7-16
How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-170
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-2
Service Safety Considerations
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING VIVID E9/VIVID E7, SOME
METAL SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD
IF TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.
WARNING
USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.
Section 7-3
Service tools
7-3-1
Service Software tools
A set of Service Software tools are available on the Common Service Desktop.
See Section 7-12 "Common Service Desktop" on page 7-35 for more info.
7-3-2
Special Service tools
NOTE:
A Service Dongle is necessary for use by GE Service when performing proprietary level
diagnostics.
NOTE:
OnLine Center access to the scanner requires the password and they must have ‘Disruptive’
permission and customer input to run diagnostics.
•
7-2
Service Dongle (see NOTE above.)
Section 7-2 - Service Safety Considerations
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-4
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
7-4-1
Overview
Content in this section
7-4-2
7-4-2
BSCAN Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-4-3
Trackball issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-4-4
High System Temperature Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-4-5
Reset the BEP from a Hang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-4-6
How to Release the Top Console when power is unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
BSCAN Cable
Question:
What data is transferred via the BSCAN cable?
Answer:
Main information that is routed over this cable:
7-4-3
•
Surveillance data of voltages and temperatures from the PCB boards.
•
Readout of VPD data for the backplane. Without this data the BEP does not know what type of
backplane that is mounted.
•
5V standby from BEP to the Backplane to be able to read VPD data and 24V from the Front End to
the BEP to check that the Front End is present.
Trackball issues
Refer to: 7-14-6 "Trackball troubleshooting" on page 7-139.
7-4-4
High System Temperature Error
Question:
What is the highest temperature when Vivid E9/Vivid E7 starts giving the “High System Temperature”
Error?
Answer:
•
•
•
All Card Rack (PCBs, or Front End) sensors:
-
The limit for the first warning is 78 degrees centigrade (78 ºC).
-
The system starts the shutdown sequence at 80 degrees centigrade (80 ºC)
New in v110.1.10 - DRX_TOP sensors:
-
The limit for the first warning is 87 degrees centigrade (87 ºC).
-
The system starts the shutdown sequence at 90 degrees centigrade (90 ºC).
New in v112.0 - Clean air filter:
-
7-4-5
The reminder “Clean air filter” is displayed at start-up of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, and is
repeated at specific pre-defined intervals.
Reset the BEP from a Hang
Question:
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
It seems that the BEP is “hanging” - it’s not responding at all. How do I Reset it?
Answer:
1.) Try this method first:
Press the ON/OFF switch on the Operator Panel for more than six seconds. This should cause the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to perform a “Forced Restart”.
2.) If the instruction in step 1 didn’t help, as the last solution, after waiting several minutes, switch off
the power on the rear of the system.
7-4
Section 7-4 - FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-4-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How to Release the Top Console when power is unavailable
Question:
How to release the Z brakes (Up/Down) when without power?
Answer:
There is a lever behind the openings in the Rear Cover. Press the lever to the right to release the X/Y
brakes. At the same time, push the Upper Console down. If you stop to press the lever, the Z brakes
engage.
For more information, see: 4-2-5-6 "Moving the Top Console up or down when Power is OFF" on page
4-13.
Question:
How to release the XY brakes when without power?
Answer:
See the instructions in: 4-2-5-5 "Manually releasing the XY Lock" on page 4-12.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-5
Troubleshooting Tips
7-5-1
Content in this section
7-5-2 "Shortcut Keys" on page 7-6
7-5-3 "Noise" on page 7-7
7-5-4 "EMI Prevention/Abatement" on page 7-7
7-5-5 "Image Artifacts Caused by Front End Boards" on page 7-8
7-5-6 "Connectivity" on page 7-8
7-5-7 "Back End Processor" on page 7-9
7-5-8 "Operator Panel" on page 7-10
7-5-9 "Probes" on page 7-11
7-5-10 "Software" on page 7-11
7-5-2
Shortcut Keys
This is a list of useful shortcuts for use during Vivid E9/Vivid E7 service.
Table 7-1
Shortcuts
SHORTCUT
Alt+B
Alt+D
Alt+E
DESCRIPTION
BOOKMARK. PLACE A BOOKMARK IN LOGS.
SYSTEM PROBLEM REPORTING. See: 7-9-4 "Collect a Trouble Image with Logs" on page 7-21.
PRINT SCREEN / Make a SCREENSHOT: See: 7-9-4 "Collect a Trouble Image with Logs" on page 7-21.
EJECT DEVICE (i.e.CD or DVD MEDIA)
QUALITY TEST SCREEN.
Alt+Q
Alt+S
Ctrl+Alt+R
Ctrl+Alt+Del
Ctrl+PrintScreen
F4
DICOM JOB SPOOLER
RESTART THE APPLICATION SOFTWARE
OPEN TASK MANAGER IF SERVICE DONGLE IS USED
SCREEN CAPTURE. See: Section 7-10 "Screen Captures" on page 7-27.
CLEAN THE SPOOLER
InSite ExC / VPN
Alt+F1
7-6
Activate the Front Panel Simulator when accessing the scanner remotely through InSite ExC / VPN
Section 7-5 - Troubleshooting Tips
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-5-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noise
See:
7-5-4
•
2-2-4 "EMI limitations" on page 2-7.
•
7-15-6 "Overview of Types of Noise" on page 7-163.
EMI Prevention/Abatement
See:
•
7-15-5 "EMI Prevention/abatement" on page 7-162.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-5-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Image Artifacts Caused by Front End Boards
Image artifacts can be caused by any of the boards on the Front End. Artifacts may be caused by the
power supply or board failures. It is important to use the Diagnostic tools on the service interface to try
to narrow down the failure to one or two boards.
•
7-5-6
Artifacts that look like white vertical lines, rain or snow cones in one or more areas of the image can
be troubleshot in different ways:
-
One troubleshooting technique is to swap DRXs around to see if the artifact moves. (Pulling
out the boards will keep the system from booting up; all the boards must be present for the
system to operate)
-
Another approach is to run the Diagnostic Utilities to establish which channel the artifact
affects. A channel is a signal path sent through the system boards. Any of these boards in the
path can be causing the failure.
-
Be aware that the problem may only appear with one mode, probe or preset. Normally, in BFlow the problem becomes more evident and may be easier to troubleshoot.
-
Check all the probes on all the ports. Remove all the probes, and then check each probe
singly in every port.
-
If port-related, replace the Relay Board.
-
If the artifact only occurs with one probe, replace probe.
-
If the problem persists with the new probe, reload software. Do not reload presets until
you have tested the system with the default settings and be sure that the problem does
not persist. User Defined Presets can carry corruption back to the system.
-
If you suspect that the problem may be caused by software corruption, please note: Corrupt
Presets can be identified by a problem in only one exam category using a specific probe, or
a particular mode with a specific probe. Use the Clean Userdef function under Scanner
Utilities, leaving the system with only the factory defaults. Be sure to back up the presets,
including Connectivity configuration, TCP/IP page and Option strings before deleting the User
defined files. Do NOT reload presets until you have tested the system.
-
Before performing Clean User Defs function, perform an Alt-D to capture the logs and preset
files. If the problem is corrected with Clean User Defs, send in the log to the OLC so that the
corrupted preset files can be reviewed.
-
After booting up the system, without starting any patient or accessing any menu, click on the
Service and log in. Click on Utilities, then on Scanner utilities and then on “Clean User Defs”.
Select OK and that will clean the folder. Shutdown the system immediately, using the System
Shutdown function under Scanner Utilities. After rebooting, the system will come up with
default settings. Only reload presets from disk if you are sure they were stored before the
corruption occurred. If only Imaging Presets are affected you can restore the Connectivity
presets by using the selective Restore function.
Connectivity
See: Section 7-6 "Network Connectivity Troubleshooting" on page 7-12.
7-8
Section 7-5 - Troubleshooting Tips
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-5-7
7-5-7-1
7-5-7-2
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor
System Halt Errors - Lock ups or Intermittent Problems
•
Collect Error Logs and send them to the OLC to be evaluated. (On the scan screen, press ALT+D).
Refer to 7-9-4 "Collect a Trouble Image with Logs" on page 7-21.
It is extremely important to give as much details as possible about the occurrence of the problem
and the date and time it showed up.
•
Reload the software.
CD/DVD Drive Failures
•
Check that the media (disk capacity and speed) is supported.
-
7-5-7-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
For the CD, the capacity is normally 700MB.
•
Check Windows for driver issues. Go to Control Panel > Administrative tools> Computer
management> Device Manager.
•
Re-install drivers if necessary.
•
If the CD drive is having problems, replace the CD Drive.
•
If the problem persists, replace the BEP.
Image CD/DVD not read
•
Put the CD or DVD in a laptop and see if it can be read. If it can't be read, the disk is bad.
•
If it can be read, make a copy at a low burn speed (8X). If the copy doesn't work replace CD-RW or
DVD-R drive.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-5-8
7-5-8-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel
No Audio
See 7-12-11-3 "Audio" on page 7-68 and the I/O Board Audio Test on 7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on
page 7-91 for audio diagnostic tests.
7-5-8-2
•
Check volume settings in the application and also in Windows.
•
Use headphones, (the type that you use on a personal CD player or a laptop) to test the audio output
directly from the back of the BEP.
-
If no Audio is present on the BEP, reload software. If the problem persists, replace the BEP.
-
If Audio is present, follow the audio signal to the OP Panel (the audio amplifier is located in
the upper OP panel). The Audio output from the BEP goes to the Internal I/O and from there
to the OP Assembly (use an adapter to plug the headphones to the RCA outputs of the
Internal I/O). If Audio outputs are working, replace Upper OP Assembly. Otherwise replace
Internal I/O board.
-
Always measure the speakers’ impedance; it should measure approximately 7 ohms. If
speakers are bad, it is possible that the amplifier on the Upper OP Assembly might be
defective, too.
No Video on LCD Display
See 7-12-10-6 "Video Card" on page 7-62 and the video status test on 7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on
page 7-91 for video card diagnostic tests.
7-5-8-3
7-5-8-4
•
If the video is too dim, has dimmed areas or there is no video at all, replace the HV LCD inverter.
•
Check the cabling within the system.
•
If the HV LCD inverter is burnt, there is a possibility that the Digital Video Card on the PC also got
damaged; in that case you can replace the Video Card.
•
Replace the Video Adapter inside the BEP.
•
Replace the Back End Processor if the problem continues.
•
Replace the Upper Panel Assembly.
Wrong Key Activated on the Touch Panel
•
Calibrate touch panel. See: Section 6-7 "Touch Screen Calibration" on page 6-14.
•
Replace Upper Panel Assembly.
Incorrect System Time when Daylight Savings Time changes
1.) From the touch panel, press Utility > System.
2.) Select Date/Time.
3.) On the Date and Time Properties screen, select the Time Zone tab.
4.) Disable the Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes check box, select Apply.
5.) Select the Date & Time tab.
6.) Set the proper time for the system’s location, and then select OK.
7.) Select Save.
7 - 10
Section 7-5 - Troubleshooting Tips
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-5-8-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Touch Panel
See: 7-14-8 - Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Upper Panel – Touch Screen.
7-5-8-6
7-5-9
7-5-9-1
Touch Panel Not Responding
•
Calibrate the Touch Panel. See: Section 6-7 "Touch Screen Calibration" on page 6-14. Access the
Service interface and go to Diagnostics > Service Diagnostics > Service Diagnostics > Touch Panel
> TP Calibration.
•
Reload software.
•
Replace Upper Panel Assembly.
Probes
Probe Recognition
•
7-5-10
7-5-10-1
Check all the probes on all the ports. Remove all the probes, and then check each probe singly in
every port.
-
If the problems persist with all the probes, replace the GRLY board.
-
If only one probe fails to be recognized, clean User Defs to check if the problem is caused by
corrupted presets. If the problem is not resolved, replace the probe.
Software
Image or Patient Data Loss
If you experience image or patient data loss, generate an Alt+D log and/or if possible, generate a copy
of the HDD data and submit a complaint.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-6
Network Connectivity Troubleshooting
7-6-1
7-6-2
Contents in this section
7-6-2
First Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-6-3
Cannot connect to anything via the network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-6-4
No Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-6-5
No Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
7-6-6
System Pings and Verifies OK, but does NOT Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
First Status
Select the network icon on the bottom of the screen to get a first status for the network connectivity.
If the status reports No network, verify cabling.
7-6-3
Cannot connect to anything via the network
1.) Open Command Prompt.
2.) “Ping 127.0.0.1", verify no lost packets. - if error, try re-image
3.) “Ping“ machine IP address given by hospital or default in manual, verify no lost packets. - error here
replace BEP
4.) “Ping” gateway if given one else skip to next, verify no lost packets. - error here verify network cable
plugged in, and lights blink on BEP. Double check subunit and gateway are correctly entered. This
point and beyond are hospital issues
5.) “Ping“ another machine on the network, verify no lost packets. - error here try pinging from another
computer on the same network
7-6-4
7 - 12
No Ping
•
Check the speed of your connection. Media Type should be set for Auto Select. Remember that
every time the system is re-ghosted, that setting goes back to the default value.
•
Check cables. You need a crossover cable if you are connected directly to the device. Use a straight
cable whenever you go through a hub. The use of a hub is highly recommended.
•
Try connecting the network cable directly to the Ethernet port in the back of the BEP. If the
connection works, troubleshoot the cabling to the external device.
•
Check proper addressing. System should be under the same subnet or have a gateway address to
be able to connect to another subnet.
•
Verify that the network is active and running.
•
Check with your laptop if you can ping the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and the device (Printer or PACs).
Section 7-6 - Network Connectivity Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-6-5
7-6-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
No Verify
•
Check if the device supports Verify.
•
Check port and AE title info.
•
Check if device is up and running. It may be up but in an error status. Reboot the device if possible.
You also may need to reboot the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
Use Network Sniffer (Alt+N).
•
Clean User Defs before reloading software in case there is a corrupt Connectivity.res file. Be sure
to do an Alt-D to capture logs before performing a Clean User Defs so that if the presets are corrupt
the logs can be sent to OLC for Engineering to review.
•
Reload software.
System Pings and Verifies OK, but does NOT Send
•
Check if device is up and running. It may be up but in an error status. Reboot the device if possible.
You may also need to reboot the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
•
Check device configuration.
•
Clean the spooler (F4). If the jobs in the spooler cannot be deleted, you need to do it in Windows.
•
These jobs may be corrupted or may be using a lot of space in the disk and cause problems sending
Dicom images. Insert the Service Key (Dongle), turn the system on and log in into maintenance and
exit to Windows (the application should not be running). Then go to Windows Explorer and look for
the file c:\idunn\target\jobqueue.res. Delete the file.
•
Delete the files from E:/Spooler and then the Recycle Bin. Reboot the system.
•
Check Connectivity configuration on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
-
If it is a printer, check that the printer supports the film type and format. Some printers don’t
support different image sizes (or different formats, such as the Patient entry screen). If this is
the case, the spooler may show the job in a “Done” status but the images never get printed.
Try sending secondary capture.
-
If it is a storage device, check if the type of image selected is supported (color, gray,
Multiframe)
-
If it is a Worklist broker, you must use a Dataflow in which your Worklist is the primary input.
Otherwise it won’t let you retrieve patients. Also check your Worklist search criteria
configuration.
•
Clean User Defs before reloading software in case there is a corrupt Connectivity.res file. Be sure
to do an Alt + D to capture logs before performing a Clean User Defs so that if the presets prove
corrupt the logs can be sent to OLC for Engineering to review.
•
Reload software.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-7
Work-around procedure for connecting Vivid E9 to ImageVault v4.x
NOTE:
Minimum Software Requirement: Imagevault v4.3 is the lowest software level that this workaround applies to.
NOTE:
Work-around Duration: This work-around is obsolete the moment ImageVault v5.0 is installed
on site and set up according to the needs. Please check with your local service networking
resources or the OLC if that is the case.
7-7-1
Introduction
ImageVault v4.3 was developed before the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, thus it cannot support any raw data
conversion from this newer product. Raw data of above units is converted when ImageVault v4.3 is set
to convert i.e.:
•
Raw data to DICOM multiframe.
•
Raw data to compressed raw data.
•
Raw data to compressed raw data including DICOM multiframes.
•
ImageVault v4.3 runs a CV Web attached.
Raw data conversion happens on ImageVault in scenarios like:
•
There is a CV Web installed.
•
ImageVault is set to compress raw data locally (compress setting for STS).
•
ImageVault is set to add DICOM MF for data to raw data when forwarding data to LTS on a shared
volume, a jukebox or any PACS.
•
ImageVault auto-routing is configured that requires raw data to be converted to DICOM multiframe.
•
There are 3rd-party workstation connected to ImageVault that is using DICOM Q/R to review
images from ImageVault which implies that ImageVault has to convert image data from Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
Where does this procedure NOT apply:
•
There is no CV Web installed.
•
ImageVault is not set up to do raw data compression.
•
ImageVault does not use a DICOM PACS as LTS.
•
ImageVault does not do any auto-routing to any DICOM server or DICOM workstation.
•
There is no 3rd-party workstation connected to ImageVault that is using DICOM Q/R to review
images from ImageVault.
•
If you are unsure about the way the above unit mentioned will be used in an ImageVault network,
please connect your local network service specialist or the OLC. Contact data can be found last
page.
ISSUE:
The issue caused by missing the setup of this procedure will be, in worst case, total image data loss.
To avoid this issue, the procedure below has to be applied on all units and scenarios as outlined above.
7 - 14
Section 7-7 - Work-around procedure for connecting Vivid E9 to ImageVault v4.x
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-7-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity Work-around - Image Vault v4.3
Work-around procedure connecting Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to Image Vault v4.3
Until the ImageVault v5.0 will be installed, all raw data conversion has to be performed by the sending
unit. To achieve this, settings have to be executed or checked.
7-7-2-1
7-7-2-2
Affected Dataflows
•
Remote Archive - Remote HD.
•
Worklist/Local Archive - Dicom Server/Int.HD.
•
Worklist/Remote Archive - Dicom Server/Remote.HD.
•
Local Archive - Int.HD/DICOM Server.
•
Remote Archive - rem.HD/DICOM Server.
•
Remote Import/Export.
•
Worklist/Remote Archive - Remote Storage.
Limitations / Implications
The disadvantage for the user, is longer time to store the study. Approx. 2-3 minutes extra time for a
typical study. So for each site where this work around is relevant, please check carefully first if it is really
necessary.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-7-2-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configure Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the work around
Please refer to below screen dump for details:
1.) Select the “Config” Tab.
2.) Select “Connectivity” Tab.
3.) Select “Dataflow” Tab.
4.) Select the dataflow
NOTE:
As sample screen dump the “Remote Archive - Remote Storage” was used.
These settings have to be repeated for every data flow mentioned in 7-7-2-1 "Affected
Dataflows" on page 7-15.
5.) Click “Properties”.
6.) Under “Image Settings”, select check marks as shown in screen dump:
NOTE:
-
Allow Raw Data.
-
Allow Multiframe.
-
The specific configuration of Max.Framerate, Compression, Quality should be similar to those
set on i.e. LTS configuration on ImageVault.
If ImageVault is set to compress raw data, please select the check mark “Raw Compr.”, not
selected in the screen dump.
7.) Click “OK”.
For details see below screen dump:
Figure 7-1 Workaround details
7 - 16
Section 7-7 - Work-around procedure for connecting Vivid E9 to ImageVault v4.x
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-7-2-4
WARNING
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Reverse configuration on Vivid E9
DO NOT EXECUTE THIS STEP UNTIL IMAGEVAULT V5.0 IS INSTALLED! ELSE IMAGE
DATA LOSS MIGHT OCCUR!
Please refer to below screen dump for details:
1.) Select the “Config” Tab.
2.) Select “Connectivity” Tab.
3.) Select “Dataflow” Tab.
4.) Select the dataflow
NOTE:
As sample screen dump the “Remote Archive - Remote Storage” was used.
These settings have to be repeated for every data flow mentioned in 7-7-2-1 "Affected
Dataflows" on page 7-15.
5.) Click “Properties”.
6.) Under “Image Settings”, unselect check marks you have selected in 7-7-2-3 "Configure Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 to the work around" on page 7-16. This means you unselect the checkmarks for:
-
Raw Data.
-
Multiframe.
7.) Click “OK”.
Figure 7-2 Reverse work around details
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-8
InSite ExC troubleshooting
7-8-1
Wrong System ID in InSite
Even if the System ID is correct on the Tcpip screen, the System ID in InSite is wrong. To correct this
issue, use the Set Serial Number CD, Part Number GA200649.
To use this tool, follow this procedure:
1.) Insert the Set Serial Number CD in the upper DVD drive.
2.) Restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3.) Enter the correct Serial Number when asked for.
4.) Remove the CD from the DVD drive.
After a restart, the System ID should be correct in InSite.
7-8-2
7-8-2-1
7 - 18
Basic Connectivity
Prerequisites
•
Questra agent is configured in the Common Service Desktop (CSD).
•
No proxy is selected unless supplied by the customer.
•
Access is available to Internet Explorer on the desktop of the product.
•
System has IP/Gateway/Subnet Mask assigned and active.
•
System has been rebooted since configuration changes.
Section 7-8 - InSite ExC troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-8-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Troubleshooting flowchart
Requirements for VPN:
1. IP address 150.2.1.251 and port number
8002 must be in the proxy configuration.
2. Upgrades from InSite must have the same
IP address and gateway as previous machine.
3. New machines will require a VPN add form
in order to connect.
Start
System configured to use InSite
VPN or via Internet?
Internet
(default
method)
InSite
VPN
The hospital is not allowing the system to route
out. Request IT to open a path to the Internet
port 443 (Secure Socket Layer).
Open Internet Explorer and type:
https://198.169.188.10:443
No message
Returns “GE
Healthcare
Web Server”?
Message
returned?
(Access
Denied)
No
Yes
Yes
The hospital firewall is blocking your access
to the Internet. Request IT to allow access.
Type:
https://us1-ws.service.gehealthcare.com:443
No
Yes
Re-check configuration and
reboot. System should work.
No DNS server is available. Use “Other”
on the Questra configuration page and
carefully type these IP addresses;
Server: https://198.169.188.10:443
Tunnel: https://198.169.188.11:443
Figure 7-3 Basic Connectivity Troubleshooting Flowchart
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-9
Gathering Troubleshooting Data
7-9-1
Purpose of this section
Trouble images and system data (logs) can be acquired at the device or through remote diagnostics
(InSite). These data can be used to perform service at the device, or can be sent back to the
manufacturer for analysis.
7-9-2
7-9-3
Contents in this section
7-9-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-9-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-9-3
Collect Vital System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-9-4
Collect a Trouble Image with Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
7-9-5
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Collect Vital System Information
The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a
malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer:
Product Name = VIVID E9 or VIVID E7
Select Config (F2) > About screen.
Applications Software
-
Application Software Version
-
Application Software media Part Number and Revision
System Software
7 - 20
-
System Software Revision
-
System Software media Part Number and Revision
Section 7-9 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-9-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Collect a Trouble Image with Logs
If the system should malfunction, press the Alt+D keys simultaneously. This will collect a screen capture
of the monitor, system presets and several log files in a date and time stamped “.zip” file.
NOTE:
This function may also be used to make a Print Screen.
The Alt+D function is available at all times.
When Alt+D is pressed, a menu box appears that allows for;
NOTE:
•
a place to enter a description of the issue
•
a check box to indicate a System lockup
•
a choice to Export to a pre-formatted CD-R/DVD-R or save to the Export directory D: drive (for
remote viewing through InSite).
You MUST select one of the available devices as the destination device if it is to be different
than the default Export directory on the hard drive.
The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates the possibility of artifacts from compression.
Figure 7-4 System problem report (ALT+D dialog box)
TYPE DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE HERE
SELECT IF YOU’VE HAD A SYSTEM
LOCKUP (AFTER RESTART)
SELECT WHERE TO STORE THE
REPORT
7-9-4-1
Advanced log options
•
Extensive Log enables the creation of a log file containing additional information for the selected
functionality.
•
Options enables creation of a log file based on a selected bookmark or for a user configurable time
frame. Different type of information can be selected to be part of the log file.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer
A sniffer monitors network traffic and allows you to capture network data without redirecting or altering it.
NOTE:
If you are launching the network sniffer from the Utilities menu (7-12-16-15 "Distinct Network
Monitor" on page 7-115), you can begin with step 4 of this procedure. If you want to launch the
sniffer from the Windows Desktop, start with step 1 of this procedure.
1.) Power Down the system as described in 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
2.) Access the Windows Desktop. Be sure to boot into Windows only.
3.) From the Start menu, select Programs > Distinct > Network Monitor.
The Distinct Network Monitor screen opens (Figure 7-5).
Figure 7-5 Distinct Network Monitor screen
4.) On the Distinct Network Monitor Screen (Figure 7-5), select Configure > Capture Settings. The
Configuration screen opens.
Figure 7-6 Configuration screen
7 - 22
Section 7-9 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-9-5
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (cont’d)
Steps 5 - 12 describe how to filter the data so that you only record this system’s network activity.
If you prefer, you may skip the filter section and start the data capture now. If you do, you will
capture all network activity, not just this system’s.
5.) On the Configuration screen (Figure 7-6), select the Filters tab
6.) In the New Filter section confirm “built-in templates” is selected, then click Create.
Figure 7-7 Configuration - Filters Tab
7.) On the Select Filter Task screen (Figure 7-7), select “Show only IP packets FROM/TO one or more
IP addresses”, then select Next.
The Enter Filter Settings screen opens (Figure 7-8).
Figure 7-8 Enter Filter Settings
8.) Enter the IP address you wish to monitor, and click the Add button (Figure 7-8). Repeat this step for
all IP addresses you wish to add, then select Finish.
The Enter Filter Settings screen closes.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 23
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (cont’d)
9.) On the Configuration Screen, select the Capture Tab (Figure 7-9).
10.)In the Filter to Apply field, select “My Computer”.
Figure 7-9 Capture Tab on Configuration Screen
11.)Select Close. The Configuration screen closes.
12.)On the Distinct Network Monitor Screen, select Capture > Packets and Statistics (Play).
NOTE:
The Network Sniffer will now collect data until you select Capture > Stop.
13.)Double-click on the Go Ichiro icon to start the system application.
14.)Perform the DICOM transaction you want to troubleshoot (such as Worklist Query, Send to PACS,
etc.). Perform the function several times to ensure the data is captured in the sniff.
7 - 24
Section 7-9 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (cont’d)
15.)When the transaction finishes (or fails), select Ctrl+Alt+Del to open Task Manager. Select Exit to
close the application and return to Windows. Then open Windows Task Manager to open the
Distinct Network Monitor screen.
Figure 7-10 Application Tab on Windows Task Manager screen
16.)From the Task Manager Applications tab, select Distinct, and then select the Switch To button. The
Distinct Network Monitor screen opens.
17.)On the Distinct Network Monitor screen (Figure 7-3), select Capture > Stop. After stopping the data
collection, a screen similar to Figure 7-10 opens.
Figure 7-11 Capture Data Sample
18.)Select File > Save As. Enter the file name “D:\log\Sniffer\MyLog “.
19.)Select Save.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 25
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (cont’d)
20.)On the Save As Capture File dialog (Figure 7-12), select Save.
Figure 7-12 Save As Capture File dialog box
21.)Check the D:\log\Sniffer directory. At a minimum, there should be the following two files: MyLog.cap,
MyLog.num.
22.)Copy the files to media, or ask the OLC to upload the files if the system has remote connectivity.
7 - 26
Section 7-9 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-10
Screen Captures
7-10-1
Purpose of this Section
To capture screen images that can be used for diagnostic and troubleshooting purposes.
7-10-2
7-10-3
Contents in this section
7-10-1
Purpose of this Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
7-10-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
7-10-3
Ctrl+PrintScreen shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
7-10-4
To Capture a Screen Image Using the Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Ctrl+PrintScreen shortcut
A Ctrl+PrintScreen shortcut is available for quickly capturing the image displayed on the system. Images
captured using this shortcut are saved in the D:\export directory using both the JPEG (.jpg) and raw
DICOM (.dcm) formats.
The InSite connection will have access to the export folder on the “D:” drive to retrieve these images.
This feature will allow the customer to quickly and easily acquire images that can then be viewed by the
OLC.
7-10-4
To Capture a Screen Image Using the Shortcut
1.) With the desired image displayed on the screen, press Ctrl and PrtSc (print screen) keys
simultaneously.
2.) From the touch panel, select Utility > Service > Utilities > Common Utilities > Image Compress
& Delete Utilities. 7-12-16-13 "Image Compress & Delete Utility" on page 7-113.
3.) Select the check box for the image(s) you want to save in the D:\export directory.
4.) Select Compress Files.
A compressed file of the images is stored in D:\export. You may rely on the date and time of the
Ctrl+PrtSc procedure to identify the most recent image recorded.
The uncompressed files are stored in d:\export\service\image.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 27
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-11
Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
7-11-1
Purpose of this Section
This section describes how to use the Virtual Console Observation (VCO) feature for remote service
capability.
7-11-2
7 - 28
Contents in this section
7-11-1
Purpose of this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
7-11-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
7-11-3
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
7-11-4
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
7-11-5
How Customer Enables Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
7-11-6
Customer Enables VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Section 7-11 - Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-11-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General
This tool allows you to view the entire customer's desktop and operating system.
Using VCO, a remote service technician or the Online Center (OLC) can access and modify all scanner
settings and programs on the customer's ultrasound scanner.
The customer has to enable this feature by choosing “Disruptive Mode” and confirming “Yes”, before a
GE Service FE can access the customer’s ultrasound scanner remotely. “Disruptive Mode” can be
requested remotely by the service technician or OLC, or it can be selected by the customer directly on
the scanner or workstation.
NOTE:
7-11-4
Only GE Service personnel have access to this feature. A password is required. All actions and
changes should be documented.
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO
1.) The OLC or FE connects to the remote scanner or workstation through a Remote Service Tool
(RST).
NOTE:
The behavior of the Remote Service Tool (RST) is beyond the scope of this manual. The
following steps describe the activities that take place once the OLC or FE remotely enables
connection to the scanner or workstation.
Once connected to the remote scanner the OLC or FE will sign in at the Service Login Screen (See
“Disruptive Mode” on page 7-30.).
Figure 7-13 Service Login Screen
GEVU General
Vivid E9
2.) Select “GE Service”, enter the current password, and select Okay.
3.) Select Utilities > Common Utilities > Disruptive Mode (See: Figure 7-14 "Disruptive Mode" on page
7-30).
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-11-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO (cont’d)
Figure 7-14 Disruptive Mode
4.) To Enable “Disruptive Mode” select Yes.
5.) A request is sent to the scanner or workstation asking permission to diagnose the system remotely.
The customer receives the InSite Notification shown in Figure 7-15.
Figure 7-15 InSite Notification
7 - 30
Section 7-11 - Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-11-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO (cont’d)
6.) The customer selects Yes.
NOTE:
If the customer does not wish to have diagnostics running at the time of the request, they select
No. A message is sent back to the OLC or FE that “Disruptive Mode” is not enabled.
The screen below confirms the Disruptive Mode status change.
Figure 7-16 Disruptive Mode Enabled
7.) After “Disruptive Mode” is enabled, “Virtual Console Observation” can be activated by selecting
Utilities > Common Utilities > Virtual Console Observation, and then pressing the “Start” button.
If “Virtual Console Observation” has been activated successfully, the following display is shown to the
OLC or FE:
Figure 7-17 Virtual Console Observation is Running
8.) To terminate “Virtual Console Observation”, the OLC or FE can press the “Stop” button.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 31
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-11-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO (cont’d)
9.) Once the OLC or FE selects Stop, Figure 7-18 is displayed.
Figure 7-18 Virtual Console Observation is stopped
10.)An attempt to activate the Virtual Console Observation Tool without first enabling “Disruptive
11.)Mode” will result in the screen display shown in Figure 7-19:
Figure 7-19 Virtual Console Observation “Warning”
7 - 32
Section 7-11 - Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-11-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How Customer Enables Disruptive Mode
Perform these steps for a customer to enable Disruptive Mode.
1.) Click on the Service Browser wrench icon in the application’s status bar at the bottom of the
ultrasound display. This icon links the User or Field Engineer (FE) to the Service Login screen
shown in Figure 7-20 "Service Login Screen" on page 7-33.
NOTE:
The screen in Figure 7-20 "Service Login Screen" on page 7-33 is an example from an
engineering system. The System Type and/or System ID will vary between scanners and
workstations.
Figure 7-20 Service Login Screen
GEVU General
Vivid E9
2.) Select Operator and enter the password ULS, then click Okay.
3.) Select Utilities > Common Utilities > Disruptive Mode (See: Figure 7-21).
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 33
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-11-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How Customer Enables Disruptive Mode (cont’d)
4.) To Enable “Disruptive Mode” select Yes.
The screen below confirms the Disruptive Mode status change.
Figure 7-21 Disruptive Mode Enabled
7-11-6
Customer Enables VCO
Perform these steps for a customer to enable VCO:
1.) Left click on the InSite icon.
2.) Select Clinical Life Line. This will activate disruptive mode and VCO for the application OLC to
quickly assist the customer.
3.) If you select Clinical Life Line again, it will turn off disruptive mode and VCO.
4.) A Red message indicating that the system should be rebooted will remain until the system is
rebooted.
7 - 34
Section 7-11 - Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-12
Common Service Desktop
7-12-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes the features of the Common Service Desktop (CSD).
NOTE:
Detach probes and reboot system after performing any diagnostics.
As described in Components and functions (theory), the service platform uses a web-based user
interface (UI) to provide access to common service components. A service key (dongle) is required to
access areas proprietary to GE.
NOTE:
7-12-2
When using the Common Service Desktop do NOT minimize any of the Common Service
Desktop windows. If you minimize them they end up in the lower left corner of the screen behind
the Service Desktop Manager window and cannot be restored.
Contents in this section
7-12-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
7-12-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
7-12-3
Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
7-12-4
Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
7-12-5
Diagnostics Window Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
7-12-6
Diagnostic Utility Freezes Up/Times Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
7-12-7
Diagnostic Symptom Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
7-12-8
Diagnostics - Common Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
7-12-9
Diagnostics - PC (BEP) Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
7-12-10 Diagnostics - Non-Interactive Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
7-12-11 Diagnostics - Interactive Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
7-12-12 Diagnostics - Service Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
7-12-13 Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
7-12-14 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97
7-12-15 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
7-12-16 Utilities - Common Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
7-12-17 Utilities - Scanner Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
7-12-18 Dicom Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
7-12-19 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119
7-12-20 PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120
7-12-21 Exit From Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120
7-12-22 Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 After Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 35
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Home
The Home page displays a summary of information from various items that are monitored.
•
System Information – hardware versions (Boards/FRUs, Console), software versions (both
System software (base Image) and Application software).
-
Click Details to view the Server History of all TCP/IP pages that have occurred to the system
since the system was re-ghosted. See 7-12-3-1 "Server History Log" on page 7-37.
•
Connected Probes – probes connected, network devices connected, and peripherals connected.
•
Options Installed – with status and expiration date.
•
Windows Printers – lists available printers.
•
Current System Status – lists Current System status
•
System Health Information – alerts for temperature, FRUs, application, OS, and archive.
-
Check Auto Update and set the Frequency (in seconds) for the system to perform self-checks.
-
Click the Update link to manually refresh the System Health Information.
Figure 7-22 Home window (Example)
7 - 36
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-3-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Server History Log
If you click Details (see: Figure 7-22 "Home window (Example)" on page 7-36) to view the Server History
of all TCP/IP pages that have occurred to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 since it was last re-ghosted.
Figure 7-23 Server History Log
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 37
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Error Logs
1.) From the Log Viewer page click the Click Here link.
Figure 7-24 Error Logs - Log Viewer (Example)
On Vivid E9/Vivid E7 there are two
choices:
- Log Viewer
- Diag Results
2.) Select the Log you wish to view.
Figure 7-25 Log Viewer - Log Options (Example)
Logs on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7:
- System
- Start Loader
- Informatics
- DC Voltage
- Tx Power
- Temperature
- Dicom
- Boards
7 - 38
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Error Logs (cont’d)
Features of the log viewer include:
•
Plot logs and pages using the Utilities menu.
•
Text search using the Search menu.
•
Color-coded log entries to identify severity levels:
-
Severity 3 = Green (the parameter is within 5%-0% of specification)
-
Severity 2 = Orange (the parameter is within 10% to 5% of specification)
-
Severity 1 = Red (the parameter is fully out of specification)
Figure 7-26 Log Viewer - Sample Page
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 39
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview
Figure 7-27 Diagnostic Window Overview (Example)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
The digits in Figure 7-27 corresponds to the numbered list below:
1.) Instructions Frame
-
Displays either test-specific text or the default instructions.
2.) Status Frame
-
Initially displays the last known status for a selected diagnostic. Once the diagnostic starts,
the frame displays the “current” status of all test results.
-
The Status Frame also contains the user interface elements used for Diagnostic Control and
Operator Feedback.
3.) Loop Count
-
This is an editable text field that only accepts numeric values of 4 digits or less. When the
switch is configured as an “execute” switch and pressed, the loop count field will be queried
to determine the number of times to execute the diagnostic.
4.) Execute Button
-
This switch has two modes - each with appropriate text:
-
Execute - to start the diagnostic
-
Abort - to stop a diagnostic
5.) Progress Indicator
-
Displays a graphical progress indicator for the user.
6.) Short Text Message
-
Displays brief messages about the test’s progress during execution.
7.) Status Frame Background Color
7 - 40
-
Initially gray, the Status Frame background color changes upon completion of a diagnostic to
indicate completion status.
-
Code Status Fail = Red
-
Code Status Pass = Green
-
Code Status Abort = Yellow
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview (cont’d)
The Service Diagnostics windows have some advanced features.
NOTE:
The Loop Count field must have a value of 2 or greater to activate the Advanced features.
Figure 7-28 Advanced Features of Service Diagnostic Windows
8
9
10
11
8.) This button toggles between Standard and Advanced mode. The window above shows the
advanced features.
9.) Select the choice for Stop On Failure for the Looping and List sections:
-
Yes = the test will abort at the first failure
-
No = the test will complete even if there are failures
10.)Select the choice for Stop On Abort for the Looping and List sections:
-
List = the list will abort when you click the Abort button
-
Loop = the looping will abort when you click the Abort button
-
Diag = the diagnostic test will abort when you click the Abort button
11.)Select the Loop Order:
-
ABCABCABC = Runs the selected diagnostics as one group and runs each group for the
number of loops specified.
-
AAABBBCCC = Runs the selected diagnostics one at a time for the maximum loop value then
proceeds to the next diagnostic.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 41
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview (cont’d)
Some diagnostic windows that verify the tolerance of known values, compile the test data and display
it in a table. You can access this data through the Details links.
12.)Click the Details icon to open the Details window.
Figure 7-29 Advanced Features of Service Diagnostic Windows
12
13.)Click the See Details link to compile the Details data.
Figure 7-30 Advanced Features of Service Diagnostic Windows
13
14.)The table displays the compiled detail data.
Figure 7-31 Advanced Features of Service Diagnostic Windows
14
7 - 42
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Utility Freezes Up/Times Out
If the diagnostic utility has timed out (freezes up, will no longer run) you have to reboot the scanner. This
may occur when issues with the scanner cause the diagnostic utility to fail completion of an executed
test.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 43
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide
Use this Diagnostic Symptom Table to help match a symptom with the possible diagnostic test.
Table 7-2
Diagnostic Symptom Table
Symptom
Audio - General/PC Audio Problems
Diagnostic Test
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76
Audio - Doppler Problems
7-12-11-3 "Audio" on page 7-68
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
Communication Problems
7-12-12-2 "Memory" on page 7-74
Connectivity/Network Problems
7-12-10-7 "Network Interface" on page 7-63
7-12-12-5 "Noise" on page 7-81
Image - Artifacts/Noise
7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76
Image - Channel Failures/Noise
7-12-12-6 "Analog Receive" on page 7-82
7-12-12-5 "Noise" on page 7-81
Image - Pixilated/Jagged edges
7-12-12-1 "Digital Receive" on page 7-70
Image - Scanner Refresh is Slow/ Image Hangs
7-12-10-6 "Video Card" on page 7-62
7-12-12-1 "Digital Receive" on page 7-70
Intermittent General Problems
7-12-10-8 "CMOS" on page 7-64
7-12-10-9 "DRAM Memory" on page 7-65
Keyboard Not Typing Correct Characters
7-12-11-1 "Keyboard" on page 7-66
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
Monitor not working
7-12-10-6 "Video Card" on page 7-62
Printer Problems
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
Scanning problems - Stops,
interrupted, won’t scan
7-12-12-10 "Tx Power Supply Test" on page 7-94
Simulator Mode - Scanner launches into Simulator
Mode
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
7-12-10-3 "Hard Disk Surface Scan" on page 7-59
7-12-10-4 "Hard Disk Quick Test" on page 7-60
Slow Computing Speed
7-12-16-10 "Disk Defragmenter" on page 7-110
7-12-16-3 "Disk Usage" on page 7-103
Temperature - High/out of Spec
TGC Problems
7-12-12-4 "System" on page 7-79
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76
Trackball is Sticky & Squeaky, cursor is hard to control
7-12-11-2 "Mouse (Trackball)" on page 7-67
4-2-19 "Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)" on page 4-53
USB Ports/Devices not working
7-12-12-9 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-91
Voltage out of Spec
7-12-12-4 "System" on page 7-79
For additional troubleshooting help, see Section 7-14 "Troubleshooting" on page 7-123 and
Section 7-5 "Troubleshooting Tips" on page 7-6.
7 - 44
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-3
GFI FRU Tests Table
FRU
Test
Loop
Back
Connect
or
(Service
or Eng
Tool)
GRLY
GRX64/
GRX128
GTX
(slot2)
GTX
(slot3)
GTX
(slot4)
DRX
(slot2)
DRX
(slot3)
DRX
(slot4)
GFI
Back
End
Processor
FREY
Main
BACK Fan Power
PLANE Tray Supply
GFI Swept
Demodulator
Test
T
R
R
R
GFI FrontEnd Interface
Test
T
R
R
R
T
R
R
R
GFI Memory
Access Test
T
R
R
R
GFE Access
Test
T
R
R
R
T
R
R
R
T
R
R
T
R
R
R
T
R
R
R
T
R
R
R
GFI Analog
Test
Probe LVDS
Test
T
R
R
R
T
GFI Fan Test
Relay LVDS
Test
GFI GTX Test
T
T
T
T
GFI Fixed
Demod Test
R
T
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 45
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-4
Digital Receive Tests Table
FRU
Test
DRX (slot2)
FDEMOD Signal Test
DRX (slot3)
DRX (slot4)
GFI
Back End Processor FREY BACK PLANE
T
T
T
T
R
R
DRX High Speed Bit Error Test T
T
T
R
R
R
DRX IF FPGA Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
DRX ASIC Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
DRX Signal Path Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
Nathan Channel Repeater
T
T
T
R
R
R
Nathan Alignment Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
Nathan Input TVG Alignment
T
T
T
R
R
R
Nathan MLA Data Alignment
T
T
T
R
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-5
Memory Tests Table
FRU
GTX
(slot2)
Test
GTX
(slot3)
GTX
(slot4)
DRX
(slot2)
DRX
(slot3)
DRX
(slot4)
GFI Memory Access Test
GFI
Back End Processor FREY BACK PLANE
T
R
R
DRX IF FPGA Memory Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
DRX Memory Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
GTX IF FPGA Memory Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
GTX Memory Test
T
T
T
R
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-6
System Tests Table
FRU
Test
GRLY
System Temperature
Test
GRX64/
GRX128
GTX
(slot2)
GTX
(slot3)
GTX
(slot4)
DRX
(slot2)
DRX
(slot3)
DRX
(slot4)
GFI
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
FREY BACK
PLANE
Fan
Tray
R
R
T
System Voltage Test
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
R
R
R
FPGA Version Test
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
7 - 46
Back End
Processor
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-7
Noise Test Table
FRU
Test
GRX64/
GRX128
GRLY
Noise Floor Test
T
T
DRX (slot2)
R
DRX (slot3)
R
DRX (slot4)
R
GFI Back End Processor FREY BACK PLANE
R
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-8
Analog Receive Tests Table
FRU
Test
GRLY
GRX64/
GRX128
DRX
(slot2)
DRX
(slot3)
DRX
(slot4)
GFI
Back End
Processor
FREY BACK Front Plane Front Plane
PLANE
(upper)
(lower)
DC Offset Calibration
R
R
T
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
Analog Rx Test (High gain)
R
T
T
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
Analog Rx Test (Medium gain)
R
T
T
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
Analog Rx Test (Low gain)
R
T
T
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-9
Analog CW Tests Table
FRU
Test
GRX128w/CW
Back End
Processor
GFI
FREY BACK
PLANE
Front Plane (upper)
Front Plane (lower)
GRX aCW Dual Channel
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW Beam Forming
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW IQ Symmetry
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW Mixer Clock Sync
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW BP Filter/Mixer Clk
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW Post Mixer Gain
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW Doppler LPF
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW Dither Injection
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX aCW Pedof
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX ADC Digital LVDS
T
T
R
R
R
R
GRX Mixer Phase Setup
T
T
R
R
R
R
Key:
aCw: Analog CW Doppler receiver
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 47
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-10
Transmit Tests Table
FRU
GTX
(slot2)
Test
GTX High Speed Bit Error Test T
GTX
(slot3)
GTX
(slot4)
GFI Back End Processor FREY BACK PLANE Main Power Supply
T
T
R
R
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-11
Transmit and Receive Tests Table
FRU
Test
T/R
Channel
Test
Loop
Back
Connect
or
(Service
or Eng
GRLY
Tool)
T
GRX64/
GRX128
T
GTX
(slot2)
GTX
(slot3)
GTX
(slot4)
DRX
(slot2)
DRX
(slot3)
DRX
(slot4)
FREY
Front
Front
Back End BACK Plane Plane
GFI Processor PLANE (upper (lower)
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
7 - 48
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
R
R
R
R
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-12
GRLY Tests Table
FRU
DL Loop
Back
Connector
(Service or
Eng Tool)
Test
Loop Back
FREY Front
Front
Connector
DRX
DRX
DRX
Back End
Back Plane Plane
GRLY GRX128
GFI
(Service or
(slot2) (slot3) (slot4)
Processor
Plane (upper) (lower)
Eng Tool)
GRLY
Receive Test R
conn 1
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
GRLY
Receive Test
conn 2
R
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
GRLY
Receive Test
conn 3
R
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
GRLY
Receive Test
conn 4
R
T
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
GRLY Pedof
CW
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
4V
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
4V
T
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-13
I/O Board Tests Table
FRU
Test
GFI
I/O Board Pwr Supply Test
Back End Processor
I/O Board
R
T
FREY BACK PLANE
Monitor
I/O Board GFI Voltage Test
T
R
T
R
GFI Temperature Test
T
R
T
R
I/O Board Self Test
R
T
I/O Board Loop Back Test
R
T
R
T
Video Status (Manufacturing)
R
T
T
Video Status (Service)
R
T
T
I/O Board Audio Test
T
External Monitor (Mfg tool)
R
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 49
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-14
Tx Power Supply Tests Table
FRU
Test
GFI
TxPs Control Test
Back End Processor
FREY BACK PLANE
R
TxPs Watchdog Test
T
Main Power Supply
T
R
R
T
TxPs Alarm Test
R
T
TxPs Keep Alive Test
T
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-15
Extended Power Shutdown Tests Table
FRU
Test
Back End Processor
I/O Board
Extended Power Shutdown
Detection Test
R
R
T
Extended Power Shutdown
Voltage Test
R
R
T
Extended Power Shutdown
Load Test
R
R
T
Extended Power Shutdown
Charge State Test
R
R
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
7 - 50
Extended Power Shutdown
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-16
Tx Power Supply Tests Table
FRU
Test
GFI
TxPs Control Test
Back End Processor
FREY BACK PLANE
R
TxPs Watchdog Test
T
Main Power Supply
T
R
R
T
TxPs Alarm Test
R
T
TxPs Keep Alive Test
T
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-17
BEP Tests Table
FRU
Test
Back End Processor
Essential Test
T
Hard Disk Long
T
Hard Disk Short
T
Memory
T
Network Adapter
T
System Board
T
Video
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 51
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-18
BEP Interactive Tests Table
FRU
Test
Back End Processor
I/O Board
OP Panel
AVI playback
T
CD-R test
T
CD-RW
T
DVD-R
T
DVD-RDL
T
DVD-RW
T
DVD+R
T
DVD+RDL
T
DVD+RW
T
DVD_RAM
T
DVD READONLY
T
Keyboard*
T
Microphone
T
Monitor
T
T
Trackball
T
T
Sound
T
USB Ports
T
Monitor
T
T
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
* When testing footswitch, footswitch connection is required.
Table 7-19
Touch Panel Tests Table
FRU
Test
Back End Processor
TP Calibration
R
T
TP Cal Verification
R
T
TP Cal Verification Off
R
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
7 - 52
OP Panel
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Symptom Guide (cont’d)
Table 7-20
DVR Tests Table
FRU
Test
Back End Processor
DVR
Self Test
R
T
Version Information
R
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Table 7-21
Patient I/O Test Table
FRU
Test
Patient I/O
GFI
T
Back End Processor
T
Main Power Supply
R
Patient I/O
T
Key:
T: The FRU is tested with the test.
R: The FRU is required for the test but is not specifically tested.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 53
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-8
7-12-8-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - Common Diagnostics
Disruptive Mode
The customer enables this feature by choosing Disruptive Mode and confirming Yes, before a GE
Service FE can access the customer’s ultrasound scanner remotely.
Disruptive Mode can be requested remotely by the service technician or OLC, or it can be selected by
the customer directly on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
See Section 7-11 "Virtual Console Observation (VCO)" on page 7-28 for details.
Figure 7-32 Disruptive Mode Utility Window (Example)
7 - 54
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-8-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System Shutdown
System Shutdown is intended for use from a remote computer. The menu gives you the ability to either
Restart or Shutdown the system.
NOTE:
Retain Disruptive Mode:
- Retain Disruptive Mode MUST be checked if you are working from a remote computer.
- Retain Disruptive Mode should be unchecked if you are working locally, on the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
Figure 7-33 System Shutdown Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 55
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-9
7-12-9-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - PC (BEP) Diagnostics
Reset PC Diagnostics
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
This function resets the PC diagnostics tool (PC-Doctor) to its default settings.
Figure 7-34 Reset PC Diagnostics Window
7 - 56
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10
7-12-10-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - Non-Interactive Tests
Essential Tests
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs tests on essential functions of the BEP. This is a good starting point for isolation issues that may
originate from the BEP. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of the window.
Run Time: About 2 minutes.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Failed tests may have another diagnostic test that can help isolate the failure, or will indicate which
part to replace. For:
-
PCI Bus configuration - run 7-12-10-5 "PCIBus" on page 7-61.
-
CMOS memory - run 7-12-10-8 "CMOS" on page 7-64.
-
CPU - run 7-12-10-2 "System Board" on page 7-58.
-
RAM - run 7-12-10-9 "DRAM Memory" on page 7-65.
-
Hard Drive status and Random Seek - run 7-12-10-3 "Hard Disk Surface Scan" on page 7-59
and run 7-12-10-4 "Hard Disk Quick Test" on page 7-60.
-
Network Interface (loop back only) - run 7-12-10-7 "Network Interface" on page 7-63.
Figure 7-35 Essential Tests Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 57
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System Board
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs tests on essential functions of the PC Mother Board. The test results are displayed in the Status
portion of the window.
Run Time: About 1 minute.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) If there are any failures: Check the Motherboard Harness. Swap with a known good harness.
4.) If the problem continues: Replace the BEP.
Figure 7-36 System Board Window
7 - 58
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Hard Disk Surface Scan
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs tests on essential functions of the Hard Disk. The test results are displayed in the Status portion
of the window. This test can take a long time to complete. For a quick test to determine if there are
possible problems with the hard disk, run 7-12-10-4 "Hard Disk Quick Test" on page 7-60 before running
this test.
The following tests are performed on your hard drive to ensure the hard disk controller and the drive
mechanism are working correctly. The disk surface itself is also checked.
•
Drive Status - Hard disk drive heads are moved from track 0 to the maximum track one track at a
time.
•
Random Seek - Hard disk drive heads are moved randomly several hundred times.
•
Surface Scan - This test scans for surface defects on the hard disk drive.
Run Time: May take over an hour.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) If there are any failures: Replace the Hard Disk.
Figure 7-37 Hard Disk Surface Scan Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 59
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Hard Disk Quick Test
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs an overview set of tests on essential functions of the Hard Disk. The test results are displayed in
the Status portion of the window. Run this test before running the 7-12-10-3 "Hard Disk Surface Scan"
on page 7-59.
Run Time: May take about 6 minutes.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button. If there are any failures:
a.) Defragment the Hard Disk. See 7-12-16-10 "Disk Defragmenter" on page 7-110. If the problem
continues:
b.) Run the 7-12-10-3 "Hard Disk Surface Scan" on page 7-59. If the problem continues:
c.) Replace the Hard Drive.
Figure 7-38 Hard Disk Quick Test Window
7 - 60
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
PCIBus
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the PCIBus. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of
the window.
A Bus is a set of circuits, wires or connectors that connect the various components of a system. A PCI
(Peripheral Component Interconnect) Bus is a fast standard bus which is common in Pentium systems.
Various tests are run on the PCIBus in order to ensure it is working up to speed.
The motherboard is scanned to verify the configuration space and to make sure the diagnostics can
communicate with the board.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button. If there are any failures:
3.) Check the motherboard harness. Swap with a known good harness. If the problem continues:
4.) Replace the Motherboard. If the problem continues:
5.) Replace the BEP.
Figure 7-39 PCIBus Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 61
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Video Card
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Video Card (Graphics Card). The test results are displayed in
the Status portion of the window.
This diagnostic tests your system's video capabilities. This involves testing the video memory with 18
patterns, testing your graphics acceleration, and text output. You will see these tests being performed
on your monitor.
You can cancel this test at any time by hitting the Escape (Esc) key.
The following tests are performed on the Video Card, and can be watched at your monitor:
•
Memory - Video memory is tested by filling the video buffer with 18 test patterns, one pattern at a
time. The tests will fill the entire screen with a single color.
•
Data Transfer - This tests the graphics acceleration part of your video controller. These tests will
appear on your screen as black and white concentric squares and rectangles of various sizes and
colors. If errors are detected, the locations of the problems are displayed.
•
Text Output - This test prints a text string in random sizes and colors to tests your video device driver
and video controller.
Run Time: May take about 10 minutes.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Replace the Video Card if there are any errors. If the problem continues:
4.) Replace the BEP.
Figure 7-40 Video Card Window
7 - 62
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Network Interface
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Network Interface. The test requires the system to be
connected to a network. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of the window.
This test gives the current status of the network and provides the option to restart the network
components in the BEP.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
Figure 7-41 Network Interface Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 63
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CMOS
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the CMOS. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of
the window.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Replace the BEP if any tests fail.
Figure 7-42 CMOS Window
7 - 64
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-10-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DRAM Memory
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the DRAM Memory. The test results are displayed in the Status
portion of the window.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Replace the BEP if any tests fail.
Figure 7-43 DRAM Memory Window
7-12-10-10 Parallel Port
The BEP used on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 doesn’t have a Parallel Port, so there is no need to run this test.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 65
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-11
7-12-11-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - Interactive Tests
Keyboard
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
1.) Click the Execute button on the Keyboard window. The PC-Doctor Keyboard Test opens.
2.) Select your keyboard type from the drop-down menu. Usually the default choice is the correct one.
3.) Click the Start button.
4.) Press each key on the system’s keyboard once and make sure the corresponding keys on-screen
are removed from view.
-
Click the Pass button if all the keys are removed from the PC-Doctor Keyboard Test.
-
Click the Fail button if any key is not removed from the on-screen keyboard. Failed keys may
be damaged and you may have to have your keyboard repaired or replaced.
-
Click the Abort button to exit the test.
5.) The test status is displayed in the Current Status portion of the window.
Figure 7-44 Keyboard Window
7 - 66
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-11-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Mouse (Trackball)
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Trackball. The test results are displayed in the Status portion
of the window.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Verify the signal cable is connected securely.
4.) Clean the Trackball. For cleaning instructions, see: 4-2-19 "Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)"
on page 4-53.
5.) If the problem continues: Replace the Trackball.
Figure 7-45 Mouse Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 67
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-11-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Audio
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of this window’s features.
1.) Click the Execute button at the bottom of the screen. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the first
test screen to open.
2.) Click Left Front and Right Front buttons to test your speakers. You should hear a recorded message
from each speaker.
3.) Click on the Beep button. You should hear a low “beep” from the BEP.
4.) If all work, click the Pass button. Click the Close button.
5.) Do not perform the Microphone Interactive Test. Click the Close button.
6.) To test the WAV sound reproduction, click Left Channel, Right Channel, or Both Channels to test
your speakers. You should hear a guitar chord.
7.) Click on the Beep button. You should hear a low “beep” from your PC.
8.) Click the Close button.
9.) When you return to the Audio Test screen, click the Abort button.
10.)After closing the Service screen, you may see a Runtime Error screen(s). Close the screen(s).
11.)Before returning the system to the customer, always remember to reboot.
12.)If no sound is produced in these tests, choose the More Info button in the Audio Test dialog box for
information about possible causes and solutions.
Figure 7-46 Audio Window
7 - 68
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-11-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
BEP
Table 7-22
BEP Test Description
Test
7-12-11-5
Description
Essential test
PCI, PCI Express, CPU, Memory, HD Disk, and Video
Hard Disk Long
N/A
Hard Disk Short
N/A
Memory
Tests the memory on the mother board
Network Adapter
N/A
System board
Tests the real time clock
Video
Tests the video boards
BEP Interactive
Table 7-23
BEP Interactive Test Description
Test
Description
AVI playback
Tests playing back an AVI file.
CD-R test
Tests writing and reading to a CDR
CD-RW
Tests writing and reading data to a CD-ROM
DVD-R
Tests writing and reading data to a DVD-R disk
DVD-RDL
Tests writing and reading to a DVD-R double layer disk
DVD-RW
Tests writing and eading a DVD-RW disk
DVD+R
Tests writing and reading to DVD+R media.
DVD+RDL
DVD+R double layer
DVD+RW
DVD+RW read write test
DVD_RAM
DVD RAM read and write test
DVD READONLY
DVD RAM read test
Keyboard
N/A
Microphone
N/A
Monitor
Monitor test patterns
Trackball
N/A
Sound
Generates sounds for testing the speakers
USB Ports
Lists USB Devices
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 69
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12
7-12-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - Service Diagnostics
Digital Receive
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Intermittent general problems (communication between DRX and GFI)
•
Image artifacts - pixilated/jagged edges
1.) Select the Digital Receive check box to run all the tests, or select the individual sub tests to run only
the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-47 Digital Receive Window
7 - 70
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receive (cont’d)
Name: Digital Receive (all tests)
Tests the signal path from the DRX to the GFI to the BEP. Also tests for latency signals of the DRX or
Nathan to the GFI.
Name: FDEMOD Signal Test
Description: Signal path test starting from the Fixed Demod on the GFI
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the PCIe cable.
2.) Check that the output from the DRX is being received by the GFI. See 7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 776.
3.) If GFI test above fails, replace the GFI board.
4.) If this test still fails, swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are
moved.
5.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
6.) Replace the BEP.
Name: DRX IF FPGA Test
Description: Signal path test starting from IF FPGA on DRX boards
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See 7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76.
Name: DRX ASIC Test
Description: Digital Signal path tests sourced from output of Nathan ASIC
Run Time: 00:03
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See 7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 71
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receive (cont’d)
Name: DRX Signal Path Test (this test provides the most coverage on the DRX)
Description: Digital signal path sourced from input to Nathan. Does not test ADC. Sends simulated data
across the signal path.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See 7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76.
Name: Nathan Channel Repeater Test
Description: Tests the functionality of the Nathan channel repeater. Looks for latency signal
communication issues analog signal path.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
Name: Nathan Alignment Test
Description: Output TVG of Nathan with system configured for max number of MLAs supported by
system. Verifies the alignment (16 identical samples in a row) of IF to GFI.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
Name: Nathan Input TVG Alignment Test
Description: Input TVG of Nathan with system configured for max number of MLAs supported by
system. (Internal and external test modes of Nathan.)
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
7 - 72
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receive (cont’d)
Name: Nathan MLA Data Alignment Test
Description: Output TVG of Nathan with system configured for max number of MLAs supported by
system. Each MLA gain is set differently to detect MLA ordering problems. Verifies the alignment (16
identical samples in a row) of IF to GFI.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 73
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Memory
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Intermittent Problems
•
Communication Problems
1.) Select the Memory check box to run all the tests, or select the individual sub tests to run only the
selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-48 Memory Window
Assesses the general state of the system. Tests the integrity of memory and communication of the
described boards. Tests all of the on-board memory, including registers. The utility fills the memory with
data, retrieves the data, and compares it to the original data.
7 - 74
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Memory (cont’d)
Name: GFI Memory Access Test
Description: Tests the internal and external RAM of the GFI Board.
NOTE:
There may be multiple board dependencies causing this test to fail. See also the FDEMOD
Signal Test, 7-12-12-1 "Digital Receive" on page 7-70.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: DRX IF FPGA Memory Test
Description: Tests memory of Interface FPGAs on the DRX boards
NOTE:
Also run the DRX Memory Test (next test below) for a full range of testing capacity.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed DRX board.
Name: DRX Memory Test
Description: Tests the memory of the Nathan ASICs on the DRX Boards.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed DRX board.
Name: GTX IF FPGA Memory Test
Description: Tests memory of Interface FPGAs on the GTX boards
NOTE:
Also run the GTX Memory Test (next test below) for a full range of testing capacity.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed GTX board.
Name: GTX Memory Test
Description: Tests memory of the David ASICs on the GTX Board
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed GTX board.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 75
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
GFI
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
TGC Problems
•
Doppler Audio Problems
•
Image Artifacts
•
Intermittent Instability
1.) Select the GFI check box to run all the tests, or select the individual sub tests to run only the
selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-49 GFI Window
Name: GFI Swept Demodulator Test
Description: Performs a signal path test of the swept demodulator FPGA on the GFI
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
7 - 76
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
GFI (cont’d)
Name: GFI Front-End Interface Test
Description: Test that the GFI can access Front-End cards
Run Time: 00:06
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
2.) If the diagnostic identifies problems with other boards, run tests on those boards also.
3.) Replace any other failed boards as identified by the diagnostics for those boards. Name: GFI
Analog Test
Description: Tests the analog circuitry of the GFI Board.
NOTE:
Used for test purposes only. There may not be any symptoms displayed by the system.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Also run the Analog RX Tests (high, medium, low gain) for a complete test of the GFI gain.
See 7-12-12-6 "Analog Receive" on page 7-82.
2.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: GFI Memory Access Test
Description: Tests the internal and external RAM of the GFI Board. (Same as the GFI Memory Test)
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: GFE Version Test
Description: Reads the version of the GFE FPGA
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: Relay LVDS Test
Description: Tests the LVDS connection between the GFI interface and the GRLY
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap GFI boards and/or GRLY board to determine which board has failed.
2.) Replace the failed board.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 77
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
GFI (cont’d)
Name: GFI GTX Test
Description: Test communication with the GTX Board. (Same as the GFI Memory Test)
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: GFI Fixed Demod Test
Description: GFI Fixed Demodulator signal path test. (Similar to the FDEMOD test with a slight variation
on how the test is run.)
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
7 - 78
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
High temperature reports on the Home page.
•
Temperature specifications are out of tolerance.
•
Voltage specifications are out of tolerance.
1.) Select the System check box to run all the tests, or select the individual sub tests to run only the
selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-50 System Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 79
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System (cont’d)
Name: System Temperature Test
NOTE:
You can also view temperature logs in the System Health Information section of the Home
page. These logs may help identify a trend or subsystem where temperature and voltage have
been high, low, or erratic. See 7-12-3 "Home" on page 7-36 for temperature logs/reports.
Description: Compares all system temperatures to their specified values
Run Time: 00:01
If temperature specifications are out of tolerance:
1.) The system should not be in a small enclosed space with other equipment that generates a lot of
heat. Move the system away from walls and other equipment.
2.) Clean or replace any dirty fan filters.
3.) Replace the fan tray beneath the Card Rack if the tachometer readings are slow.
4.) Check the fan on the BEP and replace the fan if it is not working.
5.) Replace the GFI board if none of the above fixes the temperature problems.
Name: System Voltage Test
Description: Compares all system voltages to their specified values
Run Time: 00:01
If any system is out of tolerance:
1.) Check the voltage test points on the system boards.
2.) Replace the system boards that are out of tolerance.
3.) Check the power supply.
4.) Replace the power supply if it is out of tolerance.
7 - 80
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noise
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Image artifacts
•
Image noise
•
Poor image quality
•
Missing image channels
1.) Select the Noise check box or the individual sub test to run the test.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test.
Figure 7-51 Noise Window
Name: Noise Floor Test
Description: Measures the noise floor of the System. The entire system is required for this diagnostic.
The noise floor is calculated from IQ data received without a signal source.
Run Time: 00:02
1.) See 7-5-3 "Noise" on page 7-7 for information on minimizing environmental noise. If the problem
continues:
2.) Try a new probe (channels in the probe may be faulty). If the problem continues:
3.) Run the tests for 7-12-12-6 "Analog Receive" on page 7-82.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 81
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog Receive
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Image artifacts - channel failure/noise
1.) Select the Analog Receive check box to run all the tests, or select the individual sub tests to run
only the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-52 Analog Receive Window
Tests the signal path from the GFI to the backplane (GTX) to the GRX.
Name: DC Offset Calibration Utility
NOTE:
The DC Offset Calibration Utility diagnostic MUST be run when the DRX boards are replaced
or moved.
Description: Measures and corrects for the DC offset of the ADC on the DRX.
Run Time: 00:02
Run this utility to calibrate the correct DC offset after replacing or moving DRX boards. A popup
message alerts the user to run this utility after DRX boards have been replaced or moved.
7 - 82
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog Receive (cont’d)
Name: Analog RX Test (High Gain)
Description: Signal path test of the GRX boards with a TGC set to high (peak) gain. Failures could be
channel in DRX boards, Nathan, GRX to DRX communication.
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
NOTE:
A block of 8 dead channels indicates a failed DRX board.
2.) Replace any failed boards.
3.) Replace GRX boards (these cannot be swapped as one is 64 channel and one is 128 channel).
Name: Analog RX Test (Medium Gain)
Description: Signal path test of the GRX boards with a TGC set to medium gain.
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
NOTE:
A block of 8 dead channels indicates a failed DRX board.
2.) Replace any failed boards.
3.) Replace GRX boards (these cannot be swapped as one is 64 channel and one is 128 channel).
Name: Analog RX Test (Low Gain)
Description: Signal path test of the GRX boards with a TGC set to low gain.
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
NOTE:
A block of 8 dead channels indicates a failed DRX board.
2.) Replace any failed boards.
3.) Replace GRX boards (these cannot be swapped as one is 64 channel and one is 128 channel).
Name: 3D_Probe_Digital_Test
Description: Tests that digital interface on the 3D probe and verifies that memory, receive and transmit
control is working. It's an absolute demand that a 3D probe is connected to the system. Therefore either
is a 4V-D connected to connector 2, 3 or 4, or alternatively, a 3V-D probe is connected to connector 4,
before the test is started.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 83
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Name: 4V_Probe_Analog_Test
Description: In this test a test signal is injected into the 3D probe. A 4V-D must be connected to
connector 2, 3 or 4 before the test is started. The probe is setup to receive the test signal for each
receive path (one at the time). The received data is then processed to extract signal properties for each
path. In this way the probe itself is verified (when assuming that all the receive path tests passed).
Name: 3V_D_Probe_Analog_Test
Description: In this test a test signal is injected into the 3D probe. A 3V-D probe must be connected to
connector 4 before the test is started. The probe is setup to receive the test signal for each receive path
(one at the time). The received data is then processed to extract signal properties for each path. In this
way the probe itself is verified (when assuming that all the receive path tests passed).
7 - 84
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-7
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW
Disconnect all probes before running diagnostics. Only connect a probe or test connector if
instructed for a specific test.
Figure 7-53 Analog CW and Patient I/O Service Diagnostics Options
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 85
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Analog Continuous Wave (CW) Doppler Tests
Under Service Diagnostics / Analog CW.
INPUT > a sine wave generated on the GFI test vector generator and injected on the GRX board(-s).
OUTPUT > The signal passes through the analog Doppler circuitry of the GRX board and into the GFI.
Figure 7-54 Analog Continuous Wave (CW) Doppler Tests
The test input signal is a sine wave generated on the GFI test vector generator (TVG) and injected on
the GRX board (-s). The setup of the analog Doppler is done through a 512-bit setup word. The output
signal from the GRX will depend on the Doppler setup. For example the frequency will be determined
by the frequency of the signal in and the Mixer clock setup.
The signal passes through the analog Doppler circuitry of the GRX board and into the GFI. The GFE is
setup to receive CW data and the GFI processing in bypass mode.
The level is adjusted with the TSIG_GAIN and IQ_GAIN parameters to avoid saturation through the
GRX Doppler circuit.
7 - 86
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
The test input signal is a sine wave generated on the GFI test vector generator (TVG) and injected on
the GRX board (-s). The setup of the analog Doppler is done through a 512-bit setup word. The output
signal from the GRX will depend on the Doppler setup. For example the frequency will be determined
by the frequency of the signal in and the Mixer clock setup.
The signal passes through the analog Doppler circuitry of the GRX board and into the GFI. The GFE is
setup to receive CW data and the GFI processing in bypass mode.
The level is adjusted with the TSIG_GAIN and IQ_GAIN parameters to avoid saturation through the
GRX Doppler circuit.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Dither Injection
A signal is injected in the dither input and result in the received I/Q data is checked. The test signal
generator is used for signal injection where the input signal is f0=2.521 MHz, the BP filter at 3.1 MHz
and a mixer frequency of 2.5 MHz. The dither input is enabled for this test, while the Pedof inputs are
disabled. The DITHER_GAIN parameter values are set to 0, 1, 2 and 3. The parameter values
corresponds to Dither gain of 0 dB, -7 dB, -19 dB and -30 dB respectively. The RMS and the RMS
attenuation between the different gain settings in both I- and Q-data are tested.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Dither Injection test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 87
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Pedof
•
In this test, the two center frequencies of 2 MHz and 6 MHz are verified. These frequencies are set
by switching the Pedof band pass filter.
•
The GFI test signal generator is used to input sine waves.
•
The Pedof test signal input is enabled.
•
The dither and Pedof probe inputs are disabled.
•
Sub tests using combinations of input signal frequency, Pedof band pass filter settings, mixer clock
frequency, test signal gain, and IQ gains, are run.
•
Parameters tested:
•
-
fdop
-
spectrum peak
-
RMS
-
SNR
-
THD on both I- & Q-data
With this test the Pedof (SD probe) CW path on the GRX board is tested.
NOTE:
The aCW Pedof Test will only be run on a GRX board with CW Doppler support.
NOTE:
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Pedof test fails:
2.) Replace the GRX board with CW Doppler.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX ADC Digital LVDS
For the Analog-to-Digital Converter Digital Low-Voltage Differential Signaling test, the digital link from
the Doppler ADC and to the GFI board is verified. To verify signal integrity, the ADC is set up to
continuously transmit a predefined bit-pattern. Both I- and Q-data are acquired and each sample value
is tested. Port 0 on the PCA9554 I2C register on the GRX board is used to turn the ADC test pattern on/
off. The test signal generator on GFI is disabled for this test.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX ADC Digital LVDS test fails:
2.) Replace the GRX board with CW Doppler.
7 - 88
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX Mixer Phase Setup
This test utilizes a PCA9554 I2C register on the GRX board. All phase bits are set to one in the analog
Doppler setup data, before reading back from the I2C register and test bits 6 and 7 in the returned byte.
Next, all zeroes are sent to the analog Doppler, read back again and bits 6 and 7 appear in the returned
byte. The test passes if the bits of interest in the read back byte match the phase values that were setup.
Bit 6 and 7 are the last bits in the two shift register chains and if the correct value were read, the chains
must be intact. The test signal generator on GFI is disabled for this test.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX Mixer Phase Setup test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
7-12-12-8
GRLY Test
Name: GRLY Receive Test conn 1
The test is equivalent to the receive test except that a DL loop back connector is required in connector 1.
The loop back connector acts as load to the signal and large channel to channel deviations in load will
be detected by the signal processing done on the received data.
Run Time: _______________
Name: GRLY Receive Test conn 2
The test is equivalent to the receive test except that a DLP loop back connector i required in connector
2. The loop back connector acts as load to the signal and large channel to channel deviations in load
will be detected by the signal processing done on the received data.
Run Time: _______________
Name: GRLY Receive Test conn 3
The test is equivalent to the receive test except that a DLP loop back connector i required in connector
3. The loop back connector acts as load to the signal and large channel to channel deviations in load
will be detected by the signal processing done on the received data.
Run Time: _______________
Name: GRLY Receive Test conn 4
The test is equivalent to the receive test except that a DLP loop back connector i required in connector
4. The loop back connector acts as load to the signal and large channel to channel deviations in load
will be detected by the signal processing done on the received data.
Run Time: _______________
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 89
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Name: GRLY Pedof CW
This test is used to detect errors in signal path for the Standalone Doppler probes. An external signal
generator is connected to the Pedof input connector through a custom made attenuator. The test is then
run and the received input data is processed to extract signal characteristics such as frequency, signal
to noise ratio and harmonic distortion.
Run Time: _______________
7 - 90
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Intermittent Problems
•
Popup messages warning of system voltage problems - I/O Board Pwr Supply Test
•
System comes up in simulator mode - run I/O Board GFI Voltage Test
•
Unable to run diagnostics
•
No doppler audio/system audio/general audio sounds - run I/O Board Audio Test
•
No display on the monitor
1.) Select the I/O Board Tests check box to run all the sub tests, or select the individual sub tests to run
only the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-55 I/O Board Tests Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 91
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests (cont’d)
Name: I/O Board Pwr Supply Test
Description: Compares all local I/O Board voltages to their specified values.
NOTE:
This is part of the self-monitoring process reported in the System Health Information section of
the Home page. See 7-12-3 "Home" on page 7-36.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the I/O Board.
Name: I/O Board GFI Voltage Test
Description: Compares all voltages on the GFI to their specified values. The GFI may not be working,
therefore the BEP can not communicate with the FEP.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Run the GFI tests to determine if the GFI is faulty. See 7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76.
Name: I/O Board Loop Back Test
Description: Basic test of the USB communications with the I/O Board
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the USB cable/connections are properly connected. If the problem continues:
2.) Swap the USB cable/device with a known working cable/device. If the problem continues:
3.) Replace the I/O Board.
Name: I/O Board Audio Test
Description: Test all the audio channels on the I/O board.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Run the GFI tests on 7-12-12-3 "GFI" on page 7-76 to verify that the GFI is working correctly. If the
GFI board is OK and the problem continues:
3.) Replace the I/O Board.
7 - 92
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-9
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests (cont’d)
The following Video tests can be used when the Touch Panel and the keys on the control panel
are on/illuminated, but the monitor does not come on.
Name: Video Status (Manufacturing)
Description: Tests if the I/O can detect a primary, secondary monitor and mother board video signal.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Swap monitors with a known working monitor. If the problem continues: Replace the monitor.
Name: Video Status (Service)
Description: Tests if the I/O can detect the primary monitor and the mother board video signal.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Swap monitors with a known working monitor. If the problem continues:
3.) Replace the monitor.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 93
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-12-10 Tx Power Supply Test
See 7-12-5 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-40 for a description of the looping and list
features.
1.) Select the Tx Power Supply Test check box to run all the sub tests, or select the individual sub tests
to run only the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Figure 7-56 Tx Power Supply Tests Window
Name: TxPs Control Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply Control Test
Run Time: 00:10
Name: TxPs Watchdog Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply GFI Watchdog Test
Run Time: 00:07
7 - 94
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-12-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Tx Power Supply Test (cont’d)
Name: TxPs Alarm Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply Alarm Test
Run Time: 00:04
Name: TxPs Keep Alive Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply Keep Alive Test
Run Time: 00:07
7-12-12-11 EPS Tests
Not used by Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
7-12-12-12 bayBIRD Tests
Not used by Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 95
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Image Quality
The Image Quality window is not populated.
Figure 7-57 Image Quality Window
7 - 96
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-14
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration
The Calibration window is not populated.
Figure 7-58 Calibration Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 97
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-15
7-12-15-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration
Software Options Interface
Use this window to add, delete, and view details for software options.
•
Add = Click the Add button to enter a new Software Option Key.
•
Delete = Select a Software Option Key and click the Delete button to remove a Software Option Key.
•
Details = Select a Software Option Key and click the Details button. A table at the bottom of the
screen displays information for Hardware ID, Product Code, Version, Options Serial Number, and
Key Life.
•
Refresh = Click the Refresh button to update the list after adding or deleting Software Option Keys.
Figure 7-59 Software Options Interface Window
A table with information for the options,
is displayed here.
You may need to use the position bars
to be able to view all the information.
7 - 98
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-15-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
InSite ExC Agent Configuration
Regarding the contents on this page, please refer to:
Figure 3-94 "Completed Agent Configuration Tool screen" on page 3-105.
Figure 7-60 InSite ExC Agent Configuration Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 99
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16
7-12-16-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Utilities - Common Utilities
Event Log Viewer
1.) Select the log you wish to view:
-
Application link = an event log relative to application events
-
System link = an event log relative to system events
-
Log Name = enter the Log Name you want to view and click the View button
Figure 7-61 Event Log Viewer Window
7 - 100
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Event Log Viewer (cont’d)
This is an example of the Application Log.
Figure 7-62 Application Log Window (Example)
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 101
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Disruptive Mode
Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting. If you are accessing through InSite,
this can only be enabled with the customer/operator confirmation.
See Section Section 7-11 "Virtual Console Observation (VCO)" on page 7-28.
Figure 7-63 Disruptive Mode Window
7 - 102
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Disk Usage
View capacity and usage statistics for the different disk drives.
Figure 7-64 Disk Usage Window (Example)
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 103
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
IP Configuration
View Windows IP configuration and LAN connection data.
NOTE:
The content may vary, depending on local conditions.
Figure 7-65 IP Configuration Window (Example)
7 - 104
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Network Status
View data for active network connections.
Figure 7-66 Network Status Window (Example)
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 105
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Windows Services
View the Windows Services that are started and running. A Windows Service is a computer program
that has been automatically started and is running in the background on the computer.
NOTE:
The content in the illustration below is only an example. Do not use the illustration for checking
running services on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7!
Figure 7-67 Windows Services Window (Example)
7 - 106
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
User Accounts
View the user accounts that have been given access to this system.
Figure 7-68 User Account Window (Example)
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 107
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Shared Resources
This screen displays all shared network resources on this system.
Figure 7-69 Shared Resources Window (Example)
7 - 108
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-16-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System Shutdown
System Shutdown gives you the ability to Restart or Shutdown the system when using Virtual Console
Observation from a remote computer. See Section 7-11 "Virtual Console Observation (VCO)" on page
7-28.
NOTE:
Retain Disruptive Mode check box:
•
MUST be checked if you are working from a remote computer.
•
Should be unchecked if you are working locally on the scanner.
Figure 7-70 System Shutdown Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 109
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-10 Disk Defragmenter
Disk fragmentation can reduce the amount of disk space available, and slow computing speed. Use the
disk defragmenter to restore optimum disk space and speed performance.
NOTE:
System performance can be significantly reduced while the Disk Defragmenter is running.
1.) Select the Volume (drive) you want to defragment, or analyze for fragmentation.
-
Click the Defragment button to defragment the selected volume.
-
Click the Analyze button to generate an Analysis Report that identifies any files that require
defragmenting. Continue with step 2 below.
Figure 7-71 Disk Defragmenter Window (Example)
2.) Select the file(s) you wish to defragment and click the Defragment button on the Analysis Report
window.
7 - 110
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-11 Gather Logs Utility
Click the Gather Logs button to prepare them for retrieval by the On Line Center. The logs are
compressed into a ZIP file and the file path and file name is displayed on the window.
Figure 7-72 Gather Logs Utility Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 111
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-12 Image Viewer Utility
The Image Viewer Utility lists the availability of images for export. This example shows no images
available for export.
Figure 7-73 Image Viewer Utility Window
7 - 112
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-13 Image Compress & Delete Utility
Select the images you want to compress or delete. This example shows no images available at this time.
•
Compress Files = compresses images into a .zip file.
•
Delete Files = deletes the images from the image export directory.
Figure 7-74 Image Compress & Delete Utility Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 113
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-14 Scanner Documentation Interface
Use this to view the user and service documentation for the system.
Figure 7-75 Scanner Documentation Interface Window
7 - 114
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-15 Distinct Network Monitor
The Distinct Network Monitor has a sniffer that monitors network traffic and allows you to capture
network data without redirecting or altering it.
For directions on how to configure the sniffer begin with step 4 of "Capturing Network Logs with Network
Sniffer" on page 7-22.
Figure 7-76 Distinct Network Monitor Window
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 115
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-16 Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
VCO is used by a remote service technician or the Online Center (OLC) to access and modify all
scanner settings and programs on the customer's ultrasound scanner.
See Section 7-11 "Virtual Console Observation (VCO)" on page 7-28.
Figure 7-77 Virtual Console Observation Window
7 - 116
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
7-12-16-17 Telnet Server Control
Telnet Server must be running to allow remote access to the DOS command prompt window. Click the
Start button to run Telnet Server.
NOTE:
Telnet Server is a Windows service that runs in the background. Stop Telnet Server when you
are not using it to perform a service action. It can slow the system down if left running in the
background.
Figure 7-78 Telnet Server Control Window
Telnet Server
*** Telnet Server is Stopped ***
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 117
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-17
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Utilities - Scanner Utilities
By opening the Scanner Utilities folder, you get access to:
7-12-18
•
Reset Database
•
Clean Userdefs
•
Set Debug Utility
•
Recource file utility
•
Scanner Documentation Interface
•
Virtual Console Observation
Dicom Verify
This utility provides an easy way to verify DICOM connectivity between the scanner and DICOM devices
on the network.
1.) Enter AE Title, IP Address, and Port values of the DICOM device.
2.) Check the Loop check box to repeat the operation, or leave it unchecked to perform the operation
once.
3.) Click the Verify button to see the results.
4.) Un-check the Loop check box to stop the operation.
Figure 7-79 Dicom Verify Window
7 - 118
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-19
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Replacement
Field is not populated on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 7-80 Part Replacement Page
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 119
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-12-20
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
PM
Field is not populated on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 7-81 Planned Maintenance Page
7-12-21
Exit From Diagnostics
Select the “X” in the upper right corner of the screen to exit Diagnostics.
7-12-22
Restart Vivid E9/Vivid E7 After Diagnostics
Always shutdown the system and reboot after a diagnostics session.
NOTE:
7 - 120
Do Not select “Cal Reset” after performing calibration. This will destroy the file located on the
Back End Processor and the image quality will not be optimized.
Section 7-12 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-13
Motor Controller Test
This test program tests the XYZ Motor Controller. It also includes a software recovery procedure for
Lock Release.
Follow this procedure to start the Motor Controller Test:
1.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
See 4-2-3 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page 4-4 for detailed instructions.
After scanner initialization is complete, continue with the steps below;
2.) Press CONFIG … on the Utility tab on the Touch Panel.
3.) Log on as ADM. A password for the user ADM may be required.
See 4-2-7 "Logging on to Vivid E9/Vivid E7 as ‘ADM’" on page 4-15 for detailed instructions.
4.) Select System from the bottom of the menu that appears on the monitor.
5.) Select Test.
Figure 7-82 Test screen
6.) Select MotorController Test
The following dialog is displayed on the screen.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 121
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-13Motor Controller Test (cont’d)
Figure 7-83 Motor Controller Test dialog
7.) Push Fix Lock button.
If in a quiet environment it should be possible to hear the Lock Engine engage for a few seconds.
8.) Check if the Lock function works now.
If the lock still does not work, try to press the TestXY button and wait for this dialog to appear:
Figure 7-84 TestXY results
9.) Continue with step 2 in 7-14-11 "XY Lock is not working" on page 7-145.
7 - 122
Section 7-13 - Motor Controller Test
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-14
Troubleshooting
7-14-1
Purpose of this section
In this section you will find troubleshooting advises for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
7-14-2
Contents in this section
7-14-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123
7-14-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123
7-14-3
System Doesn’t Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124
7-14-4
No Response from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 - It locks up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-137.
7-14-5
Unable to scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-138.
7-14-6
Trackball troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139
7-14-7
Monitor (Main LCD) troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141
7-14-8
Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Upper Panel – Touch Screen . . . . . . . . 7-142
7-14-9
Lower OP Panel contact point cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-142
7-14-10 Locating DRX Boards with CRC Error in ‘logfile.txt’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144
7-14-11 XY Lock is not working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145
7-14-12 XY Brake Motors Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145
7-14-13 Z Movement fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145
7-14-14 Difficult to lock and release the alphanumeric keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-146
7-14-15 USB Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-147
7-14-16 USB Device(s) stopped working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-147
7-14-17 Peripheral Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148
7-14-18 Network Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152
7-14-19 Database Startup Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154
7-14-20 DICOM Related Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-155
7-14-21 Probe Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156
7-14-22 System Temperature Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158
7-14-23 DVR Issue (BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 123
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System Doesn’t Power On / Boot Up
Contents:
7-14-3-1
•
7-14-3-1 "The ON/OFF Button is Dark (No Amber Light)" on page 7-124.
•
7-14-3-2 "Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting" on page 7-124.
•
7-14-3-3 "Back End Processor (BEP) Boot Up Troubleshooting" on page 7-134.
•
7-14-3-4 "Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot" on page 7-135.
•
7-14-3-5 "Intermittent ‘No Boot’ with old Main Power Supplies" on page 7-137.
The ON/OFF Button is Dark (No Amber Light)
1.) Verify that the AC cable is plugged into the AC wall outlet.
2.) Measure for proper AC Voltage at the receptacle.
3.) Plug the AC cable into the scanner and secure the plug with the retaining clamp.
4.) Switch ON the Circuit Breaker. (It is located at the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7).
5.) Verify if the On/Off button (on the Operator Panel) is amber now.
7-14-3-2
-
If it is still dark, and nothing happens when you press On/Off button, go to
7-14-3-2 "Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting" on page 7-124.
-
If it is amber, but nothing happens when you depress the On/Off switch, go to
7-14-3-3 "Back End Processor (BEP) Boot Up Troubleshooting" on page 7-134.
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting
Before starting troubleshooting power-up issues, keep in mind:
When turning the rear panel Main Power Switch OFF, wait for the amber light to turn completely
OFF (approximately 25 seconds) before turning the rear panel Main Power Switch back ON.
This will ensure that the Main Power Supply is totally de-energized and reset.
NOTE:
Reset the rear panel Main Power Switch in order to de-energize the Main Power Supply before
removing or installing any board or modifying the system.
Table 7-24
System not booting sheet 1 of 3
Symptom
Tasks / Conclusions
Check DS5 48V OK (BEP Door)
No Amber light on - ON/OFF button
•
If ON, Main PS is ok for 48V.
•
If OFF, check cable J1 that connects to the Main
PS. If the cable is connected, the Main PS may
be defective.
•
If ON, check the main cable from the BEP I/O
(J22) to the Operator Panel.
•
If OFF, short pin 12 to 24 (see BEP Cover Label)
on the Test Connector of the BEP I/O Board to
by-pass the ON/OFF button.
•
If that still does not turn on the BEP, unplug J22
and try again. The BEP PS may be defective.
•
If BEP turns ON, replace the cable and/or ON/
OFF button and/or OP Panel.
Check LED on BEP PS 5Vstb
7 - 124
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 7-24
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System not booting (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
Symptom
Tasks / Conclusions
When there is a failure that forces the Main Power Supply to shutdown, you will only see the
amber light trying to turn green once, until the rear panel Main Power Switch is reset.
If there is no green light at all, even after
resetting the main breaker
•
Measure test connector, pin 12 and ground
5Vstb.Test connector pin (24V) to see if system
turns ON.
•
If system does not power up, replace:
1. BEP PS
2. BEP
•
If system powers up, troubleshoot connection to
OP Panel.
•
Main Power Supply Fan failure may cause this
problem. Use a mirror to look at the fans; check
if they try to rotate at boot up (two people may be
needed to test this).
Mirror Viewing fans under Main Power Supply
Amber light ON but no green light (or briefly ON)
when pressing ON/ OFF button
If the green light appears momentarily
•
If the fans do not move, tip the Main PS and
gently move each fan with a screw driver to
move them from their current position.
Sometimes removing the PS is enough
movement to move the fans.
•
If the Main PS powers up after the fans are
moved, you will see a failure message in the log
files.
See
“Main Power Supply Logs” (below.)
•
If the fans do not move after this step, the Main
PS needs replacement.
NOTE: This is a rare occurrence. Monitor site for
future occurrences.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 125
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 7-24
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System not booting (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
Symptom
Tasks / Conclusions
Check LEDs for:
BEP PS isolation
•
PS_ON, 5Vstb
•
48V in.
Troubleshoot the LCD on the OP Panel.
•
If all are present and FPO is ON, BEP PS may
be defective.
•
If so, you should be able to have 48V
measurable at Test connector of BEP I/O, pin 4.
•
Pin 3 is the +24 V (there is no LED) if coming up
in simulator mode.
•
Disconnect J22 and short pins 12 to 24 to
observe if the BEP powers up.
•
If it does not turn ON, then disconnect the cable
to the backplane.
•
If not, check BEP devices.
Disconnect the following devices to
eliminate possible causes of over current:
7 - 126
•
DVD drive(s)
•
•
BEP I/O Board (Bottom connector
inside the BEP)
If power is reestablished, troubleshoot individual
devices disconnected.
•
If no power, replace BEP PS.
•
DVR Board (if present, not a likely
problem)
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Figure 7-85 BEP5 Power Supply Voltages
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 127
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Table 7-25
System boots but cannot scan
Symptom
Tasks / Conclusions
•
If the system is booting, check error logs and run
diagnostics.
•
If 24V is present, then the simulator mode may
be caused by problems with GFI board or cable.
Check if the Fan Tray, under the Card Rack, is
running (Fan Tray uses 24V to run).Fan Tray
running means 24V is present. If not running, try
isolating the problem by removing all cards in the
Card Rack, except the GFI.
•
Observe the LEDs in the Card Rack.If no lights
are observed, disconnect GFI and connect
another board. Observe LEDs.
•
If the Fan Tray is not running, go to isolate the
Backplane.
•
If 24V is not present, see:
Figure 7-87 "Troubleshooting Flow Chart" on
page 7-130.
Check if 24V is present
Simulator Mode or No Scan
Isolate cause
7 - 128
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Use Figure and Table to locate P4 Pins.
Figure 7-86 Main Power Supply P4 Location and P4 Pins Location (reference)
Z
2
4
6
B
D
Pin
Number
Signal Name
Z
B
D
2
GND
GND
GND
4
+6V
+6V
+6V
6
GND
GND
GND
8
-6V
-6V
+6V
10
GND
GND
GND
12
+15V
AC_FAIL_N
EXT_SYNC
14
-15V
GND
18
GND
GND
GND
20
+11V
+11V
+11V
22
+24V
+24V
+24V
24
+24V
+24V
+24V
26
+24V
+24V
+24V
28
GND
GND
GND
30
GND
GND
GND
32
GND
GND
GND
16
32
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 129
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Troubleshooting Flow Chart:
Use the Flow Chart and Troubleshooting Flow Chart Procedures to isolate cause/failure(s).
Figure 7-87 Troubleshooting Flow Chart
START
Simulator Mode
No 24V
1. Power-down and wait for ON/OFF Button LED to turn from amber
to OFF. Always wait for amber light to be completely OFF.
2. Remove all cards from Card Rack.
3. Remove the Card Rack Fan Tray.
4. Inspect Backplane pins. Make sure none are broken or bent.
5. Power-up and locate Pin 3 of the Test Connector on BEP (will be
referred to as TC-3). To locate the Test Connector and pin-out,
see label on BEP door. TC-3 is connected to 24V of the
Backplane.
6. Measure the voltage at TC-3.
Yes 24V @
TC-3
1. Power-down and wait for ON/OFF Button to turn OFF.
2. Install GFI Card. Observe power LEDs on GFI.
3. Measure voltage at TC-3.
No 24V @ TC-3,
No LED on GFI
Yes 24V @
TC-3,
Yes LED
on GFI
No 24V @ TC-3
Replace GFI
Go to “Power Supply 24V Out Test.”
Fail
Go to “Remaining Parts Procedure.”
Procedure
complete.
Pass
Replace PS
Go to “Short
Circuit Test.”
Short found.
Faulty parts
replaced.
24V @ TC-3
No short
found
No Simulator
Mode
Replace PS and
Backplane.
Go to “New PS and
Backplane Test
Procedure.”
Pass
Power-down.
Install all removed parts.
Power-up.
Check for Simulator Mode.
Fail
1. Contact Support.
2. Return unneeded new parts.
7 - 130
Finished.
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
Go to START.
Still
Simulator Mode
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Troubleshooting Flow Chart procedures
Use these procedures together with the troubleshooting flow chart in Figure 7-87, to isolate cause/
failure(s):
Power Supply 24V Out measurement:
NOTE:
A DMM is used in this procedure.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Switch off the Main Power Switch (on the rear of Vivid E9/Vivid E7).
3.) Wait for the amber light in the ON/OFF button to turn OFF.
4.) Unplug the Mains Power Cable from the Main Power Supply and from the wall outlet.
5.) Disconnect the Main Power Supply from the FEP’s Backplane connectors. Leave all the other
cables connected to the Main Power Supply.
6.) Measure the DC Voltage on the 24V pin. The 24V pin is pin Z 22 on the connector P4 on the Main
Power Supply. Refer to the illustration in Figure 7-86 on page 7-129.
If you are unable to get the probes of the DMM into pin Z 22 on P4, you may need to insert some
longer (non-braided) wires into the pinholes, so that they extend far enough upward for you to make
the measurements with the DMM probe. To do this, you may also need to disconnect the remaining
cables on the Power Supply so you are able to view and locate pins Z 22 and ground pin Z 28 on
P4 and insert the wires. Once the wires are in place, you MUST reconnect all cables that were
removed.
7.) With the Main Power Supply still disconnected from the FEP’s Backplane, and all other cables
connected, power-up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. Once the system has gone into simulator mode,
measure the DC voltage between pins Z 22 (+24V) and Z 28 (ground).
-
If the measured voltage is between 23V and 25V, then this test passes.
-
If the measured voltage is outside this range, the test fails.
FEP Backplane Short Circuit Test
In this test, the electrical isolation between the 24V and ground is measured.
NOTE:
A DMM is used in this procedure.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Switch off the Main Power Switch (on the rear of Vivid E9/Vivid E7).
3.) Wait for the amber light in the ON/OFF button to turn OFF.
4.) Unplug the Mains Power Cable from the Main Power Supply and from the wall outlet.
5.) Disconnect the Main Power Supply from the FEP’s Backplane connectors.
6.) Disconnect the BEP I/O to Backplane cable from the BEP.
7.) Use the DMM to measure the resistance (ohms) between the 24V rail and ground.
8.) Measure the resistance between the 24V pins of the Backplane and the ground pin.
-
If the resistance is low - less than 10 Mega ohms, then there is a short circuit in the FEP
Backplane. The FEP Backplane for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is not a FRU, so you must replace the
FEP Card Rack. Repeat the FEP Backplane Short Circuit Test on the new FEP Card Rack
before you install it. (This is to eliminate any measuring errors.)
-
If there is no short between the 24V pins and ground, then go to the next step.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 131
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Test Connector Short Circuit Test
In this test, the electrical isolation between the TC-3 pin and the ground pin on the Test Connector is
measured.
NOTE:
A DMM is used in this procedure.
1.) Measure the resistance between the TC-3 pin and the Ground Pin on the Test Connector.
-
If the resistance is low - less than 10 Mega ohms, then there is a short circuit in the I/O Board.
Replace the I/O Board and go to the beginning of this step.
-
If there is no short found, go to the next step.
2.) Reconnect the BEP I/O to FEP Backplane Cable.
3.) Measure the resistance between the TC-3 pin and the ground pin of the Test Connector.
-
7 - 132
If the resistance is low - less than 10 Mega ohms, then there is a short circuit in the BEP I/O
to Backplane Cable.
Replace the BEP I/O to Backplane Cable, then repeat this test.
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting (cont’d)
Troubleshooting Flow Chart Procedures (cont’d.):
New Power Supply and new Cardrack w/ Backplane Test Procedure
1.) Order a new Power Supply and a new VE9 Cardrack With Backplane.
2.) With the system powered-down and the rear panel Main Power Switch off, install the new Cardrack
With Backplane.
3.) Power-up the system, wait for simulator mode and measure the voltage at TC-3.
-
If the voltage measured is between 23V and 25V, the test passes.
Return the new Power Supply to service.
-
If the voltage at TC-3 is not in the acceptable range:
1.) Power-down the system.
2.) Turn the rear panel Main Power Switch off and install the new Power Supply.
3.) Power-up the system, wait for simulator mode and measure the voltage at TC-3.
- If the voltage measured is between 23V and 25V, the test passes.
- If the voltage is not in the acceptable range, the test fails.
4.) With the system powered-down and the rear panel Main Power Switch off, re-install the old
Cardrack With Backplane.
5.) Power-up the system, wait for simulator mode and measure the voltage at TC-3.
-
If the voltage measured is between 23V and 25V, the new Backplane can be returned to
service.
-
If not, re-install the new Cardrack With Backplane.
Remaining Parts procedure
1.) With the system powered-down and the ON/OFF Button LED OFF, install the Fan Tray.
2.) Power-up the system.
-
If the fans don’t run or the GFI power LED is OFF, replace the Fan Tray and repeat this step.
-
If the fans are running and the GFI power LED is ON, go to the next step.
3.) With the system powered-down and the ON/OFF Button LED OFF, install one card in the rack.
4.) Power-up the system and check all power LED’s on the card.
-
If any power LED’s go out on any of the installed cards and/or 24V at TC-3 is no longer
present, replace the card you installed and go to the beginning of this step.
-
If all card LED’s are ON, repeat this step for the next card to re-install, until all cards are in
place.
-
If you find that all cards need to be replaced, stop. It is very unlikely that all cards would be
faulty. The problem is more likely the Power Supply. Replace the Power Supply and go to
“START” on the Troubleshooting Flow Chart on page 7-130.
Related information:
•
5-14-4 "Power Up Sequence Description" on page 5-115.
•
7-14-3-4 "Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot" on page 7-135.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 133
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) Boot Up Troubleshooting
Failure Description:
The Main Power Supply is OK, but the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 doesn’t boot. The Front End Fans are running.
Possible Causes:
7 - 134
•
A cable is not properly connected, or broken.
•
If the +48V is lower than +42V, the system will shut down.
•
If the +48V is more than +53V, the BEP will shut down.
•
The BEP Power Supply is broken.
•
The BEP is broken.
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot
This is an overall diagram showing a recommended sequence for troubleshooting a no-boot situation.
Figure 7-88 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot
GO TO: Figure 7-89.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 135
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot (cont’d)
Figure 7-89 Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Doesn’t Boot (cont’d from Figure 7-88)
FROM: Figure 7-88.
NO
ARE THE FANS
RUNNING?
THE LV POW ER
(OR THE BEP)
MAY BE
BROKEN.
YES
IS THE BEP
STARTING TO DISPLAY
START UP SCREENS ON
THE MONITORS?
NO
CHECK/REPLACE
THE BEP
YES
IS THE BEP
STARTING TO DISPLAY
THE APPLICATION'S
SPLASH SCREEN ON THE
MONITOR?
NO
TURN OFF THE
POWER, WAIT
AT LEAST TEN
SECONDS
BEFORE YOU
TRY TO
REBOOT.
YES
NO
ARE THE OP KEYS LIT?
1. CHECK THE OPERATOR PANEL
CABLE CONNECTION.
2. CHECK/REPLACE OPERATOR PANEL
YES
NO
IS REGULAR SCAN
DISPLAY SHOWN ON THE
MONITOR?
PRESS AND HOLD THE ON/OFF SW ITCH
FOR FIVE SECONDS TO REBOOT THE
SYSTEM.
YES
GO TO: Figure 7-91.
7 - 136
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-3-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Intermittent ‘No Boot’ with old Main Power Supplies
Intermittent ‘No Boot’ with the Main Power Supply, GA200730 rev 01 and rev 02. To identify this bootup problem, recycle the Mains Power Switch at the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (OFF-ON-OFF-ON). If
this boots the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, this is most likely related to this issue.
NOTE:
If recycling the Mains Power Switch doesn’t help, then the boot-up issue is caused by
something else than the issue described here.
An updated version of the Main Power Supply, GA200730 Revision 03, was introduced in
manufacturing in the second half of 2011. This version of the Main Power Supply includes a fix for the
‘No Boot’ issue.
To check the version of the installed Main Power Supply, select Config > About, then select the
HW Version tab.
NOTE:
In the HV Version tab, the listed name for the Main Power Supply is “Transmitter Power”:
Figure 7-90 HW Version tab
The updated version of the Main Power Supply, GA200730 Revision 03 can replace both GA200004
and GA200730.
The updated version must be ordered on Part Number: GA200730-03.
7-14-4
No Response from Vivid E9/Vivid E7 - It locks up
If the system appears to be locked, please wait at least 60 seconds for the watchdog to trap the
situation. This will, if the situation is trapped, bring up a dialog telling that the system is not responding.
1.) Press Restart to restart the application. This will save a special debug log. When the system
restarts it will show a dialog where it requests you to save the log.
2.) Enter a descriptive text then press Save.
3.) To export the log, press ALT+D. This will bring up the same dialog again.
4.) Now, select destination and choose Export to write the log-files to selected destination.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 137
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Unable to scan
Figure 7-91 Unable to scan
Unable to scan!
Are probes connected in right
way?
NO
Check the probe connection.
YES
END
YES
Are other operations possible?
NO
Check the Main Power Supply.
Restart the scanner.
7 - 138
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Trackball troubleshooting
•
Sticky Trackball
-
VIVID E9s with Serial Number below 2200:
This description applies to the Laser Trackball, identified by Silver Grey Colored Trackball.
The clearance between the Operator Panel Bezel and the Trackball Dust Gasket is very
marginal. For some Operator Panels there is a slight mechanical interference between the
Bezel and Dust Gasket, which causes added friction between the Trackball and Dust Gasket.
Hence the trackball feels sticky.
A new Trackball Fixing Ring will add approximate 0.7 mm more space between the Dust
Gasket and Bezel to eliminate unwanted pressure onto the Dust Gasket and Trackball.
Order and install the spare part “Dust Gasket and Fixing Ring for Laser Trackball, Vivid E9”,
with part number: GA200971.
For installation instructions, see: 8-9-5 "Replacing the Trackball" on page 8-202.
-
Vivid E9/Vivid E7s with Serial Number above 2200:
Cleaning the Trackball (inside) should be sufficient.
For cleaning instructions, see: 4-2-19 "Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)" on page 4-53.
•
Squeaky Trackball
Friction between the Trackball and Material of Dust Gasket.
See: "Sticky Trackball" (above).
•
Cursor is not moving
Most likely, dust has built up inside the trackball house so the two optical laser sensor inside the
trackball is covered by dust.
Clean the Trackball (inside).
For cleaning instructions, see: 4-2-19 "Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)" on page 4-53.
•
Cursor drifts
The two optical laser sensor inside the trackball is covered by dust.
Clean the Trackball (inside).
For cleaning instructions, see: 4-2-19 "Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)" on page 4-53.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 139
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Trackball troubleshooting (cont’d)
•
Cursor hangs approximately 2-3 seconds every 20 seconds
Incorrect DIP switch settings on the Trackball assembly.
There is a four position DIP switch mounted on the Trackball circuit board that needs to have all
four switch positions set to the ‘OFF’ position in order for the Cursor to not hang, or stall during
rotation of the Trackball.
a.) Please verify if the switches are set to ‘OFF’.
b.) If necessary set all switches to ‘OFF’ and try it again.
Figure 7-92 Correct DIP switch setting
•
No backlight, or response from the Select Buttons around the Trackball
Loose cable on the Trackball Assembly connector.
Reseat the two cables connected to the Trackball Assembly in both ends.
Related information:
-
•
8-9-5 "Replacing the Trackball" on page 8-202.
Trackball - low sensitivity
Does the trackball move at all?
-
If YES:
Remove the ball from the Trackball, and clean the ball and inside the Trackball assembly.
For cleaning instructions, see:
4-2-19 "Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)" on page 4-53.
-
If NO:
Replace the Trackball
8-9-5 "Replacing the Trackball" on page 8-202.
7 - 140
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor (Main LCD) troubleshooting
•
Intermittent black monitor on boot (17” LCD ONLY)
CAUSE: Problem with main monitor firmware version 1.12 and lower.
For firmware upgrade instructions, see: 8-7-8 "17” LCD Firmware Upgrade" on page 8-146.
•
•
Monitor does not work
-
Verify that Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is fully powered up
-
Verify power is present at monitor outlet
-
Use an ohmmeter to check Monitor Cable Assembly or try with another Monitor Cable
Assembly.
Changing colors or wrong colors on monitor
The problem may be on the Video Card in the BEP. It is very unlikely that the problem comes from
the monitor.
•
Prints do not match monitor
-
Verify factory default settings.
Example of errors that may be caused by other components than the monitor:
•
Digital Noise
•
Image out of sync
•
Red Shadows
•
Flickering
•
Blank screen
•
Black screen
Possible error sources:
•
HDMI-cable
•
power-cable
•
monitor
•
graphics card
•
BEP
Before you exchange any expensive parts, troubleshooting the graphics components as described
below:
1.) To check BEP I/O Video Output, connect a DVI monitor to the BEP I/O.
-
If the image is NOT OK then check that the BEP graphics board and DVI Flex Cable is
properly seated.
Replace the graphic board and DVI Flex Cable if needed.
-
If the graphic output from the BEP I/O is OK then check monitor cabling and monitor:
1.) Remove the LCD-monitor’s Rear Cover.
2.) Remove the Bulkhead Cover under the Top Console.
3.) Check that both the HDMI cable and the power cable are properly connected.
4.) Try moving the HDMI Cable and Power Cable on both Bulkhead and Monitor.
5.) Try swapping the HDMI cable between bulkhead and monitor for a new one. Connect the
new cable externally for testing purposes.
2.) If the above does not solve the problem then the monitor should be exchanged.
3.) If the problem is still not solved then the BEP should be exchanged.
Related information:
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 141
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
•
5-8-4-12 "LCD Monitor" on page 5-35.
•
5-7-10 "Vivid E9/Vivid E7 interconnection diagram" on page 5-25.
Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Upper Panel – Touch Screen
Applies To: Vivid E9, S/N: < VE905200 (manufactured before May 2013)
Problem: Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Upper Panel – Touch Screen.
Cause: Incompatible HV Inverter (intermittent problem), High Voltage Inv. Board w. Cable, GA200442.
Solution: Release of new HV Inverter Module, HV Inverter with cable - ERG version spare part,
P/N: 5207000-6.
Related information:
•
7-14-9
8-8-7 "High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable replacement" on page 8-182.
Lower OP Panel contact point cleaning
If the buttons on the Lower OP Panel fails intermittently or permanently, it may be due to bad connection
on the carbon rubber contact points under each button. This may be caused by wear and tear.
To resolve this issue, you can clean the contact points on the buttons on the Lower OP Panel as
described below:
WARNING ALWAYS CONSIDER GE EMS POLICY AND SAFETY-REGULATIONS WHEN USING CHEMICALS.
WEAR SAFETY GLASSES AND GLOVES WHILE WORKING UNDER THESE CONDITIONS. ALSO
MAKE SURE TO FOLLOW ESD SAFETY-PROCEDURES WHEN WORKING WITH EXPOSED
ELECTRONICS.
1.) Remove the Rotary Knobs from the Upper Panel.
2.) Disassemble the Upper Panel.
See: 8-8-3-4 "Remove the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly" on page 8-161.
3.) Disassemble the Lower Panel.
See: 8-9-4-5 "Remove the Operator Panel, Lower" on page 8-198.
4.) Remove the Trackball Assembly.
See: 8-9-5-4 "Remove the Trackball" on page 8-203.
7 - 142
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-9
NOTE:
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Lower OP Panel contact point cleaning (cont’d)
In the next steps: Take care NOT to move bezel with buttons when circuit board has been
removed. Buttons are NOT attached to bezel and will fall out.
5.) Disassemble the circuit board on the Lower Panel.
See: 8-9-7-4 "Lower Switch Board with Elastomer removal" on page 8-210.
Figure 7-93 Lower Switch Board with Elastomer - Trackball already removed
6.) Clean all contact points and carbon rubbers with a GE-approved electronics cleaner.
Figure 7-94 Clean all contact points and carbon rubbers
7.) Verify that all contact points are clean and dry before reassembly.
8.) Reinstall the Trackball assembly.
9.) Reconnect all cables and verify functionality before and after permanent reassembly.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 143
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Locating DRX Boards with CRC Error in ‘logfile.txt’
The system may display a dialogue box with “A Setup Error Has Occurred”. There may also be white
pixels on the screen.
Example:
Monitoring: CRC info: GFE_BIT_STAT_DRX3_BOT_CRC_NATHAN_ERROR = 1 (board range 3..0)
The illustration below is listing how you can locate the physical board after you have located the
following in logfile.txt:
Figure 7-95 Physical location versus logfile.txt text
NOTE:
The log file does NOT list the physical position of the DRX board in the Card Cage.
Lets have a look at the example above:
The text from logfile.txt is:
GFE_BIT_STAT_DRX3_BOT_CRC.
The illustration above shows that GFE_BIT_STAT_DRX3_BOT_CRC points to physical position of
DRX4, the right most DRX board that is located close to the GFI board.
7 - 144
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
XY Lock is not working
Follow the steps below to resolve this issue:
1.) Run the XYZ Test Program and select Fix Lock.
See: Section 7-13 "Motor Controller Test" on page 7-121.
2.) If the Lock still does not respond when pushing the buttons in front of the UI, release the Lock
manually.
See: 4-2-5-5 "Manually releasing the XY Lock" on page 4-12.
3.) Remove the Park Lock and adjust it manually.
See: 6-9-5-2 "XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism" on page 6-19.
7-14-12
NOTE:
XY Brake Motors Troubleshooting
Cables are not labeled at the XY controller, so right side and left side motors are not defined.
When troubleshooting the XY brake motors, keep this in mind:
•
The rear motors are #1 and #3.
•
The front motors are #2 and #4.
•
Motor #1 and #2 are on the same side.
•
Motor #3 and #4 are on the same side (opposite to motor #1 and #2).
If you are in a silent environment, it may be possible to hear which motor is activated during the test.
7-14-13
Z Movement fails
•
If it is impossible to lower the Top Console, but moving it upwards, works OK, it indicates that one
of the control switches is stuck in “Up” position.
•
If you have to help the Top Console up when moving upwards, but the motor assistance work OK
when lowering the Top Console, it indicates that the gas spring inside the Z Mechanism is failing.
-
Replace the Z Mechanism.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 145
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-14
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Difficult to lock and release the alphanumeric keyboard
The release/lock mechanism is located to the right most section of the drawer, thus the force needed to
release and lock the alphanumeric keyboard will increase significantly if the left most section of the
keyboard is used.
Figure 7-96 Best area to press to release (or lock) the alphanumeric keyboard
•
7 - 146
Press the right most section of the alphanumeric keyboard to release/lock it.
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-15
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
USB Footswitch
If there are any issues with the USB Footswitch, try this:
7-14-16
•
Ensure that the USB plug is plugged into one of the USB connectors on the rear side of the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
•
Verify that the software configuration is set up for the Footswitch (Config > Imaging > Application
screen).
•
Try a replacement USB Footswitch.
USB Device(s) stopped working
If a keyboard and mouse, or other equipment, not intended for connection to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, has
been connected to any of the USB connectors on the front of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, all the USB devices
may stop working due to an overload condition.
The work around is to use one of the USB ports on the I/O Rear Panel (BEP I/O Board).
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 147
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-17
7-14-17-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Peripheral Troubleshooting
Contents in this subsection
7-14-17-1Contents in this subsection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148
7-14-17-2Internal Printer troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149
7-14-17-3CD/DVD Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-150
7-14-17-4USB Harddrive Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-151
7 - 148
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-17-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Internal Printer troubleshooting
Figure 7-97 Internal Printer troubleshooting
Unable to use Printer(s)!
Is the printer(s) properly
connected?
YES
NO
- Verify that the USB cable is seated in both ends.
- Verify that the 115 VAC cable is seated in both
ends.
Are there print papers left?
NO
YES
Is proper configuration for the
Print key(s) set?
Insert printer papers.
NO
Configure the Print key(s).
YES
Is there an error message on the
Main Monitor?
NO
Replace BEP.
Replace the Printer.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 149
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-17-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
CD/DVD Troubleshooting
Figure 7-98 CD/DVD Troubleshooting
Unable to record to CD/DVD
Is a new, unused and formatted
CD/DVD disc inserted to the
drive?
NO
Insert a new, unused CD/DVD disc.
YES
Are CD/DVD discs rated at the
proper write speed
NO
Acquire CD/DVDs rated at the proper write speed.
YES
For SONY OPTIARC AD-7240S:
Update the firmware to version 1.0.4.
(P/N: GA200948)
Is the drive working now?
NO
Replace CD/DVD drive.
YES
END
7 - 150
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-17-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
USB Harddrive Troubleshooting
Figure 7-99 USB Harddrive Troubleshooting
Unable to record to USB Harddrive!
Does Replay from USB Harddrive
function?
NO
Verify cables to the USB Harddrive
YES
- USB cable from Vivid E9/Vivid E7
- Power cable to the USB Harddrive
Is the DVD drive able to record
the data?
NO
- Replace the BEP I/O module
YES
- Replace the BEP.
Replace the USB Harddrive. For more
information, see: “Vivid E9 and EchoPAC PC
Iomega Ultramax Desktop Hard Drive
Installation Manual”, Direction Number:
EY194147.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 151
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-18
7-14-18-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Network Troubleshooting
No Connection to the Network
Figure 7-100 No Connection to the Network
No Connection to the Network
Is the
TCP/IP Cable between Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 and network outlet
connected and well seated?
NO
Connect the cable and verify that it is well
seated in both ends.
YES
Try a network cable that is known to be OK
Is the connection OK now?
YES
NO
Replace the network cable.
Is the
cable between BEP and
Internal I/O OK?
NO
Replace the network cable between BEP and
Internal I/O.
YES
Connect a Crossed Network Cable between the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and your PC/laptop.
Try to ping from the PC/laptop to
Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
If OK, the hardware connection
inside Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is OK.
7 - 152
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-18-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
No Contact with EchoPAC PC, but Network Connection Seems OK
Figure 7-101 No Contact with EchoPAC PC, but connection to network seems OK
No contact with EchoPAC PC, but connection to
network seems to be OK.
Does IP addresses and AE titles
match exactly to the device you
wish to send to?
NO
Correct the setup.
Verify connectivity on the EchoPAC PC side.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 153
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-19
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Database Startup Problems
Description:
In the Local Archive - Int. HD workflow, the customer database may become unusable.
This issue have been seen when we have an exam with many images (more than 100) and the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 have been shut down shortly after that the exam was finished.
These potential problems have been identified:
•
Issues with Windows caching that controls file copy from Image Buffer to Local Archive
•
Issues with Sybase caching for update of image pointers. If power is removed before Sybase
operation is complete, then the database will not start next time due to internal table integrity
violation.
Solution:
Change the default workflow setting to Direct Store for the Local Archive - Int. HD dataflow.
Figure 7-102 Select ‘Direct Store’
7 - 154
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-20
7-14-20-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Related Problems
Slow Response from DICOM Server
Symptom: Slow Responses from DICOM server, but network connection seems OK
Possible cause: If you are experiencing problems with slow responses from DICOM servers, increase
the time-out in the DICOM server properties dialog. Problems with slow responses may result in images
being re-sent automatically and low transfer rates
7-14-20-2
Images Remain in Spooler with Retry or Failed Status
Symptom: Images remain in spooler with Failed status.
Cause: Destination unable to accept raw data.
Workaround: Remove Raw Data from Service configuration and re-send.
7-14-20-3
Images Exit Spooler, But Do Not Display on Destination
Symptom: Images exit spooler but do not display on destination. Sometimes affects only Cine or
Secondary Capture.
Cause: Destination unable to view the particular photometric interpretation.
Solution: Check what compression and photometric interpretation the destination device supports and
adjust (if possible) on the destination service to the settings, which results in successful viewing.
NOTE:
7-14-20-4
Note that compression JPEG will give photometric interpretation YBR_FULL_422, RLE will give
YBR_FULL and uncompressed will give RGB. The exception to this is if you enable B/W only,
then you will get photometric interpretation MONOCHROME2 for all compressions.
Images Not Sorted Into the Single pt Record
Symptom: Very large Cine loops. Images not sorted into the single pt record.
Cause: Destination view multiple series as a single exam. Destination ignoring the Series DICOM tag
and apparently assuming all images are a single exam and possibly a single cine loop.
Solution: Destination must adjust (if possible).
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 155
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-21
7-14-21-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Issues
i13L probe is not recognized on VIVID E9
This issue applies to all VIVID E9 with i13L, P/N: KW100011, below Probe Serial Number 1517.
NOTE:
7-14-21-2
Problem:
i13L Probe is not recognized on Vivid E9, even though it is recognized on Vivid 7.
Cause:
Wrong Content of the Probe ID EEPROM
Solution:
Order new probe from OTR or GPRS, or send request for repair to NorwayCCTTeam@ge.com
VIVID E9 BT09 does NOT support i13L Probe. If the VIVID E9 Application SW is below
V110.1.1 please upgrade with FMI 76119, GA200961 (Application SW v110.1.1), and
FMI 76122, GA200974 (Application v110.1.3).
M5S-D probe, GE-3MIX, serial numbers below 1697
(Manufactured before December 2009)
7-14-21-3
7 - 156
Problem:
Probes with serial number below 1697 have an increased risk of lens delamination which would be seen by
degraded image quality, and in severe cases by visible delamination as shown on below picture.
Cause:
Weakness in manufacturing process.
Solution:
Starting with serial number 1697 of the M5S-D probe, corrective and preventive actions are implemented into
the manufacturing process. These probes are now shipped with new systems and to GPRS inventory.
TEE probe message: “Scan-plane angle is inaccurate”
Problem:
Under certain situations, when operating the scan-plane of the TEE probe, the following message may be
displayed on the status line on the lower part of the screen:
“Scan-plane angle is inaccurate. Endoscope shaft could be bent to hard”.
Cause:
The newest VE9 software keeps close track of actual scan-plane angle compared to the angle shown on the
screen. Therefore it alerts the user if there is a discrepancy and corrects the value shown on the screen.
During this time (less than one second), the Operator may observe a slight movement of the scan-plane.
Solution:
No action is needed. The system automatically corrects the angle shown on the display, while the probe scanplane angle is retained unchanged. Typically this situation could occur when the probe is deflected fully as
this places more strain on the scan-plane operation than when the endoscope is straight.
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-21-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
TEE Probe Temperature Too High
Figure 7-103 TEE Probe Temperature Too High
TEE probe temperature too high!
Is the probe temperature too high
with all TEE probes?
YES
NO
Replace TEE probe.
Replace GFI board.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 157
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-14-22
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
System Temperature Too High
When the temperature inside the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 increase, the fan speed will increase to cool down
the system. If the air filters become too dusty, a higher fan speed is required to keep the air stream at
the needed level. When the fan speed increase, the fan noise will also increase.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will display messages on the LCD screen, prompting the user to clean the fans
when the card cage temperature is 70 °C or more.
Figure 7-104 High temperature error message
When the card cage temperature reaches 80 °C, the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will power down automatically
The error log (filename: logfile.txt) will have the following information:
SYS_TEMP_OUTSIDE_LIMIT
Following the message above, the following message will appear in the log:
Fatal error detected by Housekeeping, prompting the user to shutdown the system
•
If the cooling air stream is insufficient to stabilize the interior temperature within the operating
margin, the system will stop operating.
-
•
•
In some cases (on VIVID E9 systems with serial number below approximately serial number 1520,
produced before 15. January 2011), the metal mesh on the Card Rack fans are clogged, causing
system overheating:
-
Cause: The filter frame was not matching the size of the opening, leading to some narrow
gaps around the filter. In addition, the filter mask width was not optimal compared to the Metal
Mesh.
-
Solution: If not already updated to the new version that closes the air gaps found on the first
version, replace metal mesh of the four Card Rack fans.
Install the “Fan Screen Kit VIVID E9” service kit, P/N: GA200957.
If already updated, just clean (vacuum) the metal mesh.
If a fan is worn out, it may be noisy, or stop working.
-
7-14-23
Solution: Replace the fan(s).
DVR Issue (BEP5)
•
7 - 158
Solution: Clean or replace the filters.
If the DVR doesn’t function as intended, check if the SATA cable from BEP motherboard to DVR
has been installed. If installed, disconnect it!
Section 7-14 - Troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-15
Noise troubleshooting
7-15-1
Purpose of this section
In this section you will find Noise troubleshooting procedures and hints.
7-15-2
Contents in this section
7-15-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-159
7-15-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-159
7-15-3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-160
7-15-4
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-161
7-15-5
EMI Prevention/abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-162
7-15-6
Overview of Types of Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-163
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 159
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Introduction
Before you start troubleshooting the noise, you should read the following subsections:
•
7-15-4 "General Recommendations" on page 7-161
•
7-15-5 "EMI Prevention/abatement" on page 7-162
•
7-15-6 "Overview of Types of Noise" on page 7-163
When talking to the customer, try to gather as much information as possible about the conditions when
the noise appear:
Table 7-26
Noise situations with links to related information
IS THE NOISE PRESENT…
THEN …
ALL THE TIME?
see: 7-15-6-2 "Noise Received via the External Cables" on page 7-163
and: 7-15-6-1 "Noise Picked up from the Air" on page 7-163
AFTER SOME TIME OF USE?
(AFTER HOW LONG TIME?)
see: 7-15-6-6 "Self Generated Noise (Noise Generated Inside the Vivid E9/Vivid E7)" on page
7-164.
AT SPECIAL TIMES OF THE
DAY OR NIGHT?
WHEN?
see: 7-15-6-2 "Noise Received via the External Cables" on page 7-163
and: 7-15-6-1 "Noise Picked up from the Air" on page 7-163
AT ALL LOCATIONS IN THE
HOSPITAL, OR ONLY IN ONE
ROOM/AREA?
In All Locations:
see: 7-15-6-6 "Self Generated Noise (Noise Generated Inside the Vivid E9/Vivid E7)" on page
7-164
Only In One Room/area:
see: 7-15-6-2 "Noise Received via the External Cables" on page 7-163
and: 7-15-6-1 "Noise Picked up from the Air" on page 7-163
FROM TIME TO TIME, NO
see: 7-15-6-2 "Noise Received via the External Cables" on page 7-163
SPECIAL PATTERN OF TIME IS
and: 7-15-6-1 "Noise Picked up from the Air" on page 7-163
OBSERVED?
7 - 160
Section 7-15 - Noise troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
General Recommendations
Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transients in the air or wiring. They also generate EMI. The Vivid E9/Vivid E7
complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation.
Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed.
Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect. Some of
these sources include:
•
medical lasers
•
scanners
•
cauterizing guns
•
computers
•
monitors
•
fans
•
gel warmers
•
microwave ovens
•
light dimmers
•
portable phones
The presence of a broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 161
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
EMI Prevention/abatement
Table 7-27
EMI Prevention/abatement
EMI RULE
Be aware of RF sources
Ground the unit
Install all screws, RF
gaskets, covers, cores
DETAILS
•
Keep the unit at least 5 meters (15 feet) away from other EMI sources.
•
Special shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high
frequency, high powered radio or video broadcast signals.
•
Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images.
•
Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet.
•
After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.
•
Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end.
•
Install the Card Rack Cover over the Card Rack.
Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound
signals.
Replace broken RF
gaskets
•
If more than 20% or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken, replace the gasket.
•
Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed.
Do not place labels where
RF gaskets touch metal
Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. otherwise, the gap created will permit RF
leakage. or, if a label has been found in such a position, move the label.
•
Use GE specified
harnesses and peripherals •
Take care with cellular
phones
Properly dress peripheral
cables
7-15-5-1
The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding.
Also, cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is specified.
Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts.
•
Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the Card Rack or hang out of the peripheral bays.
•
Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. attach the monitor
cables to the frame.
Different Power Outlet
Connect the unit to another power outlet and verify if the noise changes or disappear.
NOTE:
GE requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its ultrasound equipment. This
dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the main
facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.
7-15-5-2
Different System
Try another Vivid E9/Vivid E7 at the same location and look for the same noise. If the noise is present
on the new system too, the noise is most likely from an external source/equipment.
7 - 162
Section 7-15 - Noise troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-5-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Different Location
Move the scanner to another location and verify if the noise changes or disappear. This may help you
to locate an external noise source.
Try to move the scanner to:
7-15-5-4
•
another location inside the room
•
another room
•
another floor
Disconnect External Cables
•
7-15-6
7-15-6-1
Disconnect all external cables (network, all unused probes, ECG leads and verify if the noise
disappears.
Overview of Types of Noise
Noise Picked up from the Air
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies, magnetic fields, and transients in the air.
If picked up by a probe cable, the noise will be coherent -“penlight noise” pointing down in the picture due to the fact that the noise is received on all channels.
•
Is it a problem on one probe only?
-
•
Is it a problem on one of the probe connectors only?
-
7-15-6-2
Try another probe.
Move the scanner to another location and verify any changes.
Noise Received via the External Cables
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies, magnetic fields, and transients in the wiring.
The noise can enter the system via the mains power cable, probe cable(s) or any other external
connected cable(s).
To troubleshoot this type of noise, disconnect cables that are not needed for the basic use of the
scanner. Check for any change in the noise each time a cable has been disconnected from the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
•
Network cable
•
Cables to any external peripherals
•
ECG cables and other cables connected to the Patient I/O
Verify if the noise change or disappear when the cables are removed.
Often, this type of noise is due to grounding problems in the mains power system or that the scanner is
sharing a power line with other equipment.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 163
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-6-3
•
7-15-6-5
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Doppler Noise
•
7-15-6-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Horizontal stripes:
This is typically an analog problem on either of these boards:
-
Transmitter board (GTX)
-
Receiver board (GRX)
Spikes
This is a typical digital problem and may be caused by an issue on:
-
Digital Receiver board (DRX)
-
Front End Interface Board (GFI)
Intermittent Noise
•
Is there any equipment that is turned on and off near the scanner?
•
Is the noise present all around the clock or only at special occasions?
“Motor Boat” Noise
May be a hardware failure on a GTX card or on the Main Power module.
7-15-6-6
Self Generated Noise (Noise Generated Inside the Vivid E9/Vivid E7)
Example:
Color Noise in the near field.
7-15-6-7
•
Self generated noise will not change if you touch the scanner or the probes.
•
Self generated noise may be due to either:
-
heat problems
-
hardware problems
-
software problems
Heat Problems
Heat problems are usually starting when Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has been ON for some time.
If Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has been used for scanning for some time before the noise appears, it may be due
to either heat problems or some software related issues. By doing a restart as described here, you may
learn some more about the cause:
Select Ctrl+Alt+R to restart the back end Processor without power-cycling the unit.
•
If the noise is present after the restart, the cause is most likely due to heat problems.
•
If the noise is gone after the restart, it may be due to either the setup/adjustments of the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 or a software failure.
Some possible causes for heat problems:
7-15-6-8
•
Fan filters need to be cleaned or replaced.
•
Use of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 at room temperatures outside the allowed temperature limits.
•
Fans are worn-out.
•
Hardware problems.
Hardware Problems
A hardware issue will typically be an error/malfunction on a card.
7 - 164
Section 7-15 - Noise troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Investigate the Type of Noise
Use the flow chart below to investigate the type of noise.
Figure 7-105 Noise type
START
DISCONNECT ALL CABLES
THAT ARE NOT IN USE. (KEEP
POWER CABLE AND ACTIVE
PROBE CONNECTED.)
DOES
THE NOISE
DISAPPEAR?
YES
THIS MAY INDICATE THAT THE NOISE WAS PICKED
UP BY ONE OF THE CABLES YOU DISCONNECTED.
CONNECT THE CABLES AGAIN, ONE BY ONE AND
WATCH THE NOISE. IF ONE CABLE IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL THE NOISE, REPLACE IT.
NO
DOES
THE NOISE
CHANGE?
YES
THIS MAY INDICATE THAT THE NOISE IS PICKED UP
DUE TO STRONG ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC FIELDS
OR THAT THE GROUNDING IS FAULTY.
NO
DOES
THE NOISE CHANGE
IF YOU HOLD THE PROBE
AND AT THE SAME TIME
TOUCH THE
SCANNER?
YES
THIS MAY INDICATE THAT THE NOISE IS PICKED UP
DUE TO STRONG ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC FIELDS
OR THAT THE GROUNDING IS FAULTY.
NO
THE NOISE IS EITHER
RECEIVED VIA THE AC
POWER CABLE OR IS
SELF GENERATED.
GO TO 7-15-7-1 "Power
Cable Test" on page 7-165.
7-15-7-1
Power Cable Test
Use a ferrite core on the AC power cable to verify if the noise is picked up by the AC power cable.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 165
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-7-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noise in 2D Mode
Table 7-28
Noise in 2D Mode
STEP
TASK
Noise is shown in 2D Mode. Is there any electrical devices that affect the Vivid E9/Vivid E7?
1
7 - 166
•
If Yes, continue with step 2.
•
If No, continue with step 3.
2
Keep the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 away from those electrical devices.
3
Check the Probe(s).
Section 7-15 - Noise troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-7-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noisy Images
Typical noise problems:
•
coherent noise patterns straight down in the image field.
•
flashes of noise straight down.
Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body.
Table 7-29
Noisy Images
STEP
TASK
Try another probe (same model). Does it help?
1
•
If Yes, replace the original probe.
•
If No, continue with the next step.
Disconnect all probes that are not in use. Keep only the active probe connected. Does it help?
2
3
•
If Yes: The noise is most likely from an external source. If possible, try to locate and remove the source.
•
If No, continue with the next step.
Disconnect all external cables from the I/O (on the rear side of Vivid E9/Vivid E7) and from the Patient I/O, to
establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices. Does it help?
•
If Yes, continue with step 4.
•
If No, continue with step 5.
There are possible ferrite solutions to most of the cable connections.
4
5
•
On USB cables:
Wind the cable 5-6 times trough a ferrite ring, GE Part Number 038X0028.
•
Verify that the shielding is connected to Ground on the Patient I/O Cable(s)
Do the Front End alignment, see, 7-12-14 "Calibration" on page 7-97
Other possible internal noise sources:
6
•
Main Power Supply,
•
Peripherals.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 167
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-7-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noise in Color Flow
Typical noise problems:
•
coherent noise patterns straight down in the image field.
•
flashes of noise straight down.
Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body.
Table 7-30
Noise in Color Flow
STEP
TASK
Try another probe (same model). Does it help?
1
•
If Yes, replace the original probe.
•
If No, continue with the next step.
Disconnect all probes that are not in use. Keep only the active probe connected. Does it help?
2
3
•
If Yes: The noise is most likely from an external source. If possible, try to locate and remove the source.
•
If No, continue with the next step.
Disconnect all external cables from the I/O (on the rear side of Vivid E9/Vivid E7) and from the Patient I/O, to
establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices. Does it help?
•
If Yes, continue with step 4.
•
If No, continue with step 5.
There are possible ferrite solutions to most of the cable connections.
4
5
•
On USB cables:
Wind the cable 5-6 times trough a ferrite ring, GE Part Number 038X0028.
•
Verify that the shielding is connected to Ground on the Patient I/O Cable(s)
Do the Front End alignment, see, 7-12-14 "Calibration" on page 7-97.
Other possible internal noise sources:
6
7 - 168
•
Main Power Supply,
•
Peripherals.
Section 7-15 - Noise troubleshooting
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
7-15-7-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Noise in Doppler Mode
Typical noise problems:
•
Horizontal lines.
Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body.
Table 7-31
Noise in Doppler Mode
STEP
TASK
Try another probe (same model). Does it help?
1
•
If Yes, replace the original probe.
•
If No, continue with the next step.
Disconnect all probes that are not in use. Keep only the active probe connected. Does it help?
2
3
•
If Yes: The noise is most likely from an external source. If possible, try to locate and remove the source.
•
If No, continue with the next step.
Disconnect all external cables from the I/O (on the rear side of Vivid E9/Vivid E7) and from the Patient I/O, to
establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices. Does it help?
•
If Yes, continue with step 4.
•
If No, continue with step 5.
There are possible ferrite solutions to most of the cable connections.
•
On video cables:
Wind the cable twice through a split ferrite, GE Part Number 038X1012 / 038X1112.
•
On USB cables:
Wind the cable 5-6 times trough a ferrite ring, GE Part Number 038X0028.
5
•
Verify that the shielding is connected to Ground on the Patient I/O cable(s).
6
•
Adjust Acoustic Power a few dB down in order to determine if the noise is coming from the Main Power Supply,
If the noise disappears, the source is the main Power Supply.
4
7
7-15-7-6
Other possible internal noise sources:
•
Peripherals.
Excessive Noise Lines when the cursor is placed straight down
Table 7-32
Excessive noise lines when the cursor is placed straight down
STEP
1
TASK
•
Verify that the shielding is connected to Ground on the Patient I/O Cable(s).
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 169
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-16
How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
Follow the steps below to open and sort a log file in MS Excel:
Table 7-33
Step
1.
How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 sheet 1 of 3
Instruction
Illustration
Open MS Excel.
2.
From the Data tab, select From Text.
3.
Navigate to the log file that you want to
display, and highlight it.
The log file for temperatures is shown as an
example.
4.
Select Import to load the file into MS Excel.
This action opens the Text Import Wizard.
7 - 170
Section 7-16 - How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 7-33
Step
5.
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
Instruction
Illustration
Select Delimited.
6.
Select Next to advance to the next step.
7.
Select Tab, Semicolon and Comma as Delimiters.
8.
Select Next to advance to the next step.
9.
Select General.
10.
Select Finish.
11.
Select OK to place the imported data in the existing
worksheet.
12.
The log file information will be sorted in columns.
Chapter 7 - Diagnostics / troubleshooting
7 - 171
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 7-33
Step
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
Instruction
Illustration
13.
The BEP temperatures for SYS (motherboard temp),
CPU temp and AUX (air leaving the BEP) are shown as
examples for temperatures that are logged.
7 - 172
Section 7-16 - How to Sort Text Log Files from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 8
Replacement procedures
Section 8-1
Overview
8-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes how to remove and install, or replace, modules and subsystems in Vivid E9/
Vivid E7. It also includes instructions for installing and re-installing the software.
8-1-2
Contents in this chapter
8-1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-2
Warnings and important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-3
Definitions of Left, Right, Front and Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8-4
Loading / Reloading the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8-5
Replacing Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57
8-6
Top Console Parts Replacement Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117
8-7
LCD Monitor and LCD Arm parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-118
8-8
Upper Operator Panel parts replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-158
8-9
Lower Operator Panel Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-194
8-10
A/N Keyboard parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-227
8-11
Other Top Console Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-241
8-12
Replacing XYZ Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-270
8-13
Main Console parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-290
8-14
Casters and Brakes replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-313
8-15
Front End Processor (FEP) / Card Cage parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-325
8-16
Back End Processor (BEP) parts replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-363
8-17
Main Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-415
8-18
I/O Modules replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-420
8-19
Peripherals replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-429
8-20
Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-447
8-21
Verification - Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-450
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8-1
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-2
Warnings and important information
8-2-1
Purpose of this section
This section includes important information. Please read it before doing any of the procedures in this
chapter.
8-2-2
8-2
Contents in this section
8-2-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-2-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-2-3
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8-2-4
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8-2-5
Manpower - When two persons are needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8-2-6
Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Section 8-2 - Warnings and important information
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-2-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Warnings
CAUTION ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
1.
2.
3.
4.
TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION.
Beware that the Main Power Supply and Back End Processor may be energized even if the
power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
WARNING
BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED ACCESS TO CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FIELD,
PLACING PEOPLE IN AWKWARD POSITIONS, WE HAVE LIMITED THE LIFTING
WEIGHT FOR ONE PERSON IN THE FIELD TO 16 KG (35 LBS). ANYTHING OVER 16 KG
(35 LBS) REQUIRES TWO PEOPLE.
WARNING
AT LEAST TWO PERSONS ARE NEEDED WHEN REPLACING CASTERS (WHEELS) OR
ADJUSTING BRAKES.
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
THE WASTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED AS UNSORTED MUNICIPAL WASTE AND MUST BE COLLECTED
SEPARATELY.
PLEASE CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER AUTHORIZED DISPOSAL
COMPANY TO DECOMMISSION YOUR EQUIPMENT.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8-3
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-2-3
WARNING
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Warnings (cont’d)
Spare Part order for Vivid E9 VET:
The same spare parts used in the current VIVID E9 consoles can be used in the
veterinary consoles.
When ordering any of the following, the Vet label(s) MUST be ordered as they need to
be applied to the new part:
- Side Covers - require label P/N: 5447716
- Back Cover - require label P/N: GB200182
- Probes - require label P/N: 5454608
CAUTION When performing replacement procedures within a veterinary environment, return any used/
unused spare parts with the purple scrap marking label (regardless of the actual condition of
the part) and add a description on the label stating that the items were removed from a
veterinary environment.
8-4
Section 8-2 - Warnings and important information
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-2-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts
Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.
GE policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior to
shipment. GE employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/equipment have
been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part or equipment
with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils or an ultrasound
probe). The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry, as well as
the people who will receive or open this package.
NOTE:
8-2-5
The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that “items that were saturated and/or
dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended
for use in patient care” are “regulated medical waste” for transportation purposes and must be
transported as a hazardous material.
Manpower - When two persons are needed
These replacement procedures require two persons:
•
Casters Replacement
•
3D monitor (Sony LMD-2451MT/LMD-2451TC) replacement (due to the size)
The rest of the replacement procedures can be carried out by one person.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8-5
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-2-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7
The following tools (TORX bits or drivers) are needed to service the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 scanner. Screw
diameter and standard torque values are also included. If the torque is not indicated with the procedure,
hand tighten the screws/nuts.
Table 8-1
Tools used for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7
ITEM NO.
TOOL
SIZE
TORQUE
COMMENTS
1.
BIT # TX-10
M2.5
2.
BIT # TX-15
M3
3.
BIT # TX-20
M4
• If the torque is not indicated with the
procedure, hand tighten the screws/
nuts.
4.
BIT # TX-25
M5
• 90 degree “L“ are suggested.
5.
BIT # TX-30
M6
• A full set of 90 degree “L“ TORX
wrenches are recommended.
6.
BIT # TX-45
M10
7.
FLAT BLADE SCREWDRIVER 3.2 mm
8.
FLAT BLADE SCREWDRIVER 4 mm
9.
FLAT BLADE SCREWDRIVER 6 mm
10.
PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER
PH1
11.
PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER
PH2
12.
PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER
PH3
13.
HEX KEY
5 mm
(UNBRAKO KEY / ALLEN KEY)
14.
HEX KEY
8 mm
(UNBRAKO KEY / ALLEN KEY)
15.
HEX KEY
10 mm
(UNBRAKO KEY / ALLEN KEY)
HEX KEY
M12
17.
Nut Driver
5 mm
18.
Nut Driver
3/16 inch
19.
Fix wrench
8 mm
20.
Fix wrench
10 mm
21.
Torque Wrench, Up to 81 Nm
16.
• Use Torque specified in procedure.
REAR CASTERS:
130 Nm
(UNBRAKO KEY / ALLEN KEY)
REAR CASTERS
Heavy mechanical parts may need a
specific torque. Each procedure will
indicate the torque needed.
(130 Nm for Rear Casters)
FC200829
WOODEN WEDGE
22.
WHEEL CHANGE KIT
N/A
N/A
BEVEL EDGED BOARD
8-6
Section 8-2 - Warnings and important information
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-3
Definitions of Left, Right, Front and Back
The Figure below illustrates what is Left, Right, Front and Rear (or Back) of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 8-1 Definition of Left, Right, Front and Back of Vivid E9/Vivid E7
REAR / BACK
RIGHT SIDE
LEFT SIDE
FRONT
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8-7
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-4
Loading / Reloading the software
8-4-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to reinstall and/or install the software on Vivid E9/Vivid E7. Depending on
the actual situation, you may have one or more choices to choose among, when doing the software load.
This will be discussed later in this section.
8-4-2
8-4-3
Contents in this section
8-4-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8-4-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8-4-3
Software Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
8-4-4
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models versus software requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-4-5
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8-4-6
Customer provided prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8-4-7
Tools provided with the Ultrasound scanner at delivery or after an upgrade . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8-4-8
Data Management - moving all images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-4-9
Backing up the Patient Archive and System Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-4-10
Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
8-4-11
When to load or reload the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8-4-12
Reloading the Software from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8-4-13
Loading the software from USB Flash Drive (UFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
8-4-14
Loading the Software - from DVD/CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8-4-15
Loading the Software - via InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49
8-4-16
Verify the BIOS version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49
8-4-17
Upgrade the BIOS version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49
8-4-18
The BIOS Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49
8-4-19
Setup after Software loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50
8-4-20
Verifications after the software has been re-loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51
8-4-21
Printer Driver Reload (from Remote) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52
8-4-22
Functional Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-56
Software Upgrades
Software upgrades are covered by separate upgrade manuals. Please refer to the respective upgrade
manual if you are going to upgrade the software.
8-8
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-4
8-4-4-1
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 models versus software requirement
VIVID E9 models and hardware/software compatibility
Table 8-2
MODEL
NUMBER
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility sheet 1 of 3
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
DESCRIPTION
BACK END
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
APPLICATION
CAN BE UPSOFTWARE
VERSION(S) GRADED TO
GB200063 or
GA200824
Vivid
E9
with
XDclear
4D
Expert
Option
GB000070
17 inch LCD (100-230V)
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
GB200001
MLA16,
BEP6 w/4D
4D TEE
backplane,
Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option
GB000080
192 RX channels
19 inch LCD (100-230V)
and one TX card
with 192 channels
GB000075
v104.3.5
v113.0 or higher
N/A
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
v104.3.3
(or higher)
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
GB200001
v104.3.4
(or higher)
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
v104.3.3
(or higher)
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 17 inch LCD
(100-230V)
GB000085 Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 19 inch LCD
(100-230V)
GB200062 or
GA200804
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration VE9 Card Rack
GB000090
Complete w. MLA4
17 inch Monitor (100-230V)
GB000095
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration
19 inch Monitor (100-230V)
GB200001
BEP6 w/4D
GB200003
GA000940
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 17” LCD
GB200063 or
GA200824
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16,
4D TEE
backplane,
192 RX channels
and one TX card
with 192 channels
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
GA000950
- 19” LCD
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia Quadro
2000D
GA200890
BEP6 w/4D
GB200003
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia Quadro
2000D
GA200890
BEP w/4D Nvidia
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8-9
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-2
MODEL
NUMBER
GB000040
GB000050
GA000945
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (cont’d) sheet 2 of 3
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
DESCRIPTION
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
Configuration - 17” LCD
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
BEP6 wo/4D
v104.3.4
(or higher)
GB200062 or
GA200804
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
VE9 Card Rack
GA200900
Complete w. MLA4 BEP5 wo/4D
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000955 Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 19” LCD
GA200900
BEP5 wo/4D
v104.3.x
v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
v104.3.x
v112.0.x or higher v113.x
GB200001
v110.1.12
BEP6 w/4D
GA200890 or
GA200800
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 17” LCD
GA200824 or
GB200063
VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16,
4D TEE backplane
and
192 RX channels
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
- 19” LCD
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GB200001
BEP6 w/4D
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
8 - 10
v104.3.x
v110.1.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
GA200890 or
GA200800
GA000815
v112.1.0 or higher
v113.x
GB200002
GA000810
APPLICATION
CAN BE UPSOFTWARE
VERSION(S) GRADED TO
v113.x
GB200002
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
Configuration - 19” LCD
Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 17” LCD
BACK END
PROCESSOR
v113.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v110.0.x
v104.3.x
v110.1.12
v104.3.2
v110.1.x
v113.x
v104.3.2
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
v110.0.x
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-2
MODEL
NUMBER
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (cont’d) sheet 3 of 3
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
GB200002
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000830 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 17” LCD
GA200900 or
GA200805
v110.1.12
v104.3.x
v110.1.x
BEP5 wo/4D
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
VE9 Card Rack
GB200002
Complete w. MLA4
BEP6 wo/4D
v104.3.x
GA200804 or
GB200062
GA000835 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 19” LCD
GA200900 or
GA200805
BEP5 wo/4D
APPLICATION
CAN BE UPSOFTWARE
VERSION(S) GRADED TO
v110.0.x
v110.1.12
v110.1.x
v104.2.x
v104.1.x
GA200035
8-4-4-2
v113.x
GA200890,
GA200800 or
5145000-10
BEP5 w/4D
v104.0.x
v108.x.x
v113.x
NOTE!
Hardware
update or box
(console) swap
required.
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility
Table 8-3
MODEL
NUMBER
v113.x
v110.0.x
GA200744
GA000100 VIVID E9, 100-230 VAC (with 4D)
v113.x
VIVID E7 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility
DESCRIPTION
FRONT END
PROCESSOR
CARD RACK
BACK END
PROCESSOR
VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration
GB200062
- 17 inch LCD
GB200002
VE9 Card Rack
VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration Complete w. MLA4 BEP6 wo/4D
GB000100
- 19 inch LCD
SYSTEM
SOFTWARE
VERSION(s)
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
CAN BE UPVERSION(S) GRADED TO
GB000099
NOTE:
8-4-5
v104.3.5
v113.0 or higher
v113.x
The software version will increase if the software is updated.
Manpower
Software loading: 60 minutes.
Time for backup and restore/configuration may vary from site to site, and is not included in this estimate.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 11
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-6
8-4-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Customer provided prerequisite
•
Formatted and labelled media for Images storage.
•
Formatted and labelled media for Patient Archive and User Defined Settings.
•
Password for the user ADM.
The default password for the user ADM is ulsadm.
If the password has been changed by the site, you should record it for your own use, before you
start the work on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Tools provided with the Ultrasound scanner at delivery or after an upgrade
•
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 System software (UFD or DVD)
•
Application software (UFD or CD)
If present:
•
Patch for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (UFD or CD)
•
Printer Driver Software (UFD or CD)
Please verify that the software is current. Updated software may be available.
Check for any available FMIs.
NOTE:
8 - 12
Service Key is not required and should NOT be installed during the software loading session.
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Data Management - moving all images
NOTICE An error, or a power loss may occur.
Always backup the Patient Archive and the System Configurations before loading the software! In order
to complete a successful restore of the Patient Database, as needed after a hard disk replacement, or
if all the content on the hard disk has been erased, the images must be moved away from Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 before doing backup of the Patient Database. Depending on the location set-up, either move
the images to a remote server or to removable media.
As the images are moved, the database will point to the new location.
If the backup procedure is not completed correctly, the images and database information will be lost.
For instructions, please see “Disk management” in the User Manual.
For a list of available User Manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on
page 9-145.
8-4-9
Backing up the Patient Archive and System Configurations
NOTICE An error, or a power loss may occur.
Always backup the Patient Archive and the System Configurations before loading the software! In order
to complete a successful restore of the Patient Database, as needed after a hard disk replacement, or
if all the content on the hard disk has been erased, the images must be moved away from Vivid E9/
Vivid E7 before doing backup of the Patient Database. Depending on the location set-up, either move
the images to a remote server or to removable media.
As the images are moved, the database will point to the new location.
If the backup procedure is not completed correctly, the images and database information will be lost.
Backup the Patient Archive and System Configurations.
For instructions, please see “Data Backup and Restore” in the User Manual.
For a list of available User Manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on
page 9-145.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 13
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Recording important settings and parameters
NOTICE An error, or a power loss may occur during the software loading.
It is considered to be a best practice to always keep a record on paper of the settings for the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7. Verify if it is current before you start to load software!
For more information, see: 4-2-17 "Recording important settings and parameters" on page 4-40.
Always ensure that the following information is available regarding a remote printer:
•
Printer Model (as selected on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.)
See: 4-2-17-3 "Connectivity — Additional Outputs" on page 4-42.
•
The printer’s IP Number.
The printer’s IP number is not easily available via the Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s menus. Print out a status
sheet on the printer. For more information, please refer to the printer’s documentation.
•
If the printer is assigned to a key, record the key
See: 4-2-17-3 "Connectivity — Additional Outputs" on page 4-42.
8 - 14
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-11
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
When to load or reload the software
The software loading procedure is somewhat different, depending on why you need to load the software.
Use the table below to make the choice.
Table 8-4
Installation choices
Why
Start here
• The software installed on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 has become corrupted.
• Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s configuration/setup has issues that are difficult to
8-4-12 "Reloading the Software from Repository" on page 8-16.
troubleshoot and resolve, so it may be easier to do a software reload, and
start the setup from scratch.
8-4-13 "Loading the software from USB Flash Drive (UFD)" on
page 8-21
The same as above, but it is impossible to access OLC.
or
8-4-14 "Loading the Software - from DVD/CD" on page 8-28.
(When asked, select B.)
• You want to erase all data on the HDD
8-4-13 "Loading the software from USB Flash Drive (UFD)" on
page 8-21
• BEP or HDD has been exchanged.
or:
• The other methods failed.
8-4-14 "Loading the Software - from DVD/CD" on page 8-28.
(When asked, select A.)
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 15
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-12
8-4-12-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Reloading the Software from Repository
Introduction to Software Reload from Repository
During the installation process, when the software was installed on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, the
compressed original files, from the UFD or DVD and CD, were stored on a separate disk partition on the
hard disk drive, labeled “REPOSIT” (Repository). If you are going to reinstall the software, you can
install from these files. Usually, when reinstalling the software on the same HDD, you don’t need to copy
the files from UFD or DVD/CD once more!
8-4-12-2
Preparations
Disconnect all external USB devices before starting the reload. (This is to ensure that the drive letters
are not mixed up during the software reload.)
8-4-12-3
Starting the Software Reload from Repository
There are two ways to initiate the software reload. If possible, use the first method.
•
If the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is up and running, the software reload can be initiated via the Common
Service Desktop. This method is also available from remote, during an InSite session.
To use this method, see:
8-4-12-4 "Initiate software reload from the Common Service Desktop" on page 8-17.
•
The software reload can be initiated from the Recovery Console. (This method is useful if the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 doesn’t boot.).
To use this method, see:
8-4-12-5 "Initiate software reload from the Recovery Console" on page 8-19.
8 - 16
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Initiate software reload from the Common Service Desktop
1.) Log on to the Common Service Desktop as GE Service. It requires the rotating security password.
2.) Select Utilities.
3.) Select Invoke SW Reload. This brings up the dialog in Figure 8-2 "Invoke SW Reload" on
page 8-17.
Figure 8-2 Invoke SW Reload
UTILITIES
“Enter the response string for
the following challenge string:”
Enter the password (from OLC)
in this field.
INVOKE SW RELOAD
4.) Call the Online Center (OLC).
Tell OLC that you need a “Challenge Code”, and on request, you must read the Challenge String
on the screen. OLC will return a password that you need to type in as the Response.
5.) Enter the Response (password) you got from OLC.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 17
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Initiate software reload from the Common Service Desktop (cont’d)
InSite session only: For the next steps you will need assistance from a person at the scanner site.
6.) On the scanner, ask the person at the scanner site to select: System Shutdown.
7.) Next, on the scanner, select: Restart System.
8.) Then, select Submit.
9.) Finally, select Confirm. The System power down and restarts.
Figure 8-3 Select Restart System > Submit
10.)Ask the person at the scanner site to select Confirm.
Figure 8-4 Select Confirm
11.)Ask the person at the scanner site to select Enter. The scanner restarts and the Software Reload
starts.
8 - 18
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Initiate software reload from the Recovery Console
Ensure that the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is powered down.
1.) Depress the On/Off button on the Operator Panel. The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 starts.
2.) Press the Esc button, on the alphanumeric keyboard, multiple times until the GRUB menu is
displayed on the screen.
Figure 8-5 GRUB menu
GNU GRUB version 0.97 (638K lower / 2095879K upper memory)
___________________________________________________________
Windows
Recovery Console
USE THE ARROW DOWN KEY
TO SELECT RECOVERY
CONSOLE, THEN PRESS
ENTER.
Use the | and | keys to select which entry is highlighted.
Press enter to boot the selected OS or 'p' to enter a
password to unlock the next set of features.
3.) On the Grub menu, select: Recovery Console.
The Recovery Console is displayed.
Figure 8-6 Recovery Console (Example)
Enter the password (from OLC).
4.) Call the Online Center (OLC).
Tell OLC that you need a “Challenge Code”, and on request, you must read the Challenge String
on the screen. OLC will return a password that you need to type in as the Response.
5.) Enter the Response Code (password) you got from OLC.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 19
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Initiate software reload from the Recovery Console (cont’d)
If accepted, the screen below is displayed.
Figure 8-7 Reload System Software
6.) Press the Enter key on the keyboard. The software reload starts.
NOTE:
Time to complete the software reload is typically 15 to 25 minutes.
-
When the System Software reload is done, the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 reboots.
-
After the reboot, the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 starts to load the Application Software. This is done
without any interactions. The TCP/IP settings, Computer Name etc. are restored.
-
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 shuts down.
7.) Turn the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 back on.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is ready for verification.
Continue with: 8-4-20 "Verifications after the software has been re-loaded" on page 8-51.
8 - 20
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-13
8-4-13-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the software from USB Flash Drive (UFD)
Installing the System Software (only for BEP6 / BEPY3)
Follow the instructions in the table below to reload or load the software from UFD:
Table 8-5
Step
Reloading or loading the System software from UFD, sheet 1 of 3
Task
Check if the alphanumeric keyboard has the F11 key.
• If present, continue to the next step.
1.
• If the keyboard does not have the F11 key (old keyboard),
connect an external keyboard with the F11 key to one of the USB
ports, and use this external keyboard during the boot.
Another workaround is to go into BIOS and select USB as the
primary boot device.
2.
Disconnect all UFDs from the USB ports on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3.
Plug in the Software UFD in one of the USB ports on the Vivid E9/
Vivid E7.
1. Push the power on button briefly.
2. Wait until the BIOS screen appears with:
“Loading…… BIOS”
3. Then push the F11 key once.
4.
1. The Boot selection menu will now appear.
2. Select USB as boot device,
3. then press Enter.
4. The VIVID E9 will now reboot.
5.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 21
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-5
Step
6.
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Reloading or loading the System software from UFD, sheet 2 of 3 (cont’d)
Task
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 reboots.
Select System Software Installation and press Enter.
7.
Follow instructions on screen to install the system software (select
Install).
8.
Select Install to continue installation.
9.
Select Yes in the next dialog box. The installation continues.
8 - 22
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Reloading or loading the System software from UFD, sheet 3 of 3 (cont’d)
Step
Task
Keep User Data and Patient Archive?
• Select No to perform a clean install.
This will erase all patient data and user presets.
10.
• Select Yes to repair/upgrade the system sw partition. User Data
and Patient Archive will remain intact.
This starts to install the System Software image on the HDD.
All the existing content on the HDD will be erased.
11.
If a clean install of system SW was selected above, then you will
be prompted with a warning that all data will be lost.
Select Yes to continue.
12.
The ghost program starts the clean install.
13.
When System Software Installation is done (takes about four
minutes), remove UFD, then select OK to continue.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 23
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-13-2
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Installing the Application Software (all BEPs)
Table 8-6
Reloading or loading the Application software from UFD, sheet 1 of 3
Step
1.
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Task
A menu with “loading…” will appear on the monitor for appr 2
minutes.
A menu with FBReseal will follow.
DO NOT switch off the scanner during this process.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8 - 24
Re-insert the UFD when the “Start Application” dialogue box
appears.
It will take 10-15 seconds until the “Install SW…” button becomes
active.
This dialogue box might not appear.
Select Yes if it appears, the Ultrasound system will then reboot.
The “Install SW….” button has been activated.
Select “Install SW…” to continue.
Select OK to continue.
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-6
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Reloading or loading the Application software from UFD, sheet 2 of 3 (cont’d)
Step
6.
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Task
Select OK to continue.
The SW installer allows installation of:
• Application SW
• User Manuals
7.
• Printer Driver Installer
• Security patches if applicable
Select Install to continue.
8.
Select OK to continue.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 25
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Reloading or loading the Application software from UFD, sheet 3 of 3 (cont’d)
Step
Task
The dialogue box Set Serial Number will appear if a clean install
of System SW was selected.
9.
NOTE: Numlock is deactivated by default, it must be activated to
enable digits to be entered here.
Activate numlock by pushing the numlock button once.
The numlock button is located next to the F12 button on the
alphanumeric keyboard.
Enter the Serial Number, then select OK.
10.
Select OK to continue.
When Application SW installation has completed (takes about
15 minutes), select OK to restart and finalize SW installation.
Reminder:
11.
• When Application SW has been installed DC-offset calibration
must be performed.
• Also remember to select “Save Settings” from Connectivity/TCP/
IP tab as described in 3-8-8 "Save the New Settings" on
page 3-57.
8-4-13-3
Installing the Latest Microsoft Software Patches (all BEPs)
Table 8-7
Step
Installing the Latest Microsoft Software Patches from UFD (all BEPs)
Task
INSTALLING THE LATEST MICROSOFT SOFTWARE PATCHES
1.
If the choice is available on the UFD, select the Latest Microsoft
Software patches.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
8 - 26
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-13-4
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Installing the Translated User Manuals from UFD
Table 8-8
Step
1.
GE CONFIDENTIAL
Installing the Translated User Manuals from UFD
Task
The English User Manual was installed as part of the Application
Software. To be able to select another User Manual language, the
translated User Manuals must be installed next.
Follow the instructions on the screen during the installation.
8-4-13-5
Installing the MV Option Software from UFD
Table 8-9
Step
Installing the MV Option Software from UFD
Task
If the VIVID E9 has the MV option, the needed MV software must
be installed from the UDF with Tomtec software.
1.
DO NOT INSTALL THE OTHER TOMTEC SOFTWARE
OPTIONS ON THE SCANNER. THEY ARE FOR USE ON
ECHOPAC ONLY.
Follow the instructions on the screen during the installation.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 27
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14
8-4-14-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Software - from DVD/CD
Introduction
The VIVID E9 software is delivered on:
•
one DVD for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 System Software
•
one CD for the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Application Software
•
extra CD(s) with software patch(es), may also be included.
A Software Patch CD is used when one or a few files should be replaced or added, but the change
doesn’t require a complete software load. Example: Virus hardening software.
•
one CD with Printer Driver software
When installing the software, start with the System Software, then continue with the Application
Software and, if included, install the patch software after you loaded the Application Software.
The Printer Driver software must be loaded later, after the network connection has been verified or set
up.
Contents
8-4-14-2 Preparations for software loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8-4-14-3 Boot from the System Software DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8-4-14-4 Selecting installation (A, B or R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30
8-4-14-5 Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Loading the Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
8-4-14-6 Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44
8-4-14-7 Loading Software Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49
8-4-14-2
Preparations for software loading
1.) If not already done, perform these tasks:
a.) 8-4-8 "Data Management - moving all images" on page 8-13
b.) 8-4-9 "Backing up the Patient Archive and System Configurations" on page 8-13
c.) 8-4-10 "Recording important settings and parameters" on page 8-14
2.) Disconnect all external USB devices (USB Flash Card, USB Hard Drive, Service Dongle etc.) before
you start loading the software.
8 - 28
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Boot from the System Software DVD
1.) Insert the applicable Vivid E9/Vivid E7 System Software DVD into the DVD drive.
2.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
3.) Wait until the ON/Standby switch has turned amber.
4.) Power ON the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 starts to boots.
First, the BIOS software is loaded, and the BIOS Boot Screen is displayed.
Figure 8-8 BIOS Boot Screen (BEP6)
Next, the BEP starts to boot from the disc in the DVD drive.
Figure 8-9 First four screens - starting PC-DOS and loading drivers for the DVD-drive
Starting PC DOS. . .
Starting PC DOS. . .
PRESS ‘F’ TO CONTINUE
*******************************
This driver is provided by Oak Technology, Inc . .
Loading
. . . device driver, Rev D91XV352
OTI-91X ATAPI
CD-ROM
(C)Copyright Oak Technology Inc. 1987-1997
Device Name
: MSCD000
Transfer Mode
: Programmed I/O
Number of drives
:1
THE TEXT IN THESE SCREENS
DEPEND ON THE INSTALLED
DVD DRIVE MAKE AND
MODEL.
Several screens will be displayed, indicating the progress.
5.) If asked for; press F, and the booting continues.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 29
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Selecting installation (A, B or R)
NOTICE If you select “A” in the next step, ALL existing software and data will be erased. If backup has
not been performed, all data like: Patient Database, System Configuration and User
Configurations (Customer Presets), will be lost.
When the screen in Figure 8-10 is displayed, the installation halts and waits for your input.
You can choose if you want to do a complete software installation, deleting all data on the HDD, or if
you only want to update or reinstall the software on the C:\ partition.
Table 8-10
Descriptions of your choices
WHEN TO USE
DESCRIPTION
COMMAND
Use this procedure if:
• The BEP or the HDD has been exchanged
To do a complete Vivid E9/Vivid E7 software installation.
• You want to erase all data on the HDD
All data on the Hard Disk Drive will be erased.
A
• The installation on C:\ failed.
Use this procedure if you are going to:
• Repair the software on C:\
• Upgrade the software on C:\.
To update or re-install the software on the C:\ partition.
Only data on the C:\ partition will be erased. This keeps
Patient Archive and Presets intact.
B
This choice stops the installation.
Stop the software installation
After stopping the installation, remove the DVD disc and
reboot the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
R
Figure 8-10 Choices (A, B or R)
SELECT ‘A’ TO INSTALL THE SYSTEM
SOFTWARE AND TO DELETE THE
DATABASE, THE SETTINGS AND THE
ARCHIVE.
6.) Make your choice, based on the information in Table 8-10.
8 - 30
-
If you choose “A”, continue with:
8-4-14-5 "Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions)" on page 8-31.
-
If you choose “B”, continue with:
8-4-14-6 "Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\" on page 8-44.
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions)
Installing the System Software
1.) Press “A” to erase all the content on the HDD and install the System Software.
Next, you are asked to confirm that you will erase the whole disk.
2.) Press “Y” to confirm that you will continue. (If you want to return to the previous screen, press “N”)
Figure 8-11 Are you really sure? Delete HDD Content
This will erase the whole harddisk before installation!
Are you really sure? y/n :
This will erase the whole harddisk before installation!
Are you really sure? y/n : Y
Installing All . . .
YOU HAVE TWO CHOICES HERE.
EITHER PRESS ‘Y’, AND THE INSTALLATION WILL CONTINUE,
OR PRESS ‘N’, AND RETURN TO THE PREVIOUS SCREEN
WITHOUT DELETING OR INSTALLING ANYTHING.
‘Y’ WAS PRESSED, AND THE INSTALLATION STARTS.
This will erase the whole harddisk before installation!
Are you really sure? y/n : Y
Installing All . . .
Partition Status Type Volume Label Mbytes System Usage
C: 1 *DELETED*
THE EXISTING CONTENT ON THE HARDDRIVE
IS DELETED.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 31
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
Figure 8-12 Installing Empty P-scheme onto the HDD
INSTALLING AN EMPTY P-SCHEME
A RESTART IS
REQUIRED
The system needs to be rebooted in order to continue the installation.
Please let the DVD remain in the CD tray, and press any key to continue.
To be able to copy anything into the new partitions on the HDD, a reboot is required. You are prompted
to press a key to initiate the reboot.
NOTE:
Let the DVD remain in the DVD tray.
3.) Press any key to continue.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will reboot.
The monitor may display the message “No sync” for a few seconds before the
BIOS Boot Screen is displayed (see next page).
8 - 32
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 loads the BIOS …
Figure 8-13 BIOS Boot Screen (BEP6)
The BEP starts to boot into PC-DOS. (Refer to Figure 8-9 on page 8-29 for illustrations).
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 33
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
The BEP starts to copy the Image file from the DVD to the Repository partition on the HDD. This will
take typically eight to ten minutes.
Figure 8-14 Move contents from DVD to Repository
Saving Imagefile to repository (takes up to 10 minutes).
Please wait.
Next, the copied Image file is used as source when the System software is installed on the C:\ partition.
Several screens will be displayed.
Figure 8-15 Installing the System Software
When the installation of the System Software has finished, the DVD is ejected and you are requested
to remove the System Software DVD and insert the Application Software CD.
4.) Continue with: "Loading the Application Software" on page 8-35.
8 - 34
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
Loading the Application Software
1.) If not already done, remove the System Software DVD and insert the applicable Application
Software CD in the DVD drive.
2.) Press any key to continue.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will reboot.
Figure 8-16 Rebooting …
The monitor may display the message “No sync” for a few seconds before the
BIOS Boot Screen is displayed.
Figure 8-17 BIOS Boot Screen (BEP6)
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 35
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
When the screen below is displayed, just wait, and the installation continues.
Figure 8-18 Ready to boot
Several screens are displayed as illustrated below.
Figure 8-19 Booting …
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will then reboot once more, before it can continue.
8 - 36
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
The monitor may display the message “No sync” for a few seconds before the
BIOS Boot Screen is displayed.
Figure 8-20 BIOS Boot Screen (BEP6)
When the screen below is displayed, just wait, and the installation continues.
Figure 8-21 Ready to boot (once more)
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 37
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
The booting continues.
Figure 8-22 Loading …
When booted, the Start Application dialog will display on the screen.
Figure 8-23 Start Application dialog
3.) Select Install SW … to continue the installation.
Figure 8-24 StartLoader dialog - 1
4.) Select OK.
Figure 8-25 StartLoader dialog - 2
5.) Select OK once more.
8 - 38
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
The LoadSoftware.bat file starts to run.
Figure 8-26 Starting the LoadSoftware.bat file
1.
2.
3.
(Text in screenshot: “Starting installation from media.”)
4.
Figure 8-27 Click OK to continue.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 39
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
Figure 8-28 Preparing to load the Application software
NOTE:
The next screen (Figure 8-29) will only be displayed if this is the first time the software is
installed. i.e. after a HDD replacement. If the computer name has been generated previously,
the pop-up screen in Figure 8-30 will be displayed.
Figure 8-29 Enter Serial Number
6.) Enter the Vivid E9/Vivid E7’s Serial Number. The Serial Number is located on a label at the rear of
the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
NOTE:
Example:
You don’t need to include the leading zeroes in the Serial Number. They will be automatically
added.
“4404” (Zeros will be added, so the result will be “004404”
The Serial Number is used when the Computer Name is generated.
8 - 40
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
In the next screen, you are prompted to confirm the serial number (and Computer Name).
Figure 8-30 Confirm the Serial Number
CAUTION Computer Name must match original computer name. If changed, access to archived images from this
system will be lost.
7.) Select OK to confirm that the Serial Number and New Computer Name is correct., or select
Change if you want to change the Serial Number.
When confirmed, the software installation starts.
Figure 8-31 The next screens
1.
Copying files
2.
3.
4.
Extracting package
Unpacking SW
5.
6.
7.
8.
Installing new application software
Installing new application software
Installing Insite ExC
Installation complete.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 41
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
Figure 8-32 Installation complete. Press OK to restart.
After the installation is complete, you are prompted to restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, but remove the CD
first.
8.) Remove the CD.
9.) Select OK to restart.
When you have selected OK to restart, the CD/DVD drawer will close, and the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will
restart.
Several screens will display during this first boot from the installed software.
Figure 8-33 Screens during first boot
1.
2.
4.
8 - 42
3.
5.
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) (cont’d)
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 boots.
Figure 8-34 The Application software starts
Soon, the SW Licence dialog, asking for the Option Key, is displayed.
Figure 8-35 SW Licence dialog, asking for the Option Key
10.)Type the Option Key and select OK to continue.
The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 continue to boot.
11.)Next:
-
If any Software Patches or Virus Hardening software CDs are available, continue with:
8-4-14-7 "Loading Software Patches" on page 8-49.
-
Else, start setup as described in: Section 3-6 "Configuration" on page 3-35.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 43
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\
Installing the System Software
Follow these steps to install the System Software:
1.) Select “B” to update the software on C:\.
Next, a screen with the following text is displayed:
“This will repair/upgrade partition C:\
Are you really sure? y/n:”
2.) Select “y”.
The System Software image file is being copied from the DVD to the repository. Due to the file size, this
may take from 8 to 10 minutes.
Figure 8-36 Copying System Software image file from DVD to Repository.
Next, the installation of the System Software starts.
Figure 8-37 Installing the System Software
8 - 44
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\ (cont’d)
Figure 8-38 Prepare for application software installation
Installing the Application Software
Follow these steps to install the Application Software:
1.) Remove the System Software DVD.
2.) Insert the Application Software CD.
3.) Press a key on the keyboard to reboot.
After several minutes, and after an additional automatic reboot, a dialog box is displayed on the screen.
Figure 8-39 Select “Install SW …”
4.) Select Install SW …
Next, the Start Loader screen is displayed.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 45
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\ (cont’d)
Figure 8-40 Select “OK”
5.) Select OK to confirm the software installation.
Figure 8-41 Select “OK” to start the software installation
6.) Select OK to start the software installation.
Next, the Application SW Installation warning is displayed on the screen.
Figure 8-42 Select “OK”
7.) At the prompt, select OK to confirm that you will continue the installation.
WARNING
8 - 46
DO NOT INTERRUPT THE INSTALLATION PROCESS.
INTERRUPTION WILL RESULT IN A NON-FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM!
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\ (cont’d)
In the next screen, you are prompted to confirm the serial number (and Computer Name).
Figure 8-43 Confirm the Serial Number
8.) Select OK to confirm that the Serial Number is correct, or select Change if you want to change the
Serial Number.
CAUTION Computer Name must match original computer name. If changed, access to archived images from this
system will be lost.
When confirmed, the unpacking of the software starts.
Figure 8-44 Unpacking the software
When the software has been unpacked, the installation of the Application software starts.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 47
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\ (cont’d)
Figure 8-45 Installing the Application software
When the Application software has been installed, the InSite ExC software is installed.
Figure 8-46 Installing the InSite ExC software
After the InSite ExC software has been installed, the installation is complete and you are prompted
to restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
9.) Remove the CD from the DVD/CD drive.
10.)Select OK to restart.
When you have selected OK to restart, the CD/DVD drawer will close, and the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will
restart.
Figure 8-47 Installation complete. Restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and remove the CD.
8 - 48
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-14-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Loading Software Patches
If a CD with a software patch is included, insert the disc in the drive, restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 and
follow the on-screen instructions.
Please continue with 8-4-20 "Verifications after the software has been re-loaded" on page 8-51.
8-4-15
Loading the Software - via InSite
For software reload via InSite, see: 8-4-12-4 "Initiate software reload from the Common Service
Desktop" on page 8-17.
8-4-16
Verify the BIOS version
The BIOS version is displayed on the first white screen during startup.
•
8-4-17
Verify the BIOS software version.
-
BEP6: The installed BIOS version is Revision 3.
-
BEP5: For use with the Iomega Ultramax Desktop Hard Drive, it must be GA200725 (Revision
1 or higher).
Upgrade the BIOS version
BEP6: No updated BIOS versions are available.
BEP5: Follow these steps to upgrade the BIOS software on the Vivid E9:
1.) Insert the BIOS CD (GA200725) in the DVD drive on the Vivid E9.
2.) Reboot the Vivid E9. A dialog is displayed, giving you 10 seconds to confirm that you will upgrade
the BIOS.
3.) Press “Y” to confirm that you want to upgrade the BIOS.
4.) It will now upgrade the BIOS software. When the upgrade has completed, you are asked to remove
the BIOS CD and restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5.) Remove the CD from the DVD drive.
6.) Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the Vivid E9/Vivid E7. The Vivid E9/Vivid E7 will do a second reboot
after a few seconds. (This is expected.)
8-4-18
The BIOS Password
•
The BEP6 BIOS password is: irosil
•
The BEP5 BIOS password is: ichygg
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 49
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-19
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Setup after Software loading
NOTE:
Use this procedure if all partitions on the HDD have been erased during the software load.
NOTE:
If only the software on C:\ has been replaced or updated, please go to: 8-4-20 "Verifications
after the software has been re-loaded" on page 8-51.
1.) For networks with Image Vault 5 server running on Windows Server 2003:
-
If not already done, install the Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM), software version v113, on the
Image Vault server.
For instructions, see: “Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM) Installation Manual, Software Version
v113, Direction Number IV294001.”
2.) Restore the Patient Archive and System Configurations from the backup you made before the
software loading.
-
For instructions, please see “Data Backup and Restore” in the User Manual.
-
For a list of available User Manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for Vivid E9/
Vivid E7" on page 9-145.
3.) With your recordings from before the software loading, available, continue with the setup
instructions starting in: Section 3-6 "Configuration" on page 3-35. Correct the settings as needed.
4.) Continue with: Section 3-8 "Connectivity setup" on page 3-50. Based on your recordings, correct
the settings as needed.
5.) Continue with: Section 3-11 "Options Setup" on page 3-110. Based on your recordings, correct the
settings as needed.
6.) After a software load, you should always calibrate the Front End, as described in: Section 6-8 "DC
Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment)" on page 6-15.
7.) Install the network printer (if any). Please refer to the Printer Driver Installation Manual.
For a list of available manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on
page 9-145.
8.) Next, continue with: 8-4-22 "Functional Checks" on page 8-56.
8 - 50
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-20
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verifications after the software has been re-loaded
NOTE:
DO NOT use this procedure if all partitions on the HDD have been erased during the software
load, but refer to: 8-4-19 "Setup after Software loading" on page 8-50.
NOTE:
Use this procedure if only the software on C:\ has been updated or reloaded.
1.) For networks with Image Vault 5 server running on Windows Server 2003:
-
If not already done, install the Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM), software version v112, on the
Image Vault server.
For instructions, see: “Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM) Installation Manual, Software Version
v112, Direction Number IV294001.”
2.) With your recordings from before the software loading available, continue with the setup instructions
starting in: Section 3-6 "Configuration" on page 3-35. Correct the settings if needed.
3.) Continue with: Section 3-8 "Connectivity setup" on page 3-50. Based on your recordings, correct
the settings if needed.
4.) Continue with: Section 3-11 "Options Setup" on page 3-110. Based on your recordings, correct the
settings as needed.
5.) After a software load, you should always calibrate the Front End, as described in: Section 6-8 "DC
Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment)" on page 6-15.
6.) Next, continue with: 8-4-21 "Printer Driver Reload (from Remote)" on page 8-52.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 51
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-21
8-4-21-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Driver Reload (from Remote)
Overview
This procedure describes how to reload the correct printer driver via the Common Service Desktop
(CSD).
8-4-21-2
Printer Driver Reload Procedure
1.) Connect to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 via CSD.
2.) Activate Disruptive Mode.
3.) Start Virtual Console Observation.
4.) Select Disable Tcpip Filter.
Figure 8-48 Disable Tcpip filter
8 - 52
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-21-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Driver Reload Procedure (cont’d)
Figure 8-49 Reboot Required!
5.) When prompted, select OK to Power Down Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
6.) Ask the customer to turn on Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
7.) Connect to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 via CSD.
8.) Activate Disruptive Mode.
9.) Start Virtual Console Observation.
10.)Go to Windows Desktop.
Figure 8-50 Go to Windows Desktop
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 53
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-21-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Driver Reload Procedure (cont’d)
11.)Go to the Repository, REPOSIT (F:).
12.)Select: PrinterInstaller > Installer
Figure 8-51 Go to: Reposit (F:) > PrinterInstaller > Installer
13.)Double-click the file name: LoadSoftware.bat. This will initiate the Printer software loading.
Figure 8-52 Select OK
14.)Select OK.
8 - 54
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-21-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Driver Reload Procedure (cont’d)
Figure 8-53 Loading
15.)When prompted, select the correct printer.
Figure 8-54 Select Printer
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 55
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-4-21-2
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Driver Reload Procedure (cont’d)
16.)The rest of the installation is slightly different depending on the printer software. For more
information, please refer to the Printer Driver Installation Manual, Direction Number FC294837.
(For an overview of available manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for Vivid E9/Vivid E7"
on page 9-145.)
17.)Next, continue with: 8-4-22 "Functional Checks" on page 8-56.
8-4-22
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-11
See Section
Functional Tests
Functional Test
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-7
M Mode Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-10
Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
Debrief Script
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-4-22. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all the tests are successful, include the following debrief script:
“Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-4-22. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.”
8 - 56
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading the software
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-5
Replacing Covers and Bumpers
8-5-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the Covers and Bumpers on the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
8-5-2
Contents in this section
8-5-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57
8-5-2
Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57
8-5-3
Covers and Bumpers overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58
8-5-4
Side Covers replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60
8-5-5
Top Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64
8-5-6
Side Bumpers Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68
8-5-7
Foot Rest Bumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70
8-5-8
Front Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73
8-5-9
Plate Connectors w/Guide replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-76
8-5-10
Filter Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-78
8-5-11
Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-80
8-5-12
Rear Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81
8-5-13
Door, I/O Panel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-85
8-5-14
Cable Hooks replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-88
8-5-15
Rear Bumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-91
8-5-16
Rear Handle replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-94
8-5-17
Printer Filler Storage replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-97
8-5-18
Column Cover Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-99
8-5-19
Main Cable Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-103
8-5-20
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-107
8-5-21
Bulkhead Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-111
8-5-22
Bumper Boss Z Outer Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-115
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 57
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-3
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Covers and Bumpers overview
The Main Console has a Front Cover, two Side Covers with Bumpers, one for the left side and one for
the right side, a Rear Cover and a Top Cover.
In addition there is a combined Foot Rest and Bumper mounted on the front of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Table 8-12
ITEM
8 - 58
Covers and Bumpers for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 sheet 1 of 2
PART NAME
ILLUSTRATION
QTY
1
LEFT SIDE COVER ASSY
1
2
RIGHT SIDE COVER ASSY
1
3
FOOT REST BUMPER
1
4
FRONT COVER
1
5
REAR COVER
1
6
COVER FILTER
1
7
Door I/O PANEL
1
8
BUMPER REAR
1
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
Table 8-12
ITEM
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Covers and Bumpers for Vivid E9/Vivid E7 (cont’d) sheet 2 of 2
PART NAME
ILLUSTRATION
QTY
9
TOP COVER
1
10
HANDLE REAR
1
12
COLUMN COVER KIT
1
14
BULKHEAD COVER
1
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 59
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers replacement
8-5-4-1
Manpower
One person, 5 minutes per Side Cover
8-5-4-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-4-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
8-5-4-4
NOTE:
Side Covers removal
The removal procedure is easier if the rear lock is released first, and then the front lock.
The Side Covers are “clicked” on to the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 with two locks, located at the lower end of the
cover. Two rectangular holes give access to the locks. By inserting a #1 Phillips screwdriver (10 - 16 cm
/ 4 - 6 inch length) (or similar size and length tool) into the holes and bending the handle on the
screwdriver down to the floor, one lock at a time, you can release the locks. You may need to pull the
cover outwards at the same time, to release the lock mechanism.
Figure 8-55 System with covers
8 - 60
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-4-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers removal (cont’d)
Follow these steps to remove one of the Side Covers:
1.) Push a #1 Phillips screwdriver into one of the rectangular holes in the Side Bumper until it reaches
the lock mechanism.
2.) Push the handle on the screwdriver downwards to release the lock.
Figure 8-56 Release locks and remove Side Cover
1 - RELEASE THE OTHER LOCK.
3 - REMOVE THE SIDE COVER
2 - RELEASE ONE LOCK.
(PUSH DOWN TO RELEASE)
3.) Repeat the steps above for the other lock.
4.) Lift the cover forward and up to remove it from the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
5.) Set it away on a safe place until you need it again.
6.) Repeat the steps above to remove the other Side Cover.
Figure 8-57 Side Cover removed
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 61
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-4-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers installation
Follow these steps to install the Side Covers:
1.) Align tabs at the top inside of Side Cover with the slots on Top Cover.
2.) Place the top edge of the Side Cover so it hooks onto the Top Cover.
Figure 8-58 Hook the Side Cover onto Top Cover
SIDE LOCK
LOCATION
FRONT LOCK
LOCATION
3.) Align and squeeze the front edge of the side cover to latch it into place.
4.) Position the Side Cover’s side lock first.
5.) Position the Side Cover’s front lock.
6.) Align and squeeze the bottom front of the side cover to latch it into place.
7.) Position the Side Cover’s rear lock, lifting up the rear tab and guiding it into place.
8.) Align and squeeze the bottom rear of the side cover to latch it into place.
8-5-4-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-4-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8 - 62
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-4-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-13
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-7
M Mode Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-4-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-4-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 63
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Top Cover replacement
8-5-5-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-5-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-5-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
Related information:
8 - 64
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-5-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Top Cover removal procedure
Follow these steps to remove the Top Cover:
1.) Remove two screws.
Figure 8-59 Top Cover fixing screws (seen from above)
REAR HANDLE
2.) Remove the Top Cover.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 65
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-5-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Top Cover installation procedure
Follow these steps to install the Top Cover:
1.) Position the Top Cover onto the Front Cover at the four hooks.
Figure 8-60 Hook Top Cover onto Front Cover (seen from front)
2.) Hook Top Cover onto Front Cover.
Figure 8-61 Hook Top Cover onto Front Cover (seen from side)
3.) Install and tighten the two screws.
8-5-5-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-5-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8 - 66
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-5-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-14
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-5-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all tests are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-5-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 67
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Side Bumpers Replacement Procedure
8-5-6-1
Overview
This procedure can be used for replacing both the left and the right bumpers. The bumpers are fastened
with six screws to the side covers. To be able to unscrew and remove the screws, you must first remove
the Side Cover(s).
8-5-6-2
Manpower
One person, 10 minutes per Side Bumper.
8-5-6-3
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-6-4
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
Related information:
8-5-6-5
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
Side Bumpers removal
1.) Unscrew and remove the six screws and washers that fasten the Side Bumper to the Side Cover.
2.) Remove the Side Bumper from the Side Cover.
8-5-6-6
Side Bumpers installation
Follow these steps to install the Side Bumper:
1.) Align the fastening holes in the Side Bumper with the holes in the Side Cover.
2.) Fasten the screws with washer, one by one until all have been inserted.
3.) Tighten the screws
4.) Install the Side Cover.
8 - 68
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-6-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-6-8
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-6-9
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-15
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-6-9. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all tests are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-6-9. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 69
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Foot Rest Bumper replacement
8-5-7-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-7-2
Tools
No additional tools required.
8-5-7-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
Related Information:
•
8 - 70
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-7-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Foot Rest Bumper removal
Follow these steps to remove the Foot Rest Bumper:
The Foot Rest Bumper is fixed with snap locks.
1.) Pull the Foot Rest Bumper upwards and over the pedals to release the snap locks, while freeing the
side latches.
You may need to push down the pedals to be able to remove the Foot Rest Bumper.
NOTE:
In the illustration below (Figure 8-62), the Side Cover was removed to be able to view the Side
Latch. You don’t need to remove the Side Cover to perform this procedure.
Figure 8-62 Side latch
NOTE:
The Side Covers were removed before shooting the picture in Figure 8-62 "Side latch" on
page 8-71, in order to show the latch. You can replace the Foot Rest Bumper without removing
the Side Covers.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 71
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-7-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Foot Rest Bumper installation
Follow these steps to install the Foot Rest Bumper:
1.) Position the Foot Rest Bumper in place.
2.) Push the Foot Rest Bumper down and over the pedals.
You may need to push down the pedals to be able to place the Foot Rest Bumper.
3.) Replace the Side Covers, if they were removed.
8-5-7-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-7-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-7-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-16
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-7-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all tests are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-7-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.
8 - 72
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Front Cover replacement
8-5-8-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-8-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-8-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
6.) Remove the Foot Rest Bumper.
Related information:
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
•
8-5-5 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-64.
•
8-5-7 "Foot Rest Bumper replacement" on page 8-70.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 73
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-8-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Front Cover removal
Follow these steps to remove the Front Cover:
1.) Unscrew the two (2 pc) screws that fix the Front Cover Assembly to the chassis.
Figure 8-63 Fixing screws
2.) Pull the upper end of the Front Cover out and upwards to free it from the pedals and the frame.
8-5-8-5
Front Cover installation
Follow these steps to install the Front Cover:
1.) Thread the Front Cover so it fits in between chassis and pedals.
2.) Align the Front Cover guide pins with holes in the frame.
3.) Fasten Front Cover with two (2 pc) screws and washers.
NOTE:
Orientate the washers as illustrated in the detail in the figure below.
Figure 8-64 Fixing screws with washers
4.) Install the Foot Rest Bumper.
5.) Install the Top Cover.
6.) Install the Side Covers.
8-5-8-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8 - 74
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-8-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-8-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-17
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-8-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-8-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 75
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-9
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Plate Connectors w/Guide replacement
8-5-9-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-9-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-9-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
6.) Remove the Front Cover.
7.) Remove the Foot Rest Bumper.
Related information:
8-5-9-4
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4-4 "Side Covers removal" on page 8-60.
•
8-5-5-4 "Top Cover removal procedure" on page 8-65.
•
8-5-7-4 "Foot Rest Bumper removal" on page 8-71.
•
8-5-8-4 "Front Cover removal" on page 8-74.
Plate Connectors w/Guide removal
The Plate Connectors w/Guide is attached with hatches.
1.) Use a flat bladed screwdriver to loosen the hatches.
2.) Remove the Plate Connectors w/Guide
8 - 76
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-9-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Plate Connectors w/Guide installation
1.) Position the plate and snap it into position.
2.) Install Front Cover.
3.) Install Foot Rest Bumper.
4.) Install Top Cover.
5.) Install Side Covers.
8-5-9-6
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before
returning the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-18
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-9-6. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-8-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 77
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-10
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Filter Cover replacement
8-5-10-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-10-2
Tools
No tools are needed to replace the filter.
8-5-10-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
CAUTION ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
1.
2.
3.
4.
TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION.
Beware that the Main Power Supply and Back End Processor may be energized even if the
power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
For more information, see:
•
8-5-10-4
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
Filter Cover removal
Follow these steps to remove the Filter Cover:
1.) Gently pull the Filter Cover out and away from the System.
2.) Inspect the Filter, and clean if necessary.
Figure 8-65 Remove the Filter Cover
8 - 78
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-10-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Filter Cover installation
Follow these steps to install the Filter Cover:
1.) Inspect the Filter, and clean if necessary.
2.) Place the Filter Cover into position and press the Filter Cover top corners until the Filter Cover locks
engage.
8-5-10-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-10-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 79
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-10-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-19
Functional Tests
SEE SECTION
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-10-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-10-8.
Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
8-5-11
Filter replacement
Please refer to:
8 - 80
•
8-13-3 "Rear Filter and “handle type” Bottom Filter replacement" on page 8-290.
•
8-13-4 "Rear Air Filter replacement" on page 8-295.
•
8-13-5 "Bottom “nylon strip” Air Filter replacement" on page 8-297.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-12
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover replacement
8-5-12-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-12-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-12-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove both Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Rear Bumper.
6.) Remove Filter Cover at rear.
7.) Remove Filter.
Related information:
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
•
8-5-15 "Rear Bumper replacement" on page 8-91.
•
8-5-10 "Filter Cover replacement" on page 8-78.
•
8-13-4 "Rear Air Filter replacement" on page 8-295.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 81
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-12-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover removal
Follow these steps to remove the Rear Cover:
1.) Remove two screws on each side of the Rear Cover.
2.) Lift the Rear Cover away.
Figure 8-66 Rear Cover fixing screws
REAR COVER
8 - 82
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-12-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover installation
Follow these steps to install the Rear Cover:
1.) Position the lower edge of the Rear Cover into place on the rear of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 frame.
2.) Tilt the top edge of the Rear Cover toward the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 frame.
Be sure the Z mechanism’s manual release handle extends through the air vent on the Rear Cover.
Figure 8-67 Z-lever in upper air ventilation slot
3.) Position the Rear Cover into place.
4.) Gently pull up on the Z mechanism’s manual release handle to confirm proper position through the
Rear Cover air vents.
5.) Install the four screws, two on each side. Install the two lower screws first, then the upper screws.
6.) Inspect the Filter, and clean if necessary.
7.) Install the Filter.
8.) Install the Filter Cover.
9.) Install the Rear Bumper.
10.)Install the Side Covers.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 83
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-12-6
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-12-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-12-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-20
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
4-3-17-2
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-12-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
Casters (Wheels), Brakes and Direction Lock
Checks
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-12-8.
Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
8 - 84
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-13
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Door, I/O Panel replacement
8-5-13-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-13-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-13-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
Related information:
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 85
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-13-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Remove the I/O Door
Follow these steps to remove the Door I/O Panel:
1.) At the back of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7, push a 4 mm flat blade screwdriver into the rectangular hole
at the Door I/O panel until it reaches the lock mechanism.
Figure 8-68 Door I/O Panel
Door I/O
2.) Push the handle on the screwdriver to the left to release the lock.
3.) Open the Door I/O Panel.
4.) Hold the Door I/O Panel near the upper hinge, and pop hinge out and away from the upper hinge
post on the Rear Cover.
Figure 8-69 Hinge placement on Door I/O Panel
UPPER HINGE
POST
UPPER HINGE
LOWER HINGE
POST
LOWER HINGE
8-5-13-5
Install the I/O Door
Follow these steps to install the Door I/O Panel:
1.) Place the Door I/O Panel into position by sliding lower hinge onto lower hinge post.
2.) Pop the upper hinge into place onto the upper hinge post.
8-5-13-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8 - 86
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-13-7
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-13-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-21
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-13-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-13-8.
Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 87
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-14
8-5-14-1
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Hooks replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-14-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-14-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Rear Bumper.
6.) Remove Filter Cover at rear.
7.) Remove Filter.
8.) Remove the Top Cover.
9.) Remove the Rear Cover.
Related information:
8 - 88
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
•
8-5-15 "Rear Bumper replacement" on page 8-91.
•
8-5-10 "Filter Cover replacement" on page 8-78.
•
8-13-4 "Rear Air Filter replacement" on page 8-295.
•
8-5-5 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-64.
•
8-5-12 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-81.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-14-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Hook removal
Follow these steps to remove the Cable Hook:
1.) Locate the Cable Hook(s).
Figure 8-70 Door I/O Panel
Cable Hook
2.) Place the Rear Cover face down on a protected, flat surface.
3.) Remove the screw securing the Cable Hook.
4.) Repeat step 2 to remove the other Cable Hook, if necessary.
Figure 8-71 Cable Hook screw placement
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 89
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-14-5
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Hook installation
Follow these steps to install the Cable Hook:
1.) Position the Cable Hook on the Rear Cover.
2.) Install the screw to secure the Cable Hook to the Rear Cover.
3.) Repeat step 2 to replace the other Cable Hook, if necessary.
4.) Install the Rear Cover.
5.) Install the Top Cover.
6.) Inspect the Filter, and clean if necessary.
7.) Install the Filter.
8.) Install the Filter Cover at rear.
9.) Install the Rear Bumper.
10.)Install the Side Covers.
8-5-14-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-14-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-14-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-22
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-14-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-14-8.
Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
8 - 90
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-15
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Bumper replacement
8-5-15-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-15-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-15-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove Side Covers.
5.) Remove Rear Cover.
Related information:
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
•
8-5-12 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-81.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 91
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-15-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Bumper removal procedure
Follow these steps to remove the Rear Bumper:
1.) Remove one screw on each side of the Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
Figure 8-72 Left screw placement for Rear Bumper
2.) Remove the Rear Bumper.
8-5-15-5
Rear Bumper installation procedure
Follow these steps to install the Rear Bumper:
1.) Place the Rear Bumper into position
2.) Install the 2 screws to secure the Rear Bumper.
8-5-15-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-15-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
8 - 92
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-15-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-23
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-15-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-15-8.
Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 93
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-16
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Handle replacement
8-5-16-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes
8-5-16-2
Tools
For tools needed, please refer to: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing Vivid E9/Vivid E7" on page 8-6.
8-5-16-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
WARNING
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE Vivid E9/Vivid E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
1.) Power down the Vivid E9/Vivid E7
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Rear Cover.
6.) Remove the Top Cover.
Related information:
8 - 94
•
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.
•
8-5-4 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-60.
•
8-5-12 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-81.
•
8-5-5 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-64.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-16-4
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Handle removal procedure
Follow these steps to remove the Rear Handle:
1.) Remove the 2 upper screws, one on each side.
2.) Remove the 4 lower screws, two on each side.
Figure 8-73 Three screws on each side (left side illustrated)
TOP COVER
SCREW REMOVED
LEFT UPPER
SCREWS USED TO
SECURE THE REAR
HANDLE
AREA SUPPORTED
WHEN
SCREWS ARE IN
PLACE
2 OF 4
SCREWS
3.) Lift the Rear Handle away.
8-5-16-5
Rear Handle installation procedure
Follow these steps to install the Rear Handle:
1.) Install the Rear handle in position so its fastening holes are flush with the holes in the frame.
2.) Install the two screws for the Rear Handle (torque=3Nm).
3.) Install the four hexcap screws for the Rear Handle.
4.) Install the Top Cover.
5.) Install the Rear Cover.
6.) Install the Side Covers.
8-5-16-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-16-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to verify that it operates as intended.
Chapter 8 - Replacement procedures
8 - 95
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-16-8
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the Vivid E9/Vivid E7 is operational before returning the
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 to the customer.
Table 8-24
SEE SECTION
Functional Tests
FUNCTIONAL TEST
4-2-3
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-4
Power shut down
4-3-11
Probe/Connectors Check
4-3-6
2D Mode (B mode) Checks
4-3-8
Color Mode Checks
4-3-9
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-16
Peripheral checks
DEBRIEF SCRIPT
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction
GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-16-8. Equipment passed all
required tests and is ready for use.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script:
Vivid E9/Vivid E7 Proprietary Service Manual, Direction GA091999, Rev 8 , section 8-5-16-8.
Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
8 - 96
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 8
8-5-17
GE CONFIDENTIAL
VIVI